MILLENNIUM DEVELOPMENT GOALS: End-period Stocktaking and Final Evaluation Report (2000-2015)

General Economics Division (GED) Bangladesh Planning Commission Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh September 2016

MILLENNIUM DEVELOPMENT GOALS (MDGS):

End-Period Stocktaking and Final Evaluation (2000-2015)

General Economics Division (GED) Bangladesh Planning Commission Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh September 2016 Edited by: Professor Shamsul Alam Member (Senior Secretary), GED

Published by: General Economics Division (GED) (Making Growth work for the Poor ) Bangladesh Planning Commission Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh With the assistance from Support to Sustainable and Inclusive Planning (SSIP) Project, UNDP Bangladesh

Copies Printed: 800 Design & Printed by: Printcraft Company Ltd. MESSAGE

A H M Mustafa Kamal, FCA, MP Minister Ministry of Planning Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh I am quite pleased to learn that the General Economics Division (GED), Bangladesh Planning Commission has prepared and ready to publish the “Millennium Development Goals (MDGs): End-Period Stocktaking and Final Evaluation (2000-2015)”. I am also delighted to know that this terminal report on MDGs has been prepared based on inputs from relevant Ministries/Divisions and related stakeholders. I hope the report will be helpful to track record of Bangladesh’s commendable achievements during the last one and a half decade in respect of MDGs attainment. The success of Bangladesh in achieving the targets of MDGs is acclaimed globally when our Hon’ble Prime Minister was awarded with‘UN MDG Awards 2010’ and South-South Award ‘Digital Health for Digital Development’ in 2011 for her innovative idea to use the Information and Communication Technology to accelerate progress of the health of women and children. In addition, in June 2013, Bangladesh received the ‘Diploma Award’ from Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) for achieving the MDG-1 target of halving the poverty well ahead of the deadline set by the world community. Besides this, Bangladesh was honoured with the ‘special recognition’ for their outstanding progress in fighting hunger and poverty. In September 2013, Hon’ble Prime Minister was awarded with ‘South- South Award’ for her Government’s achievements in alleviating poverty. She was awarded ‘UNESCO Peace Tree Award’ in 2014 for her commitment to women’s empowerment and girls’ education. In 2015, Bangladesh was awarded the prestigious Women in Parliaments Global Forum Award, known as WIP award, for its outstanding success in closing gender gap in the political sphere; Bangladesh ranks 10th out of 142 countries. In 2016, the UN-Women recognised our Hon’ble Prime Minister as "Planet 50-50 Champion" while the Global Partnership Forum handed over her the "Agent of Change Award" for her outstanding contributions to women empowerment. The mammoth international recognition of Bangladesh with respect to achieving MDGs targets has allured us to do better in the implementation of Agenda 2030 and hence we have aligned the global goals with our ongoing national development plan i.e. the 7th Five Year Plan (2016-2020). We hope the implementation of the national plan will pave the way for successful achievement of the SDGs in the coming years. I take the opportunity to thank the GED officials for their efforts in preparing the report which, I am sure, will be beneficial for the policy makers, researchers, academia, planners and development partners. I acknowledge with thanks UNDP’s support in preparing the report through the “Support to Sustainable and Inclusive Planning” Project being implemented by the GED of the Planning Commission.

(A H M Mustafa Kamal)

Millennium Development Goals MESSAGE

M. A. Mannan, MP State Minister Ministry of Planning and Ministry of Finance Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh I am truly very happy to learn that the General Economics Division (GED) of Bangladesh Planning Commission has prepared the “Millennium Development Goals (MDGs): End-Period Stocktaking and Final Evaluation (2000-2015)” as part of their regular publication of tracking the achievement of MDGs in Bangladesh. Let me take this opportunity to state that following the UN Millennium Declaration, Bangladesh embedded Millennium Development Goals in its developmental agenda be it Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers or Five Year Plans. The terminal year of MDGs and our national development plan i.e. 6th FYP (2011-15) coincided, and as the pace of implementation of the strategic plan was robust in the last couples of years under the dynamic leadership of our Hon’ble Prime Minister, the success in the implementation of MDGs was commendable. The pro-poor and inclusive growth strategy has paid off, reducing both absolute and extreme poverty while empowering the poor. We will definitely take lessons learnt from the MDGs era and craft our future objectives with a view to implementing the social, economic and environmental dimensions of sustainable development. Finally, I would like to thank the GED officials for their efforts in preparing this report which, I am sure, will be beneficial for all the stakeholders dealing with the MDGs.

(M. A. Mannan)

Millennium Development Goals FOREWORD

Prof. Shamsul Alam, Ph.D The data unavailability and lack of updated information for some indicators has been a hindrance to Member (Senior Secretary) reflect latest status of MDGs attainment in cases. Moreover, some targets have no benchmark data to General Economics Division compare with and some indicators don’t have end targets while some indicators are not measurable. To Planning Commission overcome such obstacles, in the regime of 2030 Global Agenda, our National Statistical Organization (NSO) needs to be strengthened to generate required data timely and in a cost effective way. The Line The “Millennium Development Goals (MDGs): End-Period Stocktaking and Final Evaluation (2000- Ministries/Divisions should also invest in generating and disseminating their administrative data related 2015)” is the terminal last report of monitoring the progress of MDGs in Bangladesh. Since 2005, the to SDGs. For this the UN asked for data revolution that has to commence during the SDGs regime. General Economics Division (GED) of the Planning Commission has prepared and published 18 reports related to MDGs. The present report, however, tries to analyse the strength of Bangladesh in achieving I believe this end period evaluation of MDGs by stocktaking of attainment of MDGs by targets will help the targets of MDGs, and side by side finding the causes for her slow pace of attainingsome of the as benchmarking for any future evaluation/progress of comparative performances of the SDGs targets as to facilitate taking of appropriate action plans for the successor SDGs implementation. The attainments. So, this report bears particular significance and relevance throughout the implementing report is prepared primarily on the basis of the inputs from different Ministries/Divisions/Agencies that years of the SDGs. And therefore, we were meticulous to use data/figures/information as latest as are implementing various programmes/projects with the aim of assessing the targets of MDGs attainment. available and validating accuracies I paid personal attention in this regard. In preparing the evaluation report, data/information have been drawn from the Ministries/Divisions Finally, I am thankful to all including concerned hardworking GED officials and other Focal Points in /Agencies including BBS of SID. the relevant Ministries who helped us providing timely data/information in preparation of this Report. The report shows that Bangladesh has registered remarkable progresses in the areas of poverty alleviation, I thank UNDP for supporting us through its “Support to Sustainable and Inclusive Planning” Project. ensuring food security, primary school enrolment, gender parity in primary and secondary level education, We all from GED are grateful to our Hon’ble Planning Minister Mr. A H M Mustafa Kamal, FCA, MP, lowering the infant and under-five mortality rate and maternal mortality ratio, improving immunization and Hon’ble State Minister for Ministry of Planning and Ministry of Finance, Mr. M. A. Mannan for coverage; and reducing the incidence of communicable diseases. their intimate support and inspiration in bringing out this Report on MDGs. The commendable progress was possible due to the relatively inclusive growth strategy and robust growth in GDP that was accompanied by structural transformation of the economy with greater share of manufacturing and services sectors. Moreover, the sustained growth has been accompanied by corresponding improvements in several social indicators. It is found that contributing factors for success of achieving MDGs include: consistent policy and committed leadership for reducing poverty, backed (Prof. Shamsul Alam) by improving implementation capacity and human capital, sound macro-economic management, open trade with tapping of global markets, recognition of the complementary roles of market and state, long-term institutional reform aimed at making the public sector accountable to citizens, devolution of responsibility and accountability to local levels; and determined social policy and low cost innovations. However, the attainments of a few targets of MDGs are associated with several challenges also. The existence of poverty pockets, prevalence of unemployment and underemployment among the youth, stunting and wasting among the under five children, prevailing dropout rate and enhancing the quality of education at the primary level, universal access to reproductive health and resource constraints are identified as stumbling blocks in fulfilling all of the targets of MDGs in Bangladesh. The challenges ahead of Bangladesh call for mobilizing required resources and targeted interventions in the areas lagging behind. It is well known that resource constraint was one of the major impediments to achieving the MDGs. According to a GED study, Bangladesh needed foreign assistance of US$ 5.0 and US$ 3.0 billion per year under the baseline and high growth scenarios (7.8% p.a.) respectively. The present evaluation reveals that from 1990-91 to 2014-15, Bangladesh received US$ 1.79 billion ODA per year, and (ODA Disbursement 2014-15 is 3.043 billion) which has been far short of the required US$ 3.0 billion per year. Hence the estimated resource requirement for attaining all the MDGs in Bangladesh indicates that the development partners should have generously supported Bangladesh’s endeavour for achieving the targets set under MDGs.

General Economics Division (GED) The data unavailability and lack of updated information for some indicators has been a hindrance to reflect latest status of MDGs attainment in cases. Moreover, some targets have no benchmark data to compare with and some indicators don’t have end targets while some indicators are not measurable. To overcome such obstacles, in the regime of 2030 Global Agenda, our National Statistical Organization (NSO) needs to be strengthened to generate required data timely and in a cost effective way. The Line The “Millennium Development Goals (MDGs): End-Period Stocktaking and Final Evaluation (2000- Ministries/Divisions should also invest in generating and disseminating their administrative data related 2015)” is the terminal last report of monitoring the progress of MDGs in Bangladesh. Since 2005, the to SDGs. For this the UN asked for data revolution that has to commence during the SDGs regime. General Economics Division (GED) of the Planning Commission has prepared and published 18 reports related to MDGs. The present report, however, tries to analyse the strength of Bangladesh in achieving I believe this end period evaluation of MDGs by stocktaking of attainment of MDGs by targets will help the targets of MDGs, and side by side finding the causes for her slow pace of attainingsome of the as benchmarking for any future evaluation/progress of comparative performances of the SDGs targets as to facilitate taking of appropriate action plans for the successor SDGs implementation. The attainments. So, this report bears particular significance and relevance throughout the implementing report is prepared primarily on the basis of the inputs from different Ministries/Divisions/Agencies that years of the SDGs. And therefore, we were meticulous to use data/figures/information as latest as are implementing various programmes/projects with the aim of assessing the targets of MDGs attainment. available and validating accuracies I paid personal attention in this regard. In preparing the evaluation report, data/information have been drawn from the Ministries/Divisions Finally, I am thankful to all including concerned hardworking GED officials and other Focal Points in /Agencies including BBS of SID. the relevant Ministries who helped us providing timely data/information in preparation of this Report. The report shows that Bangladesh has registered remarkable progresses in the areas of poverty alleviation, I thank UNDP for supporting us through its “Support to Sustainable and Inclusive Planning” Project. ensuring food security, primary school enrolment, gender parity in primary and secondary level education, We all from GED are grateful to our Hon’ble Planning Minister Mr. A H M Mustafa Kamal, FCA, MP, lowering the infant and under-five mortality rate and maternal mortality ratio, improving immunization and Hon’ble State Minister for Ministry of Planning and Ministry of Finance, Mr. M. A. Mannan for coverage; and reducing the incidence of communicable diseases. their intimate support and inspiration in bringing out this Report on MDGs. The commendable progress was possible due to the relatively inclusive growth strategy and robust growth in GDP that was accompanied by structural transformation of the economy with greater share of manufacturing and services sectors. Moreover, the sustained growth has been accompanied by corresponding improvements in several social indicators. It is found that contributing factors for success of achieving MDGs include: consistent policy and committed leadership for reducing poverty, backed (Prof. Shamsul Alam) by improving implementation capacity and human capital, sound macro-economic management, open trade with tapping of global markets, recognition of the complementary roles of market and state, long-term institutional reform aimed at making the public sector accountable to citizens, devolution of responsibility and accountability to local levels; and determined social policy and low cost innovations. However, the attainments of a few targets of MDGs are associated with several challenges also. The existence of poverty pockets, prevalence of unemployment and underemployment among the youth, stunting and wasting among the under five children, prevailing dropout rate and enhancing the quality of education at the primary level, universal access to reproductive health and resource constraints are identified as stumbling blocks in fulfilling all of the targets of MDGs in Bangladesh. The challenges ahead of Bangladesh call for mobilizing required resources and targeted interventions in the areas lagging behind. It is well known that resource constraint was one of the major impediments to achieving the MDGs. According to a GED study, Bangladesh needed foreign assistance of US$ 5.0 and US$ 3.0 billion per year under the baseline and high growth scenarios (7.8% p.a.) respectively. The present evaluation reveals that from 1990-91 to 2014-15, Bangladesh received US$ 1.79 billion ODA per year, and (ODA Disbursement 2014-15 is 3.043 billion) which has been far short of the required US$ 3.0 billion per year. Hence the estimated resource requirement for attaining all the MDGs in Bangladesh indicates that the development partners should have generously supported Bangladesh’s endeavour for achieving the targets set under MDGs.

Millennium Development Goals ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The data unavailability and lack of updated information for some indicators has been a hindrance to “Millennium Development Goals (MDGs): End-Period Stocktaking and reflect latest status of MDGs attainment in cases. Moreover, some targets have no benchmark data to Final Evaluation (2000-2015)” is the terminal report on monitoring MDGs in compare with and some indicators don’t have end targets while some indicators are not measurable. To Bangladesh. From the General Economics Division (GED), Bangladesh overcome such obstacles, in the regime of 2030 Global Agenda, our National Statistical Organization Planning Commission there were eight annual MDGs progress reports prepared (NSO) needs to be strengthened to generate required data timely and in a cost effective way. The Line and published. However, the present report span for the last fifteen years. Ministries/Divisions should also invest in generating and disseminating their administrative data related All relevant Ministries/Divisions/Agencies associated with the implementation to SDGs. For this the UN asked for data revolution that has to commence during the SDGs regime. of millennium development goals and targets provided information and data I believe this end period evaluation of MDGs by stocktaking of attainment of MDGs by targets will help on the latest status of the implementation of the MDGs. The inputs were then as benchmarking for any future evaluation/progress of comparative performances of the SDGs compiled and data analysed to prepare the report. attainments. So, this report bears particular significance and relevance throughout the implementing The Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Statistics and Informatics Division under years of the SDGs. And therefore, we were meticulous to use data/figures/information as latest as the Ministry of Planning provided information related to poverty and other available and validating accuracies I paid personal attention in this regard. social sectors. The Ministry of Primary and Mass Education and the Ministry Finally, I am thankful to all including concerned hardworking GED officials and other Focal Points in of Education provided information related to universal primary education and the relevant Ministries who helped us providing timely data/information in preparation of this Report. secondary education while the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare I thank UNDP for supporting us through its “Support to Sustainable and Inclusive Planning” Project. furnished information relating to child health, maternal health and communicable We all from GED are grateful to our Hon’ble Planning Minister Mr. A H M Mustafa Kamal, FCA, MP, diseases. The Ministry of Environment and Forests gave necessary information and Hon’ble State Minister for Ministry of Planning and Ministry of Finance, Mr. M. A. Mannan for on sustainable environment. Data provided by the Economic Relations their intimate support and inspiration in bringing out this Report on MDGs. Division and the Ministry of Post and Telecommunication were used to prepare write-up on the global partnership. Gender data were cross checked and endorsed by the Ministry of Women and Children Affairs. Based on the government data, majority of the targets were analysed, albeit some international sources were also used to make comparison; where our data were not available. At a glance progress of MDGs in Bangladesh is presented in (Prof. Shamsul Alam) tabular format at Annexure-1. The GED acknowledges the contribution of all the officials of the relevant Ministries/Divisions for their assistance in preparing the report. Mr. Naquib Bin Mahbub, Chief, GED; Dr.Mustafizur Rahman, Joint Chief, GED deserve special thanks for their contribution. The officials of Poverty Analysis and Monitoring Wing of GED viz. Mr. Mohd. Monirul Islam, Deputy Chief, Mr. Md. MahbubulAlamSiddiquee, SAC, Ms. Kohinoor Akter, AC, Syed Ali Bin Hassan, AC, Mr. Shimul Sen, AC and Ms. JosefaYesmin, AC of GED provided support in preparation of this report. GED acknowledges their contribution.

General Economics Division (GED) MDG RELATED PROGRESS REPORTS/STUDIES PUBLISHED BY THE GENERAL ECONOMICS DIVISION, PLANNING COMMISSION

1. Millennium Development Goals: Bangladesh Progress Report, 2005 2. Millennium Development Goals: Mid Term Bangladesh Progress Report, 2007 3. Millennium Development Goals: Bangladesh Progress Report, 2008 4. Millennium Development Goals: Bangladesh Progress Report, 2009 5. Millennium Development Goals: Needs Assessment and Costing 2009-2015 Bangladesh, 2009 6. Financing Growth and Poverty Reduction: Policy Challenges and Options in Bangladesh, 2009 7. Responding to the Millennium Development Challenges through Private Sector's Involvement in Bangladesh, 2009 8. The Probable Impacts of Climate Change on Poverty and Economic Growth and the Options of Coping with Adverse Effects of Climate Change in Bangladesh, 2009 9. Millennium Development Goals: Bangladesh Progress Report, 2011 10. MDG Financing Strategy for Bangladesh, 2011 11. SAARC Development Goals: Bangladesh Country Report 2011 12. The Millennium Development Goals: Bangladesh Progress Report 2012 13. SAARC Development Goals: Bangladesh Country Report 2013 14. The Millennium Development Goals: Bangladesh Progress Report 2013 15. Progress of MDGs in Bangladesh and the Process towards formulating Post 2015 Development Agenda: A Brief for Bangladesh Delegation: UNGA 69th Session, 2014 16. The Millennium Development Goals: Bangladesh Progress Report 2015 17. MDGs to Sustainable Development Transforming our World: SDG Agenda for Global Action(2015-2030): A Brief for Bangladesh Delegation:UNGA 70th Session,2015 18. Policy Coherence: Mainstreaming SDGs into National Plan and Implementation prepared for Bangladesh Delegation to 71st UNGA session, 2016

Millennium Development Goals LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF GED SINCE 2009

µt cÖYqb I eB Gi bvg bs cÖKvkbv Kvj 1. Policy Study on Financing Growth and Poverty Reduction: Policy Challenges and †g, 2009 Options in Bangladesh 2. Policy Study on Responding to the Millennium Development Challenge through †g, 2009 Private Sector’s Involvement in Bangladesh 3. Policy Study on The Probable Impacts of Climate Change on Poverty and Economic †g, 2009 Growth and the Options of Coping with Adverse Effect of Climate Change in Bangladesh 4. Millennium Development Goals Needs Assessment & Costing 2009-2015 Bangladesh RyjvB, 2009 5. Millennium Development Goals : Bangladesh Progress Report 2009 2009 6. w`b e`‡ji c`‡ÿc RvZxq `vwi`ª¨ wbimb †KŠkjcÎ-2 (ms‡kvwaZ) 2009-11 wW‡m¤^i, 2009 7. Steps Towards Change National Strategy for Accelerated Poverty Reduction II wW‡m¤^i, 2009 (Revised) FY2009-11 8. MDG Action Plan Localization 51 Upazillas Rvb-y Ryb, 2010 9. 51wU Dc‡Rjvq GgwWwR ¯’vbxqKiY (Localization) msµvšÍ cÖwZ‡e`b Rvb-y Ryb, 2010 10. MDG Financing Strategy for Bangladesh GwcÖj, 2011 11. SAARC Developments Goals Bangladesh Country Report 2011 AvMó, 2011 12. lô cÂevwl©K cwiKíbvi Rb¨ cÖYxZ 20wU M‡elYvcÎ (6 LÛ) †m‡Þ¤^i, 2011 13. Millennium Development Goals : Bangladesh Progress Report 2011 †deªæqvix, 2012 14. Development of a Results Framework for Private Sector Development in Bangladesh 2012 15. Perspective Plan of Bangladesh 2010-2021Making Vision 2021 a Reality RyjvB 2012 16. The First Implementation Review of the Sixth five Year Plan 2012 Rvbyqvix, 2013 17. evsjv‡`ki cÖ_g †cÖwÿZ cwiKíbv 2010-2021 iƒcKí 2021 ev¯Í‡e iƒcvqY †deªæqvwi 2013 18. Millennium Development Goals : Bangladesh Progress Report 2012 Ryb, 2013 19. 2015 DËi Dbœqb G‡RÛv: RvwZms‡N †cwÖ iZ evsjv‡`k cÖ¯Ívebv Ryb, 2013 20. National Policy Dialogue on Population Dynamics, Demographic Dividend, Ageing wW‡m¤^i 2013 Population & Capacity Building of GED 21. Development Project Proforma/Proposal (DPP) Manual Part 1 &2 gvP© 2014 22. The Mid-Implementation Review of the Sixth five Year Plan 2014 RyjvB, 2014 23. SAARC Developments Goals Bangladesh Country Report 2013 Ryb, 2014 24. Millennium Development Goals : Bangladesh Progress Report 2013 AvMó, 2014 25. Population Management Issues: Monograph-2 gvP© 2015 26. GED Policy Papers Manuals (Volume 1-4) Ryb, 2015 27. National Social Security Strategy (NSSS) of Bangladesh RyjvB, 2015 28. MDGs to Sustainable Development Transforming our World: SDG Agenda for †m‡Þ¤^i, 2015 Global Action (2015-2030) 29. Millennium Development Goals : Bangladesh Progress Report 2015 †m‡Þ¤^i, 2015 30. Millennium Development Goals : Bangladesh Progress Report 2015 †m‡Þ¤^i, 2015 31. 7th five Year Plan FY2015/16-FY2019/20 ‡deªæqvix, 2016 32. Population Management Issues: Monograph-2 gvP© 2016 33. mßg cÂevwl©K cwiKíbvi (2016-20) 30wU M‡elYvcÎ (6 LÛ) Ryb, 2016 34. Dynamics of Rural Growth in Bangladesh Sustaining Poverty Reduction 2016 35. Millennium Development Goals (2001-2015): End Period Stock Taking and Final Evaluation A‡±vei 2016 36. mßg cÂevwl©K cwiKíbv (2016-2020) evsjv Abyev` A‡±vei 2016

General Economics Division (GED) 9 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description Page No.

List of Tables 11

List of Figures 13

Acronyms 14

Prologue by the Editor 17

Executive Summary 20

Chapter 1: Goal 1: Eradicate Extreme Poverty and Hunger 26

Chapter 2: Goal 2: Achieve Universal Primary Education 44

Chapter 3: Goal 3: Promote Gender Equality and Empower Women 52

Chapter 4: Goal 4: Reduce Child Mortality 60

Chapter 5: Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health 67

Chapter 6: Goal 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria and Other Diseases 73

Chapter 7: Goal 7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability 81

Chapter 8: Goal 8: Develop a Global Partnership for Development 95

10 Millennium Development Goals LIST OF TABLES

Table Number and Name Page No.

Table 1.1: Proportion of Population below $1.25 (PPP) Per Day, 1992-2010 28 Table 1.2: Long-Term Poverty Trends (Headcount Ratio) 28 Table 1.3: Poverty Estimate for 2011 to 2015 30 Table 1.4: Poverty Gap Ratio Using Upper Poverty Line, 1992-2010 30 Table 1.5: Squared Poverty Gap Using Upper Poverty Line, 1992-2010 31 Table 1.6: Share of Poorest Quintile in National Income, 1992-2010 31 Table 1.7: Share of Poorest Quintile in National Consumption, 2005-2010 32 Table 1.8: Coefficients of Income Gini and Expenditure Gini: 1992-2010 32 Table 1.9: GDP per Person Employed and its Growth, 1991-2014 33 Table 1.10: Labour Force Participation Rate, 1991-2013 33 Table 1.11: Annual Labour Force and Employment Growth, 1991-2013 34 Table 1.12: Proportion of Employed People Living Below $1.25 (PPP) per Day 35 Table 1.13: Proportion of Own-Account and Contributing Family Workers in Total Employment,1996-2015 35 Table 1.14: Underweight Rates for Children under 5 Years,1990-2014 36 Table 1.15: Stunting and Wasting of Children under Age Five, 2004-2014 36 Table 1.16: Percentage of Poor in Bangladesh estimated using the DCI Method 37 Table 1.17: Per Capita per Day Calorie Intake (kcal), 1992-2010 37 Table 1.18: Proportion of population below minimum level of dietary energy consumption 37 Table 1.19: Cross Country Comparison with respect to Poverty 40 Table 1.20: Cross Country Comparison with respect to Productive employment and decent work 40 Table 1.21: Cross Country Comparison with respect to Hunger 41 Table 2.1: Trends in Net Enrolment Ratio, 1990-2015 45 Table 2.2: Proportion of Pupils Starting Grade 1 who Reach Grade 5, 1991-2015 46 Table 2.3: Trends of Adult Literacy Rate of Population 15+, Women and Men 48 Table 2.4: Cross Country comparison related to NEL, Completion rate, Literacy rate 49 Table 3.1: Gender Parity Index (GPI) at Primary Education, 1990-2015 53 Table 3.2: Gender Parity Index at Secondary Education, 1991-2015 53 Table 3.3: Gender Parity Index at Tertiary Education, 2001-2015 54 Table 3.4: Share of Women in Wage Employment in the Non-Agricultural Sector (percent) 55

General Economics Division (GED) 11 LIST OF TABLES

Table Number and Name Page No.

Table 3.5: Participation of Labour in Mainstream Economic Activities: 1990-2013 55 Table 3.6: Proportion of Female Members in the Parliament, 1991-2015 56 Table 3.7: Evolution of Gender Gap Index of Bangladesh, 2006-2015 56 Table 3.8: Cross Country Comparison on Gender Equality 57 Table 4.1: Under-Five Mortality Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 61 Table 4.2: Infant Mortality Rate, 1990-2015 61 Table 4.3: Proportion of One Year Child Immunised Against Measles, 1991-2013 62 Table 4.4: Cross Country Comparison on Child Health 63 Table 5.1 Maternal Mortality Ratio, 1991-2015 68 Table 5.2: Cross Country Comparison on Maternal Health 70 Table 5.3: Cross Country Comparison on access to Reproductive Health 71 Table 6.1 Condom Use Amongst High Risk Population 75 Table 6.2: Malaria Statistics, 2005-2014 76 Table 6.3: Cross Country Comparison of HIV/AIDS, Malaria and Other Diseases 79 Table 7.1: Source-Wise Fish Production 86 Table 7.2: Terrestrial and Marine Areas Protected, 1990-2014 87 Table 7.3: Percentage of population Using an Improved Drinking Water Source, 1990-2014 88 Table 7.4: Percentage of Population Using an Improved Sanitation Facility, 1990-2014 89 Table 7.5: Cross-country Comparison of Global Environmental Sustainability, various years 91 Table 7.6: Cross-country Comparison of Access to Safe Drinking Water, Basic Sanitation and Living in the Slums, various years 92 Table 8.1: Trends in ODA Disbursement (in million USD), 1990-91 to 2014-15 97 Table 8.2: Net ODA Received by Bangladesh from OECD Countries (in million US$), 2013-14 99 Table 8.3: ODA Received by Bangladesh from the OECD Countries (in million US$), 2009-10 to 2013-14 100 Table 8.4: Disbursement of ODA in Major Sectors, 1990-91 to 2014-15 100 Table 8.5: Bangladesh’s External Debt Position, 1990-2015 102 Table 8.6: Cross-country Comparison of Global Partnership, various years 105 Table 8.7: Cross country comparison of Information Technology, 2014 106

12 Millennium Development Goals LIST OF FIGURES

Figure Number and Name Page No.

Figure 5.1: Births Attended by Skilled Health Personnel, 1991-2014 69 Figure 5.2: Unmet Need for Family Planning, 1993-94 to 2014 69 Figure 6.1: Nationwide case notification rate (per 100 000 population/year), 2001-2014 77 Figure 6.2: Treatment success rates of new smear positive TB cases, 2001-2014 cohorts 78 Figure 7.1: Total GHG Emissions Projection from Energy Activities, 2005-2030 83 Figure 7.2: Consumption of Ozone Depleting Substances in ODP tonnes, 1990-2013 85 Figure 7.3: Consumption of Ozone Depleting CFCs in ODP Tonnes, 1990-2013 85 Figure 7.4: Proportion of Urban Population Living in Slums, 1990-2014 90 Figure 8.1: Loans and Grants Received by Bangladesh (million US$), 1990-91 to 2014-15 98 Figure 8.2: Proportion of Total Developed Country Imports from Bangladesh, Admitted Free of Duty, 1996-2014 101 Figure 8.3: Debt Service as a Percentage of Exports of Goods and Services, 1990-2015 103 Figure 8.4: Fixed Telephone Lines per 100 Population, 1990-2015 103 Figure 8.5: Cellular Subscribers per 100 Population, 1997-2015 104 Figure 8.6: Internet Users per 100 Population, 1999-2015 104

General Economics Division (GED) 13 DoF Department of Forest MDRI Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative DOTS Directly Observed Treatment Short-course MH/RH Maternal Health/Reproductive Health DP Development Partner MICS Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey ACRONYMS DPE Department of Primary Education MMEIG Maternal Mortality Estimation Inter-agency Group DSF Demand Side Financing MMR Maternal Mortality Ratio ECR Environmental Conservation Rules MOEF Ministry of Environment and Forests 9th SS 9th Serological Surveillance EmOC Emergency Obstetric Care MOHFW Ministry of Health and Family Welfare AAA Accra Agenda for Action EPI Expanded Programme on Immunization MOWCA Ministry of Women and Children Affairs ADB Asian Development Bank FAO Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations MSMEs Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises ADP Annual Development Programme FDI Foreign Direct Investment NAC National AIDS Committee AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome FTA Free Trade Area NARS National Agricultural Research System ANC Antenatal Care Coverage FWV Family Welfare Visitor NASP National AIDS/STD Programme APIs Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients FY Financial Year NER Net Enrolment Ratio APSC Annual Primary School Census GAVI Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization NGO Non-Government Organization ARI Acute Respiratory Infections GDP Gross Domestic Product NIDs National Immunization Days ASC Annual School Census GER Gross Enrolment Rate NMCP National Malaria Control Program BANBEIS Bangladesh Bureau of Educational Information and Statistics GFATM Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria NTP National Tuberculosis Control Program BARC Bangladesh Agriculture Research Council GNI Gross National Income ODA Official Development Assistance BBS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics GOB Government of Bangladesh ODP Ozone Depleting Potential BDF Bangladesh Development Forum GPI Gender Parity Index ODS Ozone Depleting Substance BDHS Bangladesh Demographic and Health Survey GPS Government Primary School OECD Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development BFS Bangladesh Fertility Survey GTBR Global Tuberculosis Report ORT Oral Rehydration Therapy BLS The Bangladesh Literacy Survey HCR Head Count Ratio PPP Purchasing Power Parity BMMS Bangladesh Maternal Mortality Survey HES Household Expenditure Survey PWID People Who Inject Drugs BNH Bangladesh National Herbarium HIES Household Income and Expenditure Survey R&D Research and Development BPS Bangladesh Parliament Secretariat HIPC Heavily Indebted Poor Countries RNGPS Registered Non-Government Primary School BSS Behavioural Surveillance Survey HCV Hepatitis C Virus SBAs Skilled Birth Attendants BTRC Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus SFYP Sixth Five Year Plan (2011-15) CBN Cost of Basic Needs HPNSDP Health, Population and Nutrition Sector Development Programme SMEs Small and Medium Enterprises CBO Community Based Organization HRD Human Resource Development SOFI State of Food Insecurity CCM Country Coordinating Mechanism ICT Information and Communication Technology SSN Social Safety Net CCTF Climate Change Trust Fund IDU Injection Drug Users SVRS Sample Vital Registration System CCU Climate Change Unit IEC Information, Education and Communication TB Tuberculosis CEDAW Convention on the Elimination of all forms of Discrimination Against Women IFAD International Fund for Agricultural Development TDS Total Debt Service CES EPI Coverage Evaluation Survey IMCI Integrated Management of Childhood Illness TFP Total Factor Productivity CFC Chlorofluorocarbon IMF International Monetary Fund TFR Total Fertility Rate CHTs Chittagong Hill Tracts IMR Infant Mortality Rate TRIPS Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights CMNS Child and Maternal Nutrition Survey IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change UESD Utilization of Essential Service Delivery COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease ITN Insecticide Treated Net UHFWC Union Health and Family Welfare Centre CPR Contraceptive Prevalence Rate IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature UNAIDS Joint United Nations Programme on HIV and AIDS CPS Contraceptive Prevalence Survey IUD Intra Uterine Device UNGASS United Nations General Assembly Special Session CSAFP Census of Slum Areas and Floating Population JCS Joint Cooperation Strategy UNICEF United Nations Children’s Fund CSBA Community Skilled Birth Attendant Kcal Kilo calorie UNJMP WHO/UNICEF Joint Monitoring Programme for Water Supply and Sanitation DAC Development Assistance Committee LAS Literacy Assessment Survey UNSD United Nations Statistics Division DAE Directorate of Agricultural Extension LCG Local Consultative Group VAW Violence Against Women DCI Direct Calorie Intake LDCs Least Developed Countries VCT Voluntary Counselling and Testing DFID Department for International Development LFS Labour Force Survey VGD Vulnerable Group Development DFQF Duty Free Quota Free LLIN Long Lasting Impregnated Net WB World Bank DGDA Directorate General of Drug Administration MARPs Most at Risk Populations WFP World Food Programme DGHS Directorate General of Health Services MBDC Mycobacterial Disease Control WHO World Health Organization DoE Department of Environment MDGs Millennium Development Goals WTO World Trade Organization

14 Millennium Development Goals DoF Department of Forest MDRI Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative DOTS Directly Observed Treatment Short-course MH/RH Maternal Health/Reproductive Health DP Development Partner MICS Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey DPE Department of Primary Education MMEIG Maternal Mortality Estimation Inter-agency Group DSF Demand Side Financing MMR Maternal Mortality Ratio ECR Environmental Conservation Rules MOEF Ministry of Environment and Forests 9th SS 9th Serological Surveillance EmOC Emergency Obstetric Care MOHFW Ministry of Health and Family Welfare AAA Accra Agenda for Action EPI Expanded Programme on Immunization MOWCA Ministry of Women and Children Affairs ADB Asian Development Bank FAO Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations MSMEs Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises ADP Annual Development Programme FDI Foreign Direct Investment NAC National AIDS Committee AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome FTA Free Trade Area NARS National Agricultural Research System ANC Antenatal Care Coverage FWV Family Welfare Visitor NASP National AIDS/STD Programme APIs Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients FY Financial Year NER Net Enrolment Ratio APSC Annual Primary School Census GAVI Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization NGO Non-Government Organization ARI Acute Respiratory Infections GDP Gross Domestic Product NIDs National Immunization Days ASC Annual School Census GER Gross Enrolment Rate NMCP National Malaria Control Program BANBEIS Bangladesh Bureau of Educational Information and Statistics GFATM Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria NTP National Tuberculosis Control Program BARC Bangladesh Agriculture Research Council GNI Gross National Income ODA Official Development Assistance BBS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics GOB Government of Bangladesh ODP Ozone Depleting Potential BDF Bangladesh Development Forum GPI Gender Parity Index ODS Ozone Depleting Substance BDHS Bangladesh Demographic and Health Survey GPS Government Primary School OECD Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development BFS Bangladesh Fertility Survey GTBR Global Tuberculosis Report ORT Oral Rehydration Therapy BLS The Bangladesh Literacy Survey HCR Head Count Ratio PPP Purchasing Power Parity BMMS Bangladesh Maternal Mortality Survey HES Household Expenditure Survey PWID People Who Inject Drugs BNH Bangladesh National Herbarium HIES Household Income and Expenditure Survey R&D Research and Development BPS Bangladesh Parliament Secretariat HIPC Heavily Indebted Poor Countries RNGPS Registered Non-Government Primary School BSS Behavioural Surveillance Survey HCV Hepatitis C Virus SBAs Skilled Birth Attendants BTRC Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus SFYP Sixth Five Year Plan (2011-15) CBN Cost of Basic Needs HPNSDP Health, Population and Nutrition Sector Development Programme SMEs Small and Medium Enterprises CBO Community Based Organization HRD Human Resource Development SOFI State of Food Insecurity CCM Country Coordinating Mechanism ICT Information and Communication Technology SSN Social Safety Net CCTF Climate Change Trust Fund IDU Injection Drug Users SVRS Sample Vital Registration System CCU Climate Change Unit IEC Information, Education and Communication TB Tuberculosis CEDAW Convention on the Elimination of all forms of Discrimination Against Women IFAD International Fund for Agricultural Development TDS Total Debt Service CES EPI Coverage Evaluation Survey IMCI Integrated Management of Childhood Illness TFP Total Factor Productivity CFC Chlorofluorocarbon IMF International Monetary Fund TFR Total Fertility Rate CHTs Chittagong Hill Tracts IMR Infant Mortality Rate TRIPS Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights CMNS Child and Maternal Nutrition Survey IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change UESD Utilization of Essential Service Delivery COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease ITN Insecticide Treated Net UHFWC Union Health and Family Welfare Centre CPR Contraceptive Prevalence Rate IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature UNAIDS Joint United Nations Programme on HIV and AIDS CPS Contraceptive Prevalence Survey IUD Intra Uterine Device UNGASS United Nations General Assembly Special Session CSAFP Census of Slum Areas and Floating Population JCS Joint Cooperation Strategy UNICEF United Nations Children’s Fund CSBA Community Skilled Birth Attendant Kcal Kilo calorie UNJMP WHO/UNICEF Joint Monitoring Programme for Water Supply and Sanitation DAC Development Assistance Committee LAS Literacy Assessment Survey UNSD United Nations Statistics Division DAE Directorate of Agricultural Extension LCG Local Consultative Group VAW Violence Against Women DCI Direct Calorie Intake LDCs Least Developed Countries VCT Voluntary Counselling and Testing DFID Department for International Development LFS Labour Force Survey VGD Vulnerable Group Development DFQF Duty Free Quota Free LLIN Long Lasting Impregnated Net WB World Bank DGDA Directorate General of Drug Administration MARPs Most at Risk Populations WFP World Food Programme DGHS Directorate General of Health Services MBDC Mycobacterial Disease Control WHO World Health Organization DoE Department of Environment MDGs Millennium Development Goals WTO World Trade Organization

General Economics Division (GED) 15 DoF Department of Forest MDRI Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative DOTS Directly Observed Treatment Short-course MH/RH Maternal Health/Reproductive Health DP Development Partner MICS Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey DPE Department of Primary Education MMEIG Maternal Mortality Estimation Inter-agency Group DSF Demand Side Financing MMR Maternal Mortality Ratio ECR Environmental Conservation Rules MOEF Ministry of Environment and Forests 9th SS 9th Serological Surveillance EmOC Emergency Obstetric Care MOHFW Ministry of Health and Family Welfare AAA Accra Agenda for Action EPI Expanded Programme on Immunization MOWCA Ministry of Women and Children Affairs ADB Asian Development Bank FAO Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations MSMEs Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises ADP Annual Development Programme FDI Foreign Direct Investment NAC National AIDS Committee AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome FTA Free Trade Area NARS National Agricultural Research System ANC Antenatal Care Coverage FWV Family Welfare Visitor NASP National AIDS/STD Programme APIs Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients FY Financial Year NER Net Enrolment Ratio APSC Annual Primary School Census GAVI Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization NGO Non-Government Organization ARI Acute Respiratory Infections GDP Gross Domestic Product NIDs National Immunization Days ASC Annual School Census GER Gross Enrolment Rate NMCP National Malaria Control Program BANBEIS Bangladesh Bureau of Educational Information and Statistics GFATM Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria NTP National Tuberculosis Control Program BARC Bangladesh Agriculture Research Council GNI Gross National Income ODA Official Development Assistance BBS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics GOB Government of Bangladesh ODP Ozone Depleting Potential BDF Bangladesh Development Forum GPI Gender Parity Index ODS Ozone Depleting Substance BDHS Bangladesh Demographic and Health Survey GPS Government Primary School OECD Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development BFS Bangladesh Fertility Survey GTBR Global Tuberculosis Report ORT Oral Rehydration Therapy BLS The Bangladesh Literacy Survey HCR Head Count Ratio PPP Purchasing Power Parity BMMS Bangladesh Maternal Mortality Survey HES Household Expenditure Survey PWID People Who Inject Drugs BNH Bangladesh National Herbarium HIES Household Income and Expenditure Survey R&D Research and Development BPS Bangladesh Parliament Secretariat HIPC Heavily Indebted Poor Countries RNGPS Registered Non-Government Primary School BSS Behavioural Surveillance Survey HCV Hepatitis C Virus SBAs Skilled Birth Attendants BTRC Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus SFYP Sixth Five Year Plan (2011-15) CBN Cost of Basic Needs HPNSDP Health, Population and Nutrition Sector Development Programme SMEs Small and Medium Enterprises CBO Community Based Organization HRD Human Resource Development SOFI State of Food Insecurity CCM Country Coordinating Mechanism ICT Information and Communication Technology SSN Social Safety Net CCTF Climate Change Trust Fund IDU Injection Drug Users SVRS Sample Vital Registration System CCU Climate Change Unit IEC Information, Education and Communication TB Tuberculosis CEDAW Convention on the Elimination of all forms of Discrimination Against Women IFAD International Fund for Agricultural Development TDS Total Debt Service CES EPI Coverage Evaluation Survey IMCI Integrated Management of Childhood Illness TFP Total Factor Productivity CFC Chlorofluorocarbon IMF International Monetary Fund TFR Total Fertility Rate CHTs Chittagong Hill Tracts IMR Infant Mortality Rate TRIPS Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights CMNS Child and Maternal Nutrition Survey IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change UESD Utilization of Essential Service Delivery COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease ITN Insecticide Treated Net UHFWC Union Health and Family Welfare Centre CPR Contraceptive Prevalence Rate IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature UNAIDS Joint United Nations Programme on HIV and AIDS CPS Contraceptive Prevalence Survey IUD Intra Uterine Device UNGASS United Nations General Assembly Special Session CSAFP Census of Slum Areas and Floating Population JCS Joint Cooperation Strategy UNICEF United Nations Children’s Fund CSBA Community Skilled Birth Attendant Kcal Kilo calorie UNJMP WHO/UNICEF Joint Monitoring Programme for Water Supply and Sanitation DAC Development Assistance Committee LAS Literacy Assessment Survey UNSD United Nations Statistics Division DAE Directorate of Agricultural Extension LCG Local Consultative Group VAW Violence Against Women DCI Direct Calorie Intake LDCs Least Developed Countries VCT Voluntary Counselling and Testing DFID Department for International Development LFS Labour Force Survey VGD Vulnerable Group Development DFQF Duty Free Quota Free LLIN Long Lasting Impregnated Net WB World Bank DGDA Directorate General of Drug Administration MARPs Most at Risk Populations WFP World Food Programme DGHS Directorate General of Health Services MBDC Mycobacterial Disease Control WHO World Health Organization DoE Department of Environment MDGs Millennium Development Goals WTO World Trade Organization

16 Millennium Development Goals PROLOGUE BY THE EDITOR

In September 2000, leaders of 189 countries including 147 heads of state and government, gathered at the United Nations headquarters and accorded the historic Millennium Declaration, in which they made a promise to free people from extreme poverty and multiple deprivations. A year later, in August 2001, the UN Secretariat published the 8 Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) devised by a working committee, drawn from a range of UN bodies, including the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, UNICEF, the Population Fund and the World Health Organization, as well as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. The goals sought to address several core contents of development that emerged through UN conferences and summits held in the nineties. They ranged from halving extreme poverty and hunger to promoting gender equality and reducing child mortality including a commitment to finance MDGs through development cooperation and innovative financing. For each MDG, one or more targets have been set using 1990 as a benchmark year and 2015 as the target date. A framework of 8 goals, 18 targets and 48 indicators was adopted to measure progress towards the MDGs. Subsequently the targets and indicators under the 8 goals have been increased to 21 and 60 respectively. Bangladesh is one of the 189 countries committed to the Millennium Development Goals. Bangladesh’s progress towards attainment of MDGs was first assessed by the World Bank in 2005. Since 2007, the General Economics Division of the Planning Commission as a development focal point for poverty has carried out the assessments of annual or biennial progress; the last Bangladesh Progress Report 2015 was carried out in 2015.These reports reviewed the progress during the assessment period, analysed the prospect of meeting the targets by 2015 and recommended policies to accelerate the progress to reach the targets by the terminal year. GED also carried out several studies on issues relevant to MDG attainment such as need assessment and costing, MDG financing and options, and challenges of private sector’s involvement in Bangladesh. These efforts reflect the commitment of the Government to MDGs achievements. A major problem with assessing progress towards MDGs concerns lack of availability of relevant data timely. Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics is the national organization responsible for collection, compilation and dissemination of data to meet the needs of government for planning and informed policy making as well as needs of other users. BBS provides data on many important series periodically sometime with long interval of five years (HIES) and ten years (population census). For example, the latest data on the incidence of poverty that is available is for 2010. With lack of poverty data for 2015, it is hard to assess the state of poverty in the country that prevailed in 2015. In this case, a growth-elasticity based poverty estimate, calculated by GED has been used. BBS does not generate any data on some of the variables which are necessary for evaluation of achievements of some of the MDG targets. Other important sources of data are the ministries, their directorates and departments or organizations under them. For example, Bangladesh Bureau of Educational Information and Statistics (BANBEIS) and Department of Primary Education (DPE) provide educational statistics, Directorate General of Health Services and National Institute of Population Research and Training provide population and health related data with some time gap, sometimes with time lag of several years.

General Economics Division (GED) 17 Bangladesh has been recognized as one of the precursors of MDG implementation and an example for emulation for other developing countries. Bangladesh has made outstanding progress in the areas of poverty alleviation, ensuring food security, primary school enrolment, gender parity in primary and secondary level education, lowering infant and under-five mortality rate and maternal mortality ratio, improving immunization coverage, and reducing the incidence of communicable diseases. Political commitment from the highest level of the government has driven all government machineries to work in tandem to fulfil the MDG goals. The alignment of national development policies with the goals and targets of MDGs helped speedy implementation of the targets. The complementing role of non- government institutions such as NGOs and development partners set an example of Government-Non- Government partnership in achieving the goals of human development and prosperity. There are still some challenges which need to be addressed properly in post-MDG agenda. The areas which require further attention include employment generation, primary school completion, increasing adult literacy rates, creation of decent wage employment for women, presence of skilled health professionals at delivery, forest area coverage, and Information and Communication Technology (ICT). Bangladesh fare well compared to other developing countries in most of the indicators. While analysing the country’s achievement in regional and global context, it is important to bear in mind that a meaningful comparison can only be done with the countries with similar starting points (i.e., initial conditions). That is, in some cases ‘within country’ comparison is more informative and meaningful than the cross- country comparison because of our low base figures though we leapfrogged in many of the indicators. A detailed account and analysis of the achievements for all the MDGs and targets and the related indicators is presented in the following chapters. The current status of Bangladesh is presented in the regional context to understand where Bangladesh stands in terms of a particular indicator. Besides, global experience in achieving a particular goal is presented to understand Bangladesh’s situation in the global context. A brief discussion of government policies to achieve the goal is also carried out in each case. The report is based on existing national and international relevant reports and documents and information provided by government ministries/divisions and development partners. The report has also been benefitted from stakeholder consultations.Lastly, this has to be mentioned that this is an evaluation report and stocktaking in a particular point in time (2015) based on governmental facts and figures available.

MDGs: Progress of Bangladesh at a glance

MDG 1: Eradicate Extreme Poverty and Hunger  Halve by 2015 the proportion of people living below poverty line. Bangladesh showed an impressive poverty reduction from 56.7% in 1991-92 to 24.8% in 2015; the rate of reduction being faster in the present decade than the earlier ones. MDG 2: Achieve Universal Primary Education  Ensure that all boys & girls complete a full course of primary schooling Significant progress has been made in increasing equitable access in education with net enrolment rate of 97.7per cent and completion rate of 81.3 per cent at primary level in 2015.

MDG 3: Promoting Gender Equity and Empowering Women  Eliminate gender disparity in primary & secondary education preferably by 2005, and at all levels in 2015. Bangladesh achieved the targets of gender parity in primary and secondary education at the national level long before 2015. But it has yet to achieve gender parity at tertiary level.

18 Millennium Development Goals MDG 4: Reduce Child Mortality  Reduce by two thirds by 2015, the under-five mortality rate. Bangladesh is on track in meeting the target of this goal measured in three different indicators like under-five mortality rate, infant mortality rate and immunization against measles

MDG 5: Improve Maternal Health  Reduce by the three quarters, by 2015, the maternal mortality ratio Maternal mortality declined from 322 in 2001 to 170 in 2013, a 47% decline in nine years, obviously a leapfrogging though not hitting the bull’s eye.

MDG 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria and other Diseases  Have halted by 2015 & begin to reverse the spread of HIV/AIDS Bangladesh performed well in halting communicable diseases under this goal. The prevalence of HIV/AIDS in Bangladesh is less than 0.1 per cent and thus is still below an epidemic level.

MDG 7: Ensuring Environmental Sustainability  Integrate the principals of sustainable development into country policies /programmes & reverse the loss of environmental resources At present there is only 13.40 per cent of land in Bangladesh with tree cover of density of 30 per cent on average which is well below the target set for 2015 of 20%.

MDG 8: Developing a Global Partnership for Development  Develop further an open, rule-based, predictable, non-discriminatory trading and financial system During the last twenty five years, Bangladesh, on an average, received US$ 1.8 billion ODA per year which was well below the amount required- US$3.0 billion per year having an annual growth of rate of 7.8 per cent, to implement all the MDGs.Cellular subscribers per 100 populations were 79.76 in 2015 which was zero in 1990. The internet users per 100 population was 30.39 in 2015, which was 0.15 in 2005.

General Economics Division (GED) 19 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

In September 2000, leaders of 189 countries gathered at the United Nations headquarters and accorded the historic Millennium Declaration, in which they made a promise to free people from extreme poverty and multiple deprivations. A year later, in August 2001, the UN Secretariat published the 8 Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) on the basis of the Millennium Declration. They ranged from halving extreme poverty and hunger to promoting gender equality and reducing child mortality including a commitment to finance MDGs through development cooperation. For each MDG, one or more targets have been set using 1990 as a benchmark and 2015 as the target date. A framework of 8 goals, 18 targets and 48 indicators was adopted to measure progress towards the MDGs. Subsequently the targets and indicators under the 8 goals have been increased to 21 and 60 respectively. Bangladesh is one of the 189 countries committed to the Millennium Development Goals. Bangladesh have mainstreamed the MDGs in its development agenda and designed policies and strategies to achieve the MDGs by the end date of 2015. A summary of Bangladesh’s MDG achievements is presented here.

Goal 1: Eradicate Extreme Poverty and Hunger Target 1.A: Halve, between 1990 and 2015, the proportion of people below poverty line

 Bangladesh has made commendable progress in reducing poverty with national poverty headcount ratio declining from 56.7 per cent in 1991-92 to 31.5 per cent in 2010. The poverty headcount ratio for 2015 - estimated at 24.8 per cent and indicates that Bangladesh has achieved the target of halving poverty three years ahead of the end date.

 The incidence of extreme poverty declined from 25 per cent in 2005 to 17.6 per cent in 2010 with 47 per cent decline in urban areas and 26 per cent in rural areas making extreme poverty largely a rural phenomenon. Extreme poverty declined further to an estimated 12.9 per cent in 2015 again marking fulfilment of target before the end year.

 The poverty gap ratio has consistently declined from 17.20 in 1991-92 to 6.50 in 2010. Thus Bangladesh has already achieved the target of halving the poverty gap i.e. 8.6, ahead of time and the conditions of the poor and disadvantaged people have improved.Moreover, this target has been achieved both in rural and urban areas.

 The share of the poorest quintile in national income has always been below 7 per cent during the

20 Millennium Development Goals period from 1991-92 to 2010. The value of the indicator declined from 6.52 per cent to 5.22 per cent during this period implying an increase in income inequality between the rich and the poorest. Target 1.B: Achieve full and productive employment and decent work for all, including women and young people

 The growth rate of GDP per person employed has been, on an average, 3.10 per cent per year during the period from 1991 to 2012. GDP per person employed grew at the rate of 3.9 per cent during the 2011-14 period which exceeds corresponding world rate (1.8 per cent) as well as the rate for South Asia (3.5 per cent) depicting Bangladesh as a development surprise.

 Labour force participation rate (LFR) in Bangladesh has been consistently rising from a low base of 51.2 per cent in 1990-91 to 59.3 per cent in 2010 with a seemingly reversal of the trend in 2013 when LFR dropped to 57.1 per cent.

 Male LFR varied between about 82 per cent to about 87 per cent and is comparable to other developing countries. The female LFR is low at 33.5 per cent in 2013. It indicates female LFR will constitute most of incremental LFR in the future. Target 1.C: Halve, between 1990 and 2015, the proportion of people who suffer from hunger

 The proportion of underweight children under-five years of age declined consistently from 66 per cent in 1990 to 32.6 per cent in 2014 (female: 33.1 per cent, male: 32.2 per cent). Bangla- desh has achieved the MDG target of 33 per cent hunger prevalence by 2015. The proportion of underweight children is lower in Bangladesh than in India.  The level of stunting has declined consistently from 50.6 per cent in 2004 to 36.1 per cent in 2014. But there has been little change in wasting – low weight for height or thinness during this period.

Goal 2: Achieve Universal Primary Education Target 2.A: Ensure that, by 2015, children everywhere, boys and girls alike, will be able to complete a full course of primary schooling

 Bangladesh nearly achieved the MDG target as the net enrolment ratio increased to 97.94 per cent in 2015 from 60.5 per cent in 1991-92. The faster and relatively consistent growth in girls' enrolment vis-à-vis boys has been an important driver of the observed improvement in NER. It may be noted that NER is higher in Bangladesh than in neighbouring countries such as India, Sri Lanka, Maldives and Bhutan indicating large improvement in social sector.

 Proportion of pupils starting grade 1 who reach grade 5 has increased from 43 per cent in 1991 to 81.3 per cent in 2015. It may be noted that proportion of pupils starting grade 1 who reach last grade of primary schooling is higher in Bangladesh than in India, Pakistan, Nepal and Cambodia.

 Adult literacy rate of persons aged 15 years and above has increased from 37.2 per cent (44.3 per cent for male and 25.8 per cent for female) in 1991 to 64.6 per cent (67.6 per cent for male and 61.6 per cent for female) in 2015. Increase in adult literacy rate has been sluggish since 2011. Bangladesh still has a long way to traverse to reach 100 per cent literacy rate.

Goal 3: Promote Gender Equality and Empower Women Target 3.A: Eliminate gender disparity in primary and secondary education preferably by 2005, and in all levels of education no later than 2015

 Bangladesh has already achieved the target for gender parity in primary school enrolment and has also achieved gender parity in secondary education level. It is remarkable that Bangladesh achieved gender parity well ahead of MDG target date and has been maintaining gender parity

General Economics Division (GED) 21 at both levels. Interestingly, the proportion of girls is higher than boys at both levels of education. It may be noted that GPI in both primary and secondary education is higher in Bangladesh than the neighbouring countries in South Asia like India, Pakistan and Sri Lanka.

 Despite significant progress in gender parity in tertiary education, GPI is still low with a value of 0.65 in 2015 though it has progressed much than 0.37 in 1990-91. Poverty and hidden costs of education, violence against girls, comparatively restricted mobility and discrimination in labour markets are some of the factors that may be responsible for lower enrolment of girls at the tertiary level.

 The share of women in wage employment in the non-agricultural sector has increased slowly from 19 per cent in 1991-92 to 31.6 per cent in 2013. Achieving gender parity in wage employment in non-agricultural sector has remained a formidable challenge in Bangladesh. However, our neighbouring countries with relatively lower share have a more formidable challenge in achieving gender parity in wage employment in non-agriculture sector.

 Bangladesh is an example of a country with dominant leadership of women in national politics and government. Currently, the Speaker of the National Parliament, the Prime Minister, and the Leader of the Opposition and the Deputy Leader of the House are all women. However, with some notable initiatives by the Government, women’s participation in the Parliament stood at 20.29 per cent in 2015 compared to 12.73 per cent in 1991.

Goal 4: Reduce Child Mortality Target 4.A: Reduce by two-thirds, between 1990 and 2015, the under-five mortality rate

 Under-five mortality rate has been persistently declining to 36 in 2014 from 151 in 1990. Bangladesh has thus achieved the MDG 4 target for U5MR (target of 48 per 1,000 live-births) well ahead of time.

 The infant mortality rate has declined to 29 per 1,000 live births in 2015 from 94 in 1990 with similar decline for male and female infants in rural areas and also in urban areas. Bangladesh has been able to achieve the MDG target for IMR set at 31 per 1000 live births by 2015. Both U5MR and IMR are lower in Bangladesh compared with India and Pakistan.

 The proportion of one year old children immunized against measles has increased from 54 per cent in 1991 to 86 per cent in 2011 and remained at the same level in 2013. Thus Bangladesh has fallen short of universal coverage by 2015 though this performance is better than India and Pakistan.

Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health Target 5.A: Reduce by three quarters, between 1990 and 2015, the maternal mortality ratio

 The maternal mortality ratio has decreased from 472 per 100,000 live births in 1991 to 181 per 100,000 live births in 2015 at the national level implying that the MDG target has been missed though the reduction from the high base figure has been spectacular.

 The number of births attended by skilled health personnel has witnessed an increase over the MDG period from a mere 5 per cent in 1991 to over 40 per cent in 2014 which has been a substantial increase. However, this achievement still could not meet the MDG target set at 50 per cent. Target 5b: Achieve By 2015 Universal Access to Reproductive Health

 Dramatic reduction in the total fertility rate (TFR) represents a success story for Bangladesh. The current TFR stands at 2.1 which is below the target that was set (2.2) for 2015.

22 Millennium Development Goals  The contraceptive prevalence rate (CPR) has increased to 62.1 per cent in 2015 from 40 per cent in 1991 with sluggish expansion in the last decade. Thus Bangladesh has been unable to achieve the CPR target of 72 per cent. However, CPR is still higher in Bangladesh compared with India, Pakistan, Nepal and Maldives.

 In the last 20 years, antenatal care coverage (at least one visit) has increased by 51 percentage points (from 27.5 per cent in 1993-94 to 79 per cent in 2014).

 The percentage of women who had no ANC visits has declined from 44 per cent in 2004 to 21 per cent in 2014. At the same time, the percentage of pregnant women who made four or more antenatal visits has increased from 16 per cent in 2004 to 31 per cent in 2014.

Goal 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria And other Diseases Target 6.A: Have halted by 2015 and begun to reverse the spread of HIV/AIDS

 According to the National HIV Serological Surveillance (2011), the prevalence of HIV/AIDS stands at 0.1 percent which is far below epidemic level. As such, Bangladesh is considered a low prevalence HIV/AIDS area.

 The findings of the 9th round National HIV SS show that the overall prevalence of HIV in Most at Risk Population (MARP) remains below 1 per cent and most importantly, HIV prevalence has declined among People Who Inject Drugs (PWID) in Dhaka from 7 per cent to 5.3 per cent.

 According to, 20 Years of HIV in Bangladesh: Experience and Way Forward 2009 (World Bank and UNAIDS),condom use has increased for specific sub-groups of the MARP, though not for all. For specific groups such as male sex workers and female injecting drug users, condom use has actually decreased. However, National AIDS STD Programmes (NASP) finds that condom use rate at last high risk sex was 43 percent in 2013. Target 6b: Achieve by 2010 Universal Access to Treatment for HIV/AIDS for All Those Who Need it

 The United Nations General Assembly Special Session (UNGASS) Report 2009 shows the proportion of population with advanced HIV infection who have access to antiretroviral drugs coverage is approximately 47.7 per cent in Bangladesh. It was reported to be 45 per cent in 2012. Target 6c: Have Halted by 2015 and Begun to Reverse the Incidence of Malaria and other Major Diseases

 The prevalence of malaria declined to 433.91 per 100,000 populations in 2014 from 441 per 100,000 populations in 2005. The wide fluctuations in the intervening period indicate that the decline may not be stable. Furthermore, we are still far from the malaria prevalence target set for 2015.

 The death rate has declined to 0.34 per 100,000 populations in 2014, which meets the target which was set at 0.6 in 2015.

 The proportion of children under 5 years of age who slept under insecticide treated mosquito nets has increased, albeit with some fluctuation, and currently exceeds the target of 90 per cent by 2015.The proportion of children under 5 with fever who are treated with appropriate anti-malarial drugs was recorded at 99.92 per cent which is far above the target of 90 per cent by 2015.

 According to the National Tuberculosis (TB) Prevalence Survey (2007-2009) Report of Bangladesh, the overall prevalence of new smear positive cases among adults aged 15 and older was

General Economics Division (GED) 23 estimated at 79.4 person over population of 100,000.This clearly overshoots the target set for 2015.

 A total of 190,893 cases (including 6,386 combined cases of return after failure, return after default and others) have been reported to NTP in 2013. So the overall case notification rate excluding those 6,386 cases was 119 per 100,000 populations. The case notification rate for new smear positives cases in 2013 was 68 per 100,000 populations, which has come down to 53 in 2014.

 The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS (Directly Observed Treatment Short-course) was 73 per cent in 1994, which has crossed the target of more than 90 per cent.The program has successfully treated almost 92 per cent of the new smear-positive cases registered in 2014.

Goal 7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability Target 7.A: Integrate the principles of sustainable development into country policies and programs and reverse the loss of environmental resources Target 7.B: Reduce biodiversity loss, achieving, by 2010, a significant reduction in the rate of loss

 The proportion of land area covered by forest increased from 9 per cent in 1990-1991 to 13.4 per cent in 2014. Extensive destruction and clearing of forests for agriculture, homestead and other non-forest purpose hindered the target of attaining 20 per cent forest coverage with tree density of more than 70 per cent by the end of 2015.

 Bangladesh is not a big emitter of CO2 and it has no obligation to reduce greenhouse gas emissions given its LDC status.

 In Bangladesh the consumption of Ozone Depleting Substances (ODSs) declined to 64.88 ODP tonnes in 2013. The latter number is within the target limit of 65.39 ODP tonnes for 2015. The consumption of Ozone depleting CFCs follows similar pattern.

 The per cent of population using an improved source of drinking water varies from 78 per cent to 86 per cent if arsenic contamination is considered. The numbers go up to 97.9 per cent to 98 per cent if arsenic contamination is not considered. The arsenic contamination does challenge fulfilling the national target of provision of 100 per cent safe drinking water for 2015.

 According to SVRS-2013 sanitary toilet facility increased from 42.5 per cent in 2003 to 73.5 per cent in 2015.Yet, are behind the national target of 100 per cent of the population having access to improved sanitation facility by 2015. Target 7.D: By 2020, to have achieved a significant improvement in the lives of at least 100 million slum dwellers

 Data of Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics show that in 2014 there were 13,938 slums covering all city corporations, municipalities, Upazila headquarters and all other urban areas which increased from 2,991 in 1997. A total of 592,998 slum households of an average size of 3.75 persons were in 2014 which increased from 334,431 slum households and 4.17 persons in 1997. This indicates an increase of 77 per cent in the number of slum households since 1997. In 2014, a total of 2.2 million people were living in the slums in Bangladesh. This indicates a population increase of 214 per cent between the two census years. About 6.36 per cent of total urban population lived in the slum areas in 2014. Targeted action programmes through social security and special measures are required to address the problem of increasing growth of slums.

24 Millennium Development Goals Goal 8: Develop a Global Partnership for Development

 According to ERD the net ODA received by Bangladesh was US$ 1,732 million in 1990-91 and in 2013-14 it rose to US$3,084 million, the highest amount ever recorded in a single year. In 2014-15, the amount stands at US$3,043 million. However, the disbursed ODA as a proportion of Bangladesh’s GDP has declined from 5.59 per cent in 1990-91 to 1.56 per cent in 2014-15 (GDP base year 2005-06). This implies a yearly average of ODA-GDP ratio to be 2.28 per cent. During the same period, per capita ODA disbursement fluctuated from US$ 19.79 to US$ 7.60. This implies a yearly average per capita ODA of US$ 13.31 for the last 25 years.

 According to the data of UNSD, proportion of total developed country imports from Bangla- desh, admitted free of duty was 78.59 per cent in 2014, registering an increase from 57.27 per cent in 1996 and 70.91 in 2005.

 The total debt service as a proportion of exports of goods and services declined to 5.1 per cent in 2015, from 20.9 per cent in 1990.Bangladesh is categorized as a “less indebted” country by the World Bank. Debt service burden is lower in Bangladesh compared with Pakistan, Nepal, Sri Lanka and Bhutan implying attaining macroeconomic stability over the years.

 According to the Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC), telephone lines per 100 people was 0.67 in 2015 increasing from 0.20 in 1990.

 According to BTRC, there has been a tremendous growth in the number for cellular subscribers per 100 population: from 0 in 1990 to 79.76 in 2015.

 According to BTRC, the internet users per 100 population shot up to 30.39 in 2015 from a meagre 3.4 in 2008.

General Economics Division (GED) 25 CHAPTER 1

Goal 1: Eradicate Extreme Poverty and Hunger

1.1 Introduction Bangladesh has achieved remarkable success in meeting MDG 1, registering consistent improvement in all the indicators in varying degrees. The sustained growth rate in excess of 6 per cent per year achieved in recent years has played the most important contributing role in eradicating poverty. The growth elasticity of poverty is estimated to be about one in absolute value (upper poverty line: 0.93 and lower poverty line: 1.19; GED estimates, 2015) which implies that one percentage increase in real income growth results in about similar percentage decrease in the poverty rate. It indicates that the growth is an employment generating one which is both inclusive and poverty reducing. In 2000-2015 period, growth rather than redistribution has been argued to be the main driver of poverty reduction. Since the economic growth has primarily been driven by labour intensive manufacturing sector and by sending low skilled workers abroad, the growth is inherently inclusive and pro-poor. This is reflected by declining poverty and consumption inequality of the country. Not many developing countries have seen such drastic reduction of poverty in the last decade that Bangladesh have. Over the decade, there was a persistent decline in the number of poor people, from nearly 62 million in 2000, to about 56 million in 2005 and 47 million in 2010. Not only that the number of people below the poverty line fell, the severity of poverty among the poor narrowed significantly primarily due to a decreasing number of individuals that are extremely poor.The incidence of poverty has declined, on an average, 1.74 percentage points annually during 2000 to 2010 against the MDG target of 1.20 percentage point annual decline. The estimated poverty headcount ratio in 2015 is 24.8 per cent. Bangladesh has also met one of the indicators of target-1 by bringing down the poverty gap ratio to 6.5, against the MDG target of 8.0 in 2015. With sustained GDP growth rate of over 6 per cent, the MDG target of halving the population living under the poverty line (from 56.7% to 29%) was achieved by 2012 three years ahead of the target date.

26 Millennium Development Goals 1.2 Progressofachievementsindifferent targetsusingindicators MDG 1:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) flight tohighergrowthpathandthisiswellreflectedinMDGindicatorsforincomeequality,particularly stage of the economy. Bangladesh have done a remarkable job in keeping inequalitystableduring its We know that the potential trade-off between growth and equitycan be more pronounced in the take off for theperiod2010onwards. 1 1 1 T c 1 1 1 e 1 p T in 1 c 1 1 1 1 T m p u b u m e ( c Indi T c dol 2 1 % o m o m o o

...... e n e p e a a a a 9 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 3 2 1 1 c in in n n r lo n n o d p r r r ) p o p a : : : : : : a : : a : rg

are shownforMDGindicatorsof$1 (PPP),itrefersto$1.25(PPP). HIES 2010have not measuredpovertyusingDirect CalorieIntake(DCI)method. Though theMDGindicatorsare$1 (PPP),WBdataarepreparedbasedon$1.25(PPP).Throughoutthe report,wheneverWBdata tr s s s p e e d l im im g g g : : : lo m lo w P P P P E Gr S P P u u u a c r r a le ib e e e P S P e

- m r r r r h o r m m m r a y y e y p t t t f u u o e o o o $

r h r t o u a v

, iv , e m t o a p o v o m p m p 1 1

p p p p p

1

a r 1 wth tin e or 1. d ( 1.A ( v tio p a e p tio tio . . d o o o o l

r e % r e % . C: A:

, ( o e le e B o o t le le

r r r r

n P o T y g y ( y r

tio tio tio tio a ) r r ) n n n t : o % n f ty P

v v

e

tio tio m

a

y r

g f ,

H : f c a e e P p a

( ( H a

r

n n n n

) a ( e e 2 1 r l l p lin te H o m Ac )

a g % n n

p s :

n a , 8

o o o o o o o o o lv P e 1

p

t ily lv a o o 0 o f f f f o o r ) f f r e f t 2 e h

a

t e

e f f l 5 s f f r

p o p e d d ro r o u e 2

( ve tio

ie

e s

p p m a o wn o a 2 GDP ie ie

b

n k w

t d s b p k g o o v p p n , port d t e c a q p ta ta , 1 o o , e c e p p e u u

t a d e y

q u - lo 2 ( t a p r

we

u u be r r la la l) r a (

% we u k i l) 2 y y u f in we 6 la la n c y

, i e u tio tio p

la ,

n - c ) tile i e k e e e t r

( tio tio d l 5 e e on ( o tile w d s % n n n c ig tio % r n ic 9 n n

u

a e e

in p n n a

e

)

1 p h n l r r a in m ) b b 1 n

) e

n g g 9 e t e

t in b b t , e e 9 to

o r

y y d 9 o o c n r a f poul e e lo lo n ( 9 s p a

h 0 n r

n % ta lo lo o n a 0 le tio w w s 190 a p ild

th d n a tio

a l w ) w a r

tio

n s liv

$ o n r ( ) n d n e 1 1 d , d n a

n

a in

5 ( u

2 ( a l tio

% 2 + P a c 0 l g 0 t ) P t 1

) nd 1 n iv , i P 5

on b 5 a , e ) l

,

t

2015 t h e h m e e e

p

p l p 1 B ow r lo r 9 , o a ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( o 9 1 1 1 y 2 p 1 1 1 1 6 0 7 t s 7 6 8 1 6 5 4 4 2 p 0 h 9 9 9 m e 0 9 9 9 9 $1(P 9 . 0 o 0 . . 7 6 6 8 8 8 9 o /1 5 7

9 9 9 e 0 9 9 9 9 . . r ...... y e 4 0 4 r 2 2 6 0 0 7 5 0 0 6 1 1 5 t 2 2 2 2

9 e n t

pro io

) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) i a 9 t

o n

r 1 n a

P o

p n o f ort P d f

p

) pe p e d e i S o e on f o t p c p 2 a 6 1 6 4 5 4 5 4 e r da le 5 0 5 2 t le . 2 8 . 8 8 4 4 n - 1 6 u 8

0 7 0 ...... wh

t 5 9 9 7 6 9 9 3 s b 0

wo in e y p lo o e

r s w opl u k f

p 5 8 6 2 b 1 2 6 3 4 4 3 3 2 3 5 2 1 4 f Cu f o e e . . . 0 y 6 0 1 . 1 3 2 1 4 1 8 0 9 0 o 2 8 5 5 v r

1 . 1 ...... 1 . . r 2 5 UNS 4 1 5 7 3 6 9 8 5 7 5 0 w

e r ( 5 5

5 f ( (

( ( ( ( (

r r HI r a ( ) ( ) ( ( ( ) ( ( HI HI W B M HI QL hos t e QL E W I GE HI HI o l, y L n DHS m E s I B

E E E General Economics Division (GED) D)

B t O C tim li E E F S

F D i

1 S S S e s n

h S n S S S ,

2 S t 2

2

i e u 2

c , 2 2 2

a e a 0 0

, 2

0 2 2 lu 2 n

0 J n 0 0 0 s t te 1 1 J 0 1 0 0 u u tim 0 1 1 1 1 c g u 2 0 1 d 0 0 0

ly s 1 0 0 0 0 f e om ly ) ) 3 ) 5 5 i

o 4 ) r ) ) ) ( n

- ) 2 a ) r - s ) S ) 2 g te

S o 2 e e

e u s 0 p wo

p

r 1 i t. f t. c s o 5

e

l m r

)

e e s n s

T a t h a n f 2 r a d 1 2 3 2 3 o 8 0 g 4 9 5 4 3 r n

- - - - - .

1 e y . . 0 . . . a 0 0 1 0 0 t 5 on o l

b u y n e

27 g

GOAL 1 0 3 . 1 5 3 8 0 . 1 4 - - 2 4 0 2 2 5 5 . 0 0 0 5 2 0 5 3 2 . . . 1 1 1 5 0 3 2 3 2 0 6 . 0 8 0 5 2 5 6 4 8 9 . . 0 0 . 9 8 3 0 4 0 9 2 4 2 6 1 2 2 . 9 0 9 7 1 0 9 2 3 . . . 0 8 5 2 0 4 3 5 2 6 9 1 8 5 - . . . 5 0 7 4 9 ) 5 2 5 9 1 PPP (

5 2 . 1 $

2 9 7 8 8 - . . . 1 ing 6 2 8 9 5 4 5 w 9 o 1 ll o f

o i t a R

nt . For domestic policy making a country uses its own poverty estimates based on national on national estimates based uses its own poverty a country policy making . For domestic u 3 l o a C n

n l d Millennium Development Goals a a For example in 2011, the conversion factor for Bangladesh was Taka 35.43. That is, it requires Taka 35.43 to buy the same amount for Bangladesh was Taka 35.43. That is, it requires Taka 35.43 to For example in 2011, the conversion factor io of goods and services in Bangladesh as one US dollar would buy in the United States in 2011. It means PPP adjusted USD 1 poverty of goods and services in Bangladesh as one US dollar would buy in the United States in 2011. line is equivalent to Taka 35.43. This is the daily consumption expenditure per person. a r t b e r a u

3 Indicator 1.1a: Proportion of population below national upper poverty line (2,122 kcal/day) Indicator 1.1a: Proportion of population H U R N Source: unstats.un.org/unsd/mdg/data.aspx and the lower poverty line declined by nearly 8.58 million and 8.61 million respectively during 8.61 million respectively during and the lower poverty line declined by nearly 8.58 million and the period. Data on the prescribed indicator of poverty – the proportion of population whose income is less than $1 income is less of population whose – the proportion of poverty prescribed indicator Data on the across the cost of living into account by taking cross-country comparison day is used for (PPP) per countries The rate of decline in headcount ratio was greater than population growth during 2005-2010 period The rate of decline in headcount ratio was greater than population below the upper poverty line which led to a decline in the absolute number of the poor. The populations Table 1.2: Long-Term Poverty Trends (Headcount Ratio) Table 1.2: Long-Term Poverty Trends As discussed above, Bangladesh has been highly successful in achieving significant reduction in has been highly successful in achieving significant reduction As discussed above, Bangladesh headcount ratio – proportion of population below the national poverty since 1991-92. National poverty 56.7 percent in 1991-92 to 24.8 per cent in 2015. A notable feature of upper poverty line, dropped from 2010 was a significant decline in the incidence of extreme poverty. poverty reduction between 2005 and decreased poverty, extreme for threshold the line, poverty lower under the population of percentage The points), from 25 percent of the population in 2005 to 17.6 percent by 29.6 percent (or by 7.4 percentage poverty declined by 47 percent in urban areas and 26 percent in rural in 2010. The incidence of extreme outshining rural poverty reduction. areas thus urban poverty reduction Table 1.1: Proportion of Population below $1.25 (PPP) Per Day, 1992-2010 of Population below $1.25 Table 1.1: Proportion The proportion of population below $1.25 (PPP) per day is estimated by the World Bank. This is the day is estimated by the World population below $1.25 (PPP) per The proportion of that shows clearly 1.1 Table The living. of cost by adjusted countries few a of lines poverty of average lying below this giving rise to larger population above the national poverty line, this $1.25 line lies poverty line. Expenditure Survey (HIES) provides data on the incidence of poverty based on the proportion of and Household Income conducts (BBS) periodically Bureau of Statistics line. Bangladesh poverty the proportion of incidence of poverty based on (HIES) provides data on the Expenditure Survey is estimated by kcal/day). The national poverty line the national poverty line (2,122 population below Basic Needs (CBN) method. using the Cost of 28 Sources: HES1991-92 and HIES, various years, BBS. Data for 2015 is GED’s Estimation. Sources: HES1991-92 and HIES, various years, BBS. Data for 2015 is GED’s

GOAL 1 General Economics Division (GED) 29

GOAL 1 - 6.5 7.4 4.3 2010 ) y t r e v o p

5 4 6 7 9 me 9 e r 9.8 6.5 t 16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 2005 x E ( PL L - R C H 9.5 12.9 13.8 2000 ) y t 96 r - e v 15.05 15.95 10.75 9 4 2 0 8 Po 1995 ( 29. 28. 27. 26. 24. PL U - R C H 92 - 12 17.2 18.1 1991 4 r a 2013 2014 2015 2011 2012 Ye l n l ona Millennium Development Goals a i It is well recognized that real GDP growth is the single most important determinant of poverty, although the distribution of income is also of income distribution the although of poverty, determinant most important single GDP growth is the real that recognized It is well important. In the absence of data on income distribution, the standard practice is to use the observed relationship between GDP growth and GDP growth between relationship observed the use to is practice standard the distribution, income on data of absence the In important. captures the effects of prevail elasticity poverty reduction from the most recent two HIES years. The assumption here is that this aggregative ing pattern of income distribution that is assumed to remain unchanged over the projected years. The figures in Table 2.3 is drawn by taking figures in Table years. The projected over the unchanged is assumed to remain that distribution of income ing pattern for UPL was 0.93 change income real to per capita with respect The elasticity income. real based on growth in per capita poverty projection which is not taken as they HIES data, from can also be estimated of poverty reduction and that of LPL was 1.19. However, growth elasticity or of rural sample also makes the changes in income of the country. Further, over-reliance fail to capture the overall change in real income consumption smaller and this might result in over-estimation of elasticity. t ba a r ur

4 Indicator 1.2: Poverty gap ratio R N U Source: GED Estimates The reduction in the poverty gap ratio in Bangladesh has been quite significant. It consistently declined The reduction in the poverty gap ratio in Bangladesh has been quite in 2015. Thus Bangladesh has from 17.20 in 1991-92 to 6.50 in 2010 and obviously declined further of time. Moreover, this target already achieved the target of halving the poverty gap i.e. 8.6, ahead Table 1.4: Poverty Gap Ratio Using Upper Poverty Line, 1992-2010 - separating the population from the poverty line (with the non Poverty gap ratio is the mean distance - expressed as a percentage of the poverty line. The ratio is an indica poor being given a distance of zero), - how far, on average, the poor are from the poverty line. It meas tor of the depth of poverty measuring of the poor relative to the poverty line, and gives an estimate of the ures the aggregate income deficit above the poverty line. resources needed to raise the poor Growth in rural labour income (e.g., real wage), declining dependency ratio, greater non-farm income real wage), declining dependency ratio, greater non-farm income Growth in rural labour income (e.g., program of government have contributed to this speedy reduction of opportunities and wider safety net to infrastructure and telecommunication have also helped people the poverty rate. Greater access income. The sharp increase in rural wage has been argued to have increase their productivity and hence Tightening of rural labour market due to greater reallocation the greatest impact on poverty reduction. and from wage-labour to own-farm and outmigration of labour have of labour from farm to non-farm wage. resulted in this steep increase in rural Some stylized facts of the poverty reduction in Bangladesh include: i) The rate of reduction of poverty reduction of of The rate i) include: Bangladesh in reduction poverty the of facts stylized Some poor in Bang- than the previous decades; ii) Extreme has been faster in the 2000s rate (head count ratio) in a lower equilibrium – the rate of reduction of extreme poor faster ladesh is not found to be trapped has been largely a rural phenomenon. than moderate poor; iii) Extreme poverty Table: 1.3 Poverty Estimate for 2011 to 2015 for 2011 to Poverty Estimate Table: 1.3 30 Source: For 1991-92, HES; for other years HIES 2000, 2005, 2010, BBS

GOAL 1 income andconsumptioninequality upto2015couldnotbereported. Source: HES1991-92andHIES, variousyears,BBS.Note:IntheabsenceofHIES data for 2015-16,the trendof providing dataonthisindicator fromHIES2005.Availabledatashowthatthe shareofthepoorest It ishearteningtonotethat BBShasrespondedtothedataneedsformonitoring progressofMDGsby Table 1.6:ShareofPoorestQuintileinNational Income,1992-2010 available bynow)trendofincomeorconsumptioninequality upto2015cannotbehighlightedinthisreport. indicator providesameasureofrelativeinequality.Insituationwhereconsumptionisequallydistributed has consumption thataccruestothepoorestquintile(fifthorbottom20percent)ofpopulation.This The shareofthepoorestquintileinnationalconsumptionisdefinedascountry’s Table 1.5:SquaredPovertyGapUsingUpperLine,1992-2010 than urbanpoverty. Bangladesh is,asindicatedbyallthreemeasuresofpoverty,thatruralpovertyhasalwaysbeenhigher with similardownward trend in both rural and urban areas. A stark fact about the poverty situation in line. Theseverityofpovertyhaslikewisedeclinedconsistentlyfrom6.8in1991-92toonly2.02010 measure, progressivelyhigherweightsareplacedonpoorhouseholdsfurtherawayfromthepoverty the distanceseparatingpoorfrompovertyline,butalsoinequalityamongpoor.Under The squaredpoverty gap, often interpreted as measuring severity of poverty,takesintoaccountnot only extreme pooranddisadvantagedgroupsatafasterratethanthemoderategroups. present governmenthavecontributedtosuchanoutcomebyimprovingtheeconomicconditionsof growth policiesalongwithtargetedmeasuresincludingtheintensifiedsafetynetprogrammesof 16.9 percent,withahigherrateofincreaseinruralareasascomparedtheurbanareas.Thepro-poor per capitaconsumptionexpenditureduringthe2005-2010periodincreasedatanaverageannualrateof is alsoworthnotingthatpovertygapratiodeclinedatafasterratethantheheadcountratio.Real line, greaterproportionofthemareclosertothepovertylinenowthanatbeginning1990s.It implying increasingincomeinequalitybetweenthe richandthepoorest.InabsenceofHIESdata(not below 7percentduringtheperiodfrom1991-92to 2010.Theindicatorshowsslightdownwardtrend income isusedasaproxyindicator.Theshareofthepoorestquintileinnationalhasalwaysbeen Expenditure SurveyconductedbyBBSin1991-92.Hencetheshareofpoorestquintilenational This indicatordoesnothavebenchmarkdatafor1990sinceitcannotbeestimatedusingHousehold the expectedshareofpoorestquintileis20percent. Source: HES1991-92andHIES,variousyears,BBS R U N R U N Indicator 1.3:Shareofthepoorestquintileinnationalconsumption ur ur r a r a ba ba t t been achievedbothinruralandurbanareas. i i a a ona ona l l n n l l 19 19 6.74 6.52 6.4 7.2 4. 6.8 - - 92 92 195 195 6.49 5.12 5.71 5.7 3.4 5.4 - - 96 96 Thissuggestspeoplewhoarestillbelowthepoverty 20 20 7.09 5.04 6.15 4.9 3.4 4.6 205 205 5.8 4.82 5.26 General Economics Division (GED) 3.1 2.1 2.9 201 201 5.76 5.07 5.2 1.3 2. 2.0 31

GOAL 1

Exp. 0.275 0.321 0.338

2010 e om 0.430 0.458 0.452 nc I 8.85 9.93 8.06 2010

Exp. 0.332 0.365 0.284

e 2005 om 0.467 0.497 0.428 nc I

Exp. 0.334 0.373 0.279 . 5

e 2000 om 0.451 0.497 0.393 8.76 9.86 7.46 nc 2005 I

Exp. 96 0.310 0.370 0.270 -

e

1995 - - om 0.432 nc I

Exp. 92 0.260 0.310 0.250 -

e

- - 1991 om 0.388 nc I

l l

n l

ona n l Millennium Development Goals a i ona Income and expenditure Gini indexes are used to measure the inequality in income and consumption in society in a given period of period given a in society in consumption and income in inequality the measure to used are indexes Gini expenditure and Income than trends more Gini affects poverty in expenditure time respectively. As poverty is measured in terms of consumption, changes changes in income Gini. t a i ba t r a ba ur ni

r i a ur 5 U R N Target 1.B: Achieve full and productive employment and decent work for all, including women and Target 1.B: Achieve full and productive employment and decent work young people Indicator 1.4: Growth rate of GDP per person employed

U R G N in a country. Its value lies between 0 and 1 with 0 representing perfect equality and 1 representing and perfect equality representing 1 with 0 and between 0 in a country. Its value lies used measure of inequality in a country. BBS provides data perfect inequality. It is the most commonly and expenditure Gini from 1991-92 to 2010 (Table 1.8). It is evident on the coefficients of income Gini has increased in the country. However, the level of inequality has that during this period inequality last ten years at the national level as reflected in the coefficient of remained somewhat stable over the

Indicators based on poorest quintile and Gini coefficient indicate that persistent increase in economic Indicators based on poorest quintile and Gini coefficient indicate that few developing countries in the growth has been accompanied by little increase in inequality. Very quality of growth of Bangladesh world have achieved this feat in recent history. This also indicates the which is pro-poor and inclusive. Table 1.8: Coefficients of Income Gini and Expenditure Gini: 1992-2010 Table 1.8: Coefficients of Income Income Gini, while the coefficient of Expenditure Gini slightly declined during the same period indicating Income Gini, while the coefficient Gini coefficient measures the degree of inequality in the distribution of household income or consumption or household income of distribution the in inequality of degree the measures Gini coefficient Table 1.7: Share of Poorest Quintile in National Consumption, 2005-2010 of Poorest Quintile in National Table 1.7: Share diversification and production of more vegetables and fruits help rural poor consuming more of these of more consuming poor help rural fruits and vegetables more of production and diversification of both national be noted that in terms their share their consumption share. It should and thus improving off than their in urban areas are relatively worse consumption the poorest quintile income and national rural counterpart. groups resulting in increase in the share of the poorest households in national consumption. Crop Crop consumption. households in national of the poorest in the share in increase groups resulting quintile in national consumption was 8.76 percent in 2005 which marginally increased to 8.85 percent to 8.85 percent increased marginally which percent in 2005 8.76 was national consumption quintile in other groups more than the poorest of growth favours the present pattern This shows that in 2010. some improvement in consumption inequality. Rural Bangladesh experienced a moderate increase in inequality. Rural Bangladesh experienced a moderate increase in some improvement in consumption to 0.43 in 2010), although consumption inequality as reflected in income inequality (0.39 in 2000 during the same period Expenditure Gini remained stable Source: HES 1991-92 and HIES, various years, BBS. Note: In the absence of HIES data for 2015-16, the trend of of HIES data Source: HES 1991-92 and HIES, various years, BBS. Note: In the absence income and consumption inequality up to 2015 could not be reported. Source: HIES, BBS. Note: In the absence of HIES data for 2015-16, the trend of income and consumption inequality inequality consumption and income of trend 2015-16, the for HIES data of absence In the HIES, BBS. Note: Source: up to 2015 could not be reported. 32

GOAL 1 Source: Labour ForceSurvey,variousyears, BBS.Datafor2015arefrom BBS,QFLS(July-Sept,2015) previous figuressinceGDPperpersonismeasuredin2011constantPPP$. Source: http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/sl.gdp.pcap.em.kd; Note: Figures for2014are not strictly comparable with Table 1.10:LabourForceParticipationRate,1991-2013 LFR is,however,mainlyduetolowoffemale workers. 59.3 percentin2010 and then reached 58.7 percentin 2015 with a dipin2013. (Table 1.10). This low rate (LFR)inBangladeshhasbeenconsistentlyrisingfromalowbaseof51.2percent1990-91to interval, providessomeinsightintotheemploymentsituationincountry.Labourforceparticipation number ofpeoplewhoareemployeddividedbythetotalin15to64yearsage Bangladesh whichhasalargeandgrowingpopulation.Theemploymenttopopulationratiodefinedas The creation ofproductiveand decent jobs and employment isimportantforpovertyreductionin Table 1.9:GDPperPersonEmployedanditsGrowth,1991-2014 cent) aswelltherateforSouthAsia(3.5per rate of3.9percentduringthe2011-14periodwhichexceedscorrespondingworld(1.8 improvement inrecentyears.WorldBankdataalsoshowGDPperpersonemployedgrewatthe growth rateof3.4percent.Thisexceedsduring1991-2012periodindicatingfurther increased from$2533(constant2011PPPdollar)in1991to$54332014implyinganaverageannual the 2002-2003period.ItshouldbenotedthatrecentWorldBankdatashowGDPperemployedperson employed personGDPgrowthratedisplaysconsiderableperiodicfluctuations,withsuddendipduring While GDPperpersonemployed(PPP$)displaysslightupwardtrendoverthe1991-2012period, decades orso.ThismatchesmorelesswithpercapitaGDPgrowthduringthe2001-2012period. growth ofGDPperpersonemployedhasbeen,onanaverage,3.10percentyear,overthelasttwo The GDPperpersonemployed(PPP$)withgrowthrateisshowninTable1.9.Itobservedthat,the 1990 PPPdollar)inBangladeshwas$3,917(PPP)2010withayearlygrowthrateof3.43percent. BBS. However, from the World Bank data, it is observed that the GDP per person employed (constant to growthrateofGDPperpersonemployedisnotavailablefromtheNationalAccountsStatistics economy whileGDPismeasuredin1990constantUSdollarsusingPPPrates.Theinformationrelating GDP per person employed is defined as Gross Domestic Product divided by total employment in the Gr e GDP p Indicator 1.5:Employment-to-populationratio 2015 ( 2013 201 205 20 19 195 190 m e r o p s wth o lo

n p - - - - - y

Jul e 203 20 196 19 206 e e

r r m d

a p y te p ( e P l r -

o s o P S y o f P e

e n GDP $ pt d

)

) ( P P

p P e $ r )

2 1 , 0 9 1 . 9 3 9 1 7 58.7 57.1 59.3 58. 57.3 54.9 52.0 51.2 2 1 A 3 , 9 P 4 . l 6 9 e 4 l 5 5 r 1 c e nt 2 a 2 4 , g 0 9 . 6 e 0 6 of 7 0 1 poul 2 2 0 , 0 9 . 0 0 8 3 a 2 7 t i on 3 a 2 0 , 0 ge 0 . 8 0 1 Ma 4 81.7 82.5 86. 87.4 84.0 87.0 86.2 3 d 15ye 2 - l e 3 2 3 , 0 2 . 6 a 0 4 4 r 5 5 s a nd 3 2 1 , 0 a 8 . 4 bove 1 4 General Economics Division (GED) 3 0 1 4 2 4 , 0 0 . 2 1 0 4 1 4 F e 3.5 36.0 29. 26.1 23.9 15.8 14.0 m 4 2 3 , 0 - 1 . a 5 1 l 4 e 5 2 6 5 2 4 0 - 3 1 3 4 33

GOAL 1

e l a 7.6 4.6 1.3 m 12.0 14.7 10.8 e F ) % h ( t e l ow 1.8 1.1 3.5 1.5 1.2 2.9 gr Ma nt e oym pl Em l l 3.1 3.0 4.4 2.2 3.5 2.4 A e l a 1.5 6.5 5.5 1.9 m 14.4 10.5 e F ) % h ( t w e l o 2.7 1.2 3.8 1.2 1.5 2.5 gr . Ma e 6 c or f bour La l l 2.4 3.2 4.4 2.2 3.6 2.3 A 2010 1996 2000 2003 2006 2013 ------Millennium Development Goals http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/732961468189870923/pdf/WPS7412.pdf

6 Indicator 1.6: Proportion of employed people living below $1 (PPP) per day Indicator 1.6: Proportion of employed people living below $1 (PPP) 2006 2010 1996 2000 2003 1991 The proportion of employed persons living below $1 (PPP) per day, or the working poor, is the share of The proportion of employed persons living below $1 (PPP) per day, members are living below the individuals who are employed, but nonetheless live in a household whose for women and men. Relatively slow growth in formal employment in the face of increasing size of the of increasing size in the face employment and men. Relatively slow growth in formal for women formal employment. Slow formal labour force remains a major challenge for expanding the share of in labour market. Under employment growth and increasing labour size result in growing informality for all’ in the terminal such circumstances, it has been difficult to achieve the target of ‘employment years of the MDGs. Employment is defined as persons above a specified age who performed any work at all, in the reference Employment is defined as persons above a specified age who performed from a job for such reasons as period, for pay or profit (or pay in kind), or were temporarily absent power parity (PPP)). Thus one can calculate the working poverty rate as employed persons living below power parity (PPP)). Thus one can calculate the working poverty rate poverty line divided by total employment. international poverty line of $1.25 a day, (measured at 2005 international prices), adjusted for purchasing international poverty line of $1.25 a day, (measured at 2005 international men and women has been converging to the national average after 2005-06 indicating similar deprivations men and women has been converging The participation rate of women which was steadily increasing over the last two decades (1990-2010) two decades (1990-2010) over the last steadily increasing which was rate of women The participation force returns from labour in 2013. The to 33.5 percent and then dropped 36 percent in 2010 peaked to their partially explain of males, which are lower than those wage earners rates for female participation rather have also been employment growth labour force and annual rates of rate. The low participation to men (Table increment of such growth compared contributed more to the annual low and women have voluntary withdrawal of rising rural income may indicate context in the for women 1.11). The low LFR choose to stay at is high, the female members may When the family income from the labour market. female labour India also experienced declining works, especially in rural areas. home for household in recent times force participation However, Gender Statistics of Bangladesh 2008 suggests that the gap in underemployment between 2008 suggests that the gap in underemployment between However, Gender Statistics of Bangladesh The unemployment rate in Bangladesh is rather low; it varied from 3.5 percent in 1995-96 to 4.3 is rather low; it varied from 3.5 percent in 1995-96 to 4.3 The unemployment rate in Bangladesh the of result a mainly is rate unemployment low The 2010. in percent 4.5 at peak a with 2013 in percent which considers a person employed if s/he works for an hour ILO methodology followed in Bangladesh actual the reflect fully not does way this in measured rate unemployment The week. preceding the in - It does not take into consideration the substantial underem labour market conditions in Bangladesh. particularly in the informal sector employing 87.4 percent of the ployment existing in the economy labour force in 2013. Table 1.11: Annual Labour Force and Employment Growth, 1991-2013 Labour Force and Employment Table 1.11: Annual Source: Labour Force Survey, various years, BBS Source: Labour Force Survey, various 34

GOAL 1 Source: http://mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/Data.aspx Sept. 2015. Source: http://mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/Data.aspx. Data for 2015 are from BBS, Quarterly Labour Force Survey, July- those workerswhoareself-employed,asown-accountinamarket-orientedestablishmentoperated during the reference period. Contributing family workers, also known as unpaid family workers, are derived fromthegoodsandservicesproduced),havenotengagedinworkonacontinuousbasis the typeofjobsdefinedasself-employment(i.e.remunerationisdirectlydependentuponprofits Own-account workers are those who, working on their own account or with one or more partners, hold Table 1.12:ProportionofEmployedPeopleLivingBelow$1.25(PPP)perDay $ 1.00(PPP)perdaywas41.7percentin2010. indicator between1991and2010.Theproportionofemployedlabourforceobtaining below therateof indicator. However,theUNdataispresentedinTable1.12,whichshowsconsistentdecline many countriesuseahigherhourlimitintheirdefinition.ThereisnoofficialdataBangladeshonthis work foratleastonehourduringthereferenceperiodisincludedincountofemployment,although illness, maternityorparentalleave,holiday,trainingindustrialdispute.Unpaidfamilyworkerswho 33 percentprevalence rateby2015.TheBDHSreport isalsosupportedby MultipleIndicatorCluster prevalence ratesforchildren, itseemsthatBangladeshhasalreadyachieved theMDGtargetof (female: 33.1percent,male: 32.2percent).Inviewofrecentprogress madeinreducingunderweight of ageinBangladeshwere underweightin1990.Ithasdeclinedconsistently to32.6percentin2014 their futurehealthandeconomic well-being.Nearlytwo-thirds(66percent)of childrenunder-fiveyears Malnourished childrencouldsufferfrompermanent physicalandcognitivedamage,therebyaffecting poor. Prevalenceofhungerismanifestedinmalnourished childrenandnutritionalstatusofwomen. Eradication ofhungerisapreconditionforpoverty reductionandimprovingthelivingconditionsof 1996-2015 Table 1.13:ProportionofOwn-AccountandContributingFamilyWorkersinTotalEmployment, 2015 indicatingsubstantialreductionintheproportion. proportion ofown-accountandcontributingfamilyworkersintotalemploymentwas61.1percent vulnerability inemployment.However,theQuarterlyLabourForceSurvey,2015datashowthat data, asshowninTable1.13,exhibitanincreasingtrendbetween1996and2005indicating There wasnoofficialdataavailableinBangladeshtomonitortheprogressofthisindicator.TheUN the sumofcontributingfamilyworkersandown-accountasapercentagetotalemployment. by arelatedpersonlivinginthesamehousehold.Theshareofvulnerableemploymentiscalculatedas Indicator 1.8:Prevalenceofunderweightchildrenunder-five yearsofage(6-59months) Target 1.C:Halve,between1990and2015,theproportion ofpeoplewhosufferfromhunger P Indicator 1.7:Proportionofown-accountandcontributingfamilyworkersintotalemployment $1 ( f P a e r m r opr c P e i l P nt y w P a t ) g i on f e or of ke e m r ow s i pl n t oye n - ot a d c a c pe l ou e opl m nt e pl a l i oym nd c vi ng be ont e nt l ow r i but

i ng 19 70.4 196 69.4 195 60.7 20 68.9 20 58 203 83.1 General Economics Division (GED) 205 49. 205 85.0 2015 201 41.7 61. 35

GOAL 1

4 6 1 . 0 2 2 3 3 9 . 1 1 0 36.1 14.3 2014 3 2 2 4 . 1 4 0 3 2 1 1 6 0 3 2 9 41.3 15.6 0 2011 5 0 4 2 7 0 1 0 4 2 5 0 0 8 2 4 17.4 43.2 2007 4 0 0 3 2 4 0 0 0 7 2 5 5 9 9 7 1 5 14.5 50.6 2004 2 9 8 9 6 1 0 9 6 9 6 1 t h ig ) we % ng ng r i ( i

e Millennium Development Goals st d te a unt a t R Un S W Indicator 1.9: Proportion of population below minimum level of dietary energy consumption (2,122 Indicator 1.9: Proportion of population below minimum level of dietary kcal/day and 1,805 kcal/day) 36.1 percent of children under 5 are considered to be short for their age or stunted, while 11.6 percent 5 are considered 36.1 percent of children under i.e., below 3 standard deviation from the median of the reference are severely stunted (below -3 SD, 6 of children under age 14 percent increases with age from of stunting prevalence population). The 18-23 months and decreases to 38 percent among children aged months to 46 percent of children aged more likely to be stunted than urban children (38 percent compared 48-59 months. Rural children are with no education are much more likely to be stunted (40 percent) with 31 percent). Children of mothers Table 1.14: Underweight Rates for Children under 5 Years, 1990-2014 Rates for Children under Table 1.14: Underweight coverage (86.1 per cent), increased safety-net coverage, smaller family size (4.5 persons per household), persons per household), family size (4.5 coverage, smaller safety-net (86.1 per cent), increased coverage plausible factors (74.8 percent), have been the A supplementation coverage and spread of vitamin success. contributing to the A modest decrease was observed in the proportion of population not having the minimum level of A modest decrease was observed in the proportion of population to 40.4 percent in 2005 (Table dietary energy consumption (2,122 kcal/day) from 47.5 percent in 1990 The findings of Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey 2012-2013, jointly done by BBS and UNICEF, found 2012-2013, jointly done by BBS and UNICEF, Cluster Survey Indicator The findings of Multiple of moderate and severe wast- prevalence of moderate and severe stunting as 42 percent and prevalence ing as 9.6 percent. Overall, 14.3 percent of children are considered wasted or too thin for their height and 3 percent are Overall, 14.3 percent of children are considered wasted or too thin for percent 6 and wasting moderate for percent (20 months 9-11 age at peaks Wasting wasted. severely severe wasting). Table 1.15: Stunting and Wasting of Children under Age Five, 2004-2014 Table 1.15: Stunting and Wasting Children’s nutritional status has improved somewhat since 2004. The level of stunting has declined status has improved somewhat Children’s nutritional Likewise wasting – low weight for 2004 to 36.1 percent in 2014. consistently from 50.6 percent in associated with acute starvation,has declined marginally to14.3 height or thinness, which is often in 2004 with fluctuations in the intervening period. percent in 2014 from 14.5 percent differentials across wealth quintiles are larger. Children whose mothers are in the lowest wealth quintile are larger. Children whose mothers are in the lowest wealth quintile differentials across wealth quintiles to be stunted (50 percent) than children whose mothers are in the are two and a half times more likely Stunting and/or underweight are tantamount to wastage of human wealthiest quintile (21 per cent). resources. than children whose mothers have completed secondary and higher education (29 percent). The secondary and higher education (29 percent). The have completed than children whose mothers literacy of women aged 15-24 (82 percent), reduction of fertility rate (2.3), enhanced measles vaccination rate (2.3), enhanced reduction of fertility (82 percent), women aged 15-24 literacy of where the underweight rate for under-five years of children was found to be 31.9 was found to years of children for under-five underweight rate where the Survey 2012-13, increased diversification, rice) and crop million tonnes of (34.9 Increased food production percent. Source: BDHS for 2004, 2007, 2011 and 2014; MICS for 2013, others CMNS, BBS 2007, 2011 and 2014; MICS for Source: BDHS for 2004, 36 Source: BDHS 2014, NIPORT

GOAL 1 ahead ofIndia andPakistan. from 52.2in1990to27.3 in2015.Itranked73rdGlobalHungerIndexamong 104countriesin2015 gerhilfe,? WorldPeaceFoundation, October2015).Thisisevidentfromthe decline initsHungerIndex the ChallengeofHunger, InternationalFoodPolicyResearchInstitute,Concern Worldwide,Welthun- Bangladesh hasconsistently improveditshungersituation(GlobalHunger Index-Armed Conflictand Table 1.18Proportionofpopulationbelowminimum levelofdietaryenergyconsumption dietary energyconsumptionhasdeclinedfrom32.8 per centin1991to16.42015(Table1.18). million in 2012-14).AccordingtoUNestimates,proportionofpopulationbelowminimum levelof undernourished by27.3percentduring1990-92to2012-14period(from36millionin26.2 According totheStateofFoodInsecurity(SOFI)2014Bangladeshhasreducednumberpeople Table 1.17:PerCapitaperDayCalorieIntake(kcal),1992-2010 changing foodhabitofpeopleandincreaseinquantityconsumption(Table1.17). increase inpercapitadailycalorieintakecanbeattributedtoincomeofpeople, to 2,318.3kcalin2010reversingthedecliningtrendobservedfrom1991-922005.Significant Per capitadailycalorieintakeatthenationallevelhassignificantlyincreasedfrom2,238.5kcalin2005 Table 1.16:PercentageofPoorinBangladeshestimatedusingtheDCIMethod monitoring. take necessarystepsinduetimetogeneratedataforrelevantindicatorsfacilitateMDGprogress Bangladesh BureauofStatistics,theNationalStatisticalOrganizationcountry.BBScouldnot 92; theproportiondeclinedto19.5percentin2005.Recentdataonthisindicatorarenotavailablefrom 1.16). Morethanonequarter(28percent)ofthepopulationconsumedless1,805kcal/dayin1991- Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ Source: HES1991-92andHIES,variousyears,BBS years, BBS Note: HIES2010doesnotprovidepovertyestimates using DCImethod. Source: HES1991-92andHIES,various P R U N 205 20 195 19 Y di r ur r a e e opr ba t a t i a a r ona

l n r - - y 96 92 t i e l on ne r gy of

c poul o nsum a R t 19 pt 47.1 47.6 39.5 42.3 i 267.8 258.1 26. on ur i on a l be - 92 l ow A bsol

m i ut ni U e m 49.7 46.7 43.2 52. pove r b um 195 251. 209.1 a 24 n levelof r t y - 96 N a 47.5 47.5 40. 4.3 t 19 32.8 i ona l 263. 240.3 20 2150 195 36.9 R 24.6 28.3 17.9 18.7 ur 20 23.1 a l H 253. 2193.8 238.5 205 a General Economics Division (GED) 205 17. r d - U c or 27.3 26.3 24. 25.0 r ba e pov n 201 17.2 e r t y 234.6 24.5 2318. N 201 a 25.1 28.0 19.5 20. t 2015 16.4 i ona l 37

GOAL 1 exceeds thoseofIndia,Nepal,Maldives,SriLanka, BhutanandVietnam. quintile innationalincomeorconsumptionwith 4 percentage of base figure of poor in the early nineties. It fares little better in terms of share of poorest incidence ofpovertyamongtheregionalcountries. It istobenotedalsothatBangladeshhadaveryhigh Despite remarkablesuccessinreducingtheincidence ofpovertyBangladeshstillhasthehighest Bangladesh (Table1.19). poorest quintileinnationalincome/consumptionis the highest,followedbyAfghanistan,Cambodiaand gap ratioislowerinMaldives,followedbyBhutan, VietNamandSriLanka.InPakistanshareof Poverty of populationbelownationalpovertyline,followedbyBhutan,VietNamandCambodia. rate, followedbyBhutan,VietNamandSriLanka.However,Lankahasthelowestlevelofproportion With respecttoproportionofpopulationbelow$1.25PPPperday,Maldiveshasthelowestpoverty give comparativestatusofMDG1inthesecountries. context. ThepovertyfiguresofBangladeshalongwithSAARCcountriesandVietNamCambodia the economiesitissomewhatinstructivetoconsiderstatusofpovertyinBangladeshregional Though differingininitialconditions,economicandsocialpoliciespursuedchallengesconfronting StatusofMDG1inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparatorCountries 1.4 achievements arepointedoutbelow: quently theworldhasseensubstantialreductioninpovertyandhungerbytargetdate.Thespecific The commitmentofthenationstoMDGsledthemmakesustainedeffortsachieveMDG1.Conse- 1.3 GlobalExperienceinImplementingMDG1         Bytheendof2014,conflictshadforcedalmost 60millionpeopletoabandontheirhomes. The proportion of undernourished people in the developing regions has fallen by almost half Despiteprogress,almosthalfoftheworld’semployed peopleworkinvulnerableconditions. The proportion of undernourished people in the developing regions has fallen by almost half Thenumberofpeopleintheworkingmiddleclass—livingonmorethanPPP$4aday—has Globally, the number of people living in extreme poverty has declined by more than half, falling Extremepovertyhasdeclinedsignificantlyoverthelasttwodecades.In1990,nearlyhalfof One insevenchildrenworldwideisunderweight,downfromonefour1990. since 1990. people havebeenliftedoutofextremepovertysince1990. since 1990,from23.3percentin1990–1992to12.92014–2016.Morethan1billion developing regions,upfromjust18percentin1991. almost tripledbetween1991and2015.Thisgroupnowmakesuphalftheworkforcein from 1.9billionin1990to836million2015.Mostprogresshasoccurredsince2000. tion droppedto14percentin2015. the populationindevelopingworldlivedonlessthan$1.25(PPP)aday;thatpropor- th highestshareamongthesecountries.Its

Cambodia, VietNamandBhutan.However,theemploymenttopopulationratioinBangladeshisbetter Table 1.20showsthatNepalhasthehighestlevelofemploymenttopopulationratiofollowedby Table 1.19:CrossCountryComparisonwithRespecttoPoverty Maldives, SriLankaandBhutan.Bangladeshhasthe4 unemployment rate.However,thisrateforBangladeshisagain lowerthan thosein India, Pakistan, than thoseinIndia,Pakistan,MaldivesandSriLanka.Cambodiahasthelowestlevelofwomenyouth proportion ofunderweight childrenagedunderfiveyearsonlynexttoIndia. Itranks6 undernourished population, followedbyNepal,VietNamandCambodia.Bangladesh hasthehighest followed by Bhutan, Maldives and Afghanistan. However, Maldives has the lowest percentage of Table 1.21showsthatViet Namhasthelowestproportionofchildrenunder fiveunderweightrate, Table 1.20:CrossCountryComparisonwithrespecttoProductiveemploymentanddecentwork regional countries. among thesecountriesandthirdlowestshareofyouthunemployedtototalthe th lowestyouthwomenunemploymentrate th inproportion in proportion th lowest youth women unemployment rate lowest youth women unemployment th among these countries and third lowest share of youth unemployed to total unemployed among the lowest share of youth unemployed to total unemployed among the among these countries and third regional countries. with respect to Productive employment and decent work Table 1.20: Cross Country Comparison under five underweight rate, Table 1.21 shows that Viet Nam has the lowest proportion of children of percentage lowest the has Maldives However, Afghanistan. and Maldives Bhutan, by followed Bangladesh has the highest undernourished population, followed by Nepal, Viet Nam and Cambodia. to India. It ranks 6 proportion of underweight children aged under five years only next Cambodia has the lowest level of women youth and Sri Lanka. Cambodia has the lowest level of than those in India, Pakistan, Maldives India, Pakistan, lowerthan those in rate for Bangladesh is again unemployment rate. However, this Bangladesh has the 4 Maldives, Sri Lanka and Bhutan. Table 1.19: Cross Country Comparison with Respect to Poverty with Respect to Comparison Cross Country Table 1.19: the highest level of employment to population ratio followed by Table 1.20 shows that Nepal has ratio in Bangladesh is better However, the employment to population Cambodia, Viet Nam and Bhutan.

highest share among these countries. Its share th since 1990. is underweight, down from one in four in 1990. One in seven children worldwide almost tripled between 1991 and 2015. This group now makes up half the workforce in the now makes up half the workforce 1991 and 2015. This group almost tripled between up from just 18 percent in 1991. developing regions, to 12.9 percent in 2014–2016.More than 1 billion since 1990, from 23.3 percent in 1990–1992 poverty since 1990. people have been lifted out of extreme the population in the developing world lived on less than $1.25 (PPP) a day; that propor- less than $1.25 (PPP) a day; that the developing world lived on the population in 14 percent in 2015. tion dropped to progress has occurred since 2000. 1990 to 836 million in 2015. Most from 1.9 billion in conflicts had forced almost 60 million people to abandon their homes. By the end of 2014, almost half of the world’s employed people work in vulnerable conditions. Despite progress, half almost by fallen has regions developing the in people undernourished of proportion The on more than PPP $4 a day—has in the working middle class—living The number of people half almost by fallen has regions developing the in people undernourished of proportion The half of last two decades. In 1990, nearly has declined significantly over the Extreme poverty falling half, than more by declined has poverty extreme in living people of number the Globally, Millennium Development Goals         Despite remarkable success in reducing the incidence of poverty Bangladesh still has the highest Despite remarkable success in reducing the incidence of poverty that Bangladesh had a very high incidence of poverty among the regional countries. It is to be noted also poorest of share of terms in better little fares It nineties. early the in poor of figure base of percentage quintile in national income or consumption with 4 gap ratio is lower in Maldives, followed by Bhutan, Viet Nam and Sri Lanka. In Pakistan share of Sri Lanka. In Pakistan share of gap ratio is lower in Maldives, followed by Bhutan, Viet Nam and by Afghanistan, Cambodia and poorest quintile in national income/consumption is the highest, followed Bangladesh (Table 1.19). rate, followed by Bhutan, Viet Nam and Sri Lanka. However, Sri Lanka has the lowest level of proportion rate, followed by Bhutan, Viet Nam and Sri Lanka. However, Sri Lanka Viet Nam and Cambodia. of population below national poverty line, followed by Bhutan, Poverty With respect to proportion of population below $1.25 PPP per day, Maldives has the lowest poverty below $1.25 PPP per day, Maldives has the lowest poverty With respect to proportion of population nomic and social policies pursued and challenges confronting ns, economic and social policies pursued Though differing in initial conditio to consider the status of poverty in Bangladesh in the regional the economies it is somewhat instructive along with SAARC countries and Viet Nam and Cambodia context. The poverty figures of Bangladesh in these countries. give comparative status of MDG 1 1.4 Comparator Countries other Status of MDG 1 in South Asia and Two 1.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 1 MDG in Implementing Experience 1.3 Global 1. Conse- to achieve MDG sustained efforts led them to make s to MDGs of the nation The commitment specific target date. The and hunger by the in poverty substantial reduction world has seen quently the out below: are pointed achievements nam. exceeds those of India, Nepal, Maldives, Sri Lanka, Bhutan and Viet 38

GOAL 1 dietary energy consumption has declined from 32.8 per cent in 1991 to 16.4 per cent in 2015 (Table 1.18). dietary energy consumption has declined from 32.8 per cent in 1991 to energy consumption Table 1.18 Proportion of population below minimum level of dietary Hunger Index-Armed Conflict and Bangladesh has consistently improved its hunger situation (Global Concern Worldwide, Welthun- the Challenge of Hunger, International Food Policy Research Institute, the decline in its Hunger Index gerhilfe,? World Peace Foundation, October 2015). This is evident from Index among 104 countries in 2015 from 52.2 in 1990 to 27.3 in 2015. It ranked 73rd in Global Hunger ahead of India and Pakistan. 1.16). More than one quarter (28 percent) of the population consumed less than 1,805 kcal/day in 1991- 1,805 kcal/day less than the population consumed (28 percent) of than one quarter 1.16). More from are not available data on this indicator in 2005. Recent to 19.5 percent declined 92; the proportion could not country. BBS of the Statistical Organization the National Bureau of Statistics, Bangladesh progress facilitate MDG indicators to data for relevant time to generate steps in due take necessary monitoring. using the DCI Method of Poor in Bangladesh estimated Table 1.16: Percentage national level has significantly increased from 2,238.5 kcal in 2005 Per capita daily calorie intake at the the declining trend observed from 1991-92 to 2005. Significant to 2,318.3 kcal in 2010 reversing intake can be attributed to increase in per capita income of people, increase in per capita daily calorie increase in quantity of food consumption (Table 1.17). changing food habit of people and Calorie Intake (kcal), 1992-2010 Table 1.17: Per Capita per Day has reduced the number of people According to the State of Food Insecurity (SOFI) 2014 Bangladesh 36 million in 1990-92 to 26.2 undernourished by 27.3 percent during 1990-92 to 2012-14 period (from According to UN estimates, proportion of population below minimum level of in 2012-14). million ahead ofIndia andPakistan. from 52.2in1990to27.3 in2015.Itranked73rdGlobalHungerIndexamong 104countriesin2015 gerhilfe,? WorldPeaceFoundation, October2015).Thisisevidentfromthe decline initsHungerIndex the ChallengeofHunger, InternationalFoodPolicyResearchInstitute,Concern Worldwide,Welthun- Bangladesh hasconsistently improveditshungersituation(GlobalHunger Index-Armed Conflictand Table 1.18Proportionofpopulationbelowminimum levelofdietaryenergyconsumption dietary energyconsumptionhasdeclinedfrom32.8 per centin1991to16.42015(Table1.18). million in 2012-14).AccordingtoUNestimates,proportionofpopulationbelowminimum levelof undernourished by27.3percentduring1990-92to2012-14period(from36millionin26.2 According totheStateofFoodInsecurity(SOFI)2014Bangladeshhasreducednumberpeople Table 1.17:PerCapitaperDayCalorieIntake(kcal),1992-2010 changing foodhabitofpeopleandincreaseinquantityconsumption(Table1.17). increase inpercapitadailycalorieintakecanbeattributedtoincomeofpeople, to 2,318.3kcalin2010reversingthedecliningtrendobservedfrom1991-922005.Significant Per capitadailycalorieintakeatthenationallevelhassignificantlyincreasedfrom2,238.5kcalin2005 Table 1.16:PercentageofPoorinBangladeshestimatedusingtheDCIMethod monitoring. take necessarystepsinduetimetogeneratedataforrelevantindicatorsfacilitateMDGprogress Bangladesh BureauofStatistics,theNationalStatisticalOrganizationcountry.BBScouldnot 92; theproportiondeclinedto19.5percentin2005.Recentdataonthisindicatorarenotavailablefrom 1.16). Morethanonequarter(28percent)ofthepopulationconsumedless1,805kcal/dayin1991- exceeds thoseofIndia,Nepal,Maldives,SriLanka, BhutanandVietnam. quintile innationalincomeorconsumptionwith 4 percentage of base figure of poor in the early nineties. It fares little better in terms of share of poorest incidence ofpovertyamongtheregionalcountries. It istobenotedalsothatBangladeshhadaveryhigh Despite remarkablesuccessinreducingtheincidence ofpovertyBangladeshstillhasthehighest Bangladesh (Table1.19). poorest quintileinnationalincome/consumptionis the highest,followedbyAfghanistan,Cambodiaand gap ratioislowerinMaldives,followedbyBhutan, VietNamandSriLanka.InPakistanshareof Poverty of populationbelownationalpovertyline,followedbyBhutan,VietNamandCambodia. rate, followedbyBhutan,VietNamandSriLanka.However,Lankahasthelowestlevelofproportion With respecttoproportionofpopulationbelow$1.25PPPperday,Maldiveshasthelowestpoverty give comparativestatusofMDG1inthesecountries. context. ThepovertyfiguresofBangladeshalongwithSAARCcountriesandVietNamCambodia the economiesitissomewhatinstructivetoconsiderstatusofpovertyinBangladeshregional Though differingininitialconditions,economicandsocialpoliciespursuedchallengesconfronting StatusofMDG1inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparatorCountries 1.4 achievements arepointedoutbelow: quently theworldhasseensubstantialreductioninpovertyandhungerbytargetdate.Thespecific The commitmentofthenationstoMDGsledthemmakesustainedeffortsachieveMDG1.Conse- 1.3 GlobalExperienceinImplementingMDG1         Bytheendof2014,conflictshadforcedalmost 60millionpeopletoabandontheirhomes. The proportion of undernourished people in the developing regions has fallen by almost half Despiteprogress,almosthalfoftheworld’semployed peopleworkinvulnerableconditions. The proportion of undernourished people in the developing regions has fallen by almost half Thenumberofpeopleintheworkingmiddleclass—livingonmorethanPPP$4aday—has Globally, the number of people living in extreme poverty has declined by more than half, falling Extremepovertyhasdeclinedsignificantlyoverthelasttwodecades.In1990,nearlyhalfof One insevenchildrenworldwideisunderweight,downfromonefour1990. since 1990. people havebeenliftedoutofextremepovertysince1990. since 1990,from23.3percentin1990–1992to12.92014–2016.Morethan1billion developing regions,upfromjust18percentin1991. almost tripledbetween1991and2015.Thisgroupnowmakesuphalftheworkforcein from 1.9billionin1990to836million2015.Mostprogresshasoccurredsince2000. tion droppedto14percentin2015. the populationindevelopingworldlivedonlessthan$1.25(PPP)aday;thatpropor- th highestshareamongthesecountries.Its

General Economics Division (GED) 39

GOAL 1 Table 1.19:CrossCountryComparisonwithRespecttoPoverty Cambodia, VietNamandBhutan.However,theemploymenttopopulationratioinBangladeshisbetter Table 1.20showsthatNepalhasthehighestlevelofemploymenttopopulationratiofollowedby Maldives, SriLankaandBhutan.Bangladeshhasthe4 unemployment rate.However,thisrateforBangladeshisagain lowerthan thosein India, Pakistan, than thoseinIndia,Pakistan,MaldivesandSriLanka.Cambodiahasthelowestlevelofwomenyouth Table 1.20:CrossCountryComparisonwithrespecttoProductiveemploymentanddecentwork regional countries. among thesecountriesandthirdlowestshareofyouthunemployedtototalthe proportion ofunderweight childrenagedunderfiveyearsonlynexttoIndia. Itranks6 undernourished population, followedbyNepal,VietNamandCambodia.Bangladesh hasthehighest followed by Bhutan, Maldives and Afghanistan. However, Maldives has the lowest percentage of Table 1.21showsthatViet Namhasthelowestproportionofchildrenunder fiveunderweightrate, th lowestyouthwomenunemploymentrate th inproportion

s

e l r tile x o e

ta

in s e

u to th

) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) n m q th u 0 2 8 0 3 4 8 3 3 o to o o ) t ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

) 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 c s y tio 1 b r ) 0 9 0 0 7 2 7 4 2

d

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e a , 1 f p r 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 e in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 r o 0 d a ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 l

o …. m e 2 4 3 8 3 2 5 8 5 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Ye e a o in proportion ( lo ...... y u ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( r

Ye n s 4 1 5 9 3 8 p 5 5 7 p 9 5 6 3 7 0 4 5 8 th a ( 0

lo ...... 4 5 4 5 4 4 4 3 5 n f h m p 8 8 9 8 7 7 9 6 6 9 tio o o e S

c a m n e e n r u

n a u in h S

, n te

e

a 5 y r p 2 m a ) ) ) ) ) . a t ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 0 d 2 0 8 3 1 g

1 1 0 0 9 6 4 2 ) n

0 8 3 3 0

1 ) 1 1 0 1 wo $ e r 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 r

1 0 1 1 1 r 0 , th 0 0 0 0 a e t 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . ty a 0 0 0 0 0 m 2 . 4 2 2 2 2 u r a 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 p . ( 2 2 2 2 2 ( ( ( ( y

2

( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( …. e ( ( ( ( ( 2 - Ye 6 4 5 8 Ye 4 . 8 9 2 7 6 1 4 P lo v . . . . 2 9 9 8 4 ( Yo ( 5 ...... 1 tio p o 1 1 0 7 P 1 1 4 1 5 0 0 0 0 9 2 9 6 0

1 a 1 2 1 2 P P m r d e e n g a u e lowest youth women unemployment rate lowest youth women unemployment

w lin th

d f e lo o y ty

y e ) ) ) ) ) ) ) a ) w r ) n 2 0 1 5 0 2 1 b lo e 3 )

d 2 lo 1 1 1 0 1 1 1

p r v 1 n 1 e r ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tio a o ) ) ) 0 . e 0 b m r 5 7 8 0 0 8 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 .

0 7 4 2 p . ( ( ( ( ( ( ( e 2 ) p tio 0 0 0 1 1 0 o 1 (

g 0 0 0 ( r l 7 5 9 3 2 2 8 Ye f ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 p . . . . . 7 . . a ( la 2 2 0 0 a . o in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 P o ( 7 1 1 2 5 7 5

2 2 1 u ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 6 n r ( 7 ( P 1 3 2 2 2 1 3 n 8 1 9 3 9 8 . p 7 Ye liv ...... 8 1 P . P

( . . 0 o tio ( 6 8 9 1 5 1 9 tio

5 1 1 le p a 4 1 1 2 1 4 2 r 5 p n o 2 o . p e 1 o p $

r n P

tio y a la th d o u e

- b ) ) p ) ) ) g r

) ) ) ) , 1 0 o 0 0 2 e to ) ) 4 2 2 9 ) ) ) ) ) ) ta ) - 1 1 1 1 1 ) p t p 0 5 0 1 1 0 7 2 3 2 3 2

2 n tio r 0 0 0 0 0 n w f 1 1 ) ) . 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 e a a 2 2 2 2 2 . e r 0 o 0 2 2 2 2 . c P 0 0 0 0 0 0 ( ( ( ( ( 0 r

lo a ( ( ( (

2 2 r 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 m 1 3 7 7 6 e P n ( ( . . . . 5 4 4 . 1 e ( ( ( ( ( ( ( n Ye

y …. . . . . b ( 7 P 0 3 2 3 3 8 5 1 6 1 0 5 p Ye 0 . ( 1 2 2 4

...... ( lo tio 1 4 1 2 2 , tio 8 5 2 0 4 1 3 6 1 s 6 r p 5 2 4 5 8 9 6 7 5 e la 4 o . m x u p 1 e p E o $ s o r p P y n n h h

tr s s ta ta

n a a ia ia s e s e m m y u is is k k e d e d n n d d o n n n n n o n o tr ta ta iv la iv l la l a a a a Na Na b b C n ta ta a a Millennium Development Goals g g h h is is t t L L ia ia ld ld u u u p p m n m n g g k k i a i a d d o a h a a h a r a r a n n Vie C S B P Ne M B I Af C Vie C M S B I P Ne Af B Table 1.21 shows that Viet Nam has the lowest proportion of children under five underweight rate, Table 1.21 shows that Viet Nam has the lowest proportion of children of percentage lowest the has Maldives However, Afghanistan. and Maldives Bhutan, by followed Bangladesh has the highest undernourished population, followed by Nepal, Viet Nam and Cambodia. to India. It ranks 6 proportion of underweight children aged under five years only next Table 1.20: Cross Country Comparison with respect to Productive employment and decent work Table 1.20: Cross Country Comparison among these countries and third lowest share of youth unemployed to total unemployed among the lowest share of youth unemployed to total unemployed among the among these countries and third regional countries. Cambodia has the lowest level of women youth and Sri Lanka. Cambodia has the lowest level of than those in India, Pakistan, Maldives India, Pakistan, lowerthan those in rate for Bangladesh is again unemployment rate. However, this Bangladesh has the 4 Maldives, Sri Lanka and Bhutan. Table 1.20 shows that Nepal has the highest level of employment to population ratio followed by the highest level of employment to population ratio followed by Table 1.20 shows that Nepal has ratio in Bangladesh is better However, the employment to population Cambodia, Viet Nam and Bhutan. Table 1.19: Cross Country Comparison with Respect to Poverty with Respect to Comparison Cross Country Table 1.19: Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ 40

GOAL 1

highest share among these countries. Its share th from 1.9 billion in 1990 to 836 million in 2015. Most progress has occurred since 2000. progress has occurred since 2000. 1990 to 836 million in 2015. Most from 1.9 billion in in the now makes up half the workforce 1991 and 2015. This group almost tripled between up from just 18 percent in 1991. developing regions, to 12.9 percent in 2014–2016.More than 1 billion since 1990, from 23.3 percent in 1990–1992 poverty since 1990. people have been lifted out of extreme since 1990. is underweight, down from one in four in 1990. One in seven children worldwide the population in the developing world lived on less than $1.25 (PPP) a day; that propor- less than $1.25 (PPP) a day; that the developing world lived on the population in 14 percent in 2015. tion dropped to falling half, than more by declined has poverty extreme in living people of number the Globally, on more than PPP $4 a day—has in the working middle class—living The number of people half almost by fallen has regions developing the in people undernourished of proportion The almost half of the world’s employed people work in vulnerable conditions. Despite progress, half almost by fallen has regions developing the in people undernourished of proportion The conflicts had forced almost 60 million people to abandon their homes. By the end of 2014, half of last two decades. In 1990, nearly has declined significantly over the Extreme poverty         1.4 Comparator Countries other Status of MDG 1 in South Asia and Two and challenges confronting ns, economic and social policies pursued Though differing in initial conditio to consider the status of poverty in Bangladesh in the regional the economies it is somewhat instructive along with SAARC countries and Viet Nam and Cambodia context. The poverty figures of Bangladesh in these countries. give comparative status of MDG 1 below $1.25 PPP per day, Maldives has the lowest poverty With respect to proportion of population has the lowest level of proportion rate, followed by Bhutan, Viet Nam and Sri Lanka. However, Sri Lanka Viet Nam and Cambodia. of population below national poverty line, followed by Bhutan, Poverty Sri Lanka. In Pakistan share of gap ratio is lower in Maldives, followed by Bhutan, Viet Nam and by Afghanistan, Cambodia and poorest quintile in national income/consumption is the highest, followed Bangladesh (Table 1.19). Bangladesh still has the highest Despite remarkable success in reducing the incidence of poverty that Bangladesh had a very high incidence of poverty among the regional countries. It is to be noted also poorest of share of terms in better little fares It nineties. early the in poor of figure base of percentage quintile in national income or consumption with 4 1.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 1 MDG in Implementing Experience 1.3 Global 1. Conse- to achieve MDG sustained efforts led them to make s to MDGs of the nation The commitment specific target date. The and hunger by the in poverty substantial reduction world has seen quently the out below: are pointed achievements nam. exceeds those of India, Nepal, Maldives, Sri Lanka, Bhutan and Viet dietary energy consumption has declined from 32.8 per cent in 1991 to 16.4 per cent in 2015 (Table 1.18). dietary energy consumption has declined from 32.8 per cent in 1991 to energy consumption Table 1.18 Proportion of population below minimum level of dietary Hunger Index-Armed Conflict and Bangladesh has consistently improved its hunger situation (Global Concern Worldwide, Welthun- the Challenge of Hunger, International Food Policy Research Institute, the decline in its Hunger Index gerhilfe,? World Peace Foundation, October 2015). This is evident from Index among 104 countries in 2015 from 52.2 in 1990 to 27.3 in 2015. It ranked 73rd in Global Hunger ahead of India and Pakistan. 1.16). More than one quarter (28 percent) of the population consumed less than 1,805 kcal/day in 1991- 1,805 kcal/day less than the population consumed (28 percent) of than one quarter 1.16). More from are not available data on this indicator in 2005. Recent to 19.5 percent declined 92; the proportion could not country. BBS of the Statistical Organization the National Bureau of Statistics, Bangladesh progress facilitate MDG indicators to data for relevant time to generate steps in due take necessary monitoring. using the DCI Method of Poor in Bangladesh estimated Table 1.16: Percentage national level has significantly increased from 2,238.5 kcal in 2005 Per capita daily calorie intake at the the declining trend observed from 1991-92 to 2005. Significant to 2,318.3 kcal in 2010 reversing intake can be attributed to increase in per capita income of people, increase in per capita daily calorie increase in quantity of food consumption (Table 1.17). changing food habit of people and Calorie Intake (kcal), 1992-2010 Table 1.17: Per Capita per Day has reduced the number of people According to the State of Food Insecurity (SOFI) 2014 Bangladesh 36 million in 1990-92 to 26.2 undernourished by 27.3 percent during 1990-92 to 2012-14 period (from According to UN estimates, proportion of population below minimum level of in 2012-14). million of undernourished population among the 10 countries. However, its undernourishment situation is better GOAL 1 than Pakistan, Bhutan and Sri Lanka in South Asia.

Table 1.21: Cross Country Comparison with respect to Hunger

Children under 5 moderately or severely Population undernourished, Country underweight, percentage (Year) percentage (in 2015) Afghanistan 25.0 (2013) 26.8 Bangladesh 35.1 (2013) 16.4 India 43.5 (2006) 15.2 Pakistan 31.6 (2012) 22.0 Nepal 29.1 (2011) 7.8 Maldives 17.8 (2009) 5.2 Sri Lanka 26.3 (2012) 22.0 Bhutan 12.8 (2010) 25.0 Viet Nam 12.0(2011) 11.0 Cambodia 29.0 (2010) 14.2

Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/

The cross country comparison shows that Bangladesh has registered remarkable success in reducing poverty and achieving other MDG targets compared with some of the countries in South Asia and also in South East Asia. However, it also lags behind in some important indicators which requires greater attention and action plans with focused strategies, particularly while devising action plans for SDG implementation.

1.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 1 Widespread poverty has been one of the important development challenges for Bangladesh. The country recognizes the multi-dimensional nature of the problem and the need to address the problem by adopting appropriate policies and strategies. Since the beginning of the new millennium several national documents have been prepared, namely, the Interim Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper, Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers (NSAPR I and NSAPR II), Long Term Perspective Plan and Sixth Five Year Plan (2011-15) to address the development problems facing the country. PRSPs and particularly, the Sixth Five Year Plan provided the main strategic and implementation vehicle for achieving MDGs in Bangladesh. Development policies and strategies were mainly centred around the overarching goal of achieving pro-poor growth. The economy enjoyed annual growth rate persistently exceeding 6 percent in the past several years. Sustained growth has been a major driver in reducing poverty and hunger and other indicators under MDG 1. Economic growth has been broad based comprising growth in agriculture, industry and services ensuring productive employment and incomes for large number of people. The agriculture sector of Bangladesh has made a notable progress. The remarkable growth since late 80’s has been due to introduction of government supported inputs such as HYV seeds, chemical fertilizers, mechanized cultivation and irrigation. Public investment in rural infrastructure such as power, roads, bridges, culverts, canals, dams have contributed immensely to the persistent reduction of poverty, creating farm and non-farm employment and generating higher incomes. The role of government in promoting the manufacturing sector has been a pro-active one. Government has promoted export led growth policy by liberalizing the external sector, reforming the financial sector

General Economics Division (GED) 41

has 09 and rate, infrastructure deficits, weak business climate and poor institutions. without much slippage will continue to remain a challenge in the face of slow growing investment without much slippage will continue to remain a challenge in the face labour from informal sector and agriculture to more productive and high return employment labour from informal sector and agriculture to more productive and remains critical. growth of animal farming and fishing to ensure food availability and access to food to the poor growth of animal farming and fishing to ensure food availability and and create employment will remain a challenge. Accelerating manufacturing growth with diversification of the sector is essential for transferring and inclusive growth which was instrumental in reducing poverty Maintaining sustained higher accelerating and agriculture crop diversification of through growth agricultural Maintaining Millennium Development Goals    a comprehensive National Social Security Strategy (NSSS) to provide support to its citizen who need it need who citizen its to support provide to (NSSS) Strategy Security Social National comprehensive a have been given old age and disabled persons people particularly women, children, most. Distressed the government of population until 2008. However, Safety net coverage was 13% priority under NSSS. of percent 1.98 from increased has also allocation The 2011. in population of 24% to it increased has (ADP), Programme allocation for Annual Development in FY 15. The 2.30 percent GDP in FY 09 to GDP in FY poverty, was 3.15 percent of public investment window to reduce which is the main The Government has mainstreamed the nutrition service delivery at all service delivery point of Health the nutrition service delivery at all service delivery point of Health The Government has mainstreamed with the Community Clinics being the first rural contact point for and Family Planning Directorates help assist exclusive breast-feeding of new born babies up to six receiving primary healthcare. To mothers has been enhanced to six months by the government, months, maternity leave for the working of the citizens which augmented the nutritional status climate change adaptation strategy in the agriculture sector has been given priority to tackle the food in the agriculture sector has been given priority to tackle the food climate change adaptation strategy change. The achievement of targets of food security is being insecurity susceptibility due to climate of the National Food Policy and its Plan of Action and the Country facilitated by the implementation Investment Plan (CIP) 2010-2015s. 1.7 Key challenges 1.7 Key 1.6 Partnership with the Non-Government Actors 1.6 Partnership in partners and NGOs have also played important roles Non-government actors such as development Development partners have funded projects and programmes which making progress towards MDG 1. achieve MDG 1. The major contribution of NGOs in eradicating have directly and indirectly helped providing microcredit to the disadvantaged section of the extreme poverty and hunger is through training, information, insurance to community. Some NGOs also provide supplementary inputs such as large pool of educated males and enhance the productivity through microcredit. NGOs employ a for the jobs awareness and creating in contributing significantly areas, semi-rural and rural from females local young people. in its three dimensions, namely, availability, access and utilization. Moreover, in case of food production, in its three dimensions, namely, availability, been related to poverty reduction for the last seven years. reduction for the last seven been related to poverty food in a broader context beyond rice and focused on food security Government has also begun to consider to address poverty and vulnerability of people. The present government, for the first time, has formulated present government, for the first time, and vulnerability of people. The to address poverty An important component of the anti-poverty strategy of the government is providing social safety nets social safety government is providing strategy of the of the anti-poverty component An important and providing incentives to industrial production, upgrading infrastructure, providing trade logistics, providing trade infrastructure, upgrading to industrial production, incentives and providing and seeking trade liberalization well as multilateral engaging in bilateral as access by seeking market trade preferences. Moreover, half of the total budget expenditure Moreover, half of to 5.32 percent of GDP in FY15. has been increased 42

GOAL 1 poverty pocketsashasbeensuggestedinthe7 ‘Lagged RegionFunds’mayalsobecreatedinannual budgetaryprovisionstoaddressproblemsof This callsforimplementationofSDGsatlocallevels, designingcustomizedneedbasedinterventions. Moderate andextremepovertyhavebeenfoundto increasein158and144sub-districtsrespectively extreme andmoderate,eventhoughthepovertyhas decreasedintherespectivedivision(GED,2013). and 2010showsthatalargenumberofsub-districts haveexperiencedanincreaseinpoverty,both 2013). However,thisdivisionalpictureismaking inner truths.Thesub-districtlevelanalysisof2005 across regions.Forexample,therateofpovertyhas beendeclininginalldivisionssince2000(GED, in povertyreductiondisguiseregionalpatternsastherateofhasnotbeenuniform regional facts,itisoftenmisleadingalsotobasepolicyonnationalfigures.Infact,thetrends the local level also. Because, poverty dynamics at the aggregate level not only mask some important Further, inthenewdevelopmentagenda,targetsrelatedtopovertyandhungershouldbemonitored at practitioners requiretoaddressthesechallenges. relevant targetsoftheSustainableDevelopmentGoals(SDGs),policymakersanddevelopment are arguedtobethemajorcausesforexistenceofextremepovertyandhunger.Inordermeet ecological vulnerabilityandadverseclimatechangeimpactsnon-committalinternationalsupports Eliminating theremainingextremepovertyandhungerwillbechallenging.Geographicalexclusion, from hunger.Eradicatingpovertyandhungerremainsatthecoreof2030developmentagenda. hunger. almost met,theworldisstillfarfromreachingMDGgoaloferadicatingextremepovertyand targets ofhalvingtheproportionpeoplelivinginextremepovertyandhungerhavebeenmetor Eradicating povertyandhungeriscentraltothepost-2015developmentagenda.AlthoughMDG EradicatingPoverty andHungerinthe2030Development Agenda 1.8 7

    Davine J.etal.edited, ExtremePoverty, GrowthandInequalityinBangladesh,PracticalAction Publishing, UK. Alam S.andIqbalK.2016,“Dynamics ofRegionalPovertyandRealWages:PolicyImplicationsforDevelopment Interventions”in Itisemphasizedthatthepovertyreducingeffectsofgrowthpartlyoffsetbyincreasing Ensuringtargetingand deliveryofassistancetointendedbeneficiariesremainsamajorproblem Itisimportanttorecognizethatpovertymulti-dimensionalandhungerhasmanyfaces. for governmentsocialsafetynetprogrammes. vulnerabilities. should beprovidedwithfood,basiceducation,healthcare,nutritionandprotectionagainst Elimination ofextremepovertyandhungerrequiresabroadrangeinterventions.Children profoundly helpthepoortoovercomehurdlesmoreproductiveandhighreturnjobs. context, providingthepoorwithassetssuchasphysical,human,andfinancialwill rising incomeinequalitytwistingthepatternofgrowthmightaffectitself.Inthis remittance andrapidgrowthofruralnon-farmsectorarethemselveslargelyresponsiblefor inequality intheeconomy.Sincedriversofeconomicgrowthsuchasexport-ledindustrialization, Maintaining sustainedincreasein female LFP through ensuringwomenfriendlyworkenvironment, is important. centres aswellproperimplementationoflawstopreventallformsviolenceagainstwomen mobility, safetyandsecurity,non-discriminationinworkpay,well-functioningdaycare In 2015,anestimated825millionpeoplestillliveinextremepovertyand800suffer th FiveYearPlan. General Economics Division (GED) 43 7 .

GOAL 1 MDG 2:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) literacy rateandimprovingqualityofeducation. under MDG-2includeattainingthetargetsofprimaryeducationcompletionrate,increasingadult the National Education Policy (2010) to achieve its comprehensive objectives. Thepresentchallenges achieved genderparityinprimaryschoolenrolment.Thegovernmentistheprocessofimplementing and implementinganumberofqualityenhancementmeasuresinprimaryeducation.Ithasalready through increasingequitableaccesstoeducation,reducingdropouts,improvingcompletionofthecycle, to the society. Bangladesh has made commendable progress in universalization of primary education through expandingeconomicandsocialopportunitiesenablingpeopletomakeproductivecontribution Primary educationandliteracyplayasignificantroleinreducingpovertydevelopingcountries 2.1 Introduction Education Goal 2:AchieveUniversalPrimary

transportation havefacilitatedtheattainment oftheprimaryeducation targetsofMDGsin Bangladesh. greater supplysideimprovement suchasnumberofschools,teachers,classrooms, etc.aswellbetter some importantmacroeconomic factorssuchassustainedhighereconomic growthaccompaniedby illiteracy-free Bangladesh by2014asannouncedinVision2021.Itisobserved thatcontributionof undertaken initiativestoimprove thequalityofeducationalongsideincreasing literacyratetobuildan outreach, and community orsatelliteschools have allhelpedin boostingtheNER.Thegovernmenthas students, foodforeducation,stipendsprimary school children,awarenessbuildingthroughmedia stipulated timeandcreationoftheEducationAssistance TrustFundforthepoorandmeritorious modern technologyforlearning,holdingregularpublic examinationsandannouncingresultswithinthe secondary level,distributionoffreetextbooksamong studentsuptothesecondarylevel,introducing initiatives undertakenbythegovernmentsuchas,providing stipendtofemalestudentsupthehigher vis-à-vis boys has been an important driver of the observed improvement in NER. Focused and substantive 2015 from60.5percentin1991-92.Thefasterand relativelyconsistentgrowthingirls'enrolment The countrynearlyachievedtheMDGtargetas netenrolmentratioincreasedto97.94percentin lation oftheeligibleofficialagegroup. cycle or level of education in a given school year, expressed as a percentage of the corresponding popu- The netenrolmentratio(NER)referstothenumberofpupilsinofficialschoolagegroupagrade, Table 2.1:TrendsinNetEnrolmentRatio,1990-2015 2.2 Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators

75.4 percent with 76.6percentforwomen and74percentformen. Population andHousingCensus 2011,conductedbyBBSfoundtheliteracy rateof15-24yearsoldsas for males.Allthesereports indicatepositivetrendsintheliteracyrateof womenaged15-24.The literacy rateofpersonsin thisagegroupat74.9percentwith81.9for femalesand67.8percent men: 78.67percent).The Bangladesh DemographicandHealthSurvey2011 (NIPORT2013)findsthe UNESCO 2011)foundtheliteracyrateof15-24years oldsas78.63percent(women:78.86percent, to 72percentin2009andfurther822012-13. BangladeshLiteracySurvey2010(BBSand percent ofwomentobeliterate.Latersurveyshave foundconsistentincreaseintheliteracyofwomen women aged15-24yearsfrom2006byaskingthem toreadashortsimplestatementandfound70 Multiple IndicatorClusterSurvey(BBSandUNICEF) firststartedtocalculateliteracyrateofonly surpassed maleliteracyratein2010. rate risingatafasterthanmaleyouthliteracy rate.Notably,thefemaleliteracyratemarginally There hasbeencontinuousimprovementinyouthliteracy rateinBangladeshwithfemaleyouthliteracy the total,maleandfemaleliteracyrateswere81.1per cent,78.9percentand83.3respectively. this age group increased to 63.6 percent with 67.2 percent for men and 60.3 percent for women. In 2013 was 44.7percentwith51.7formenand38womenin1990.In2001thetotalliteracyrate The dataobtainedfromUNESCOInstituteforStatisticsshowthatthetotalliteracyrateinBangladesh show theirabilitytobothreadandwritebyunderstandingashortsimplestatementineverydaylife. The literacyrateofpersonsaged15-24yearsisthepercentagethoseinagegroupwho a knowledgebasedsocietyfreefromilliteracyandempoweringpoorhouseholds. completion rateuptogradeVshoulddrawseriousattentionofallconcernedifthecountrywantsbe as 96.4percent,andtheprimaryschoolcompletionratewasfoundtobe79.5percent.Theissueof found percentageofchildrenenteringthefirstgradeprimaryschoolwhoeventuallyreachlast The findingsofMultipleIndicatorClusterSurvey2012-2013,jointlyconductedbyBBSandUNICEF, awareness ofparentsmattermost. and familypressure,absenceoffemale-friendlyschools(e.g.,lackseparatetoiletsforgirls,etc.) disasters such asflood, water logging,andcyclone. For girls, additional factors suchassecurity, social Dropout has also been found higher in disaster prone areas where schools remain closed due to natural reasons. Householdpovertyhasbeenidentifiedastheprimarycauseofdropoutforbothboysandgirls. The lowprimarycompletionrateorthehighdropoutatlevelcanbeascribedtoseveral and underthenon-formaleducationprojects. substantial numberscontinuetheireducationinnon-formalorunregisteredschoolssuchasmadrasas large numbers of children certainly do fail to complete the primary cycle in government schools, in 2014whichincreasedfurtherto81.3percent2015fromamere43percentrecorded1991.While However, itshowsanupwardtrendoverthelongtermreaching81.0percent(Boys:77.65,Girls:84.45) in thesurvivalratehasbeendifficulttosustainonseveraloccasionsdueeconomicandsocialfactors. in grade1oftheprimarylevelagivenyearwhoareexpectedtoreach5.Inshorttermgain Survival tothelastgradeofprimaryschooling(grade5)ispercentageacohortpupilsenrolled Table 2.2:ProportionofPupilsStartingGrade1whoReach5,1991-2015 illiteracy areseveralmajorfactorswhichaffectattainmentoftargets.WhileitistruethatBangladesh hard toreachareas,naturaldisastersuchascyclonesandfloods,intergenerationaltransmissionof for qualityteaching.Extremepoverty,marginalpopulationgroups,specialneedchildren,childlabour, programmes. Limitedstaff development opportunities and low compensation provide little incentives literacy programmes discourage sustained participation of adults in literacy and ongoing adult education adolescents andtheadultpopulationhasalwaysbeenachallengeincountry.Poorquality in areassuchasadultliteracyandyouthliteracy.Ensuringmeaningfulqualitylife-longlearningfor Bangladesh hasmadeconsiderableprogressinattainingsomeoftheMDG2targetsbutitlagsbehind targeted 100percent. points peryearforachievingtheMDGtarget.Theprogressinadultliteracyratefallsshortof age increaseof1.14percentagepointsperannumagainsttherequiredreduction2.62 Adult literacyratehasincreasedby27.4percentagepointsovertheperiod1991-2015implyinganaver - for maleand61.6percentfemale. has beenconsistentbutslowincreaseinliteracyrate;itreached64.6percent2015with67.6 rapidly to52.8percentwith61.0formaleand43.2femalein2000.Afterwardsthere at 37.2percentwith44.3formaleand25.8femalein1991.Literacyrateincreased simple statementaboutone’severydaylife.Adultliteracyrateofpersonsaged15yearsandoverstood Literacy ratehastraditionallybeendefinedastheabilitytoreadandwritewithunderstanding,ashort, tional sectorindevelopingcountries. percent ofitsGDPineducationwhileUNESCOsuggestedforspending6percenteduca - and investmentintheeducationsector.Bangladeshhassofarnotbeenabletoinvestmorethan2.5 discussed below: concerted effortsweremadetoachievethetargets. TheglobalachievementswithregardtoMDG2are community madeapledgetoenhanceeducational achievementsforitsmulti-dimensionalvalueand long runinadditiontoitsimportanceachieving othersocial-economicgoals.Theinternational Education isconsideredamajorinstrumentofpov erty reductionandreducingincomeinequalityinthe 2.3 GlobalExperienceinImplementing MDG2 has managed toachievehighenrolmentrateatalowcost,thereis link betweenthe quality ofeducation    Thenumberofout-of-schoolchildrenprimary schoolageworldwidehasfallenbyalmost Sub-Saharan Africahashad thebestrecordofimprovementinprimaryeducation ofanyregion half, toanestimated57million in2015,downfrom100million2000. The primaryschoolnetenrolmentrateinthedevelopingregionshasreached 91percentin2015, enrolment rate from2000to2015,compared toagainof8percentage pointsbetween1990and 2000. since theMDGswerelaunched. Theregionachieveda20 percentagepointincreaseinthenet up from83percentin2000.

 Maintaining sustained increase in female LFP through ensuring women friendly work environment, mobility, safety and security, non-discrimination in work and pay, well-functioning day care CHAPTER 2 centres as well as proper implementation of laws to prevent all forms of violence against women is important. Table 2.2: Proportion of Pupils Starting Grade 1 who Reach Grade 5, 1991-2015

 It is important to recognize that poverty is multi-dimensional and hunger has many faces. Elimination of extreme poverty and hunger requires a broad range of interventions. Children should be provided with food, basic education, health care, nutrition and protection against vulnerabilities.

 Ensuring targeting and delivery of assistance to intended beneficiaries remains a major problem Survival to the last grade of primary schooling (grade 5) is the percentage of a cohort of pupils enrolled for government social safety net programmes. in grade 1 of the primary level in a given year who are expected to reach grade 5. In the short term gain in the survival rate has been difficult to sustain on several occasions due to economic and social factors.  It is emphasized that the poverty reducing effects of growth is partly offset by increasing Literacy rate has traditionally been defined as the ability to read and write with understanding, a short, However, it shows an upward trend over the long term reaching 81.0 percent (Boys: 77.65, Girls: 84.45) inequality in the economy. Since the drivers of economic growth such as export-led industrialization, simple statement about one’s everyday life. Adult literacy rate of persons aged 15 years and over stood in 2014 which increased further to 81.3 percent in 2015 from a mere 43 per cent recorded in 1991. While remittance and rapid growth of rural non-farm sector are themselves largely responsible for at 37.2 percent with 44.3 percent for male and 25.8 percent for female in 1991. Literacy rate increased large numbers of children certainly do fail to complete the primary cycle in government schools, rising income inequality twisting the pattern of growth might affect growth itself. In this rapidly to 52.8 percent with 61.0 percent for male and 43.2 percent for female in 2000. Afterwards there substantial numbers continue their education in non-formal or unregistered schools such as madrasas context, providing the poor with assets such as physical, human, and financial assets will has been consistent but slow increase in literacy rate; it reached 64.6 percent in 2015 with 67.6 percent 2.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators and under the non-formal education projects. profoundly help the poor to overcome the hurdles to more productive and high return jobs. for male and 61.6 percent for female. The low primary completion rate or the high dropout rate at the primary level can be ascribed to several Adult literacy rate has increased by 27.4 percentage points over the period 1991-2015 implying an aver- 1.8 Eradicating Poverty and Hunger in the 2030 Development Agenda reasons. Household poverty has been identified as the primary cause of dropout for both boys and girls. age increase of 1.14 percentage points per annum against the required reduction of 2.62 percentage Dropout has also been found higher in disaster prone areas where schools remain closed due to natural points per year for achieving the MDG target. The progress in adult literacy rate falls short of the Eradicating poverty and hunger is central to the post-2015 development agenda. Although the MDG disasters such as flood, water logging, and cyclone. For girls, additional factors such as security, social targeted 100 percent. targets of halving the proportion of people living in extreme poverty and hunger have been met or and family pressure, absence of female-friendly schools (e.g., lack of separate toilets for girls, etc.) and Bangladesh has made considerable progress in attaining some of the MDG 2 targets but it lags behind almost met, the world is still far from reaching the MDG goal of eradicating extreme poverty and Goal 2: Achieve Universal Primary Education awareness of parents matter most. Table 2.1: Trends in Net Enrolment Ratio, 1990-2015 in areas such as adult literacy and youth literacy. Ensuring meaningful and quality life-long learning for hunger. In 2015, an estimated 825 million people still live in extreme poverty and 800 million still suffer The findings of Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey 2012-2013, jointly conducted by BBS and UNICEF, adolescents and the adult population has always been a challenge in the country. Poor quality adult from hunger. Eradicating poverty and hunger remains at the core of the 2030 development agenda. found percentage of children entering the first grade of primary school who eventually reach last grade literacy programmes discourage sustained participation of adults in literacy and ongoing adult education Eliminating the remaining extreme poverty and hunger will be challenging. Geographical exclusion, 2.1 Introduction as 96.4 percent, and the primary school completion rate was found to be 79.5 percent. The issue of programmes. Limited staff development opportunities and low compensation provide little incentives ecological vulnerability and adverse climate change impacts and non-committal international supports Primary education and literacy play a significant role in reducing poverty in developing countries completion rate up to grade V should draw serious attention of all concerned if the country wants to be for quality teaching. Extreme poverty, marginal population groups, special need children, child labour, are argued to be the major causes for the existence of extreme poverty and hunger. In order to meet the through expanding economic and social opportunities and enabling people to make productive contribution a knowledge based society free from illiteracy and empowering poor households. hard to reach areas, natural disaster such as cyclones and floods, intergenerational transmission of relevant targets of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), policy makers and development to the society. Bangladesh has made commendable progress in universalization of primary education illiteracy are several major factors which affect attainment of targets. While it is true that Bangladesh practitioners require to address these challenges. through increasing equitable access to education, reducing dropouts, improving completion of the cycle, The literacy rate of persons aged 15-24 years is the percentage of those persons in the age group who has managed to achieve high enrolment rate at a low cost, there is a link between the quality of education show their ability to both read and write by understanding a short simple statement in their everyday life. Further, in the new development agenda, targets related to poverty and hunger should be monitored at and implementing a number of quality enhancement measures in primary education. It has already and investment in the education sector. Bangladesh has so far not been able to invest more than 2.5 The data obtained from UNESCO Institute for Statistics show that the total literacy rate in Bangladesh the local level also. Because, poverty dynamics at the aggregate level not only mask some important achieved gender parity in primary school enrolment. The government is in the process of implementing The net enrolment ratio (NER) refers to the number of pupils in the official school age group in a grade, percent of its GDP in education while UNESCO suggested for spending 6 per cent of GDP for educa- was 44.7 percent with 51.7 for men and 38 percent for women in 1990. In 2001 the total literacy rate for regional facts, it is often misleading also to base policy on national figures. In fact, the national trends the National Education Policy (2010) to achieve its comprehensive objectives. The present challenges cycle or level of education in a given school year, expressed as a percentage of the corresponding popu- tional sector in developing countries. this age group increased to 63.6 percent with 67.2 percent for men and 60.3 percent for women. In 2013 in poverty reduction disguise regional patterns as the rate of poverty reduction has not been uniform under MDG-2 include attaining the targets of primary education completion rate, increasing adult lation of the eligible official age group. the total, male and female literacy rates were 81.1 per cent, 78.9 per cent and 83.3 per cent respectively. across regions. For example, the rate of poverty has been declining in all divisions since 2000 (GED, literacy rate and improving quality of education. The country nearly achieved the MDG target as the net enrolment ratio increased to 97.94 percent in There has been continuous improvement in youth literacy rate in Bangladesh with female youth literacy 2.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 2 2013). However, this divisional picture is making inner truths. The sub-district level analysis of 2005 MDG 2: Targets with indicators (at a glance) 2015 from 60.5 percent in 1991-92. The faster and relatively consistent growth in girls' enrolment rate rising at a faster rate than male youth literacy rate. Notably, the female literacy rate marginally and 2010 shows that a large number of sub-districts have experienced an increase in poverty, both Education is considered a major instrument of poverty reduction and reducing income inequality in the vis-à-vis boys has been an important driver of the observed improvement in NER. Focused and substantive surpassed male literacy rate in 2010. extreme and moderate, even though the poverty has decreased in the respective division (GED, 2013). long run in addition to its importance in achieving other social-economic goals. The international Targets and Base year Status in Current status Target initiatives undertaken by the government such as, providing stipend to female students up to the higher Moderate and extreme poverty have been found to increase in 158 and 144 sub-districts respectively7. community made a pledge to enhance educational achievements for its multi-dimensional value and Indicators 1990/91 2000 (source) by 2015 secondary level, distribution of free textbooks among students up to the secondary level, introducing Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (BBS and UNICEF) first started to calculate literacy rate of only This calls for implementation of SDGs at local levels, designing customized need based interventions. concerted efforts were made to achieve the targets. The global achievements with regard to MDG 2 are modern technology for learning, holding regular public examinations and announcing results within the women aged 15-24 years from 2006 by asking them to read a short simple statement and found 70 ‘Lagged Region Funds’ may also be created in annual budgetary provisions to address problems of Target 2.A: Ensure that, by 2015, children everywhere, boys and girls alike, will be able to complete a full course discussed below: stipulated time and creation of the Education Assistance Trust Fund for the poor and meritorious percent of women to be literate. Later surveys have found consistent increase in the literacy of women poverty pockets as has been suggested in the 7th Five Year Plan. of primary schooling  The primary school net enrolment rate in the developing regions has reached 91 percent in 2015, students, food for education, stipends for primary school children, awareness building through media to 72 percent in 2009 and further to 82 percent in 2012-13. Bangladesh Literacy Survey 2010 (BBS and up from 83 percent in 2000. 2.1: Net enrolment in 60.5 85.5 97.94 (APSC, 2015, DPE) 100 outreach, and community or satellite schools have all helped in boosting the NER. The government has UNESCO 2011) found the literacy rate of 15-24 years olds as 78.63 percent (women: 78.86 percent, primary education, % undertaken initiatives to improve the quality of education alongside increasing literacy rate to build an men: 78.67 percent). The Bangladesh Demographic and Health Survey 2011 (NIPORT 2013) finds the  The number of out-of-school children of primary school age worldwide has fallen by almost illiteracy-free Bangladesh by 2014 as announced in Vision 2021. It is observed that contribution of literacy rate of persons in this age group at 74.9 percent with 81.9 percent for females and 67.8 percent half, to an estimated 57 million in 2015, down from 100 million in 2000. 2.2: Proportion of 43.0 66 81.3(APSC, 2015, DPE) 100 for males. All these reports indicate positive trends in the literacy rate of women aged 15-24. The pupils starting grade 96.4 (MICS 2012-13, BBS/UNICEF) some important macroeconomic factors such as sustained higher economic growth accompanied by  Sub-Saharan Africa has had the best record of improvement in primary education of any region 1 who reach grade 5, greater supply side improvement such as number of schools, teachers, class rooms, etc. as well as better Population and Housing Census 2011, conducted by BBS found the literacy rate of 15-24 years olds as since the MDGs were launched. The region achieved a 20 percentage point increase in the net % transportation have facilitated the attainment of the primary education targets of MDGs in Bangladesh. 75.4 percent with 76.6 percent for women and 74 percent for men. enrolment rate from 2000 to 2015, compared to a gain of 8 percentage points between 1990 and 2000.

44 Millennium Development Goals poverty pocketsashasbeensuggestedinthe7 ‘Lagged RegionFunds’mayalsobecreatedinannual budgetaryprovisionstoaddressproblemsof This callsforimplementationofSDGsatlocallevels, designingcustomizedneedbasedinterventions. Moderate andextremepovertyhavebeenfoundto increasein158and144sub-districtsrespectively extreme andmoderate,eventhoughthepovertyhas decreasedintherespectivedivision(GED,2013). and 2010showsthatalargenumberofsub-districts haveexperiencedanincreaseinpoverty,both 2013). However,thisdivisionalpictureismaking inner truths.Thesub-districtlevelanalysisof2005 across regions.Forexample,therateofpovertyhas beendeclininginalldivisionssince2000(GED, in povertyreductiondisguiseregionalpatternsastherateofhasnotbeenuniform regional facts,itisoftenmisleadingalsotobasepolicyonnationalfigures.Infact,thetrends the local level also. Because, poverty dynamics at the aggregate level not only mask some important Further, inthenewdevelopmentagenda,targetsrelatedtopovertyandhungershouldbemonitored at practitioners requiretoaddressthesechallenges. relevant targetsoftheSustainableDevelopmentGoals(SDGs),policymakersanddevelopment are arguedtobethemajorcausesforexistenceofextremepovertyandhunger.Inordermeet ecological vulnerabilityandadverseclimatechangeimpactsnon-committalinternationalsupports Eliminating theremainingextremepovertyandhungerwillbechallenging.Geographicalexclusion, from hunger.Eradicatingpovertyandhungerremainsatthecoreof2030developmentagenda. hunger. almost met,theworldisstillfarfromreachingMDGgoaloferadicatingextremepovertyand targets ofhalvingtheproportionpeoplelivinginextremepovertyandhungerhavebeenmetor Eradicating povertyandhungeriscentraltothepost-2015developmentagenda.AlthoughMDG EradicatingPoverty andHungerinthe2030 DevelopmentAgenda 1.8     Itisemphasizedthatthepovertyreducingeffectsofgrowthpartlyoffsetbyincreasing Ensuringtargetinganddelivery ofassistancetointendedbeneficiariesremainsamajorproblem Itisimportanttorecognizethatpovertymulti-dimensionalandhungerhasmanyfaces. for governmentsocialsafetynetprogrammes. vulnerabilities. should beprovidedwithfood,basiceducation,healthcare,nutritionandprotectionagainst Elimination ofextremepovertyandhungerrequiresabroadrangeinterventions.Children profoundly helpthepoortoovercomehurdlesmoreproductiveandhighreturnjobs. context, providingthepoorwithassetssuchasphysical,human,andfinancialwill rising incomeinequalitytwistingthepatternofgrowthmightaffectitself.Inthis remittance andrapidgrowthofruralnon-farmsectorarethemselveslargelyresponsiblefor inequality intheeconomy.Sincedriversofeconomicgrowthsuchasexport-ledindustrialization, Maintaining sustainedincreasein female LFP through ensuringwomenfriendlyworkenvironment, is important. centres aswellproperimplementationoflawstopreventallformsviolenceagainstwomen mobility, safetyandsecurity,non-discriminationinworkpay,well-functioningdaycare In 2015,anestimated825millionpeoplestillliveinextremepovertyand800suffer th FiveYearPlan. 7 .

MDG 2:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) literacy rateandimprovingqualityofeducation. under MDG-2includeattainingthetargetsofprimaryeducationcompletionrate,increasingadult the National Education Policy (2010) to achieve its comprehensive objectives. Thepresentchallenges achieved genderparityinprimaryschoolenrolment.Thegovernmentistheprocessofimplementing and implementinganumberofqualityenhancementmeasuresinprimaryeducation.Ithasalready through increasingequitableaccesstoeducation,reducingdropouts,improvingcompletionofthecycle, to the society. Bangladesh has made commendable progress in universalization of primary education through expandingeconomicandsocialopportunitiesenablingpeopletomakeproductivecontribution Primary educationandliteracyplayasignificantroleinreducingpovertydevelopingcountries 2.1 Introduction Education Goal 2:AchieveUniversalPrimary

Sources: BANBEIS,MOE&APSC,DPE Source: MDGs:BangladeshProgressReport2015,GED,PlanningCommission(Updated) transportation havefacilitatedtheattainment oftheprimaryeducation targetsofMDGsin Bangladesh. greater supplysideimprovement suchasnumberofschools,teachers,classrooms, etc.aswellbetter some importantmacroeconomic factorssuchassustainedhighereconomic growthaccompaniedby illiteracy-free Bangladesh by2014asannouncedinVision2021.Itisobserved thatcontributionof undertaken initiativestoimprove thequalityofeducationalongsideincreasing literacyratetobuildan outreach, and community orsatelliteschools have allhelpedin boostingtheNER.Thegovernmenthas students, foodforeducation,stipendsprimary school children,awarenessbuildingthroughmedia stipulated timeandcreationoftheEducationAssistance TrustFundforthepoorandmeritorious modern technologyforlearning,holdingregularpublic examinationsandannouncingresultswithinthe secondary level,distributionoffreetextbooksamong studentsuptothesecondarylevel,introducing initiatives undertakenbythegovernmentsuchas,providing stipendtofemalestudentsupthehigher vis-à-vis boys has been an important driver of the observed improvement in NER. Focused and substantive 2015 from60.5percentin1991-92.Thefasterand relativelyconsistentgrowthingirls'enrolment The countrynearlyachievedtheMDGtargetas netenrolmentratioincreasedto97.94percentin lation oftheeligibleofficialagegroup. cycle or level of education in a given school year, expressed as a percentage of the corresponding popu- The netenrolmentratio(NER)referstothenumberofpupilsinofficialschoolagegroupagrade, Table 2.1:TrendsinNetEnrolmentRatio,1990-2015 2.2 Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators Indicator 2.1:Netenrolmentratioinprimaryeducation a fullcourseofprimaryschooling Target 2.A:Ensurethat,by2015,childreneverywhere,boysandgirlsalike,willbeabletocomplete 2 2 r wo 1 p in Gi B T a . . 5 o oy ot 3 3 te d - p r m a : ic 2 ls

u al : s o L T 4 e a la I Ad f

ite n to a

n y tio 1

r e d a r 5 r g u a ) n ic a n +

e lt r d c ,

t

a

o y

y s lite % m t ld

e o a r a

e a r s n ( r r n te s p , a s d

, r

c

o o o % y 1 69. 60. 50. ld x f

9

y 9

4 5 8 0 B 1 a 9 s 3 9 e 1 7 7. 75. 73. - 0

9 . y /9 2 9 e 5 8 9 5 a 1 r S 2 t 85. 85. 85. 2 a 0 5 0 t 0 2 - u 2 5 8 0 0 . 8 s 0

in

S 5 T ( 6 T F T S ( 2 84. 87. 90. P B 9 4 ta o ta 0 o o o o DHS . . r 0 ta ta ta 7 6 tis tis p

4 2 1 5 W (

l: l: l: u ( W t t S la ic ic o 7 8 7 VR

:5 m tio 5 1 4 s s 2 , , . . . 0 6

e 4 1 9 o o n 1 S n . (

2 n n ( ( 2

W 92. 94. 97. 1

, a W W , 8

lin lin 0 , M 2 n

2 1 :8 NI 0 d : : 2 8 6 0

e e :6 ( 1

7 3 8 , , Ho M P 5

6 . 1 3 2 2 3 , OR . . . I Cu

0 0 6 , 9 2 u B C

1 1 , M , ) s

B S ( 3 3 M M in T r UNE (

:7 ) ) S 2 95. 96. 98. r s 2 ) g : : 0 o e ) 0 8

1 7 6 n u C 1 . 4 7 1 2 4 9 7 t r 2 e S

. ) . c s - 0 n 8

C e t 1 ( ) s ) a UNE ) O 3

u t , s u

I

B General Economics Division (GED) 2 s n 2 96. 97. 98. B 0 s S 0 tiu 1 S 1 C 1 2 3 4 3 /UNI O ,

te B I

B n f o s C S ti r E )

tu 2 96. 97. 98. F 0 te ) 1 6 7 8 4

f o r

b 97. T 2 y a 0 1 1

2 - - 1 r 94 0 0 5 0 g 0 0 1 e t 5 45

GOAL 2 Table 2.2:ProportionofPupilsStartingGrade1whoReach5,1991-2015 75.4 percent with 76.6percentforwomen and74percentformen. Population andHousingCensus 2011,conductedbyBBSfoundtheliteracy rateof15-24yearsoldsas for males.Allthesereports indicatepositivetrendsintheliteracyrateof womenaged15-24.The literacy rateofpersonsin thisagegroupat74.9percentwith81.9for femalesand67.8percent men: 78.67percent).The Bangladesh DemographicandHealthSurvey2011 (NIPORT2013)findsthe UNESCO 2011)foundtheliteracyrateof15-24years oldsas78.63percent(women:78.86percent, to 72percentin2009andfurther822012-13. BangladeshLiteracySurvey2010(BBSand percent ofwomentobeliterate.Latersurveyshave foundconsistentincreaseintheliteracyofwomen women aged15-24yearsfrom2006byaskingthem toreadashortsimplestatementandfound70 Multiple IndicatorClusterSurvey(BBSandUNICEF) firststartedtocalculateliteracyrateofonly surpassed maleliteracyratein2010. rate risingatafasterthanmaleyouthliteracy rate.Notably,thefemaleliteracyratemarginally There hasbeencontinuousimprovementinyouthliteracy rateinBangladeshwithfemaleyouthliteracy the total,maleandfemaleliteracyrateswere81.1per cent,78.9percentand83.3respectively. this age group increased to 63.6 percent with 67.2 percent for men and 60.3 percent for women. In 2013 was 44.7percentwith51.7formenand38womenin1990.In2001thetotalliteracyrate The dataobtainedfromUNESCOInstituteforStatisticsshowthatthetotalliteracyrateinBangladesh show theirabilitytobothreadandwritebyunderstandingashortsimplestatementineverydaylife. The literacyrateofpersonsaged15-24yearsisthepercentagethoseinagegroupwho a knowledgebasedsocietyfreefromilliteracyandempoweringpoorhouseholds. completion rateuptogradeVshoulddrawseriousattentionofallconcernedifthecountrywantsbe as 96.4percent,andtheprimaryschoolcompletionratewasfoundtobe79.5percent.Theissueof found percentageofchildrenenteringthefirstgradeprimaryschoolwhoeventuallyreachlast The findingsofMultipleIndicatorClusterSurvey2012-2013,jointlyconductedbyBBSandUNICEF, awareness ofparentsmattermost. and familypressure,absenceoffemale-friendlyschools(e.g.,lackseparatetoiletsforgirls,etc.) disasters such asflood, water logging,andcyclone. For girls, additional factors suchassecurity, social Dropout has also been found higher in disaster prone areas where schools remain closed due to natural reasons. Householdpovertyhasbeenidentifiedastheprimarycauseofdropoutforbothboysandgirls. The lowprimarycompletionrateorthehighdropoutatlevelcanbeascribedtoseveral and underthenon-formaleducationprojects. substantial numberscontinuetheireducationinnon-formalorunregisteredschoolssuchasmadrasas large numbers of children certainly do fail to complete the primary cycle in government schools, in 2014whichincreasedfurtherto81.3percent2015fromamere43percentrecorded1991.While However, itshowsanupwardtrendoverthelongtermreaching81.0percent(Boys:77.65,Girls:84.45) in thesurvivalratehasbeendifficulttosustainonseveraloccasionsdueeconomicandsocialfactors. in grade1oftheprimarylevelagivenyearwhoareexpectedtoreach5.Inshorttermgain Survival tothelastgradeofprimaryschooling(grade5)ispercentageacohortpupilsenrolled tional sectorindevelopingcountries. percent ofitsGDPineducationwhileUNESCOsuggestedforspending6percenteduca - and investmentintheeducationsector.Bangladeshhassofarnotbeenabletoinvestmorethan2.5 illiteracy areseveralmajorfactorswhichaffectattainmentoftargets.WhileitistruethatBangladesh hard toreachareas,naturaldisastersuchascyclonesandfloods,intergenerationaltransmissionof for qualityteaching.Extremepoverty,marginalpopulationgroups,specialneedchildren,childlabour, programmes. Limitedstaff development opportunities and low compensation provide little incentives literacy programmes discourage sustained participation of adults in literacy and ongoing adult education adolescents andtheadultpopulationhasalwaysbeenachallengeincountry.Poorquality in areassuchasadultliteracyandyouthliteracy.Ensuringmeaningfulqualitylife-longlearningfor Bangladesh hasmadeconsiderableprogressinattainingsomeoftheMDG2targetsbutitlagsbehind targeted 100percent. points peryearforachievingtheMDGtarget.Theprogressinadultliteracyratefallsshortof age increaseof1.14percentagepointsperannumagainsttherequiredreduction2.62 Adult literacyratehasincreasedby27.4percentagepointsovertheperiod1991-2015implyinganaver - for maleand61.6percentfemale. has beenconsistentbutslowincreaseinliteracyrate;itreached64.6percent2015with67.6 rapidly to52.8percentwith61.0formaleand43.2femalein2000.Afterwardsthere at 37.2percentwith44.3formaleand25.8femalein1991.Literacyrateincreased simple statementaboutone’severydaylife.Adultliteracyrateofpersonsaged15yearsandoverstood Literacy ratehastraditionallybeendefinedastheabilitytoreadandwritewithunderstanding,ashort, discussed below: concerted effortsweremadetoachievethetargets. TheglobalachievementswithregardtoMDG2are community madeapledgetoenhanceeducational achievementsforitsmulti-dimensionalvalueand long runinadditiontoitsimportanceachieving othersocial-economicgoals.Theinternational Education isconsideredamajorinstrumentofpov erty reductionandreducingincomeinequalityinthe 2.3 GlobalExperienceinImplementing MDG2 has managed toachievehighenrolmentrateatalowcost,thereis link betweenthe quality ofeducation    Thenumberofout-of-schoolchildrenprimary schoolageworldwidehasfallenbyalmost Sub-Saharan Africahashad thebestrecordofimprovementinprimaryeducation ofanyregion half, toanestimated57million in2015,downfrom100million2000. The primaryschoolnetenrolmentrateinthedevelopingregionshasreached 91percentin2015, enrolment rate from2000to2015,compared toagainof8percentage pointsbetween1990and 2000. since theMDGswerelaunched. Theregionachieveda20 percentagepointincreaseinthenet up from83percentin2000.

up from 83 percent in 2000. since the MDGs were launched. The region achieved a 20 percentage point increase in the net between 1990 and 2000. enrolment rate from 2000 to 2015, compared to a gain of 8 percentage points enrolment rate in the developing regions has reached 91 percent in 2015, The primary school net enrolment rate in the developing regions has reached 91 percent in 2015, half, to an estimated 57 million in 2015, down from 100 million in 2000. education of any region Sub-Saharan Africa has had the best record of improvement in primary fallen by almost The number of out-of-school children of primary school age worldwide has    n defined as the ability to read and write with understanding, a short, to read and write with understanding, traditionally been defined as the ability Literacy rate has and over stood rate of persons aged 15 years about one’s everyday life. Adult literacy simple statement rate increased percent for female in 1991. Literacy 44.3 percent for male and 25.8 at 37.2 percent with for male and 43.2 percent for female in 2000. Afterwards there rapidly to 52.8 percent with 61.0 percent in literacy rate; it reached 64.6 percent in 2015 with 67.6 percent has been consistent but slow increase for male and 61.6 percent for female. - 27.4 percentage points over the period 1991-2015 implying an aver Adult literacy rate has increased by per annum against the required reduction of 2.62 percentage age increase of 1.14 percentage points falls short of the MDG target. The progress in adult literacy rate points per year for achieving the targeted 100 percent. progress in attaining some of the MDG 2 targets but it lags behind Bangladesh has made considerable youth literacy. Ensuring meaningful and quality life-long learning for in areas such as adult literacy and has always been a challenge in the country. Poor quality adult adolescents and the adult population education adult ongoing and literacy in adults of participation sustained discourage programmes literacy little incentives provide compensation and low development opportunities staff programmes. Limited marginal population groups, special need children, child labour, for quality teaching. Extreme poverty, such as cyclones and floods, intergenerational transmission of hard to reach areas, natural disaster which affect attainment of targets. While it is true that Bangladesh illiteracy are several major factors quality of education link between the cost, there is a managed to achieve high enrolment rate at a low has 2.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 2 Education is considered a major instrument of poverty reduction and reducing income inequality in the goals. The international long run in addition to its importance in achieving other social-economic its multi-dimensional value and community made a pledge to enhance educational achievements for with regard to MDG 2 are concerted efforts were made to achieve the targets. The global achievements discussed below: and investment in the education sector. Bangladesh has so far not been able to invest more than 2.5 Bangladesh has so far not been able to invest more than 2.5 and investment in the education sector. - UNESCO suggested for spending 6 per cent of GDP for educa percent of its GDP in education while tional sector in developing countries. 5 3 . 1 1 0 8 2 4 0 . 1 1 0 8 2 3 5 . 1 0 0 8 2 2 3 . 1 5 0 7 2 1 6 . 1 9 0 7 2 0 3 . 1 7 0 6 2 9 7 . 0 9 0 5 2 8 9 . 0 4 0 5 2 7 9 . 0 1 0 5 2 6 2 . 0 0 0 5 2 5 9 . 0 3 0 5 2 2 0 6 0 6 2 1 9 3 9 4 1 e t a r

l va Millennium Development Goals vi ur S Indicator 2.2: Proportion of pupils starting grade 1 who reach last grade of primary (grade 5) (grade 5) last grade of primary grade 1 who reach of pupils starting 2.2: Proportion Indicator Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (BBS and UNICEF) first started to calculate literacy rate of only Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (BBS and UNICEF) first started simple statement and found 70 women aged 15-24 years from 2006 by asking them to read a short increase in the literacy of women percent of women to be literate. Later surveys have found consistent Literacy Survey 2010 (BBS and to 72 percent in 2009 and further to 82 percent in 2012-13. Bangladesh percent (women: 78.86 percent, UNESCO 2011) found the literacy rate of 15-24 years olds as 78.63 2011 (NIPORT 2013) finds the men: 78.67 percent). The Bangladesh Demographic and Health Survey for females and 67.8 percent literacy rate of persons in this age group at 74.9 percent with 81.9 percent rate of women aged 15-24. The for males. All these reports indicate positive trends in the literacy literacy rate of 15-24 years olds as Population and Housing Census 2011, conducted by BBS found the 75.4 percent with 76.6 percent for women and 74 percent for men. The literacy rate of persons aged 15-24 years is the percentage of those persons in the age group who 15-24 years is the percentage of those persons in the age group who The literacy rate of persons aged write by understanding a short simple statement in their everyday life. show their ability to both read and Institute for Statistics show that the total literacy rate in Bangladesh The data obtained from UNESCO In 2001 the total literacy rate for was 44.7 percent with 51.7 for men and 38 percent for women in 1990. In 2013 women. percent for 60.3 men and for percent with 67.2 percent 63.6 to increased group age this cent and 83.3 per cent respectively. the total, male and female literacy rates were 81.1 per cent, 78.9 per with female youth literacy There has been continuous improvement in youth literacy rate in Bangladesh the female literacy rate marginally rate rising at a faster rate than male youth literacy rate. Notably, surpassed male literacy rate in 2010. The findings of Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey 2012-2013, jointly conducted by BBS and UNICEF, Cluster Survey 2012-2013, jointly conducted by BBS and UNICEF, The findings of Multiple Indicator the first grade of primary school who eventually reach last grade found percentage of children entering school completion rate was found to be 79.5 percent. The issue of as 96.4 percent, and the primary draw serious attention of all concerned if the country wants to be completion rate up to grade V should illiteracy and empowering poor households. a knowledge based society free from The low primary completion rate or the high dropout rate at the primary level can be ascribed to several the high dropout rate at the primary level can be ascribed to several The low primary completion rate or identified as the primary cause of dropout for both boys and girls. reasons. Household poverty has been natural to due closed schools remain where areas prone disaster in higher found been has also Dropout social factors such as security, additional For girls, water logging, and cyclone. such as flood, disasters schools (e.g., lack of separate toilets for girls, etc.) and and family pressure, absence of female-friendly awareness of parents matter most. Survival to the last grade of primary schooling (grade 5) is the percentage of a cohort of pupils enrolled 5) is the percentage of a cohort grade of primary schooling (grade Survival to the last the short term gain are expected to reach grade 5. In primary level in a given year who in grade 1 of the and social factors. occasions due to economic has been difficult to sustain on several in the survival rate Girls: 84.45) reaching 81.0 percent (Boys: 77.65, an upward trend over the long term However, it shows in 1991. While from a mere 43 per cent recorded further to 81.3 percent in 2015 in 2014 which increased schools, government in primary cycle the complete to fail do certainly of children numbers large education in non-formal or unregistered schools such as madrasas substantial numbers continue their projects. and under the non-formal education Table 2.2: Proportion of Pupils Starting Grade 1 who Reach Grade 5, 1991-2015 Grade 1 who Reach Pupils Starting Proportion of Table 2.2: Source: Annual Primary School Census, DPE, Ministry of Primary and Mass Education School Census, DPE, Ministry of Source: Annual Primary 46

GOAL 2

vis-à-vis boys has been an important driver of the observed improvement in NER. Focused and substantive and Focused NER. in improvement observed the of driver important an been has boys vis-à-vis 2.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 2.2 Progress of achievements Ratio, 1990-2015 Table 2.1: Trends in Net Enrolment to the number of pupils in the official school age group in a grade, The net enrolment ratio (NER) refers popu- corresponding the of percentage a as expressed year, school given a in education of level or cycle lation of the eligible official age group. ratio increased to 97.94 percent in The country nearly achieved the MDG target as the net enrolment growth in girls' enrolment 2015 from 60.5 percent in 1991-92. The faster and relatively consistent initiatives undertaken by the government such as, providing stipend to female students up to the higher initiatives undertaken by the government such as, providing stipend to the secondary level, introducing secondary level, distribution of free textbooks among students up and announcing results within the modern technology for learning, holding regular public examinations for the poor and meritorious stipulated time and creation of the Education Assistance Trust Fund awareness building through media students, food for education, stipends for primary school children, has have all helped in boosting the NER. The government or satellite schools community outreach, and increasing literacy rate to build an undertaken initiatives to improve the quality of education alongside It is observed that contribution of illiteracy-free Bangladesh by 2014 as announced in Vision 2021. economic growth accompanied by some important macroeconomic factors such as sustained higher class rooms, etc. as well as better greater supply side improvement such as number of schools, teachers, targets of MDGs in Bangladesh. transportation have facilitated the attainment of the primary education

Goal 2: Achieve Universal PrimaryGoal 2: Achieve Universal Education 2.1 Introduction a significant role in reducing poverty in developing countries Primary education and literacy play opportunities and enabling people to make productive contribution through expanding economic and social to the society. Bangladesh has made commendable progress in universalization of primary education primary of in universalization progress commendable made has society. Bangladesh the to to education, reducing dropouts, improving completion of the cycle, through increasing equitable access enhancement measures in primary education. It has already and implementing a number of quality school enrolment. The government is in the process of implementing achieved gender parity in primary objectives. The present challenges its comprehensive achieve to Policy (2010) Education National the completion rate, increasing adult under MDG-2 include attaining the targets of primary education literacy rate and improving quality of education. MDG 2: Targets with indicators (at a glance)

. 7 Five Year Plan. th In 2015, an estimated 825 million people still live in extreme poverty and 800 million still suffer In 2015, an estimated 825 million mobility, safety and security, non-discrimination in work and pay, well-functioning day care day care and pay, well-functioning in work non-discrimination safety and security, mobility, against women all forms of violence laws to prevent of well as proper implementation centres as is important. my. Since the drivers of economic growth such as export-led industrialization, of economic growth such as export-led my. Since the drivers inequality in the econo Maintaining sustained increase in female LFP through ensuring women friendly work environment, women friendly through ensuring female LFP in sustained increase Maintaining remittance and rapid growth of rural non-farm sector are themselves largely responsible for are themselves largely responsible growth of rural non-farm sector remittance and rapid the pattern of growth might affect growth itself. In this rising income inequality twisting assets such as physical, human, and financial assets will context, providing the poor with the hurdles to more productive and high return jobs. profoundly help the poor to overcome for government social safety net programmes. for government social Elimination of extreme poverty and hunger requires a broad range of interventions. Children a broad range of interventions. poverty and hunger requires Elimination of extreme against care, nutrition and protection with food, basic education, health should be provided vulnerabilities. beneficiaries remains a major problem of assistance to intended Ensuring targeting and delivery is partly offset by increasing reducing effects of growth It is emphasized that the poverty and hunger has many faces. recognize that poverty is multi-dimensional It is important to     1.8 and Hunger in the 2030 Development Agenda Poverty Eradicating central to the post-2015 development agenda. Although the MDG Eradicating poverty and hunger is of people living in extreme poverty and hunger have been met or targets of halving the proportion from reaching the MDG goal of eradicating extreme poverty and almost met, the world is still far hunger. remains at the core of the 2030 development agenda. from hunger. Eradicating poverty and hunger poverty and hunger will be challenging. Geographical exclusion, Eliminating the remaining extreme climate change impacts and non-committal international supports ecological vulnerability and adverse for the existence of extreme poverty and hunger. In order to meet the are argued to be the major causes Development Goals (SDGs), policy makers and development relevant targets of the Sustainable challenges. practitioners require to address these at targets related to poverty and hunger should be monitored Further, in the new development agenda, important some mask only not level aggregate the at poverty dynamics Because, level also. local the figures. In fact, the national trends regional facts, it is often misleading also to base policy on national reduction has not been uniform in poverty reduction disguise regional patterns as the rate of poverty in all divisions since 2000 (GED, across regions. For example, the rate of poverty has been declining sub-district level analysis of 2005 2013). However, this divisional picture is making inner truths. The an increase in poverty, both and 2010 shows that a large number of sub-districts have experienced respective division (GED, 2013). extreme and moderate, even though the poverty has decreased in the and 144 sub-districts respectively Moderate and extreme poverty have been found to increase in 158 This calls for implementation of SDGs at local levels, designing customized need based interventions. This calls for implementation of SDGs at local levels, designing customized provisions to address problems of ‘Lagged Region Funds’ may also be created in annual budgetary poverty pockets as has been suggested in the 7 poverty pocketsashasbeensuggestedinthe7 ‘Lagged RegionFunds’mayalsobecreatedinannual budgetaryprovisionstoaddressproblemsof This callsforimplementationofSDGsatlocallevels, designingcustomizedneedbasedinterventions. Moderate andextremepovertyhavebeenfoundto increasein158and144sub-districtsrespectively extreme andmoderate,eventhoughthepovertyhas decreasedintherespectivedivision(GED,2013). and 2010showsthatalargenumberofsub-districts haveexperiencedanincreaseinpoverty,both 2013). However,thisdivisionalpictureismaking inner truths.Thesub-districtlevelanalysisof2005 across regions.Forexample,therateofpovertyhas beendeclininginalldivisionssince2000(GED, in povertyreductiondisguiseregionalpatternsastherateofhasnotbeenuniform regional facts,itisoftenmisleadingalsotobasepolicyonnationalfigures.Infact,thetrends the local level also. Because, poverty dynamics at the aggregate level not only mask some important Further, inthenewdevelopmentagenda,targetsrelatedtopovertyandhungershouldbemonitored at practitioners requiretoaddressthesechallenges. relevant targetsoftheSustainableDevelopmentGoals(SDGs),policymakersanddevelopment are arguedtobethemajorcausesforexistenceofextremepovertyandhunger.Inordermeet ecological vulnerabilityandadverseclimatechangeimpactsnon-committalinternationalsupports Eliminating theremainingextremepovertyandhungerwillbechallenging.Geographicalexclusion, from hunger.Eradicatingpovertyandhungerremainsatthecoreof2030developmentagenda. hunger. almost met,theworldisstillfarfromreachingMDGgoaloferadicatingextremepovertyand targets ofhalvingtheproportionpeoplelivinginextremepovertyandhungerhavebeenmetor Eradicating povertyandhungeriscentraltothepost-2015developmentagenda.AlthoughMDG EradicatingPoverty andHungerinthe2030Development Agenda 1.8     Itisemphasizedthatthepovertyreducingeffectsofgrowthpartlyoffsetbyincreasing Ensuringtargetinganddelivery ofassistancetointendedbeneficiariesremainsamajorproblem Itisimportanttorecognizethatpovertymulti-dimensionalandhungerhasmanyfaces. for governmentsocialsafetynetprogrammes. vulnerabilities. should beprovidedwithfood,basiceducation,healthcare,nutritionandprotectionagainst Elimination ofextremepovertyandhungerrequiresabroadrangeinterventions.Children profoundly helpthepoortoovercomehurdlesmoreproductiveandhighreturnjobs. context, providingthepoorwithassetssuchasphysical,human,andfinancialwill rising incomeinequalitytwistingthepatternofgrowthmightaffectitself.Inthis remittance andrapidgrowthofruralnon-farmsectorarethemselveslargelyresponsiblefor inequality intheeconomy.Sincedriversofeconomicgrowthsuchasexport-ledindustrialization, Maintaining sustainedincreasein female LFP through ensuringwomenfriendlyworkenvironment, is important. centres aswellproperimplementationoflawstopreventallformsviolenceagainstwomen mobility, safetyandsecurity,non-discriminationinworkpay,well-functioningdaycare In 2015,anestimated825millionpeoplestillliveinextremepovertyand800suffer th FiveYearPlan. 7 .

MDG 2:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) literacy rateandimprovingqualityofeducation. under MDG-2includeattainingthetargetsofprimaryeducationcompletionrate,increasingadult the National Education Policy (2010) to achieve its comprehensive objectives. Thepresentchallenges achieved genderparityinprimaryschoolenrolment.Thegovernmentistheprocessofimplementing and implementinganumberofqualityenhancementmeasuresinprimaryeducation.Ithasalready through increasingequitableaccesstoeducation,reducingdropouts,improvingcompletionofthecycle, to the society. Bangladesh has made commendable progress in universalization of primary education through expandingeconomicandsocialopportunitiesenablingpeopletomakeproductivecontribution Primary educationandliteracyplayasignificantroleinreducingpovertydevelopingcountries 2.1 Introduction Education Goal 2:AchieveUniversalPrimary

transportation havefacilitatedtheattainment oftheprimaryeducation targetsofMDGsin Bangladesh. greater supplysideimprovement suchasnumberofschools,teachers,classrooms, etc.aswellbetter some importantmacroeconomic factorssuchassustainedhighereconomic growthaccompaniedby illiteracy-free Bangladesh by2014asannouncedinVision2021.Itisobserved thatcontributionof undertaken initiativestoimprove thequalityofeducationalongsideincreasing literacyratetobuildan outreach, and community orsatelliteschools have allhelpedin boostingtheNER.Thegovernmenthas students, foodforeducation,stipendsprimary school children,awarenessbuildingthroughmedia stipulated timeandcreationoftheEducationAssistance TrustFundforthepoorandmeritorious modern technologyforlearning,holdingregularpublic examinationsandannouncingresultswithinthe secondary level,distributionoffreetextbooksamong studentsuptothesecondarylevel,introducing initiatives undertakenbythegovernmentsuchas,providing stipendtofemalestudentsupthehigher vis-à-vis boys has been an important driver of the observed improvement in NER. Focused and substantive 2015 from60.5percentin1991-92.Thefasterand relativelyconsistentgrowthingirls'enrolment The countrynearlyachievedtheMDGtargetas netenrolmentratioincreasedto97.94percentin lation oftheeligibleofficialagegroup. cycle or level of education in a given school year, expressed as a percentage of the corresponding popu- The netenrolmentratio(NER)referstothenumberofpupilsinofficialschoolagegroupagrade, Table 2.1:TrendsinNetEnrolmentRatio,1990-2015 2.2 Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators

75.4 percent with 76.6percentforwomen and74percentformen. Population andHousingCensus 2011,conductedbyBBSfoundtheliteracy rateof15-24yearsoldsas for males.Allthesereports indicatepositivetrendsintheliteracyrateof womenaged15-24.The literacy rateofpersonsin thisagegroupat74.9percentwith81.9for femalesand67.8percent men: 78.67percent).The Bangladesh DemographicandHealthSurvey2011 (NIPORT2013)findsthe UNESCO 2011)foundtheliteracyrateof15-24years oldsas78.63percent(women:78.86percent, to 72percentin2009andfurther822012-13. BangladeshLiteracySurvey2010(BBSand percent ofwomentobeliterate.Latersurveyshave foundconsistentincreaseintheliteracyofwomen women aged15-24yearsfrom2006byaskingthem toreadashortsimplestatementandfound70 Multiple IndicatorClusterSurvey(BBSandUNICEF) firststartedtocalculateliteracyrateofonly surpassed maleliteracyratein2010. rate risingatafasterthanmaleyouthliteracy rate.Notably,thefemaleliteracyratemarginally There hasbeencontinuousimprovementinyouthliteracy rateinBangladeshwithfemaleyouthliteracy the total,maleandfemaleliteracyrateswere81.1per cent,78.9percentand83.3respectively. this age group increased to 63.6 percent with 67.2 percent for men and 60.3 percent for women. In 2013 was 44.7percentwith51.7formenand38womenin1990.In2001thetotalliteracyrate The dataobtainedfromUNESCOInstituteforStatisticsshowthatthetotalliteracyrateinBangladesh show theirabilitytobothreadandwritebyunderstandingashortsimplestatementineverydaylife. The literacyrateofpersonsaged15-24yearsisthepercentagethoseinagegroupwho a knowledgebasedsocietyfreefromilliteracyandempoweringpoorhouseholds. completion rateuptogradeVshoulddrawseriousattentionofallconcernedifthecountrywantsbe as 96.4percent,andtheprimaryschoolcompletionratewasfoundtobe79.5percent.Theissueof found percentageofchildrenenteringthefirstgradeprimaryschoolwhoeventuallyreachlast The findingsofMultipleIndicatorClusterSurvey2012-2013,jointlyconductedbyBBSandUNICEF, awareness ofparentsmattermost. and familypressure,absenceoffemale-friendlyschools(e.g.,lackseparatetoiletsforgirls,etc.) disasters such asflood, water logging,andcyclone. For girls, additional factors suchassecurity, social Dropout has also been found higher in disaster prone areas where schools remain closed due to natural reasons. Householdpovertyhasbeenidentifiedastheprimarycauseofdropoutforbothboysandgirls. The lowprimarycompletionrateorthehighdropoutatlevelcanbeascribedtoseveral and underthenon-formaleducationprojects. substantial numberscontinuetheireducationinnon-formalorunregisteredschoolssuchasmadrasas large numbers of children certainly do fail to complete the primary cycle in government schools, in 2014whichincreasedfurtherto81.3percent2015fromamere43percentrecorded1991.While However, itshowsanupwardtrendoverthelongtermreaching81.0percent(Boys:77.65,Girls:84.45) in thesurvivalratehasbeendifficulttosustainonseveraloccasionsdueeconomicandsocialfactors. in grade1oftheprimarylevelagivenyearwhoareexpectedtoreach5.Inshorttermgain Survival tothelastgradeofprimaryschooling(grade5)ispercentageacohortpupilsenrolled Table 2.2:ProportionofPupilsStartingGrade1whoReach5,1991-2015 General Economics Division (GED) 47

GOAL 2 illiteracy areseveralmajorfactorswhichaffectattainmentoftargets.WhileitistruethatBangladesh hard toreachareas,naturaldisastersuchascyclonesandfloods,intergenerationaltransmissionof for qualityteaching.Extremepoverty,marginalpopulationgroups,specialneedchildren,childlabour, programmes. Limitedstaff development opportunities and low compensation provide little incentives literacy programmes discourage sustained participation of adults in literacy and ongoing adult education adolescents andtheadultpopulationhasalwaysbeenachallengeincountry.Poorquality in areassuchasadultliteracyandyouthliteracy.Ensuringmeaningfulqualitylife-longlearningfor Bangladesh hasmadeconsiderableprogressinattainingsomeoftheMDG2targetsbutitlagsbehind targeted 100percent. points peryearforachievingtheMDGtarget.Theprogressinadultliteracyratefallsshortof age increaseof1.14percentagepointsperannumagainsttherequiredreduction2.62 Adult literacyratehasincreasedby27.4percentagepointsovertheperiod1991-2015implyinganaver - for maleand61.6percentfemale. has beenconsistentbutslowincreaseinliteracyrate;itreached64.6percent2015with67.6 rapidly to52.8percentwith61.0formaleand43.2femalein2000.Afterwardsthere at 37.2percentwith44.3formaleand25.8femalein1991.Literacyrateincreased simple statementaboutone’severydaylife.Adultliteracyrateofpersonsaged15yearsandoverstood Literacy ratehastraditionallybeendefinedastheabilitytoreadandwritewithunderstanding,ashort, tional sectorindevelopingcountries. percent ofitsGDPineducationwhileUNESCOsuggestedforspending6percenteduca - and investmentintheeducationsector.Bangladeshhassofarnotbeenabletoinvestmorethan2.5 discussed below: concerted effortsweremadetoachievethetargets. TheglobalachievementswithregardtoMDG2are community madeapledgetoenhanceeducational achievementsforitsmulti-dimensionalvalueand long runinadditiontoitsimportanceachieving othersocial-economicgoals.Theinternational Education isconsideredamajorinstrumentofpov erty reductionandreducingincomeinequalityinthe 2.3 GlobalExperienceinImplementing MDG2 has managed toachievehighenrolmentrateatalowcost,thereis link betweenthe quality ofeducation    Thenumberofout-of-schoolchildrenprimary schoolageworldwidehasfallenbyalmost Sub-Saharan Africahashad thebestrecordofimprovementinprimaryeducation ofanyregion half, toanestimated57million in2015,downfrom100million2000. The primaryschoolnetenrolmentrateinthedevelopingregionshasreached 91percentin2015, enrolment rate from2000to2015,compared toagainof8percentage pointsbetween1990and 2000. since theMDGswerelaunched. Theregionachieveda20 percentagepointincreaseinthenet up from83percentin2000.

61.6 67.6 64.6 2015 61 56.9 65.1 2013 56.6 64.8 60.7 2012 55.1 62.5 58.8 2011 55.4 62.9 58.6 2010 48.6 58.3 53.5 2005 61 43.2 52.8 2000 38.1 55.6 45.3 1995 25.8 43.3 37.2 1991 e since the MDGs were launched. The region achieved a 20 percentage point increase in the net between 1990 and 2000. enrolment rate from 2000 to 2015, compared to a gain of 8 percentage points up from 83 percent in 2000. Sub-Saharan Africa has had the best record of improvement in primary education of any region Sub-Saharan Africa has had the best record of improvement in primary enrolment rate in the developing regions has reached 91 percent in 2015, The primary school net enrolment rate in the developing regions has reached 91 percent in 2015, half, to an estimated 57 million in 2015, down from 100 million in 2000. l e h l a ot

fallen by almost The number of out-of-school children of primary school age worldwide has m Millennium Development Goals    B Ma e F Indicator 2.3a: Adult literacy rate of 15+ years old population old population rate of 15+ years 2.3a: Adult literacy Indicator 2.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 2 Education is considered a major instrument of poverty reduction and reducing income inequality in the goals. The international long run in addition to its importance in achieving other social-economic its multi-dimensional value and community made a pledge to enhance educational achievements for with regard to MDG 2 are concerted efforts were made to achieve the targets. The global achievements discussed below: has managed to achieve high enrolment rate at a low cost, there is a link between the quality of education link between the cost, there is a managed to achieve high enrolment rate at a low has Bangladesh has made considerable progress in attaining some of the MDG 2 targets but it lags behind progress in attaining some of the MDG 2 targets but it lags behind Bangladesh has made considerable youth literacy. Ensuring meaningful and quality life-long learning for in areas such as adult literacy and has always been a challenge in the country. Poor quality adult adolescents and the adult population education adult ongoing and literacy in adults of participation sustained discourage programmes literacy little incentives provide compensation and low development opportunities staff programmes. Limited marginal population groups, special need children, child labour, for quality teaching. Extreme poverty, such as cyclones and floods, intergenerational transmission of hard to reach areas, natural disaster which affect attainment of targets. While it is true that Bangladesh illiteracy are several major factors - 27.4 percentage points over the period 1991-2015 implying an aver Adult literacy rate has increased by per annum against the required reduction of 2.62 percentage age increase of 1.14 percentage points falls short of the MDG target. The progress in adult literacy rate points per year for achieving the targeted 100 percent. n defined as the ability to read and write with understanding, a short, to read and write with understanding, traditionally been defined as the ability Literacy rate has and over stood rate of persons aged 15 years about one’s everyday life. Adult literacy simple statement rate increased percent for female in 1991. Literacy 44.3 percent for male and 25.8 at 37.2 percent with for male and 43.2 percent for female in 2000. Afterwards there rapidly to 52.8 percent with 61.0 percent in literacy rate; it reached 64.6 percent in 2015 with 67.6 percent has been consistent but slow increase for male and 61.6 percent for female. and investment in the education sector. Bangladesh has so far not been able to invest more than 2.5 Bangladesh has so far not been able to invest more than 2.5 and investment in the education sector. - UNESCO suggested for spending 6 per cent of GDP for educa percent of its GDP in education while tional sector in developing countries. Table 2.3:Trends of Adult Literacy Rate of Population 15+, Women and Men Women and of Population 15+, Literacy Rate of Adult Table 2.3:Trends Source: SVRS, various years, BBS Source: SVRS, various 48

GOAL 2 Table 2.2: Proportion of Pupils Starting Grade 1 who Reach Grade 5, 1991-2015 Grade 1 who Reach Pupils Starting Proportion of Table 2.2: of pupils enrolled 5) is the percentage of a cohort grade of primary schooling (grade Survival to the last the short term gain are expected to reach grade 5. In primary level in a given year who in grade 1 of the and social factors. occasions due to economic has been difficult to sustain on several in the survival rate Girls: 84.45) reaching 81.0 percent (Boys: 77.65, an upward trend over the long term However, it shows in 1991. While from a mere 43 per cent recorded further to 81.3 percent in 2015 in 2014 which increased schools, government in primary cycle the complete to fail do certainly of children numbers large education in non-formal or unregistered schools such as madrasas substantial numbers continue their projects. and under the non-formal education the high dropout rate at the primary level can be ascribed to several The low primary completion rate or identified as the primary cause of dropout for both boys and girls. reasons. Household poverty has been natural to due closed schools remain where areas prone disaster in higher found been has also Dropout social factors such as security, additional For girls, water logging, and cyclone. such as flood, disasters schools (e.g., lack of separate toilets for girls, etc.) and and family pressure, absence of female-friendly awareness of parents matter most. Cluster Survey 2012-2013, jointly conducted by BBS and UNICEF, The findings of Multiple Indicator the first grade of primary school who eventually reach last grade found percentage of children entering school completion rate was found to be 79.5 percent. The issue of as 96.4 percent, and the primary draw serious attention of all concerned if the country wants to be completion rate up to grade V should illiteracy and empowering poor households. a knowledge based society free from 15-24 years is the percentage of those persons in the age group who The literacy rate of persons aged write by understanding a short simple statement in their everyday life. show their ability to both read and Institute for Statistics show that the total literacy rate in Bangladesh The data obtained from UNESCO In 2001 the total literacy rate for was 44.7 percent with 51.7 for men and 38 percent for women in 1990. In 2013 women. percent for 60.3 men and for percent with 67.2 percent 63.6 to increased group age this cent and 83.3 per cent respectively. the total, male and female literacy rates were 81.1 per cent, 78.9 per with female youth literacy There has been continuous improvement in youth literacy rate in Bangladesh the female literacy rate marginally rate rising at a faster rate than male youth literacy rate. Notably, surpassed male literacy rate in 2010. to calculate literacy rate of only Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (BBS and UNICEF) first started simple statement and found 70 women aged 15-24 years from 2006 by asking them to read a short increase in the literacy of women percent of women to be literate. Later surveys have found consistent Literacy Survey 2010 (BBS and to 72 percent in 2009 and further to 82 percent in 2012-13. Bangladesh percent (women: 78.86 percent, UNESCO 2011) found the literacy rate of 15-24 years olds as 78.63 2011 (NIPORT 2013) finds the men: 78.67 percent). The Bangladesh Demographic and Health Survey for females and 67.8 percent literacy rate of persons in this age group at 74.9 percent with 81.9 percent rate of women aged 15-24. The for males. All these reports indicate positive trends in the literacy literacy rate of 15-24 years olds as Population and Housing Census 2011, conducted by BBS found the 75.4 percent with 76.6 percent for women and 74 percent for men.

2.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 2.2 Progress of achievements Ratio, 1990-2015 Table 2.1: Trends in Net Enrolment to the number of pupils in the official school age group in a grade, The net enrolment ratio (NER) refers popu- corresponding the of percentage a as expressed year, school given a in education of level or cycle lation of the eligible official age group. ratio increased to 97.94 percent in The country nearly achieved the MDG target as the net enrolment growth in girls' enrolment 2015 from 60.5 percent in 1991-92. The faster and relatively consistent substantive and Focused NER. in improvement observed the of driver important an been has boys vis-à-vis initiatives undertaken by the government such as, providing stipend to female students up to the higher initiatives undertaken by the government such as, providing stipend to the secondary level, introducing secondary level, distribution of free textbooks among students up and announcing results within the modern technology for learning, holding regular public examinations for the poor and meritorious stipulated time and creation of the Education Assistance Trust Fund awareness building through media students, food for education, stipends for primary school children, has have all helped in boosting the NER. The government or satellite schools community outreach, and increasing literacy rate to build an undertaken initiatives to improve the quality of education alongside It is observed that contribution of illiteracy-free Bangladesh by 2014 as announced in Vision 2021. economic growth accompanied by some important macroeconomic factors such as sustained higher class rooms, etc. as well as better greater supply side improvement such as number of schools, teachers, targets of MDGs in Bangladesh. transportation have facilitated the attainment of the primary education

Goal 2: Achieve Universal PrimaryGoal 2: Achieve Universal Education 2.1 Introduction a significant role in reducing poverty in developing countries Primary education and literacy play opportunities and enabling people to make productive contribution through expanding economic and social to the society. Bangladesh has made commendable progress in universalization of primary education primary of in universalization progress commendable made has society. Bangladesh the to to education, reducing dropouts, improving completion of the cycle, through increasing equitable access enhancement measures in primary education. It has already and implementing a number of quality school enrolment. The government is in the process of implementing achieved gender parity in primary objectives. The present challenges its comprehensive achieve to Policy (2010) Education National the completion rate, increasing adult under MDG-2 include attaining the targets of primary education literacy rate and improving quality of education. MDG 2: Targets with indicators (at a glance)

. 7 Five Year Plan. th In 2015, an estimated 825 million people still live in extreme poverty and 800 million still suffer In 2015, an estimated 825 million mobility, safety and security, non-discrimination in work and pay, well-functioning day care day care and pay, well-functioning in work non-discrimination safety and security, mobility, against women all forms of violence laws to prevent of well as proper implementation centres as is important. Maintaining sustained increase in female LFP through ensuring women friendly work environment, women friendly through ensuring female LFP in sustained increase Maintaining industrialization, of economic growth such as export-led my. Since the drivers inequality in the econo remittance and rapid growth of rural non-farm sector are themselves largely responsible for are themselves largely responsible growth of rural non-farm sector remittance and rapid the pattern of growth might affect growth itself. In this rising income inequality twisting assets such as physical, human, and financial assets will context, providing the poor with the hurdles to more productive and high return jobs. profoundly help the poor to overcome Elimination of extreme poverty and hunger requires a broad range of interventions. Children a broad range of interventions. poverty and hunger requires Elimination of extreme against care, nutrition and protection with food, basic education, health should be provided vulnerabilities. safety net programmes. for government social and hunger has many faces. recognize that poverty is multi-dimensional It is important to beneficiaries remains a major problem of assistance to intended Ensuring targeting and delivery is partly offset by increasing reducing effects of growth It is emphasized that the poverty     1.8 and Hunger in the 2030 Development Agenda Poverty Eradicating central to the post-2015 development agenda. Although the MDG Eradicating poverty and hunger is of people living in extreme poverty and hunger have been met or targets of halving the proportion from reaching the MDG goal of eradicating extreme poverty and almost met, the world is still far hunger. remains at the core of the 2030 development agenda. from hunger. Eradicating poverty and hunger poverty and hunger will be challenging. Geographical exclusion, Eliminating the remaining extreme climate change impacts and non-committal international supports ecological vulnerability and adverse for the existence of extreme poverty and hunger. In order to meet the are argued to be the major causes Development Goals (SDGs), policy makers and development relevant targets of the Sustainable challenges. practitioners require to address these at targets related to poverty and hunger should be monitored Further, in the new development agenda, important some mask only not level aggregate the at poverty dynamics Because, level also. local the figures. In fact, the national trends regional facts, it is often misleading also to base policy on national reduction has not been uniform in poverty reduction disguise regional patterns as the rate of poverty in all divisions since 2000 (GED, across regions. For example, the rate of poverty has been declining sub-district level analysis of 2005 2013). However, this divisional picture is making inner truths. The an increase in poverty, both and 2010 shows that a large number of sub-districts have experienced respective division (GED, 2013). extreme and moderate, even though the poverty has decreased in the and 144 sub-districts respectively Moderate and extreme poverty have been found to increase in 158 This calls for implementation of SDGs at local levels, designing customized need based interventions. This calls for implementation of SDGs at local levels, designing customized provisions to address problems of ‘Lagged Region Funds’ may also be created in annual budgetary poverty pockets as has been suggested in the 7  The literacy rate among youth aged 15 to 24 has increased globally from 83 percent to 91 percent between 1990 and 2015. The gap between women and men has narrowed.

 In the developing regions, children in the poorest households are four times as likely to be out of school as those in the richest households.

2.4 Status of MDG 2 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries Table 2.4 shows that the regional countries have varied performance in attaining targets under MDG 2. GOAL 2 Bangladesh ranks very high in net enrolment ratio in primary education which indicates its better performance compared with Pakistan, Maldives, Sri Lanka, and Bhutan (higher than the average of the developing regions). Sri Lanka has the highest percentage of pupils starting grade 1 who reach last grade of primary and is followed sequentially by Viet Nam, and Maldives. Bangladesh also ranks very high in percentage of pupils starting grade 1 who reach last grade of primary which shows its better performance compared to India, Pakistan, Nepal and Cambodia. Completion rate is highest in Maldives, followed by Nepal, Bhutan and Viet Nam. Bangladesh is only ahead of Pakistan in school completion rate. In case of literacy rate of 15-24 year olds Bangladesh performs better than that of India, Pakistan and Bhutan. In Bangladesh, attention has to be focused to increase the primary completion rate.

Table 2.4: Cross Country comparison related to NER, Completion rate, Literacy rate

Country Total net enrolment Percentage of pupils starting Primary Literacy rate of ratio in primary grade 1 who reach last grade completion rate, 15-24 year-olds education, both sexes of primary, both sexes both sexes (Year) (Year) (Year) (Year) Afghanistan 28(1993) 87.8(1993) 28.8(1993) 47(2011) Bangladesh 96.2(2013) 66.2(2009) 74.6(2011) 79.9(2012) India 98.6(2012) 61.4(2001) 96.5(2011) 76.4(2006) Pakistan 71.9 (2013) 62.2(2012) 73.1(2013) 70.8(2011) Nepal 98.7(2013) 60.4(2012) 101.6(2014) 82.4(2011) Maldives 93.1(2007) 82.8(2011) 132.3(2006) 99.3(2006) Sri Lanka 94.3(2013) 98.5(2012) 97.4(2013) 98.2(2010) Bhutan 90.7(2013) 78.9(2012) 98.4(2013) 74.4(2005) Viet Nam 98.1(2013) 94.5(2012) 97.5(2013) 97.1(2009) Cambodia 98.4(2012) 64.2(2012) 97.3(2013) 98(2004) Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/

2.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 2 Bangladesh’s commitment to universal primary education predates its commitment to MDG 2. The Constitution of Bangladesh has provision for free and compulsory primary education. The government had taken many initiatives including the Compulsory Primary Education Act 1993 which made the five-year primary education free in all primary schools. In 2000 the government adopted Primary Education Development Program II- a six year programto increase access, quality and efficiency in primary education. This has been followed by PEDP III which builds on achievements and experience of PEDP II, broadensits scope and deepens quality improvement. A major milestone in the education

General Economics Division (GED) 49

Millennium Development Goals rate in the near future. Multiple and overlapping factors create a challenging environment for student rate in the near future. Multiple and overlapping factors create a challenging for example, working children, retention and learning. Children with limited schooling opportunities, or living in extreme poverty or disabled children, indigenous children or children living in remote areas in schools, inadequate contact living in slums, special needs children, lack of friendly environment teacher absenteeism, and lack of hours, some teachers with poor qualification and lack of motivation, for a large proportion of relevance of learning to jobs combine to lead to poor learning outcomes students with impact on completion rate. Absence of flexible delivery mechanism, lack of initiative in developing structures, inadequate training Absence of flexible delivery mechanism, lack of initiative in developing and capacity building measures for teachers and facilitators, absence of long term, sustainable planning and capacity building measures for teachers and facilitators, absence achieving target adult literacy rate. of Non-formal and life-long learning programs provide a challenge to Achieving 100 percent youth literacy rate provides a formidable challenge. Perhaps the greatest challenge. Perhaps the greatest Achieving 100 percent youth literacy rate provides a formidable rate. Ensuring meaningful and challenge in the education sector is to attain 100 percent adult literacy been a challenge in the country. quality life-long learning for adolescent and adult population has always completion rate or high dropout rate at the primary level it is challenging to attain 100 percent completion completion rate or high dropout rate at the primary level it is challenging Despite significant increase in the proportion of pupils starting grade I who reach the last grade of Despite significant increase in the proportion of pupils starting grade low of context current the In margin. considerable a by target the missed has Bangladesh primary, Bangladesh has almost achieved the target NER by 2015. However, there has been little change in NER Bangladesh has almost achieved the group of children poses a challenge to attaining 100 per cent NER. in the last three years. This small groups, special need children, child labour, hard to reach areas, Extreme poverty, marginal population floods and cyclones as disasters such natural slums, in living children villages, populated sparsely to achieve the target. Further, there exists disparity between constitute some of the major impediments NER for girls. NER of boys and girls with lower 2.7 Education in the 2030 Development Agenda Development Agenda 2.7 Education in the 2030 formal education system because of extreme poverty, violence, displacement, distress and discrimination. formal education system because of 2.6 Partnership with the Non-Government Actors with the Non-Government 2.6 Partnership projects and programmes which have helped achieve or make Development partners have funded 2. Primary Education Development targets under MDG considerable progress towards achieving programs. NGOs depend critically on development partners for Programs have been multi donor funded According to HIES 2010 NGO run schools have served 2.52 funding to operate different programs. This is a small percentage compared with about 94 percent percent of total primary level students. schools. However, this percentage is higher than madrasa government or government subsidized schools and the NGO schools serve mainly disadvantaged (religious stream schools) or non-government largest player serving about 80 percent of students in NGO schools. groups in the society. BRAC is the second chance at learning to disadvantaged children left out the Its non-formal primary schools provide Bangladesh is a signatory to the World Declaration on Education for All (EFA). The country has formulated to the World Declaration on Bangladesh is a signatory The country has also prepared of Education for All. Action I and II to realize the goals National Plan of the in January 2013,in a landmark announcement, Policy. After four decades, a Non-formal Education With country. the schools of primary non-government all of the nationalization declared government 776 teachers and jobs of 1 lakh 4 thousand primary schools were nationalized this declaration 26,193 under government’s payroll. were also brought Government has adopted policies andprograms to encourage to encourage policies andprograms has adopted implementing. Government government is which the hard child labour, drop-out children, to address problemsof of school cycle, and completion enrolment education. and efficiency of quality reach areas and toimprove children, hard to to reach , a forward looking and comprehensive policy, policy, looking and comprehensive Policy 2010, a forward Education adoption of National sectoris the 50

GOAL 2 While it is necessary to ensure all children enroll in schools, it is equally important, if not more, the children finish their schools with necessary skills. Improving the quality of education has been a major challenge for the policy makers in the country. It has been found that it takes an average of 8.6 years to complete the five-year primary cycle. Only half of the primary graduates achieve the minimum national curriculum competencies. Bangladesh has been successful in substantially improving the education performance indicators at low

cost. But the quality of education is found to have close linked to investment. The Incheon Declaration GOAL 2 of the World Education Forum(2015) urges allocating at least 4-6 per cent of GDP and/or at least 15-20 percent of total public expenditure to education. This represents a large increase from recent past expenditure on education at 2.2 per cent of GDP.

2.8 Education in the 2030 Development Agenda The unfinished work on education must rank high on the post-2015 development agenda. Despite enormous progress during the last decade, achieving universal primary education will require renewed attention in the post-2015 era, just as the global community seeks to extend the scope to universal secondary education. Drawing on lessons learned from the MDGs, interventions will have to be tailored to the needs of specific groups of children—particularly girls, children belonging to minorities and nomadic communities, children engaged in child labour and children living with disabilities, in conflict situations or in urban slums. Investing in the programmes for improving quality of education and ensuring a sustainable source of funding is also essential. In this world of growing inequality, the division between the rich and the poor will widen further if we cannot check the growing inequality of human capital between the rich and the poor. The rich have greater access to quality education than the poor and the return on quality education in a developing country is very high. Taken together, if we cannot ensure quality education for the poor, the dream of building a just, equitable and high productive society cannot be materialized, which is the core spirit of SDGs and our development pursuit.

General Economics Division (GED) 51

the representation of women in the legislative, judiciary and executive branches of the government. the representation of women in the Gap Index of Bangladesh, 2006-2015 Table 3.7: Evolution of Gender Table 3.6: Proportion of Female Members in the Parliament, 1991-2015 in the Parliament, Female Members Proportion of Table 3.6: politics and leadership of women in national example of a country with dominant Bangladesh is an the of Leader the Minister, Prime Parliament, the National the of Speaker the Currently, government. empowerment all women. The situation of women Deputy Leader of the House are Opposition and the of women However, broader participation appears promising from this perspective. and gender equality it is heartening to early nineties. Though still low was quite limited in the in the National Parliament the Parliament stood at 20.29 per cent in 2015 compared to 12.73 per note that women’s participation in reserved seats for women was raised to 50 from 45. Parliament, the share of cent in 1991. In the last has 20 directly elected women Parliamentarians. In addition, one Moreover, the current Parliament greater ensure to order In 2015. in by-election a in on later elected been has parliamentarian women decision making positions, initiatives are now underway to increase participation of women in important

Status of women in the labour force has been improving, albeit slowly, as shown by their labour force labour their by shown as slowly, albeit improving, been has force labour the in women of Status employment. Labour force participation rate for females participation rate and share in non-agricultural with a peak at 36.0 per cent in 2010 from 14 per cent in 1990-91. In increased to 33.5 per cent in 2013 wage employment in the non-agricultural sector was 19.1 per cent Bangladesh, the share of women in of 14.6 per cent in 2005-06. However, the share increased to 19.9 in 1991-92, which declined to a trough to 31.6 per cent in 2013. per cent in 2010 and increased rapidly in Mainstream Economic Activities: 1990-2013 Table 3.5: Participation of Labour by gender is shown in Table 3.5. The participation of labour force in mainstream economic activities has participation force labour female the while story: consistent one indicate table the of rows three First in non-agricultural sector decreased in the period 2010-2013, the share of women in wage employment decreased in agricultural this period. It indicates that the share of women might have increased in has labour force participation has wage employment. This offers an explanation of the puzzle why female substantially, some women have declined recently. As the rural household income has increased with their family. This may also be withdrawn themselves from the labour market to spend more time which benefit from increased total explained as preference for leisure or family care of households income derived from high agricultural wage and/or from non-farm activities. Table 3.4: Share of Women in Wage Employment in the Non-Agricultural Sector (percent) Non-Agricultural in the in Wage Employment Share of Women Table 3.4: of female workers sector is the number in wage employment in the non-agricultural The share of women wage employment expressed as a percentage of total in the non-agricultural sector in wage employment in the sector. The non-agricultural sector indicator includes shows industry the particularly extent SMEs to and indicator of development and sector is an important employment of women in the non-agricultural services. which This women have access women empowerment. to paid employment. Increasing wage students at secondary and higher secondary level, financial support to purchase books and payment of financial support to purchase books and higher secondary level, students at secondary girls in the coun- and secondary education is free for examination. Although primary fees for the public cycle of primary challenge in completing the full exists, especially among girls. The try, dropout still of female in lower level results it as investment in education larger secondary education requires and of education are Poverty and other hidden costs higher secondary and tertiary levels. enrolment at the girl of dropouts that contribute to factors Other rural areas. in dropouts especially causes for major violence against girls, restricted mobility, lack of separate toilet students at the secondary level include at secondary level, and lack of girls’ hostel facilities. facilities for girls, fewer female teachers Survey 2012-2013 (BBS/UNICEF 2014) reports Gender Parity However, Multiple Indicator Cluster and the gender parity has been achieved at the regional level in all Index at the secondary level as 1.30 the Divisions of Bangladesh. Ministry of Education, Gender Parity Index (GPI) in the tertiary According to BANBEIS under the is more than double compared with what it was in 2005. In fact, education is 0.67 in 2013. This figure 2001 and 2008 but increased to 0.39 in 2010 and shot up to 0.66 GPI was hovering around 0.30 between it came down to 0.67 in 2013. The BDHS report 2011 found GPI in 2011 and 0.73 in 2012. However, at from UGC shows the figure to be considerably higher at the tertiary level as 0.60. The information 0.78 in 2013. higher education in recent tertiary and female participation in to increase been taken Measures have It 'Asian University for Women' has been established in Chittagong. years. An international university free up to graduation level. The number and amount of general has been planned to make girls education and scholarship for technical and vocational education have scholarship for the meritorious students to approved been has 2012’ Act, Trust Assistance Education Minister’s ‘Prime increased. been also has allocated Tk. 10 billion provide assistance and stipend to students up to graduate level. Government is a concern that Gross Parity (equivalent to 125 million US dollar) as seed money to this end. There compared to secondary and higher Index measured as ratio of girls to boys in tertiary education is lower girls in tertiary education include secondary level. The factors that contribute to lower enrolment of mobility, and lack of adequate poverty and hidden costs of education, violence against girls, restricted hostel facilities for girls and discriminatory labour market. Table 3.3: Gender Parity Index at Tertiary Education, 2001-2015 Female education has been encouraged through providing stipend to the female stipend providing through encouraged been has education Female years. the last 15 The secondary education system in Bangladesh consists of two levels–secondary education (grades education of two levels–secondary consists system in Bangladesh education The secondary in of female students 1991, the enrolment 11-12). Since education (grades higher secondary 6-10) and (52 per boys’ in 2000 enrolment surpassing with girls’ significantly education has increased secondary 2010 in 1.14 to 2000 in 1.06 from jumped Index Parity Gross boys). for cent per 48 and girls for cent period in 2015. this level till the end of the MDG and stabilized around level during gender parity at secondary education Bangladesh has been maintaining It is remarkable that 3.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators Progress 3.2 (GPI) at Primary Education, 1990-2015 Table 3.1: Gender Parity Index in primary school enrolment. Gender Bangladesh has already achieved the target for gender parity in primary, secondary and tertiary Parity Index, defined as the ratio of the number of female students each level, increased from 0.82 in levels of education to the corresponding number of male students in in the intervening period. 1990 to 1.04 in 2015 in primary schools. GPI marks some annual fluctuations first achieved in 2005, which has It is evident from the table that gender parity at the primary level was Survey 2012-2013 (BBS/UNICEF been sustained afterwards. However, Multiple Indicator Cluster and the gender parity has been 2014) reports Gender Parity Index at the primary school level as 1.07 achieved at the regional level in all the divisions of Bangladesh. The BDHS 2011 report found GPI at primary level as 1.10. Table 3.2: Gender Parity Index at Secondary Education, 1991-2015

f y o

b

ls 5 t 0 e e 1 0 v . g 0 1 r 2 le a ll T a

in

d ) n e a c

) ) , r E 3 5 u 1 0 o 0 0 s DP 2 (

2

,

- ) s 5 2 y 1 u 1 b 1 1 t

0 0 0 a 2 2 ly 2 t

s , b

S a t C r C n S e I e f DHS r e M r r AP B ( ( (

p

4 0 7 n Cu 0 1 0 . . . 1 1 1 tio n a c

u tio d a in

e c 0

s 6 u 0 y 9 u d r . t 0 e a 0

a 2 d t y n r S o c tia r e s

te

r d d 1 a n n e a 3 /9

a y

8 0 y . y e r 9 r 0 s a 9 a a 1 d im B n r o p

c e in s

, y y ity r r r a a a

p = im im

is r r s x d p r p

e o r d t e in 5 in

n

a d 1 I s s

n 0 ic position out of 142 countries in the political empowerment sphere and was the political in position out of 142 countries y y e 2 d o o th

ity g b

b r n

in

a a te o to t d P a

th

n r r ls in ls e a ir ir d te s g g t n

lim

la e

f f E g o o o ) Ge

r s ( n s

a y A: n n . tio o T tio a 3 B

a

tio tio t R / a a e R : Millennium Development Goals c c g ls : a r u u

1 1 a . . d d e Gir e 3 T 3 MDG 3: Targets with indicators (at a glance) for women in Bangladesh is still low compared with men. awarded the prestigious Women in Parliaments Global Forum Award in 2015. However, wage employment awarded the prestigious Women in Parliaments Global Forum Award in Building of a just and equitable society requires ensuring gender equality in all social, cultural, society requires ensuring gender equality in all social, cultural, Building of a just and equitable a society treats women is an important indicator of progress and economic and political spheres. How to build a society where both men and women will be treated enlightenment of the society. In order women to make them empowered in all dimensions. Furthermore, an equally, a nation needs to invest in - more to her family and society than the less empowered ones empowered woman contributes are highly correlated with the more empowered women. In children’s health and education outcomes indicators of gender equality. It has this spirit, Bangladesh has made considerable success in some key has been a sharp increase in the achieved gender parity in primary and secondary education. There Global Gender Gap Report 2014, number of women parliamentarians elected in 2014. According to the 10 Bangladesh ranks 3.1 Introduction 3.1 Goal 3: Promote Gender Equality and Empower Women Gender Equality and Empower Goal 3: Promote

52 CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER

GOAL 3 awarded theprestigiousWomeninParliamentsGlobal ForumAwardin2015.However,wageemployment Bangladesh ranks 10 number ofwomenparliamentarianselectedin2014. AccordingtotheGlobalGenderGapReport2014, achieved genderparityinprimaryandsecondaryeducation.Therehasbeenasharpincreasethe this spirit,Bangladeshhasmadeconsiderablesuccessinsomekeyindicatorsofgenderequality.It children’s healthandeducationoutcomesarehighlycorrelatedwiththemoreempoweredwomen.In empowered womancontributesmoretoherfamilyandsocietythanthelessones - equally, anationneedstoinvestinwomenmakethemempoweredalldimensions.Furthermore,an enlightenment ofthesociety.Inordertobuildasocietywherebothmenandwomenwillbetreated economic andpoliticalspheres.Howasocietytreatswomenisanimportantindicatorofprogress Building ofajustandequitablesocietyrequiresensuringgenderequalityinallsocial,cultural, 3.1 Introduction Goal 3:Promote GenderEquality andEmpower Women MDG 3:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) for womeninBangladeshisstilllowcomparedwith men. th positionoutof142countries in the political empowerment sphereandwas

Source: BANBEIS,MOEandAPSC,DPE Source: BANBEIS, MOE. Table 3.2:GenderParity IndexatSecondaryEducation,1991-2015 primary levelas1.10. achieved attheregionallevelinallthedivisionsofBangladesh.TheBDHS2011report foundGPIat 2014) reportsGenderParityIndexattheprimary school levelas1.07andthegenderparityhasbeen been sustainedafterwards.However,MultipleIndicator ClusterSurvey2012-2013(BBS/UNICEF It isevidentfromthetablethatgenderparityat primarylevelwasfirstachievedin2005,whichhas 1990 to1.04in2015primaryschools.GPImarks someannualfluctuationsintheinterveningperiod. levels ofeducationtothecorrespondingnumbermalestudentsineachlevel,increasedfrom0.82 in Parity Index,definedastheratioofnumberfemalestudentsinprimary,secondaryandtertiary Bangladesh hasalreadyachievedthetargetforgenderparityinprimaryschoolenrolment.Gender Table 3.1:GenderParityIndex(GPI)atPrimaryEducation,1990-2015 3.2 Progressofachievements indifferenttargetsandindicators (Updated) Source: MDGs:BangladeshProgressReport2015,GeneralEconomics Division, BangladeshPlanningCommission Indicator 3.1b:Ratioofgirlstoboysinsecondary education(grade 6to10) Indicator 3.1a:Ratioofgirlstoboysinprimaryeducation Indicator 3.1:Ratiosofgirlstoboysinprimary,secondaryandtertiaryeducation in alllevelsofeducationnolaterthan2015 Target 3.A:Eliminategenderdisparityinprimaryandsecondaryeducation,preferablyby2005, GP 3 3 3 3 s in e e I Gir s G n e e m d . . . . P 3 2 1 1

c c d u n p : : c b o to I I ls e c a : lo : n P S x a tio / r R d R tio r h

y B = ( o a a a a % m n

T p o r r tio Gir tio n a y e o y a e )

l 1

( 0 r s 19 n r o e 0.52

Ge tio p 9 ) o . ls o g t d f 8 a 9

f f e u in / wo r 2

n 0 n t g c g lia B s

d a ir ir th o o m a tio e m f ls ls y e r n

e s

s e

P d n to n e to n ) n

a a

o

( 1 in t

0 in

r ts n Ge b b 195 9 ity ( . 0.82 - o d

o 9

% 9 h a wa y y 0 ic n 5 g

e ) s I s d ld r a n

g ic in e in t d e

r o b u e

r te P y x ltu s a

r wo = 2 r 0 tia r ity 0

a . 20 9 0 1.06 l r m 6 y

0 e

n

2 1 B 0 . 1 0 a 0 9 1 1 205 1.04 1 s 0 0 5 9 2 9 e . . 0 5 . 3 .

7 1 y /9 2 7 0 0 e a 1 r 2 1 0 . 0 1 2 0 201 1.4 S t 1 2 a 1 0 3 0 2 t . . u 0 . 3 0 2 0 6 3 s 0 3 2

1 in 0 . 0 1

2 1 201 1.3 1 1 ( 2 0 0 ( 3 B L . . 0 . . 1 3 1 7 6 Cu F P . . 0 4 2 8 5 6 S S

( 9 ( ( 2 ( 1

B UGC B

r

2 M 2 0 . r ANB ANB 0 0 0 1 e I 1 1 1 2 n C 3 5 t 201

S ) 1.4

) 2 s

E E General Economics Division (GED) 0 t 2 a 1 I I 0 S S t 3 1 u 2

, 1 ) 2 2

s 0 2 . - 0

0 1 ( 0 1 1 s 0 1 3 3 o 5 5 ) u ) ) 2013 1.4 r c e ) 2 1 0 . 0 1 3 4 T a 3 5 2015 2 r 1.4 1 1 3 0 0 g . . 0 . 0 . 2 1 e 1 0 0 0 0 0 t 5 . 0 0

0 1 b 4 5 y 53

GOAL 3 Table 3.3:GenderParityIndexatTertiaryEducation, 2001-2015 hostel facilitiesforgirlsanddiscriminatorylabour market. poverty andhiddencostsofeducation,violenceagainst girls,restrictedmobility,andlackofadequate secondary level.Thefactorsthatcontributetolower enrolmentofgirlsintertiaryeducationinclude Index measuredasratioofgirlstoboysintertiaryeducation islowercomparedtosecondaryandhigher (equivalent to125millionUSdollar)asseedmoney tothisend.ThereisaconcernthatGrossParity provide assistanceandstipendtostudentsupgraduate level.GovernmenthasallocatedTk.10billion also been increased. ‘Prime Minister’s Education Assistance Trust Act, 2012’ has been approved to scholarship forthemeritoriousstudentsandtechnicalvocationaleducationhave has beenplannedtomakegirlseducationfreeupgraduationlevel.Thenumberandamountofgeneral years. Aninternationaluniversity'AsianUniversityforWomen'hasbeenestablishedinChittagong. It Measures have been taken to increase female participationin tertiary and higher educationinrecent 0.78 in2013. at thetertiarylevelas0.60.TheinformationfromUGCshowsfiguretobeconsiderablyhigher at in 2011and0.732012.However,itcamedownto0.672013.TheBDHSreportfoundGPI GPI washoveringaround0.30between2001and2008butincreasedto0.39in2010shotup0.66 education is0.67in2013.Thisfiguremorethandoublecomparedwithwhatitwas2005.Infact, According toBANBEISundertheMinistryofEducation,GenderParityIndex(GPI)intertiary the DivisionsofBangladesh. Index atthesecondarylevelas1.30andgenderparityhasbeenachievedregionalinall However, MultipleIndicatorClusterSurvey2012-2013(BBS/UNICEF2014)reportsGenderParity facilities forgirls,fewerfemaleteachersatsecondarylevel,andlackofgirls’hostelfacilities. students atthesecondarylevelincludeviolenceagainstgirls,restrictedmobility,lackofseparatetoilet major causes for dropouts especially in rural areas. Other factors that contributetodropouts of girl enrolment atthehighersecondaryandtertiarylevels.Povertyotherhiddencostsofeducationare and secondary educationrequires larger investment ineducationas it results in lowerlevel of female try, dropoutstillexists,especiallyamonggirls.Thechallengeincompletingthefullcycleofprimary fees forthepublicexamination.Althoughprimaryandsecondaryeducationisfreegirlsincoun- students atsecondaryandhigherlevel,financialsupporttopurchasebookspaymentof the last15 years. Female education has been encouraged through providing stipend tothefemale It isremarkablethatBangladeshhasbeenmaintaininggenderparityatsecondaryeducationlevelduring and stabilizedaroundthisleveltilltheendofMDGperiodin2015. cent for girls and 48 per cent for boys). Gross Parity Index jumped from 1.06 in 2000 to 1.14 in 2010 secondary educationhasincreasedsignificantlywithgirls’enrolmentsurpassingboys’in2000(52per 6-10) andhighersecondaryeducation(grades11-12).Since1991,theenrolmentoffemalestudentsin The secondaryeducationsysteminBangladeshconsistsoftwolevels–secondary(grades niao sos h etn t wih oe hv acs t pi epomn. nraig wage Increasing employment. paid to women empowerment. access have women This which services. employment ofwomeninthenon-agriculturalsectorisanimportantindicatordevelopmentand and to SMEs extent particularly the industry shows includes indicator sector non-agricultural The sector. the in in wageemploymentthenon-agriculturalsectorexpressedasapercentageoftotal The shareofwomeninwageemploymentthenon-agriculturalsectorisnumberfemaleworkers Table 3.4:ShareofWomeninWageEmploymenttheNon-AgriculturalSector(percent) income derivedfromhigh agriculturalwageand/orfromnon-farmactivities. explained aspreferencefor leisureorfamilycareofhouseholdswhichbenefit fromincreasedtotal withdrawn themselvesfrom thelabourmarkettospendmoretimewiththeir family.Thismayalsobe declined recently.Astheruralhouseholdincome hasincreasedsubstantially,somewomenhave wage employment.Thisoffersanexplanationofthe puzzlewhyfemalelabourforceparticipationhas has increased inthisperiod.Itindicatesthattheshareofwomenmighthave decreased inagricultural decreased intheperiod2010-2013,shareofwomen inwageemploymentnon-agriculturalsector First three rows of the table indicate one consistent story: while the female labour force participation has The participationoflabourforceinmainstreameconomic activitiesbygenderisshowninTable3.5. Table 3.5:ParticipationofLabourinMainstreamEconomicActivities:1990-2013 per centin2010andincreasedrapidlyto31.62013. in 1991-92,whichdeclinedtoatroughof14.6percent2005-06.However,theshareincreased19.9 Bangladesh, theshareofwomeninwageemploymentnon-agriculturalsectorwas19.1percent increased to33.5percentin2013withapeakat36.02010from141990-91.In participation rateandshareinnon-agriculturalemployment.Labourforceforfemales Status of women in the labour force has been improving, albeit slowly, as shown by their labour force

women parliamentarian has been elected later on in a by-election in 2015. In order to ensure greater Moreover, thecurrentParliamenthas20directlyelectedwomenParliamentarians.Inaddition,one cent in1991.Inthelast Parliament, theshare ofreservedseatsforwomenwasraisedto50from45. note thatwomen’sparticipationintheParliamentstoodat20.29percent2015comparedto12.73 in theNationalParliamentwasquitelimitedearlynineties.Thoughstilllowitishearteningto and genderequalityappearspromisingfromthisperspective.However,broaderparticipationofwomen Opposition andtheDeputyLeaderofHouseareallwomen.Thesituationwomenempowerment government. Currently, the Speaker of the National Parliament, the Prime Minister, the Leader of the Bangladesh isanexampleofacountrywithdominantleadershipwomeninnationalpoliticsand Table 3.6:ProportionofFemaleMembersintheParliament,1991-2015 participation ofwomeninimportantdecisionmakingpositions,initiativesarenowunderwaytoincrease Table 3.7:EvolutionofGenderGapIndexBangladesh,2006-2015 the representationofwomeninlegislative,judiciaryandexecutivebranchesgovernment.

the representation of women in the legislative, judiciary and executive branches of the government. the representation of women in the Gap Index of Bangladesh, 2006-2015 Table 3.7: Evolution of Gender participation of women in important decision making positions, initiatives are now underway to increase participation of women in important Table 3.6: Proportion of Female Members in the Parliament, 1991-2015 in the Parliament, Female Members Proportion of Table 3.6: politics and leadership of women in national example of a country with dominant Bangladesh is an the of Leader the Minister, Prime Parliament, the National the of Speaker the Currently, government. empowerment all women. The situation of women Deputy Leader of the House are Opposition and the of women However, broader participation appears promising from this perspective. and gender equality it is heartening to early nineties. Though still low was quite limited in the in the National Parliament the Parliament stood at 20.29 per cent in 2015 compared to 12.73 per note that women’s participation in reserved seats for women was raised to 50 from 45. Parliament, the share of cent in 1991. In the last has 20 directly elected women Parliamentarians. In addition, one Moreover, the current Parliament greater ensure to order In 2015. in by-election a in on later elected been has parliamentarian women

Table 3.4: Share of Women in Wage Employment in the Non-Agricultural Sector (percent) Non-Agricultural in the in Wage Employment Share of Women Table 3.4: of female workers sector is the number in wage employment in the non-agricultural The share of women wage employment expressed as a percentage of total in the non-agricultural sector in wage employment in the sector. The non-agricultural sector indicator includes shows industry the particularly extent SMEs to and indicator of development and sector is an important employment of women in the non-agricultural services. which This women have access women empowerment. to paid employment. Increasing wage force labour their by shown as slowly, albeit improving, been has force labour the in women of Status employment. Labour force participation rate for females participation rate and share in non-agricultural with a peak at 36.0 per cent in 2010 from 14 per cent in 1990-91. In increased to 33.5 per cent in 2013 wage employment in the non-agricultural sector was 19.1 per cent Bangladesh, the share of women in of 14.6 per cent in 2005-06. However, the share increased to 19.9 in 1991-92, which declined to a trough to 31.6 per cent in 2013. per cent in 2010 and increased rapidly in Mainstream Economic Activities: 1990-2013 Table 3.5: Participation of Labour by gender is shown in Table 3.5. The participation of labour force in mainstream economic activities has participation force labour female the while story: consistent one indicate table the of rows three First in non-agricultural sector decreased in the period 2010-2013, the share of women in wage employment decreased in agricultural this period. It indicates that the share of women might have increased in has labour force participation has wage employment. This offers an explanation of the puzzle why female substantially, some women have declined recently. As the rural household income has increased with their family. This may also be withdrawn themselves from the labour market to spend more time which benefit from increased total explained as preference for leisure or family care of households income derived from high agricultural wage and/or from non-farm activities. 0.65 2015 0.67 2013 0.73 2012 0.66 2011 0.39 2010 0.32 2008 0.31 2007 0.32 2006 0.32 2005 0.33 2001 Millennium Development Goals I P G Indicator 3.2: Share of women in wage employment in the non-agricultural sector (%) Indicator 3.2: Share of women in wage employment in the non-agricultural Indicator 3.1c: Ratio of girls to boys in tertiary education Indicator 3.1c: Ratio of girls to boys Table 3.3: Gender Parity Index at Tertiary Education, 2001-2015 Measures have been taken to increase female participation in tertiary and higher education in recent tertiary and female participation in to increase been taken Measures have It 'Asian University for Women' has been established in Chittagong. years. An international university free up to graduation level. The number and amount of general has been planned to make girls education and scholarship for technical and vocational education have scholarship for the meritorious students to approved been has 2012’ Act, Trust Assistance Education Minister’s ‘Prime increased. been also has allocated Tk. 10 billion provide assistance and stipend to students up to graduate level. Government is a concern that Gross Parity (equivalent to 125 million US dollar) as seed money to this end. There compared to secondary and higher Index measured as ratio of girls to boys in tertiary education is lower girls in tertiary education include secondary level. The factors that contribute to lower enrolment of mobility, and lack of adequate poverty and hidden costs of education, violence against girls, restricted hostel facilities for girls and discriminatory labour market. According to BANBEIS under the Ministry of Education, Gender Parity Index (GPI) in the tertiary Ministry of Education, Gender Parity Index (GPI) in the tertiary According to BANBEIS under the is more than double compared with what it was in 2005. In fact, education is 0.67 in 2013. This figure 2001 and 2008 but increased to 0.39 in 2010 and shot up to 0.66 GPI was hovering around 0.30 between it came down to 0.67 in 2013. The BDHS report 2011 found GPI in 2011 and 0.73 in 2012. However, at from UGC shows the figure to be considerably higher at the tertiary level as 0.60. The information 0.78 in 2013. However, Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey 2012-2013 (BBS/UNICEF 2014) reports Gender Parity Survey 2012-2013 (BBS/UNICEF 2014) reports Gender Parity However, Multiple Indicator Cluster and the gender parity has been achieved at the regional level in all Index at the secondary level as 1.30 the Divisions of Bangladesh. Female education has been encouraged through providing stipend to the female stipend providing through encouraged been has education Female years. the last 15 and payment of financial support to purchase books and higher secondary level, students at secondary girls in the coun- and secondary education is free for examination. Although primary fees for the public cycle of primary challenge in completing the full exists, especially among girls. The try, dropout still of female in lower level results it as investment in education larger secondary education requires and of education are Poverty and other hidden costs higher secondary and tertiary levels. enrolment at the girl of dropouts that contribute to factors Other rural areas. in dropouts especially causes for major violence against girls, restricted mobility, lack of separate toilet students at the secondary level include at secondary level, and lack of girls’ hostel facilities. facilities for girls, fewer female teachers It is remarkable that Bangladesh has been maintaining gender parity at secondary education level during gender parity at secondary education Bangladesh has been maintaining It is remarkable that The secondary education system in Bangladesh consists of two levels–secondary education (grades education of two levels–secondary consists system in Bangladesh education The secondary in of female students 1991, the enrolment 11-12). Since education (grades higher secondary 6-10) and (52 per boys’ in 2000 enrolment surpassing with girls’ significantly education has increased secondary 2010 in 1.14 to 2000 in 1.06 from jumped Index Parity Gross boys). for cent per 48 and girls for cent period in 2015. this level till the end of the MDG and stabilized around 54 Source: BANBEIS, MOE

GOAL 3 3.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators Progress 3.2 (GPI) at Primary Education, 1990-2015 Table 3.1: Gender Parity Index in primary school enrolment. Gender Bangladesh has already achieved the target for gender parity in primary, secondary and tertiary Parity Index, defined as the ratio of the number of female students each level, increased from 0.82 in levels of education to the corresponding number of male students in in the intervening period. 1990 to 1.04 in 2015 in primary schools. GPI marks some annual fluctuations first achieved in 2005, which has It is evident from the table that gender parity at the primary level was Survey 2012-2013 (BBS/UNICEF been sustained afterwards. However, Multiple Indicator Cluster and the gender parity has been 2014) reports Gender Parity Index at the primary school level as 1.07 achieved at the regional level in all the divisions of Bangladesh. The BDHS 2011 report found GPI at primary level as 1.10. Table 3.2: Gender Parity Index at Secondary Education, 1991-2015

position out of 142 countries in the political empowerment sphere and was the political in position out of 142 countries th for women in Bangladesh is still low compared with men. MDG 3: Targets with indicators (at a glance) Goal 3: Promote Gender Equality and Empower Women Gender Equality and Empower Goal 3: Promote Introduction 3.1 society requires ensuring gender equality in all social, cultural, Building of a just and equitable a society treats women is an important indicator of progress and economic and political spheres. How to build a society where both men and women will be treated enlightenment of the society. In order women to make them empowered in all dimensions. Furthermore, an equally, a nation needs to invest in - more to her family and society than the less empowered ones empowered woman contributes are highly correlated with the more empowered women. In children’s health and education outcomes indicators of gender equality. It has this spirit, Bangladesh has made considerable success in some key has been a sharp increase in the achieved gender parity in primary and secondary education. There Global Gender Gap Report 2014, number of women parliamentarians elected in 2014. According to the 10 Bangladesh ranks 2015. However, wage employment awarded the prestigious Women in Parliaments Global Forum Award in awarded theprestigiousWomeninParliamentsGlobal ForumAwardin2015.However,wageemployment Bangladesh ranks 10 number ofwomenparliamentarianselectedin2014. AccordingtotheGlobalGenderGapReport2014, achieved genderparityinprimaryandsecondaryeducation.Therehasbeenasharpincreasethe this spirit,Bangladeshhasmadeconsiderablesuccessinsomekeyindicatorsofgenderequality.It children’s healthandeducationoutcomesarehighlycorrelatedwiththemoreempoweredwomen.In empowered womancontributesmoretoherfamilyandsocietythanthelessones - equally, anationneedstoinvestinwomenmakethemempoweredalldimensions.Furthermore,an enlightenment ofthesociety.Inordertobuildasocietywherebothmenandwomenwillbetreated economic andpoliticalspheres.Howasocietytreatswomenisanimportantindicatorofprogress Building ofajustandequitablesocietyrequiresensuringgenderequalityinallsocial,cultural, 3.1 Introduction Goal 3:Promote GenderEquality andEmpower Women MDG 3:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) for womeninBangladeshisstilllowcomparedwith men. th positionoutof142countries in the political empowerment sphereandwas

Table 3.2:GenderParity IndexatSecondaryEducation,1991-2015 primary levelas1.10. achieved attheregionallevelinallthedivisionsofBangladesh.TheBDHS2011report foundGPIat 2014) reportsGenderParityIndexattheprimary school levelas1.07andthegenderparityhasbeen been sustainedafterwards.However,MultipleIndicator ClusterSurvey2012-2013(BBS/UNICEF It isevidentfromthetablethatgenderparityat primarylevelwasfirstachievedin2005,whichhas 1990 to1.04in2015primaryschools.GPImarks someannualfluctuationsintheinterveningperiod. levels ofeducationtothecorrespondingnumbermalestudentsineachlevel,increasedfrom0.82 in Parity Index,definedastheratioofnumberfemalestudentsinprimary,secondaryandtertiary Bangladesh hasalreadyachievedthetargetforgenderparityinprimaryschoolenrolment.Gender Table 3.1:GenderParityIndex(GPI)atPrimaryEducation,1990-2015 3.2 Progressofachievements in differenttargetsandindicators It isremarkablethatBangladeshhasbeenmaintaininggenderparityatsecondaryeducationlevelduring and stabilizedaroundthisleveltilltheendofMDGperiodin2015. cent for girls and 48 per cent for boys). Gross Parity Index jumped from 1.06 in 2000 to 1.14 in 2010 secondary educationhasincreasedsignificantlywithgirls’enrolmentsurpassingboys’in2000(52per 6-10) andhighersecondaryeducation(grades11-12).Since1991,theenrolmentoffemalestudentsin The secondaryeducationsysteminBangladeshconsistsoftwolevels–secondary(grades Table 3.3:GenderParityIndexatTertiaryEducation, 2001-2015 hostel facilitiesforgirlsanddiscriminatorylabour market. poverty andhiddencostsofeducation,violenceagainst girls,restrictedmobility,andlackofadequate secondary level.Thefactorsthatcontributetolower enrolmentofgirlsintertiaryeducationinclude Index measuredasratioofgirlstoboysintertiaryeducation islowercomparedtosecondaryandhigher (equivalent to125millionUSdollar)asseedmoney tothisend.ThereisaconcernthatGrossParity provide assistanceandstipendtostudentsupgraduate level.GovernmenthasallocatedTk.10billion also been increased. ‘Prime Minister’s Education Assistance Trust Act, 2012’ has been approved to scholarship forthemeritoriousstudentsandtechnicalvocationaleducationhave has beenplannedtomakegirlseducationfreeupgraduationlevel.Thenumberandamountofgeneral years. Aninternationaluniversity'AsianUniversityforWomen'hasbeenestablishedinChittagong. It Measures have been taken to increase female participationin tertiary and higher educationinrecent 0.78 in2013. at thetertiarylevelas0.60.TheinformationfromUGCshowsfiguretobeconsiderablyhigher at in 2011and0.732012.However,itcamedownto0.672013.TheBDHSreportfoundGPI GPI washoveringaround0.30between2001and2008butincreasedto0.39in2010shotup0.66 education is0.67in2013.Thisfiguremorethandoublecomparedwithwhatitwas2005.Infact, According toBANBEISundertheMinistryofEducation,GenderParityIndex(GPI)intertiary the DivisionsofBangladesh. Index atthesecondarylevelas1.30andgenderparityhasbeenachievedregionalinall However, MultipleIndicatorClusterSurvey2012-2013(BBS/UNICEF2014)reportsGenderParity facilities forgirls,fewerfemaleteachersatsecondarylevel,andlackofgirls’hostelfacilities. students atthesecondarylevelincludeviolenceagainstgirls,restrictedmobility,lackofseparatetoilet major causes for dropouts especially in rural areas. Other factors that contributetodropouts of girl enrolment atthehighersecondaryandtertiarylevels.Povertyotherhiddencostsofeducationare and secondary educationrequires larger investment ineducationas it results in lowerlevel of female try, dropoutstillexists,especiallyamonggirls.Thechallengeincompletingthefullcycleofprimary fees forthepublicexamination.Althoughprimaryandsecondaryeducationisfreegirlsincoun- students atsecondaryandhigherlevel,financialsupporttopurchasebookspaymentof the last15 years. Female education has been encouraged through providing stipend tothefemale Source: LabourForceSurvey,variousyears,BBS Source: GenderCompendiumofBangladesh2009,BBSand LFS2013,BBS income derivedfromhigh agriculturalwageand/orfromnon-farmactivities. explained aspreferencefor leisureorfamilycareofhouseholdswhichbenefit fromincreasedtotal withdrawn themselvesfrom thelabourmarkettospendmoretimewiththeir family.Thismayalsobe declined recently.Astheruralhouseholdincome hasincreasedsubstantially,somewomenhave wage employment.Thisoffersanexplanationofthe puzzlewhyfemalelabourforceparticipationhas has increased inthisperiod.Itindicatesthattheshareofwomenmighthave decreased inagricultural decreased intheperiod2010-2013,shareofwomen inwageemploymentnon-agriculturalsector First three rows of the table indicate one consistent story: while the female labour force participation has The participationoflabourforceinmainstreameconomic activitiesbygenderisshowninTable3.5. Table 3.5:ParticipationofLabourinMainstreamEconomicActivities:1990-2013 per centin2010andincreasedrapidlyto31.62013. in 1991-92,whichdeclinedtoatroughof14.6percent2005-06.However,theshareincreased19.9 Bangladesh, theshareofwomeninwageemploymentnon-agriculturalsectorwas19.1percent increased to33.5percentin2013withapeakat36.02010from141990-91.In participation rateandshareinnon-agriculturalemployment.Labourforceforfemales Status of women in the labour force has been improving, albeit slowly, as shown by their labour force wage Increasing employment. paid to women empowerment. access have women This which services. employment ofwomeninthenon-agriculturalsectorisanimportantindicatordevelopmentand and to SMEs extent particularly the industry shows includes indicator sector non-agricultural The sector. the in in wageemploymentthenon-agriculturalsectorexpressedasapercentageoftotal The shareofwomeninwageemploymentthenon-agriculturalsectorisnumberfemaleworkers Table 3.4:ShareofWomeninWageEmploymenttheNon-AgriculturalSector(percent) Indicator 3.3:Proportion of seatsheldbywomeninnationalparliament N 4 3 2 1 o. Un L S S a a g g 19 h h a r r b a a e 19. ic ic r r o m e e u u u

p ltu ltu - o o r

92 lo f f f

o r r wo wo y a a r m c l l e m m s s e

e e p n e e c c a t n n to to r r

tic in in a r r

te In

ip wa wa a d tio g g i e e c

n at e e

m m r or a p p te l l o o

y y 205 m m 14.6 e e n n t t - in in 6

n o n - M M F F F F G e e e e a a m m m m e le le n a a a a le le le le d

e r 201 19. 3 8 7 2 1 4 . 4 . 3 9 5 4 8 190 . . . . 0 0 0 9 1 5 0 0 0 0 3 8 7 2 1 6 General Economics Division (GED) . 6 . 9 4 6 3 0 205 . . . . 5 8 4 2 6 5 0 0 0 4 4 8 5 3 1 4 . 2 201 . 6 9 0 2013 1 8 31.6 . . . . 0 5 0 0 8 8 0 0 7 4 3 8 7 3 3 N. 2013 . 1 . 3 1 0 3 A. . . . 7 5 6 55

GOAL 3 participation ofwomeninimportantdecisionmakingpositions,initiativesarenowunderwaytoincrease Table 3.6:ProportionofFemaleMembersintheParliament,1991-2015 women parliamentarian has been elected later on in a by-election in 2015. In order to ensure greater Moreover, thecurrentParliamenthas20directlyelectedwomenParliamentarians.Inaddition,one cent in1991.Inthelast Parliament, theshare ofreservedseatsforwomenwasraisedto50from45. note thatwomen’sparticipationintheParliamentstoodat20.29percent2015comparedto12.73 in theNationalParliamentwasquitelimitedearlynineties.Thoughstilllowitishearteningto and genderequalityappearspromisingfromthisperspective.However,broaderparticipationofwomen Opposition andtheDeputyLeaderofHouseareallwomen.Thesituationwomenempowerment government. Currently, the Speaker of the National Parliament, the Prime Minister, the Leader of the Bangladesh isanexampleofacountrywithdominantleadershipwomeninnationalpoliticsand Table 3.7:EvolutionofGenderGapIndexBangladesh,2006-2015 the representationofwomeninlegislative,judiciaryandexecutivebranchesgovernment.

9

5 0 2 ) 1 1 . nt 5

7 0 l e 0 5 3 3 3 0 9 8 4 0 7 7 nk a 2 ) 2 5 ) ) m a c 3 0 8 5 3 9 1 6 6 0 0 r i 8 7 6 4 4 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 t R 1 ( ( e 4 ...... i ( . ( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ol e P pow or 0 4 m sc 0 0 0 1 e . 5 7 0 0 3 2 2 ) 4

l 2 3

) nd 1 6 6 6 0 0 0 0 ) 1 e 6 2 7 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ( va 5 5

6 nk) 8 2 5 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 or 9 5 h a 5 ...... 5 9 a vi 1 4 0 t ( . . 4 l ( 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 sc 6 0 R 0 8 a 3 9 ( 2 . e 1 sur 0 H x 2 1 nde 0

4 i 1 0 . 3 e - 4 0 2

3 l 2 or 1 ub 2 ) ) ) 1 8 4 8 7 4 9 1 8 S 0 sc 9 1 5 1 4 8 5 1 1 0 7 6 ona 4 i 0 1 1 nk) 4 9 8 8 9 9 9 9 8 8 nt t 9 ...... a 1 1 1 e a . ( ( ( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R 0 3 6 ( 0 0 3 9 nm . 3 i 4 9 3 a 3 Educ t 1 1 t a 3 1 0 7 2 9 . 3

4 9 2 3 1 ) 1

y c t 4 i ) ) ) 7 3 0 3 3 5 4 2 5 nk 7 on & 7 0 1 a 3 2 8 9 7 5 4 6 9 i 7 uni 2 3 2 t 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 t R 4 ...... 1 1 1 . ( ( ( ( 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 pa 0 onom i e c i ppor or Ec t r O sc pa s r

d l 3

e ) 7 8 1 0 3 3 1 4 4 l ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) e 7 b 0 ne a 2 6 8 7 5 5 3 0 8 1 8 6 9 2 3 0 4 5 9 r nk) 0 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 6 or 9 8 6 8 9 9 6 6 7 m bi ...... 6 a 1 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( . e ( ve 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 sc R 0 ts ( m O om a

e C s le a l e g ta m e ta to f

n 6 9 8 7 2 1 0 5 4 3 r f f e 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 a Millennium Development Goals o o 1 c e

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 r 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 e Y No P No Table 3.7: Evolution of Gender Gap Index of Bangladesh, 2006-2015 Table 3.7: Evolution of Gender the representation of women in the legislative, judiciary and executive branches of the government. the representation of women in the participation of women in important decision making positions, initiatives are now underway to increase participation of women in important Bangladesh is an example of a country with dominant leadership of women in national politics and leadership of women in national example of a country with dominant Bangladesh is an the of Leader the Minister, Prime Parliament, the National the of Speaker the Currently, government. empowerment all women. The situation of women Deputy Leader of the House are Opposition and the of women However, broader participation appears promising from this perspective. and gender equality it is heartening to early nineties. Though still low was quite limited in the in the National Parliament the Parliament stood at 20.29 per cent in 2015 compared to 12.73 per note that women’s participation in reserved seats for women was raised to 50 from 45. Parliament, the share of cent in 1991. In the last has 20 directly elected women Parliamentarians. In addition, one Moreover, the current Parliament greater ensure to order In 2015. in by-election a in on later elected been has parliamentarian women Table 3.6: Proportion of Female Members in the Parliament, 1991-2015 in the Parliament, Female Members Proportion of Table 3.6: 56 Source: Bangladesh Parliament Secretariat (BPS) Source: Bangladesh Source: The Global Gender Gap Report 2015, World Economic Forum

GOAL 3

Status of women in the labour force has been improving, albeit slowly, as shown by their labour force labour their by shown as slowly, albeit improving, been has force labour the in women of Status employment. Labour force participation rate for females participation rate and share in non-agricultural with a peak at 36.0 per cent in 2010 from 14 per cent in 1990-91. In increased to 33.5 per cent in 2013 wage employment in the non-agricultural sector was 19.1 per cent Bangladesh, the share of women in of 14.6 per cent in 2005-06. However, the share increased to 19.9 in 1991-92, which declined to a trough to 31.6 per cent in 2013. per cent in 2010 and increased rapidly in Mainstream Economic Activities: 1990-2013 Table 3.5: Participation of Labour by gender is shown in Table 3.5. The participation of labour force in mainstream economic activities has participation force labour female the while story: consistent one indicate table the of rows three First in non-agricultural sector decreased in the period 2010-2013, the share of women in wage employment decreased in agricultural this period. It indicates that the share of women might have increased in has labour force participation has wage employment. This offers an explanation of the puzzle why female substantially, some women have declined recently. As the rural household income has increased with their family. This may also be withdrawn themselves from the labour market to spend more time which benefit from increased total explained as preference for leisure or family care of households income derived from high agricultural wage and/or from non-farm activities. Table 3.4: Share of Women in Wage Employment in the Non-Agricultural Sector (percent) Non-Agricultural in the in Wage Employment Share of Women Table 3.4: of female workers sector is the number in wage employment in the non-agricultural The share of women wage employment expressed as a percentage of total in the non-agricultural sector in wage employment in the sector. The non-agricultural sector indicator includes shows industry the particularly extent SMEs to and indicator of development and sector is an important employment of women in the non-agricultural services. which This women have access women empowerment. to paid employment. Increasing wage students at secondary and higher secondary level, financial support to purchase books and payment of financial support to purchase books and higher secondary level, students at secondary girls in the coun- and secondary education is free for examination. Although primary fees for the public cycle of primary challenge in completing the full exists, especially among girls. The try, dropout still of female in lower level results it as investment in education larger secondary education requires and of education are Poverty and other hidden costs higher secondary and tertiary levels. enrolment at the girl of dropouts that contribute to factors Other rural areas. in dropouts especially causes for major violence against girls, restricted mobility, lack of separate toilet students at the secondary level include at secondary level, and lack of girls’ hostel facilities. facilities for girls, fewer female teachers Survey 2012-2013 (BBS/UNICEF 2014) reports Gender Parity However, Multiple Indicator Cluster and the gender parity has been achieved at the regional level in all Index at the secondary level as 1.30 the Divisions of Bangladesh. Ministry of Education, Gender Parity Index (GPI) in the tertiary According to BANBEIS under the is more than double compared with what it was in 2005. In fact, education is 0.67 in 2013. This figure 2001 and 2008 but increased to 0.39 in 2010 and shot up to 0.66 GPI was hovering around 0.30 between it came down to 0.67 in 2013. The BDHS report 2011 found GPI in 2011 and 0.73 in 2012. However, at from UGC shows the figure to be considerably higher at the tertiary level as 0.60. The information 0.78 in 2013. higher education in recent tertiary and female participation in to increase been taken Measures have It 'Asian University for Women' has been established in Chittagong. years. An international university free up to graduation level. The number and amount of general has been planned to make girls education and scholarship for technical and vocational education have scholarship for the meritorious students to approved been has 2012’ Act, Trust Assistance Education Minister’s ‘Prime increased. been also has allocated Tk. 10 billion provide assistance and stipend to students up to graduate level. Government is a concern that Gross Parity (equivalent to 125 million US dollar) as seed money to this end. There compared to secondary and higher Index measured as ratio of girls to boys in tertiary education is lower girls in tertiary education include secondary level. The factors that contribute to lower enrolment of mobility, and lack of adequate poverty and hidden costs of education, violence against girls, restricted hostel facilities for girls and discriminatory labour market. Table 3.3: Gender Parity Index at Tertiary Education, 2001-2015 Female education has been encouraged through providing stipend to the female stipend providing through encouraged been has education Female years. the last 15 The secondary education system in Bangladesh consists of two levels–secondary education (grades education of two levels–secondary consists system in Bangladesh education The secondary in of female students 1991, the enrolment 11-12). Since education (grades higher secondary 6-10) and (52 per boys’ in 2000 enrolment surpassing with girls’ significantly education has increased secondary 2010 in 1.14 to 2000 in 1.06 from jumped Index Parity Gross boys). for cent per 48 and girls for cent period in 2015. this level till the end of the MDG and stabilized around level during gender parity at secondary education Bangladesh has been maintaining It is remarkable that 3.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators Progress 3.2 (GPI) at Primary Education, 1990-2015 Table 3.1: Gender Parity Index in primary school enrolment. Gender Bangladesh has already achieved the target for gender parity in primary, secondary and tertiary Parity Index, defined as the ratio of the number of female students each level, increased from 0.82 in levels of education to the corresponding number of male students in in the intervening period. 1990 to 1.04 in 2015 in primary schools. GPI marks some annual fluctuations first achieved in 2005, which has It is evident from the table that gender parity at the primary level was Survey 2012-2013 (BBS/UNICEF been sustained afterwards. However, Multiple Indicator Cluster and the gender parity has been 2014) reports Gender Parity Index at the primary school level as 1.07 achieved at the regional level in all the divisions of Bangladesh. The BDHS 2011 report found GPI at primary level as 1.10. Table 3.2: Gender Parity Index at Secondary Education, 1991-2015

position out of 142 countries in the political empowerment sphere and was the political in position out of 142 countries th for women in Bangladesh is still low compared with men. MDG 3: Targets with indicators (at a glance) Goal 3: Promote Gender Equality and Empower Women Gender Equality and Empower Goal 3: Promote Introduction 3.1 society requires ensuring gender equality in all social, cultural, Building of a just and equitable a society treats women is an important indicator of progress and economic and political spheres. How to build a society where both men and women will be treated enlightenment of the society. In order women to make them empowered in all dimensions. Furthermore, an equally, a nation needs to invest in - more to her family and society than the less empowered ones empowered woman contributes are highly correlated with the more empowered women. In children’s health and education outcomes indicators of gender equality. It has this spirit, Bangladesh has made considerable success in some key has been a sharp increase in the achieved gender parity in primary and secondary education. There Global Gender Gap Report 2014, number of women parliamentarians elected in 2014. According to the 10 Bangladesh ranks 2015. However, wage employment awarded the prestigious Women in Parliaments Global Forum Award in Table 3.7 depicts the Gender Gap Index of Bangladesh from 2006 to 2015. Bangladesh ranks 64th out of 142 countries with overall score of 0.704. Its rank was 75th in 2013. In terms of sub-indexes, health and survival (0.971) has the highest rank, followed sequentially by educational attainment (0.948), economic participation (0.462) and political empowerment (0.433) in 2015. It is gratifying to see that Bangladesh ranks 8th position out of 142 countries in the sphere of political empowerment. It was internationally acclaimed when Bangladesh was awarded the prestigious Women in Parliaments Global Forum award, known as WIP award, in 2015 for its outstanding success in closing gender gap in the political sphere. During the 2006-2015 period Bangladesh has improved its rank in all the indexes and there has been improvement in 2015 compared to 2014.

3.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 3 Developing nations have made great strides in promoting gender parity and women empowerment. The major features of the progress are highlighted below:

 Many more girls are now in school compared to 15 years ago. The developing regions as a GOAL 3 whole have achieved the target to eliminate gender disparity in primary, secondary and tertiary education.

 In South Asia, only 74 girls were enrolled in primary school for every 100 boys in 1990. Today, 103 girls are enrolled for every 100 boys.

 Women now make up 41 per cent of paid workers outside the agricultural sector, an increase from 35 per cent in 1990.

 Between 1991 and 2015, the proportion of women in vulnerable employment as a share of total female employment has declined by 13 percentage points. In contrast, vulnerable employment among men fell by 9 percentage points.

 Women have gained ground in parliamentary representation in nearly 90 per cent of the 174 countries with data over the past 20 years. The average proportion of women in parliament has nearly doubled during the same period. Yet still only one in five members are women.

 About two thirds of countries in the developing regions have achieved gender parity in primary education.

 Globally, about three quarters of working-age men participate in the labour force, compared to half of working-age women.

3.4 Status of MDG 3 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries Gender Parity at the Primary level is highest in Nepal, followed by Bangladesh, India and Bhutan. Gender parity at the secondary level is highest in Bangladesh, followed by Maldives, Bhutan and Sri Lanka & Nepal. At the tertiary level, gender parity is highest in Sri Lanka, followed by Maldives, Pakistan and India. With respect to share of women in wage employment in the non-agriculture sector, Bangladesh outperformed India, Pakistan, Nepal, Afghanistan and Bhutan.

Table 3.8: Cross Country Comparison on Gender Equality

Country GPI at GPI at GPI at Share of women in wage Seats held by women Primary Secondary Tertiary employment in the non- in national Level (Year) Level (Year) Level (Year) agricultural sector (Year) parliament (in 2015) Afghanistan 0.70(2013) 0.55(2013) 0.33(2011) 18.4(2004) 69 Bangladesh 1.06(2011) 1.14(2012) 0.65(2015) 31.1(2015) 71

General Economics Division (GED) 57

n ) e 5 1 m 0 2 wo

in y 6 1 ( 5 5 7 3 b 7 2 5 4

t l 2 6 6 1 1 1 a n ld e n e h m

tio a ts lia n a r e a p in S

) e r - a g n o Ye wa n

(

e ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) r in

0 2 0 8 4 3 2 5 th to n

1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 c e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 s m t ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( l n 5 9 3 6 0 4 3 1 a ...... e wo r 0 0 9 2 4 2 6 1 f m 4 4 1 1 1 3 2 4 o ltu y

u e lo r ic p a r h g m a e S ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) r 8 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 a 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ye y 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( r t l 3 1 2 8 1 0 4 0 a

e tia 1 6 9 9 8 6 7 9 I ...... r v 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 e e GP T L ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) r

4 8 2 3 4 3 3 8 a y 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 9 r 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 a Ye 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 ( d ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( t l n 3 5 5 3 6 6 7 0 a

e o 1 8 9 7 0 0 0 9 I ...... v c 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 e e GP S L ) r ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) a 7 3 4 3 3 3 2 3 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ye ( y 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

( ( r ( ( ( ( ( ( t l a 7 3 9 9 1 8 3 7 a

e 9 9 0 9 0 9 0 8 I ...... v im 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 e r P GP L

a ia s m k e d n y n n o tr ta iv l a Na b ta n a Millennium Development Goals is t L ia ld u u p m k i a d a h o r a n Vie C S B Ne M I P C Bank, the ADB and JICA have supported programs in the education sector. Primary Education education sector. Primary Education and JICA have supported programs in the ADB Bank, the programs which have sought to Development Program I, II and III have been multi donor funded education benefitting girl students. address problems of access, quality and efficiency of primary level 3.6 Partnership with the Non-Government Actors with the Non-Government Partnership 3.6 have helped achieve or make Development partners have funded projects and programmes which large donors such as the World considerable progress towards achieving targets under MDG 3. All The Bangladesh Government is committed to attaining the objective of the Convention on the Elimination The Bangladesh Government is committed to attaining the objective of Action Plan to implement the Policy. Laws formulated for protecting women’s right include the Domestic Action Plan to implement the Policy. In addition to endorsement of all international conventions for the protection of women’s rights, international conventions for the protection of women’s rights, In addition to endorsement of all policy measures to uphold the rights of women. An important step Bangladesh took many new legal and Women Development Policy (NWDP) 2011, and the National was the reformulation of the National The government prepares the Gender Budget every year which is presented along with the annual Budget every year which is presented along with the annual The government prepares the Gender - to highlight and encourage the contributions of women to socio budget before the Parliament in order frame policies for women advancement. It provides the policies and economic development and to help for women development and the budget allocation for their strategies undertaken by the government benefit. 3.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 3 Government’s Specific Efforts to 3.5 India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Maldives, Sri Lanka and Pakistan. Bangladesh outperformed other and Pakistan. Bangladesh Maldives, Sri Lanka India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, in primary and secondary levels. Greater efforts are needed to raise comparator counties in case of GPI the GPI at the tertiary level. The number of seats held by women in the national parliament in Bangladesh is higher than that of in the national parliament in Bangladesh is higher than that of The number of seats held by women Violence (Prevention and Protection) Act, 2010, the Domestic Violence Prevention and Protection the Domestic Violence 2010, Act, and Protection) (Prevention Violence Act 2012, Hindu Marriage Rules 2013, Prevention and Suppression of Human Trafficking (PSHT) laws that were enacted ensuring Registration Act 2012 and National Children’s Act 2013. Some sectoral and Migration Act 2013 and the protection and benefits of women such as, Overseas Employment Pornography Control Act 2012. is the Beijing Platform for Action of all Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW), which constitution of Bangladesh. and MDGs in conformity with the fundamental rights enshrined in the 58 Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/

GOAL 3 NGOs have been contributing to women empowerment through providing microcredit to poor women 71 per 1,000 live births to 29 implying an annual rate of decline of 4.4 per cent. Declines took place in 4.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 4 4.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 4 which benefits them in more than one way. Microcredit enables them to undertake diversified income both rural and urban areas with rural areas having a faster decline than urban areas. As a result the generating activities, enhance their income and reduce poverty, participate in decision making in the disparity between rural-urban IMR has been reduced substantially. It is worth mentioning that there has The Millennium Development Goals Report 2015 of the United Nations observes that there has been The government’s programmes, policies and strategies have been instrumental in attaining the MDG-4. household and augment their status in the family. Social consciousness and mobility of women have been similar decline in IMR for male and female infants in rural areas and also in urban areas. Above impressive reduction in global number of deaths of children under five and significant increase in global The government has ensured easy access to quality health services throughout the country through increased and this has resulted in increased participation in social and economic activities. NGOs help all, Bangladesh has been able to achieve the MDG target for IMR set at 31 per 1000 live births. measles vaccine coverage. The achievements are described below: establishing community clinics with active engagement of local people. Sector-wide Health and Population Sector Programme (HPSP) sought to improve the state of health of the people of the country with focus rural communities to build institutions which work to raise awareness and voices of the poor, address  The global under-five mortality rate has declined by more than half, dropping from 90 to 43 on women, child and the poor by providing essential service packages (ESP) and through sector reform. violence against women and children, and encourage women to participate in public life. deaths per 1,000 live births between 1990 and 2015. These programs has been followed by Health Population and Nutrition Sector Development Program 4.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators  Despite population growth in the developing regions, the number of deaths of children under (HPNSDP) (July2011-June 2016) which is committed to deliver quality services in health, population 3.7 Key Challenges Table 4.3: Proportion of One Year Child Immunized Against Measles, 1991-2014 five has declined from 12.7 million in 1990 to almost 6 million in 2015 globally. and nutrition with focus on increase in service provision at the community level. The Sector Wide Bangladesh has achieved gender parity in education at both primary and secondary levels and there has  Since the early 1990s, the rate of reduction of under-five mortality has more than tripled globally. Approach (SWAp) has reduced duplication and financial waste in the health sector and has simplified the process of programme development and implementation. The government has also committed to not been any slippage. The gender parity index in secondary education is higher than in primary education.  In sub-Saharan Africa, the annual rate of reduction of under-five mortality was over five times end preventable child deaths through scaling up high impact maternal, neo-natal and child healthcare This indicates higher dropout for boys who look for jobs while girls continue their education. faster during 2005–2013 than it was during 1990–1995. (MNCH) interventions. Bangladesh has doubled its gender parity index between 2001 and 2015 period. Increasing the transition  Measles vaccination helped prevent nearly 15.6 million deaths between 2000 and 2013. The

GOAL 3 Table 4.1: Under-Five Mortality Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 of girls from secondary to higher secondary and from higher secondary to tertiary education poses a number of globally reported measles cases declined by 67 percent for the same period. A fundamental factor in better health outcomes in Bangladesh has been policy continuity. Many policies have been sustained for a significant period of time despite changes in political regime. Another factor significant challenge. Multiple and overlapping factors account for low gender parity index in tertiary  About 84 per cent of children worldwide received at least one dose of measles containing education. Some of the major factors include poverty, substantial hidden cost of education, violence in Bangladesh’s success has been the government’s ability to collaborate with non-governmental actors. The proportion of one year old children immunized against measles is the percentage of children under vaccine in 2013, up from 73 per cent in 2000. against girls, safety and security of girls, early marriage, lack separate toilets and hostels for girls and The Government views NGOs as a way of extending their reach, particularly in the implementation of one year of age who have received at least one dose of the measles vaccine. DGHS reports show that  Every day in 2015, 16,000 children under five continue to die, mostly from preventable causes. lack of separate public transports for girls. national health services as well as strategies and policies. there has been a remarkable increase in the proportion of one year-old children immunized against Policies that have been pivotal in improving the population’s health include; the Population Policy Improving performance of girls/women at all level of education has not led to commensurate increase measles which rose from 54 per cent in 1991to 80 per cent in 2014. 4.4 Status of MDG 4 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries in share of women in wage employment in the non-agriculture sector. The share has increased over time Goal 4: Reduce Child Mortality (1976), which pioneered a community based intervention that brought family planning services, including but it is very low at around 32 per cent in 2013. The political participation of women is still low. Results of BDHS 2014 indicate that vaccination coverage does not vary by the sex of the child. Birth The under-five mortality rate per 1000 live births in Bangladesh is lower than that of India and Pakistan. contraceptives and education, directly to individual households. The Drug Policy (1982), which The under-5 mortality rate is the number of deaths among children under 5 years of age per 1,000 live order is negatively related to the likelihood of being fully vaccinated—as birth order increases, vaccination Bangladesh also performed better than India and Pakistan in case of infant mortality rate per 1000 live included categorising and procuring essential medicines and the establishment of the Essential Drugs 4.1 Introduction coverage declines. Among administrative divisions, the highest level of coverage is seen in Rangpur (90 Company Limited. This led to the domestic production of drugs appropriate to local needs, saving the 3.8 Gender in the 2030 Development Agenda births in a given year. Data from Bangladesh Demographic and Health Survey (BDHS) 2014 show that birth and children 1 year old immunized against measles. While other comparators countries performed Investment in child health is found to have positive and robust correlation with the productivity of there has been persistent decline in the U5MR to 46 in 2014 from 146 in 1990-91. Bangladesh has thus per cent) and the lowest in Sylhet (61 per cent). As expected, mother’s education and wealth status are better than Bangladesh, it is important to bear in mind that these countries were in much better position country importation cost of approximately US$ 600,000 million a year. While much progress has been made by Bangladesh towards women’s and girls’ equality in education, child’s adult life. That is, condition of health at early age determines a person’s lifetime ability and achieved the MDG 4 target for U5MR (against target of 48 per 1,000 live-births) ahead of time. positively associated with children’s likelihood of being fully vaccinated. For instance, 95 percent of to begin with in 2000. children whose mothers completed secondary or higher education are fully vaccinated, compared with employment and political representation over the last two decades but many grey areas remain, particularly income stream. Bangladesh has made notable success in reducing child mortality in order to build a However, data provided by the Sample Vital Registration System (SVRS) 2015 show a much lower 4.6 Partnership with Non-Development Actors healthy and prosperous society. This has more relevance while the country is passing the early stages of 74 per cent of children whose mothers have no education. in areas of discrimination and violence against women in both public and private spheres. To achieve U5MR at 36 per 1,000 live births implying an average annual decline of 6.3 per cent. This figure Table 4.4:Cross Country Comparison on Child Health demographic dividend period. Considerable progress has been made in child survival rate as the mortality Development partners have played profound role in the health sector outcomes in Bangladesh through gender equality and empowerment of women, it is critical to address the key areas of gender-based reinforces the BDHS finding that Bangladesh has already met the MDG target. Rapid decline has taken The reversal in immunization coverage is of concern. Wild rumours of sickness and death caused by has declined rapidly over the last decade. The successful programs for immunization, control of providing funds for designing and implementing innovative programmes. HPSP and its successor discrimination in law and in practice; violence against women and girls; women’s and men’s unequal place in both rural and urban areas but the rural rate exceeded the urban rate resulting in substantial immunization for measles may have contributed to this decline. The Ministry of Health and Family diarrhoeal diseases and Vitamin-A supplementation are considered to be the most significant contributors HPNSDP are both multi-donor funded programmes. Some low-cost interventions have also been opportunities in the labour market; the unequal division of unpaid care and domestic work; women’s reduction in the rural urban difference in 2015. Welfare investigated some reported cases, however, and found that the vaccine was not responsible for limited control over assets and property; and women’s unequal participation in private and public to the decline in child and infant deaths. An interesting aspect of reducing child mortality in Bangladesh introduced and popularized in the non-government sphere. is that most of the solutions are low-cost innovative indigenous solutions. Bangladesh is a global leader any deaths among children. decision making and business. While preparing the action plans for SDGs implementations, these grey NGOs have also been playing a critical role in the health sector of the country. In health care delivery in developing low-cost interventions such as the use of zinc in the treatment of childhood diarrhoea, oral areas need to be addressed commensuration with devising, if necessary, strategies, policies facilitating There has been a steady increase in immunization coverage especially after adoption of the Reach Every many NGOs have demonstrated innovativeness and cost-effectiveness in introducing new technology rehydration solution, delivery kits, tetanus vaccinations for pregnant women, and iodized salt. These governance improvement. District (RED) strategy targeting the low performing districts. While further efforts are needed to ensure and reaching this technology to the citizens. NGOs have worked as partners in providing health care interventions have been rolled out locally, scaled up and even used in other developing countries. Table 4.2: Infant Mortality Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 full coverage and remove regional disparities in the vertical programmes such as EPI, this needs to be services at the community level. There has been imitable collaboration between the Government and Bangladesh’s strong emphasis on childhood immunization has resulted in almost universal access. In supplemented by better access to and utilization of health services especially by the poorer quintiles. NGOs, in BINP, social marketing of contraceptives and urban primary health care. NGO involvement sum, Bangladesh showcases a success story not only in inventing low-cost local solutions of the Another survey conducted by NIPORT - Utilization of Essential Service Delivery (UESD) Survey in providing primary and community –based health care and nutrition services has been effective. The problem but also reaching these solutions to the door-step of the poor people through effective mass 2013, finds the proportion of 1 year children immunized against measles to be 82 per cent. campaign by both government and NGOs. collaboration between MOHFW and NGOs in strengthening family planning, EPI, TB and leprosy activities have been very effective through active involvement of the communities and need to be As a result of the outstanding performance in improving the child immunization status, Bangladesh intensified and continued. MDG 4: Targets with indicators (at a glance) achieved GAVI Alliance Award in 2009 and 2012, which was given as recognition to achieving the Millennium Development Goals (MDG), particularly in reducing child mortality. The success of Bangladesh in achieving the targets of MDGs is acclaimed globally when our Hon’ble Prime Minister 4.7 Child Health in the 2030 Development Agenda was awarded with ‘UN MDG Awards 2010’. She was also awarded the South-South Award 'Digital The infant mortality rate (IMR) is defined as the number of deaths among children under one year of age Child health remains at the heart of the post-2015 global development agenda. Reducing under-five Health for Digital Development' in 2011 for her innovative idea to use the Information and Communication per 1000 live births in a given year. The SVRS report shows that there has been persistent and substantial mortality requires political will, sound strategies and adequate resources. The MDGs have led to Technology to accelerate progress of health of women and children. decline in the infant mortality rate from 1994-95 to 2015 period. During this period IMR declined from dramatic and unprecedented progress in reducing child deaths. Effective and affordable treatments,

General Economics Division (GED) 59

contraceptives and education, directly to individual households. The Drug Policy (1982), which to individual households. The Drug Policy (1982), which contraceptives and education, directly essential medicines and the establishment of the Essential Drugs included categorising and procuring domestic production of drugs appropriate to local needs, saving the Company Limited. This led to the US$ 600,000 million a year. country importation cost of approximately 4.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 4 to Achieve Efforts Specific 4.5 Government’s in attaining the MDG-4. been instrumental and strategies have policies ent’s programmes, The governm through the country services throughout to quality health easy access has ensured The government Health and Population people. Sector-wide of local with active engagement community clinics establishing based intervention that brought family planning services, including (1976), which pioneered a community with Non-Development Actors 4.6 Partnership profound role in the health sector outcomes in Bangladesh through Development partners have played implementing innovative programmes. HPSP and its successor providing funds for designing and funded programmes. Some low-cost interventions have also been HPNSDP are both multi-donor introduced and popularized in the non-government sphere. the country. In health care delivery NGOs have also been playing a critical role in the health sector of in introducing new technology many NGOs have demonstrated innovativeness and cost-effectiveness partners in providing health care and reaching this technology to the citizens. NGOs have worked as between the Government and services at the community level. There has been imitable collaboration health care. NGO involvement NGOs, in BINP, social marketing of contraceptives and urban primary services has been effective. The in providing primary and community –based health care and nutrition planning, EPI, TB and leprosy collaboration between MOHFW and NGOs in strengthening family the communities and need to be activities have been very effective through active involvement of intensified and continued. 4.7 Child Health in the 2030 Development Agenda agenda. Reducing under-five Child health remains at the heart of the post-2015 global development to led have MDGs The resources. adequate and strategies sound will, political requires mortality and affordable treatments, dramatic and unprecedented progress in reducing child deaths. Effective Sector Programme (HPSP) sought to improve the state of health of the people of the country with focus of health of the people of the (HPSP) sought to improve the state Sector Programme sector reform. service packages (ESP) and through and the poor by providing essential on women, child Program and Nutrition Sector Development has been followed by Health Population These programs health, population to deliver quality services in 2016) which is committed (HPNSDP) (July2011-June Wide The Sector level. the community at provision increase in service on with focus nutrition and and has simplified waste in the health sector has reduced duplication and financial Approach (SWAp) also committed to The government has development and implementation. the process of programme child healthcare impact maternal, neo-natal and deaths through scaling up high end preventable child (MNCH) interventions. outcomes in Bangladesh has been policy continuity. Many policies A fundamental factor in better health period of time despite changes in political regime. Another factor have been sustained for a significant government’s ability to collaborate with non-governmental actors. in Bangladesh’s success has been the implementation of the in particularly their reach, of extending way a as Government views NGOs The strategies and policies. national health services as well as improving the population’s health include; the Population Policy Policies that have been pivotal in

Since the early 1990s, the rate of reduction of under-five mortality has more than tripled globally. mortality has more than tripled the rate of reduction of under-five Since the early 1990s, deaths per 1,000 live births between 1990 and 2015. live births between 1990 and 2015. deaths per 1,000 five has declined from 12.7 million in 1990 to almost 6 million in 2015 globally. from 12.7 million in 1990 to almost five has declined than it was during 1990–1995. faster during 2005–2013 cases declined by 67 percent for the same period. number of globally reported measles vaccine in 2013, up from 73 per cent in 2000. The global under-five mortality rate has declined by more than half, dropping from 90 to 43 by more than half, dropping from mortality rate has declined The global under-five children under regions, the number of deaths of growth in the developing Despite population times five over was under-five mortality of reduction of annual rate Africa, the In sub-Saharan 15.6 million deaths between 2000 and 2013. The Measles vaccination helped prevent nearly least one dose of measles containing About 84 per cent of children worldwide received at causes. 16,000 children under five continue to die, mostly from preventable Every day in 2015,

       4.4 Status of MDG 4 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries Asia and Two 4.4 Status of MDG 4 in South live births in Bangladesh is lower than that of India and Pakistan. The under-five mortality rate per 1000 than India and Pakistan in case of infant mortality rate per 1000 live Bangladesh also performed better performed against measles. While other comparators countries birth and children 1 year old immunized to bear in mind that these countries were in much better position better than Bangladesh, it is important to begin with in 2000. on Child Health Table 4.4:Cross Country Comparison 4.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 4 MDG in Implementing Experience 4.3 Global has been that there Nations observes 2015 of the United Goals Report Development The Millennium in global increase under five and significant of children number of deaths reduction in global impressive below: are described The achievements vaccine coverage. measles

order is negatively related to the likelihood of being fully vaccinated—as birth order increases, vaccination order is negatively related to the likelihood Health for Digital Development' in 2011 for her innovative idea to use the Information and Communication 71 per 1,000 live births to 29 implying an annual rate of decline of 4.4 per cent. Declines took place in Declines took of 4.4 per cent. annual rate of decline 29 implying an live births to 71 per 1,000 result the areas. As a decline than urban having a faster with rural areas and urban areas both rural there has mentioning that It is worth reduced substantially. IMR has been between rural-urban disparity Above also in urban areas. rural areas and female infants in for male and decline in IMR been similar live births. target for IMR set at 31 per 1000 been able to achieve the MDG all, Bangladesh has Against Measles, 1991-2014 of One Year Child Immunized Table 4.3: Proportion percentage of children under immunized against measles is the The proportion of one year old children at least one dose of the measles vaccine. DGHS reports show that one year of age who have received in the proportion of one year-old children immunized against there has been a remarkable increase in 1991to 80 per cent in 2014. measles which rose from 54 per cent vaccination coverage does not vary by the sex of the child. Birth Results of BDHS 2014 indicate that Technology to accelerate progress of health of women and children. coverage declines. Among administrative divisions, the highest level of coverage is seen in Rangpur (90 divisions, the highest level of coverage is seen in Rangpur (90 coverage declines. Among administrative (61 per cent). As expected, mother’s education and wealth status are per cent) and the lowest in Sylhet likelihood of being fully vaccinated. For instance, 95 percent of positively associated with children’s secondary or higher education are fully vaccinated, compared with children whose mothers completed have no education. 74 per cent of children whose mothers is of concern. Wild rumours of sickness and death caused by The reversal in immunization coverage contributed to this decline. The Ministry of Health and Family immunization for measles may have cases, however, and found that the vaccine was not responsible for Welfare investigated some reported any deaths among children. after adoption of the Reach Every There has been a steady increase in immunization coverage especially further efforts are needed to ensure District (RED) strategy targeting the low performing districts. While such as EPI, this needs to be full coverage and remove regional disparities in the vertical programmes especially by the poorer quintiles. supplemented by better access to and utilization of health services Service Delivery (UESD) Survey Another survey conducted by NIPORT - Utilization of Essential to be 82 per cent. 2013, finds the proportion of 1 year children immunized against measles immunization status, Bangladesh As a result of the outstanding performance in improving the child as recognition to achieving the achieved GAVI Alliance Award in 2009 and 2012, which was given child mortality. The success of Millennium Development Goals (MDG), particularly in reducing Minister Prime our Hon’ble acclaimed globally when of MDGs is the targets Bangladesh in achieving 'Digital was awarded with ‘UN MDG Awards 2010’. She was also awarded the South-South Award

decline in the infant mortality rate from 1994-95 to 2015 period. During this period IMR declined from decline in the infant mortality rate from 1994-95 to 2015 period. During per 1000 live births in a given year. The SVRS report shows that there has been persistent and substantial per 1000 live births in a given year. The SVRS report shows that there 4.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators of achievements in different 4.2 Progress Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 Table 4.1: Under-Five Mortality of deaths among children under 5 years of age per 1,000 live The under-5 mortality rate is the number Demographic and Health Survey (BDHS) 2014 show that births in a given year. Data from Bangladesh the U5MR to 46 in 2014 from 146 in 1990-91. Bangladesh has thus there has been persistent decline in (against target of 48 per 1,000 live-births) ahead of time. achieved the MDG 4 target for U5MR Vital Registration System (SVRS) 2015 show a much lower However, data provided by the Sample implying an average annual decline of 6.3 per cent. This figure U5MR at 36 per 1,000 live births Bangladesh has already met the MDG target. Rapid decline has taken reinforces the BDHS finding that but the rural rate exceeded the urban rate resulting in substantial place in both rural and urban areas in 2015. reduction in the rural urban difference Table 4.2: Infant Mortality Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 children under one year of age The infant mortality rate (IMR) is defined as the number of deaths among

y b

5 t e 1 8 g 0 4 r 2 a T ) e c ) r T u o s ) OR ( .

S P s te B u a NI t B r

, a , t 4 5 s

1 1 lity t 0 0 n ta 2 2

e r

r o S r m

DHS e VR Cu B S iv ( ( f - 6 6 r 4 3 e d

n u in

e 0 s h 4 0 u t

t 8 0 , a 2 5 t 1 S 0 2

d r n 1 a a e

/9 6 y 0

0 4 9 e 9 1 s 9 9 a 1 1

B n e twe e b

, r s e d p s ( ir r h o t te t - a a r

ic two d

lity y in b

ta

r d e o c n ) u a m

s d s e e t th e iv R ir f g - b r

r A: a e e . d T 4 liv

t

e Un 0 Millennium Development Goals g : 0 r

1 0 a . , T 4 1 campaign by both government and NGOs. MDG 4: Targets with indicators (at a glance) sum, Bangladesh showcases a success story not only in inventing low-cost local solutions of the low-cost local solutions of the sum, Bangladesh showcases a success story not only in inventing people through effective mass problem but also reaching these solutions to the door-step of the poor demographic dividend period. Considerable progress has been made in child survival rate as the mortality rate as child survival been made in has Considerable progress dividend period. demographic supplementation are considered to be the most significant contributors diarrhoeal diseases and Vitamin-A

4.1 Introduction to have positive and robust correlation Investment in child health is found productivity of with the of health at early age determines a person’s lifetime ability and child’s adult life. That is, condition a notable success in reducing child mortality in order to build income stream. Bangladesh has made of stages early the passing is country the while relevance more has This society. prosperous and healthy Goal 4: Reduce Child Mortality Goal 4: Reduce Child to the decline in child and infant deaths. An interesting aspect of reducing child mortality in Bangladesh in mortality child reducing of aspect interesting An deaths. infant child and in decline the to Bangladesh is a global leader is that most of the solutions are low-cost innovative indigenous solutions. of childhood diarrhoea, oral in developing low-cost interventions such as the use of zinc in the treatment women, and iodized salt. These rehydration solution, delivery kits, tetanus vaccinations for pregnant countries. used in other developing even up and scaled out locally, been rolled have interventions in almost universal access. In Bangladesh’s strong emphasis on childhood immunization has resulted has declined rapidly over the last decade. The successful programs for immunization, control of decade. The successful programs for immunization, control of has declined rapidly over the last

60 CHAPTER 4 CHAPTER

GOAL 4

This indicates higher dropout for boys who look for jobs while girls continue their education. dropout for boys who look for This indicates higher ng microcredit to poor women to poor women providing microcredit through to women empowerment been contributing NGOs have income diversified them to undertake Microcredit enables than one way. them in more which benefits in the in decision making participate and reduce poverty, their income activities, enhance generating have mobility of women and family. Social consciousness status in the and augment their household NGOs help in social and economic activities. has resulted in increased participation increased and this the poor, address to raise awareness and voices of to build institutions which work rural communities life. women to participate in public and children, and encourage violence against women Challenges Key 3.7 there has at both primary and secondary levels and gender parity in education Bangladesh has achieved primary education. education is higher than in The gender parity index in secondary not been any slippage. parity index between 2001 and 2015 period. Increasing the transition Bangladesh has doubled its gender Agenda Gender in the 2030 Development 3.8 by Bangladesh towards women’s and girls’ equality in education, While much progress has been made over the last two decades but many grey areas remain, particularly employment and political representation of girls from secondary to higher secondary and from higher secondary to tertiary education poses a secondary and from higher secondary to tertiary education poses of girls from secondary to higher overlapping factors account for low gender parity index in tertiary significant challenge. Multiple and of education, violence hidden cost substantial factors include poverty, major of the Some education. girls, early marriage, lack separate toilets and hostels for girls and against girls, safety and security of for girls. lack of separate public transports at all level of education has not led to commensurate increase Improving performance of girls/women in the non-agriculture sector. The share has increased over time in share of women in wage employment cent in 2013. The political participation of women is still low. but it is very low at around 32 per in areas of discrimination and violence against women in both public and private spheres. To achieve To spheres. private and public both in women against violence and discrimination of areas in gender-based areas of the key is critical to address women, it empowerment of gender equality and unequal men’s and women’s girls; and women against violence practice; in and law in discrimination the unequal division of unpaid care and domestic work; women’s opportunities in the labour market; public and private in participation unequal women’s and property; and assets over limited control SDGs implementations, these grey decision making and business. While preparing the action plans for strategies, policies facilitating areas need to be addressed commensuration with devising, if necessary, governance improvement. governance improvement. areas needtobeaddressedcommensurationwithdevising, ifnecessary,strategies,policiesfacilitating decision makingandbusiness.WhilepreparingtheactionplansforSDGsimplementations,thesegrey limited control over assets and property; and women’s unequal participation in private and public opportunities inthelabourmarket;unequaldivisionofunpaidcareanddomesticwork;women’s discrimination in law and in practice; violence against women and girls; women’s and men’s unequal gender equalityand empowerment of women, it is criticaltoaddress the key areas of gender-based in areas of discrimination and violence against women in both public and private spheres. To achieve but itisverylowataround32percentin2013.Thepoliticalparticipationofwomenstilllow. in shareofwomenwageemploymentthenon-agriculturesector.Thehasincreasedovertime Improving performanceofgirls/womenatallleveleducationhasnotledtocommensurateincrease lack ofseparatepublictransportsforgirls. against girls,safetyandsecurityofearlymarriage,lackseparatetoiletshostelsforgirls education. Some of the major factors includepoverty, substantial hidden cost of education,violence significant challenge.Multipleandoverlappingfactorsaccountforlowgenderparityindexintertiary of girlsfromsecondarytohigherandtertiaryeducationposesa employment andpoliticalrepresentationoverthelasttwodecadesbutmanygreyareasremain,particularly While muchprogresshasbeenmadebyBangladeshtowardswomen’sandgirls’equalityineducation, 3.8 Genderinthe2030DevelopmentAgenda Bangladesh hasdoubleditsgenderparityindexbetween2001and2015period.Increasingthetransition not beenanyslippage.Thegenderparityindexinsecondaryeducationishigherthanprimaryeducation. Bangladesh hasachievedgenderparityineducationatbothprimaryandsecondarylevelsthere 3.7 Key Challenges violence againstwomenandchildren,encouragetoparticipateinpubliclife. rural communitiestobuildinstitutionswhichworkraiseawarenessandvoicesofthepoor,address increased andthishasresultedinparticipationsocialeconomicactivities.NGOshelp household andaugmenttheirstatusinthefamily.Socialconsciousnessmobilityofwomenhave generating activities,enhancetheirincomeandreducepoverty,participateindecisionmakingthe which benefitstheminmorethanoneway.Microcreditenablestoundertakediversifiedincome NGOs havebeencontributingtowomenempowermentthroughprovidingmicrocreditpoor This indicateshigherdropoutforboyswholookjobswhilegirlscontinuetheireducation.

has declinedrapidlyoverthelastdecade.Thesuccessfulprogramsforimmunization,controlof Bangladesh’s strongemphasisonchildhoodimmunization hasresultedinalmostuniversalaccess.In interventions have beenrolled out locally, scaled up and even used inotherdeveloping countries. rehydration solution,deliverykits,tetanusvaccinations forpregnantwomen,andiodizedsalt.These in developinglow-costinterventionssuchastheuse ofzincinthetreatmentchildhooddiarrhoea,oral is thatmostofthesolutionsarelow-costinnovativeindigenoussolutions.Bangladeshagloballeader to the decline in child and infant deaths. An interesting aspect of reducing child mortality in Bangladesh MDG 4:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) campaign bybothgovernmentandNGOs. problem butalsoreachingthesesolutionstothedoor-step ofthepoorpeoplethrougheffectivemass sum, Bangladeshshowcasesasuccessstorynot onlyininventinglow-costlocalsolutionsofthe diarrhoeal diseasesandVitamin-Asupplementationareconsideredtobethemostsignificantcontributors demographic dividend period. Considerable progress has been madein child survival rate as the mortality healthy and prosperous society. This has more relevance while the country is passing the early stages of income stream.Bangladeshhasmadenotablesuccessinreducingchildmortalityordertobuild a child’s adultlife.Thatis,conditionofhealthatearlyagedeterminesaperson’slifetimeabilityand with theproductivityof Investment inchildhealthisfoundtohavepositiveandrobustcorrelation 4.1 Introduction Goal 4:ReduceChildMortality

Source: SVRS,BBS,variousyears Source: SVRS,variousyears, BBS per 1000livebirthsinagiven year.TheSVRSreportshowsthattherehasbeen persistentandsubstantial The infantmortalityrate(IMR) isdefinedasthenumberofdeathsamongchildren underoneyearofage Table 4.2:InfantMortalityRateinBangladesh, 1990-2015 reduction intheruralurbandifference2015. place inbothruralandurbanareasbuttherateexceededresultingsubstantial reinforces theBDHSfindingthatBangladeshhasalreadymetMDGtarget.Rapiddeclinetaken U5MR at36per1,000livebirthsimplyinganaverageannualdeclineof6.3cent.Thisfigure However, dataprovidedbytheSampleVitalRegistrationSystem(SVRS)2015showamuchlower achieved theMDG4targetforU5MR(againstof48per1,000live-births)aheadtime. there hasbeenpersistentdeclineintheU5MRto462014from1461990-91.Bangladeshthus births inagivenyear.DatafromBangladeshDemographicandHealthSurvey(BDHS)2014showthat The under-5mortalityrateisthenumberofdeathsamongchildrenunder5yearsageper1,000live Table 4.1:Under-FiveMortalityRateinBangladesh,1990-2015 4.2 Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators decline intheinfantmortality ratefrom1994-95to2015period.Duringthis periodIMRdeclinedfrom Indicator 4.2:Infantmortalityrate(per1,000livebirths) Indicator 4.1:Under-fivemortalityrate(per1,000livebirths) Target 4.A:Reducetheunder-fivemortalityrate(U5MR)bytwo-thirdsbetween1990and2015 N U R N U Ru 4 4 im liv . . ur r a a r 3 2 b ba m e r t t : : i i a a

a o ona b P I u l l n n n n ir n r f o a iz th T a l l p n e a s o t d ) r r m

tio g ( a B e g o t n e a r s ta lo

in

o a lity f w s n

t 1 d o m

y n in r e e a e a a te d

190 y s r 190 ic

71 97

94 le 10 158 15 e ( o p a a s ld r e t

) ( o r

% c

r 1 h s ) , ild 0 0 r 0 e

n

195 195 150 125 53 78 71 83 B 1 a 9 s 9 e 9 5 0

2 4 y /9 e a 1 r 20 S 20 4 62 58 t 5 9 84 2 a 0 0 6 5 t u 0 1 8 s 0

in

3 8 7 2 7 1 9 9 . . . 3 9 9 ( S 205

205 ( ( ( Cu VR 4 51 50 S B UE 56 68 71 a DHS r m S S r p e D 2 le n 0

t 2 2

1

C 0 0 s 5 t 1 e 1 , a General Economics Division (GED)

n 3 4 B t , s , u

B u NI NI s s 201 S 201

( 35 37 36 2 ) P P 4 47 48 s 0 o OR OR 1 u 1 r T , c T

e B ) ) ) B S ) 2015 T 2015 28 29 29 32 36 39 a 2 r 1 0 3 g 0 1 1 e 0 t 5

b y 61

GOAL 4 was awardedwith‘UNMDGAwards2010’ . Shewasalsoawardedthe South-SouthAward'Digital Bangladesh inachieving the targets of MDGsis acclaimed globallywhen our Hon’ble Prime Minister Millennium DevelopmentGoals(MDG),particularly inreducingchildmortality.Thesuccessof achieved GAVIAllianceAwardin2009and2012, whichwasgivenasrecognitiontoachievingthe As aresultoftheoutstandingperformanceinimproving thechildimmunizationstatus,Bangladesh 2013, findstheproportionof1yearchildrenimmunized againstmeaslestobe82percent. Another surveyconductedbyNIPORT-Utilization ofEssentialServiceDelivery(UESD)Survey supplemented bybetteraccesstoandutilizationof healthservicesespeciallybythepoorerquintiles. full coverageandremoveregionaldisparitiesinthe verticalprogrammessuchasEPI,thisneedstobe District (RED)strategytargetingthelowperforming districts.Whilefurthereffortsareneededtoensure There hasbeenasteadyincreaseinimmunizationcoverage especiallyafteradoptionoftheReachEvery any deathsamongchildren. Welfare investigatedsomereportedcases,however,andfoundthatthevaccinewasnotresponsiblefor immunization formeaslesmayhavecontributedtothisdecline.TheMinistryofHealthandFamily The reversalinimmunizationcoverageisofconcern.Wildrumourssicknessanddeathcausedby 74 percentofchildrenwhosemothershavenoeducation. children whosemotherscompletedsecondaryorhighereducationarefullyvaccinated,comparedwith positively associatedwithchildren’slikelihoodofbeingfullyvaccinated.Forinstance,95percent per cent)andthelowestinSylhet(61cent).Asexpected,mother’seducationwealthstatusare coverage declines.Amongadministrativedivisions,thehighestlevelofisseeninRangpur(90 Technology toaccelerate progress ofhealthwomenandchildren. Health forDigitalDevelopment' in2011forherinnovative ideatousetheInformationandCommunication order isnegativelyrelatedtothelikelihoodofbeingfullyvaccinated—asbirthincreases,vaccination all, BangladeshhasbeenabletoachievetheMDGtargetforIMRsetat31per1000livebirths. been similardeclineinIMRformaleandfemaleinfantsruralareasalsourbanareas.Above disparity betweenrural-urbanIMRhasbeenreducedsubstantially. Itisworthmentioningthattherehas both ruralandurbanareaswithhavingafasterdeclinethanareas.Asresultthe 71 per1,000livebirthsto29implyinganannualrateofdecline4.4cent.Declinestookplacein Table 4.3:ProportionofOneYearChildImmunizedAgainstMeasles,1991-2014 Results ofBDHS2014indicatethatvaccinationcoveragedoesnotvarybythesexchild.Birth measles whichrosefrom54percentin1991to802014. there hasbeenaremarkableincreaseintheproportionofoneyear-oldchildrenimmunizedagainst one yearofagewhohavereceivedatleastdosethemeaslesvaccine.DGHSreportsshowthat The proportionofoneyearoldchildrenimmunizedagainstmeaslesisthepercentageunder

Table 4.4:CrossCountryComparisononChildHealth to beginwithin2000. better thanBangladesh,itisimportanttobearinmindthatthesecountriesweremuchposition birth andchildren1yearoldimmunizedagainstmeasles.Whileothercomparatorscountriesperformed Bangladesh alsoperformedbetterthanIndiaandPakistanincaseofinfantmortalityrateper1000live The under-fivemortalityrateper1000livebirthsinBangladeshislowerthanthatofIndiaandPakistan. 4.4 StatusofMDG4inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparatorCountries measles vaccinecoverage.Theachievementsaredescribedbelow: impressive reductioninglobalnumberofdeathschildrenunderfiveandsignificantincrease The MillenniumDevelopmentGoalsReport2015oftheUnitedNationsobservesthattherehasbeen 4.3 GlobalExperienceinImplementingMDG4        Everydayin2015,16,000childrenunderfive continue todie,mostlyfrompreventablecauses. About84percentofchildrenworldwidereceivedatleastonedosemeaslescontaining Measlesvaccinationhelpedprevent nearly15.6milliondeathsbetween2000and2013.The Insub-Saharan Africa, the annual rate of reduction under-five mortality was over five times Despitepopulationgrowthinthedevelopingregions,numberofdeathschildrenunder vaccine in2013,upfrom73percent2000. number ofgloballyreportedmeaslescasesdeclinedby67percentforthesameperiod. faster during2005–2013thanitwas1990–1995. five hasdeclinedfrom12.7millionin1990toalmost62015globally. The globalunder-fivemortalityratehasdeclinedbymorethanhalf,droppingfrom90to43 Since theearly1990s,rateofreductionunder-fivemortalityhasmorethantripledglobally. deaths per1,000livebirthsbetween1990and2015.

Policies thathavebeenpivotalinimprovingthepopulation’shealthinclude;PopulationPolicy national healthservicesaswellstrategiesandpolicies. The Government viewsNGOs as a way of extending their reach, particularly in the implementation of in Bangladesh’ssuccesshasbeenthegovernment’sabilitytocollaboratewithnon-governmentalactors. have beensustainedforasignificantperiodoftimedespitechangesinpoliticalregime.Anotherfactor A fundamentalfactorinbetterhealthoutcomesBangladeshhasbeenpolicycontinuity.Manypolicies (MNCH) interventions. end preventablechilddeathsthroughscalinguphighimpactmaternal,neo-natalandhealthcare the processofprogrammedevelopmentandimplementation.Thegovernmenthasalsocommittedto Approach (SWAp)hasreducedduplicationandfinancialwasteinthehealthsectorsimplified and nutrition with focus on increaseinservice provision at the community level. TheSector Wide (HPNSDP) (July2011-June2016)whichiscommittedtodeliverqualityservicesinhealth,population These programshasbeenfollowedbyHealthPopulationandNutritionSectorDevelopmentProgram on women,childandthepoorbyprovidingessentialservicepackages(ESP)throughsectorreform. Sector Programme(HPSP)soughttoimprovethestateofhealthpeoplecountrywithfocus dramatic andunprecedented progressinreducingchilddeaths.Effective and affordabletreatments, mortality requires political will, sound strategies and adequate resources. The MDGs have led to Child healthremainsatthe heartofthepost-2015globaldevelopmentagenda. Reducingunder-five 4.7 ChildHealthin the 2030DevelopmentAgenda intensified andcontinued. activities havebeenveryeffectivethroughactive involvementofthecommunitiesandneedtobe collaboration betweenMOHFWandNGOsinstrengthening familyplanning,EPI,TBandleprosy in providingprimaryandcommunity–basedhealth careandnutritionserviceshasbeeneffective.The NGOs, inBINP,socialmarketingofcontraceptives andurbanprimaryhealthcare.NGOinvolvement services atthecommunitylevel.Therehasbeenimitable collaborationbetweentheGovernmentand and reachingthistechnologytothecitizens.NGOs haveworkedaspartnersinprovidinghealthcare many NGOshavedemonstratedinnovativenessand cost-effectivenessinintroducingnewtechnology NGOs havealsobeenplayingacriticalroleinthehealthsectorofcountry.Incaredelivery introduced andpopularizedinthenon-governmentsphere. HPNSDP arebothmulti-donorfundedprogrammes.Somelow-costinterventionshavealsobeen providing fundsfordesigningandimplementinginnovativeprogrammes.HPSPitssuccessor Development partnershaveplayedprofoundroleinthehealthsectoroutcomesBangladeshthrough 4.6 Partnership withNon-DevelopmentActors (1976), whichpioneeredacommunitybasedinterventionthatbroughtfamilyplanningservices,including establishing communityclinicswithactiveengagementoflocalpeople.Sector-wideHealthandPopulation The governmenthasensuredeasyaccesstoqualityhealthservicesthroughoutthecountrythrough The government’sprogrammes,policiesandstrategieshavebeeninstrumentalinattainingtheMDG-4. 4.5 Government’sSpecificEffortstoAchieveMDG4 country importationcostofapproximatelyUS$600,000millionayear. Company Limited.Thisledtothedomesticproductionofdrugsappropriatelocalneeds,saving included categorisingandprocuringessentialmedicinestheestablishmentofEssentialDrugs contraceptives andeducation,directlytoindividualhouseholds.TheDrugPolicy(1982),which

contraceptives and education, directly to individual households. The Drug Policy (1982), which to individual households. The Drug Policy (1982), which contraceptives and education, directly essential medicines and the establishment of the Essential Drugs included categorising and procuring domestic production of drugs appropriate to local needs, saving the Company Limited. This led to the US$ 600,000 million a year. country importation cost of approximately (1976), which pioneered a community based intervention that brought family planning services, including (1976), which pioneered a community with Non-Development Actors 4.6 Partnership profound role in the health sector outcomes in Bangladesh through Development partners have played implementing innovative programmes. HPSP and its successor providing funds for designing and funded programmes. Some low-cost interventions have also been HPNSDP are both multi-donor introduced and popularized in the non-government sphere. the country. In health care delivery NGOs have also been playing a critical role in the health sector of in introducing new technology many NGOs have demonstrated innovativeness and cost-effectiveness partners in providing health care and reaching this technology to the citizens. NGOs have worked as between the Government and services at the community level. There has been imitable collaboration health care. NGO involvement NGOs, in BINP, social marketing of contraceptives and urban primary services has been effective. The in providing primary and community –based health care and nutrition planning, EPI, TB and leprosy collaboration between MOHFW and NGOs in strengthening family the communities and need to be activities have been very effective through active involvement of intensified and continued. 4.7 Child Health in the 2030 Development Agenda agenda. Reducing under-five Child health remains at the heart of the post-2015 global development to led have MDGs The resources. adequate and strategies sound will, political requires mortality and affordable treatments, dramatic and unprecedented progress in reducing child deaths. Effective 4.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 4 to Achieve Efforts Specific 4.5 Government’s in attaining the MDG-4. been instrumental and strategies have policies ent’s programmes, The governm through the country services throughout to quality health easy access has ensured The government Health and Population people. Sector-wide of local with active engagement community clinics establishing Sector Programme (HPSP) sought to improve the state of health of the people of the country with focus of health of the people of the (HPSP) sought to improve the state Sector Programme sector reform. service packages (ESP) and through and the poor by providing essential on women, child Program and Nutrition Sector Development has been followed by Health Population These programs health, population to deliver quality services in 2016) which is committed (HPNSDP) (July2011-June Wide The Sector level. the community at provision increase in service on with focus nutrition and and has simplified waste in the health sector has reduced duplication and financial Approach (SWAp) also committed to The government has development and implementation. the process of programme child healthcare impact maternal, neo-natal and deaths through scaling up high end preventable child (MNCH) interventions. outcomes in Bangladesh has been policy continuity. Many policies A fundamental factor in better health period of time despite changes in political regime. Another factor have been sustained for a significant government’s ability to collaborate with non-governmental actors. in Bangladesh’s success has been the implementation of the in particularly their reach, of extending way a as Government views NGOs The strategies and policies. national health services as well as improving the population’s health include; the Population Policy Policies that have been pivotal in

deaths per 1,000 live births between 1990 and 2015. live births between 1990 and 2015. deaths per 1,000 globally. mortality has more than tripled the rate of reduction of under-five Since the early 1990s, The global under-five mortality rate has declined by more than half, dropping from 90 to 43 by more than half, dropping from mortality rate has declined The global under-five 6 million in 2015 globally. from 12.7 million in 1990 to almost five has declined than it was during 1990–1995. faster during 2005–2013 cases declined by 67 percent for the same period. number of globally reported measles vaccine in 2013, up from 73 per cent in 2000. children under regions, the number of deaths of growth in the developing Despite population times five over was under-five mortality of reduction of annual rate Africa, the In sub-Saharan 15.6 million deaths between 2000 and 2013. The Measles vaccination helped prevent nearly least one dose of measles containing About 84 per cent of children worldwide received at causes. 16,000 children under five continue to die, mostly from preventable Every day in 2015,        4.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 4 MDG in Implementing Experience 4.3 Global has been that there Nations observes 2015 of the United Goals Report Development The Millennium in global increase under five and significant of children number of deaths reduction in global impressive below: are described The achievements vaccine coverage. measles other Comparator Countries Asia and Two 4.4 Status of MDG 4 in South live births in Bangladesh is lower than that of India and Pakistan. The under-five mortality rate per 1000 than India and Pakistan in case of infant mortality rate per 1000 live Bangladesh also performed better performed against measles. While other comparators countries birth and children 1 year old immunized to bear in mind that these countries were in much better position better than Bangladesh, it is important to begin with in 2000. on Child Health Table 4.4:Cross Country Comparison

80 2014 86 2013 86 2011 85 2010 83 2009 81 2007 71 2005 61 2000 67 1995 54 1991 on i t s) sa e sl uni a Millennium Development Goals m Me m Indicator 4.3: Proportion of 1 year-old children immunized against measles of 1 year-old children immunized Indicator 4.3: Proportion ( I Health for Digital Development' in 2011 for her innovative idea to use the Information and Communication order is negatively related to the likelihood of being fully vaccinated—as birth order increases, vaccination order is negatively related to the likelihood Results of BDHS 2014 indicate that vaccination coverage does not vary by the sex of the child. Birth vaccination coverage does not vary by the sex of the child. Birth Results of BDHS 2014 indicate that immunized against measles is the percentage of children under immunized against measles is the The proportion of one year old children at least one dose of the measles vaccine. DGHS reports show that one year of age who have received in the proportion of one year-old children immunized against there has been a remarkable increase in 1991to 80 per cent in 2014. measles which rose from 54 per cent Table 4.3: Proportion of One Year Child Immunized Against Measles, 1991-2014 of One Year Child Immunized Table 4.3: Proportion 71 per 1,000 live births to 29 implying an annual rate of decline of 4.4 per cent. Declines took place in Declines took of 4.4 per cent. annual rate of decline 29 implying an live births to 71 per 1,000 result the areas. As a decline than urban having a faster with rural areas and urban areas both rural there has mentioning that It is worth reduced substantially. IMR has been between rural-urban disparity Above also in urban areas. rural areas and female infants in for male and decline in IMR been similar live births. target for IMR set at 31 per 1000 been able to achieve the MDG all, Bangladesh has Technology to accelerate progress of health of women and children. As a result of the outstanding performance in improving the child immunization status, Bangladesh As a result of the outstanding performance in improving the child as recognition to achieving the achieved GAVI Alliance Award in 2009 and 2012, which was given child mortality. The success of Millennium Development Goals (MDG), particularly in reducing Minister Prime our Hon’ble acclaimed globally when of MDGs is the targets Bangladesh in achieving 'Digital was awarded with ‘UN MDG Awards 2010’. She was also awarded the South-South Award There has been a steady increase in immunization coverage especially after adoption of the Reach Every There has been a steady increase in immunization coverage especially further efforts are needed to ensure District (RED) strategy targeting the low performing districts. While such as EPI, this needs to be full coverage and remove regional disparities in the vertical programmes especially by the poorer quintiles. supplemented by better access to and utilization of health services Service Delivery (UESD) Survey Another survey conducted by NIPORT - Utilization of Essential to be 82 per cent. 2013, finds the proportion of 1 year children immunized against measles The reversal in immunization coverage is of concern. Wild rumours of sickness and death caused by is of concern. Wild rumours of sickness and death caused by The reversal in immunization coverage contributed to this decline. The Ministry of Health and Family immunization for measles may have cases, however, and found that the vaccine was not responsible for Welfare investigated some reported any deaths among children. coverage declines. Among administrative divisions, the highest level of coverage is seen in Rangpur (90 divisions, the highest level of coverage is seen in Rangpur (90 coverage declines. Among administrative (61 per cent). As expected, mother’s education and wealth status are per cent) and the lowest in Sylhet likelihood of being fully vaccinated. For instance, 95 percent of positively associated with children’s secondary or higher education are fully vaccinated, compared with children whose mothers completed have no education. 74 per cent of children whose mothers Source: EPI Coverage Evaluation Survey, DGHS, MOHFW Source: EPI Coverage Evaluation Survey, 62

GOAL 4

decline in the infant mortality rate from 1994-95 to 2015 period. During this period IMR declined from decline in the infant mortality rate from 1994-95 to 2015 period. During per 1000 live births in a given year. The SVRS report shows that there has been persistent and substantial per 1000 live births in a given year. The SVRS report shows that there 4.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators of achievements in different 4.2 Progress Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 Table 4.1: Under-Five Mortality of deaths among children under 5 years of age per 1,000 live The under-5 mortality rate is the number Demographic and Health Survey (BDHS) 2014 show that births in a given year. Data from Bangladesh the U5MR to 46 in 2014 from 146 in 1990-91. Bangladesh has thus there has been persistent decline in (against target of 48 per 1,000 live-births) ahead of time. achieved the MDG 4 target for U5MR Vital Registration System (SVRS) 2015 show a much lower However, data provided by the Sample implying an average annual decline of 6.3 per cent. This figure U5MR at 36 per 1,000 live births Bangladesh has already met the MDG target. Rapid decline has taken reinforces the BDHS finding that but the rural rate exceeded the urban rate resulting in substantial place in both rural and urban areas in 2015. reduction in the rural urban difference Table 4.2: Infant Mortality Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 children under one year of age The infant mortality rate (IMR) is defined as the number of deaths among

Goal 4: Reduce Child Mortality Goal 4: Reduce Child 4.1 Introduction to have positive and robust correlation Investment in child health is found productivity of with the of health at early age determines a person’s lifetime ability and child’s adult life. That is, condition a notable success in reducing child mortality in order to build income stream. Bangladesh has made of stages early the passing is country the while relevance more has This society. prosperous and healthy the mortality rate as child survival been made in has Considerable progress dividend period. demographic supplementation are considered to be the most significant contributors diarrhoeal diseases and Vitamin-A low-cost local solutions of the sum, Bangladesh showcases a success story not only in inventing people through effective mass problem but also reaching these solutions to the door-step of the poor campaign by both government and NGOs. MDG 4: Targets with indicators (at a glance) to the decline in child and infant deaths. An interesting aspect of reducing child mortality in Bangladesh in mortality child reducing of aspect interesting An deaths. infant child and in decline the to Bangladesh is a global leader is that most of the solutions are low-cost innovative indigenous solutions. of childhood diarrhoea, oral in developing low-cost interventions such as the use of zinc in the treatment women, and iodized salt. These rehydration solution, delivery kits, tetanus vaccinations for pregnant countries. used in other developing even up and scaled out locally, been rolled have interventions in almost universal access. In Bangladesh’s strong emphasis on childhood immunization has resulted has declined rapidly over the last decade. The successful programs for immunization, control of decade. The successful programs for immunization, control of has declined rapidly over the last

This indicates higher dropout for boys who look for jobs while girls continue their education. dropout for boys who look for This indicates higher 3.7 Key Challenges Key 3.7 there has at both primary and secondary levels and gender parity in education Bangladesh has achieved primary education. education is higher than in The gender parity index in secondary not been any slippage. parity index between 2001 and 2015 period. Increasing the transition Bangladesh has doubled its gender Agenda Gender in the 2030 Development 3.8 by Bangladesh towards women’s and girls’ equality in education, While much progress has been made over the last two decades but many grey areas remain, particularly employment and political representation ng microcredit to poor women to poor women providing microcredit through to women empowerment been contributing NGOs have income diversified them to undertake Microcredit enables than one way. them in more which benefits in the in decision making participate and reduce poverty, their income activities, enhance generating have mobility of women and family. Social consciousness status in the and augment their household NGOs help in social and economic activities. has resulted in increased participation increased and this the poor, address to raise awareness and voices of to build institutions which work rural communities life. women to participate in public and children, and encourage violence against women of girls from secondary to higher secondary and from higher secondary to tertiary education poses a secondary and from higher secondary to tertiary education poses of girls from secondary to higher overlapping factors account for low gender parity index in tertiary significant challenge. Multiple and of education, violence hidden cost substantial factors include poverty, major of the Some education. girls, early marriage, lack separate toilets and hostels for girls and against girls, safety and security of for girls. lack of separate public transports at all level of education has not led to commensurate increase Improving performance of girls/women in the non-agriculture sector. The share has increased over time in share of women in wage employment cent in 2013. The political participation of women is still low. but it is very low at around 32 per in areas of discrimination and violence against women in both public and private spheres. To achieve To spheres. private and public both in women against violence and discrimination of areas in gender-based areas of the key is critical to address women, it empowerment of gender equality and unequal men’s and women’s girls; and women against violence practice; in and law in discrimination the unequal division of unpaid care and domestic work; women’s opportunities in the labour market; public and private in participation unequal women’s and property; and assets over limited control SDGs implementations, these grey decision making and business. While preparing the action plans for strategies, policies facilitating areas need to be addressed commensuration with devising, if necessary, governance improvement. governance improvement. areas needtobeaddressedcommensurationwithdevising, ifnecessary,strategies,policiesfacilitating decision makingandbusiness.WhilepreparingtheactionplansforSDGsimplementations,thesegrey limited control over assets and property; and women’s unequal participation in private and public opportunities inthelabourmarket;unequaldivisionofunpaidcareanddomesticwork;women’s discrimination in law and in practice; violence against women and girls; women’s and men’s unequal gender equalityand empowerment of women, it is criticaltoaddress the key areas of gender-based in areas of discrimination and violence against women in both public and private spheres. To achieve but itisverylowataround32percentin2013.Thepoliticalparticipationofwomenstilllow. in shareofwomenwageemploymentthenon-agriculturesector.Thehasincreasedovertime Improving performanceofgirls/womenatallleveleducationhasnotledtocommensurateincrease lack ofseparatepublictransportsforgirls. against girls,safetyandsecurityofearlymarriage,lackseparatetoiletshostelsforgirls education. Some of the major factors includepoverty, substantial hidden cost of education,violence significant challenge.Multipleandoverlappingfactorsaccountforlowgenderparityindexintertiary of girlsfromsecondarytohigherandtertiaryeducationposesa employment andpoliticalrepresentationoverthelasttwodecadesbutmanygreyareasremain,particularly While muchprogresshasbeenmadebyBangladeshtowardswomen’sandgirls’equalityineducation, 3.8 Genderinthe2030DevelopmentAgenda Bangladesh hasdoubleditsgenderparityindexbetween2001and2015period.Increasingthetransition not beenanyslippage.Thegenderparityindexinsecondaryeducationishigherthanprimaryeducation. Bangladesh hasachievedgenderparityineducationatbothprimaryandsecondarylevelsthere 3.7 Key Challenges violence againstwomenandchildren,encouragetoparticipateinpubliclife. rural communitiestobuildinstitutionswhichworkraiseawarenessandvoicesofthepoor,address increased andthishasresultedinparticipationsocialeconomicactivities.NGOshelp household andaugmenttheirstatusinthefamily.Socialconsciousnessmobilityofwomenhave generating activities,enhancetheirincomeandreducepoverty,participateindecisionmakingthe which benefitstheminmorethanoneway.Microcreditenablestoundertakediversifiedincome NGOs havebeencontributingtowomenempowermentthroughprovidingmicrocreditpoor This indicateshigherdropoutforboyswholookjobswhilegirlscontinuetheireducation.

has declinedrapidlyoverthelastdecade.Thesuccessfulprogramsforimmunization,controlof Bangladesh’s strongemphasisonchildhoodimmunization hasresultedinalmostuniversalaccess.In interventions have beenrolled out locally, scaled up and even used inotherdeveloping countries. rehydration solution,deliverykits,tetanusvaccinations forpregnantwomen,andiodizedsalt.These in developinglow-costinterventionssuchastheuse ofzincinthetreatmentchildhooddiarrhoea,oral is thatmostofthesolutionsarelow-costinnovativeindigenoussolutions.Bangladeshagloballeader to the decline in child and infant deaths. An interesting aspect of reducing child mortality in Bangladesh MDG 4:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) campaign bybothgovernmentandNGOs. problem butalsoreachingthesesolutionstothedoor-step ofthepoorpeoplethrougheffectivemass sum, Bangladeshshowcasesasuccessstorynot onlyininventinglow-costlocalsolutionsofthe diarrhoeal diseasesandVitamin-Asupplementationareconsideredtobethemostsignificantcontributors demographic dividend period. Considerable progress has been madein child survival rate as the mortality healthy and prosperous society. This has more relevance while the country is passing the early stages of income stream.Bangladeshhasmadenotablesuccessinreducingchildmortalityordertobuild a child’s adultlife.Thatis,conditionofhealthatearlyagedeterminesaperson’slifetimeabilityand with theproductivityof Investment inchildhealthisfoundtohavepositiveandrobustcorrelation 4.1 Introduction Goal 4:ReduceChildMortality

per 1000livebirthsinagiven year.TheSVRSreportshowsthattherehasbeen persistentandsubstantial The infantmortalityrate(IMR) isdefinedasthenumberofdeathsamongchildren underoneyearofage Table 4.2:InfantMortalityRateinBangladesh, 1990-2015 reduction intheruralurbandifference2015. place inbothruralandurbanareasbuttherateexceededresultingsubstantial reinforces theBDHSfindingthatBangladeshhasalreadymetMDGtarget.Rapiddeclinetaken U5MR at36per1,000livebirthsimplyinganaverageannualdeclineof6.3cent.Thisfigure However, dataprovidedbytheSampleVitalRegistrationSystem(SVRS)2015showamuchlower achieved theMDG4targetforU5MR(againstof48per1,000live-births)aheadtime. there hasbeenpersistentdeclineintheU5MRto462014from1461990-91.Bangladeshthus births inagivenyear.DatafromBangladeshDemographicandHealthSurvey(BDHS)2014showthat The under-5mortalityrateisthenumberofdeathsamongchildrenunder5yearsageper1,000live Table 4.1:Under-FiveMortalityRateinBangladesh,1990-2015 4.2 Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators decline intheinfantmortality ratefrom1994-95to2015period.Duringthis periodIMRdeclinedfrom

was awardedwith‘UNMDGAwards2010’ . Shewasalsoawardedthe South-SouthAward'Digital Bangladesh inachieving the targets of MDGsis acclaimed globallywhen our Hon’ble Prime Minister Millennium DevelopmentGoals(MDG),particularly inreducingchildmortality.Thesuccessof achieved GAVIAllianceAwardin2009and2012, whichwasgivenasrecognitiontoachievingthe As aresultoftheoutstandingperformanceinimproving thechildimmunizationstatus,Bangladesh 2013, findstheproportionof1yearchildrenimmunized againstmeaslestobe82percent. Another surveyconductedbyNIPORT-Utilization ofEssentialServiceDelivery(UESD)Survey supplemented bybetteraccesstoandutilizationof healthservicesespeciallybythepoorerquintiles. full coverageandremoveregionaldisparitiesinthe verticalprogrammessuchasEPI,thisneedstobe District (RED)strategytargetingthelowperforming districts.Whilefurthereffortsareneededtoensure There hasbeenasteadyincreaseinimmunizationcoverage especiallyafteradoptionoftheReachEvery any deathsamongchildren. Welfare investigatedsomereportedcases,however,andfoundthatthevaccinewasnotresponsiblefor immunization formeaslesmayhavecontributedtothisdecline.TheMinistryofHealthandFamily The reversalinimmunizationcoverageisofconcern.Wildrumourssicknessanddeathcausedby 74 percentofchildrenwhosemothershavenoeducation. children whosemotherscompletedsecondaryorhighereducationarefullyvaccinated,comparedwith positively associatedwithchildren’slikelihoodofbeingfullyvaccinated.Forinstance,95percent per cent)andthelowestinSylhet(61cent).Asexpected,mother’seducationwealthstatusare coverage declines.Amongadministrativedivisions,thehighestlevelofisseeninRangpur(90 Technology toaccelerate progress ofhealthwomenandchildren. Results ofBDHS2014indicatethatvaccinationcoveragedoesnotvarybythesexchild.Birth measles whichrosefrom54percentin1991to802014. there hasbeenaremarkableincreaseintheproportionofoneyear-oldchildrenimmunizedagainst one yearofagewhohavereceivedatleastdosethemeaslesvaccine.DGHSreportsshowthat The proportionofoneyearoldchildrenimmunizedagainstmeaslesisthepercentageunder Table 4.3:ProportionofOneYearChildImmunizedAgainstMeasles,1991-2014 all, BangladeshhasbeenabletoachievetheMDGtargetforIMRsetat31per1000livebirths. been similardeclineinIMRformaleandfemaleinfantsruralareasalsourbanareas.Above disparity betweenrural-urbanIMRhasbeenreducedsubstantially. Itisworthmentioningthattherehas both ruralandurbanareaswithhavingafasterdeclinethanareas.Asresultthe 71 per1,000livebirthsto29implyinganannualrateofdecline4.4cent.Declinestookplacein Health forDigitalDevelopment' in2011forherinnovative ideatousetheInformationandCommunication order isnegativelyrelatedtothelikelihoodofbeingfullyvaccinated—asbirthincreases,vaccination

Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ Table 4.4:CrossCountryComparisononChildHealth to beginwithin2000. better thanBangladesh,itisimportanttobearinmindthatthesecountriesweremuchposition birth andchildren1yearoldimmunizedagainstmeasles.Whileothercomparatorscountriesperformed Bangladesh alsoperformedbetterthanIndiaandPakistanincaseofinfantmortalityrateper1000live The under-fivemortalityrateper1000livebirthsinBangladeshislowerthanthatofIndiaandPakistan. 4.4 StatusofMDG4inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparatorCountries measles vaccinecoverage.Theachievementsaredescribedbelow: impressive reductioninglobalnumberofdeathschildrenunderfiveandsignificantincrease The MillenniumDevelopmentGoalsReport2015oftheUnitedNationsobservesthattherehasbeen 4.3 GlobalExperienceinImplementingMDG4 C Vie B S M Ne P I B Af C n r a a h a o d a i k g m n p u u ld ia        L t is h g a ta n Everydayin2015,16,000childrenunderfivecontinue todie,mostlyfrompreventablecauses. About84percentofchildrenworldwidereceivedatleastonedosemeaslescontaining Measlesvaccinationhelped preventnearly15.6milliondeathsbetween2000and2013.The Insub-Saharan Africa, the annual rate of reduction under-five mortality was over five times Despitepopulationgrowthinthedevelopingregions,numberofdeathschildrenunder b Na a a l la iv ta tr o n n n y d n d e vaccine in2013,upfrom73percent2000. number ofgloballyreportedmeaslescasesdeclinedby67percentforthesameperiod. faster during2005–2013thanitwas1990–1995. five hasdeclinedfrom12.7millionin1990toalmost62015globally. The globalunder-fivemortalityratehasdeclinedbymorethanhalf,droppingfrom90to43 Since theearly1990s,rateofreductionunder-fivemortalityhasmorethantripledglobally. deaths per1,000livebirthsbetween1990and2015. is k m

e s ia a ta s

h n C r a h te ild

p r e e r n

1 u , n 0 d 2 0 3 8 5 2 3 3 2 e 0 0 9 9 4 7 5 2 3 6 9 3 r 1

. . 1

liv ...... 6 9 f 3 9 5 7 8 2 7 8 iv ) e e

b

m ir o th r ta s

( lity i n

y I e n a f a r ) n

p t e m r (

o in 1 r , 3 4 7 2 3 ta

0 8 8 3 6 1 2 2 1 0 9 2 0 . . 1 9 9 lity 0 . . . . . 2 4 0 5 4 2 7 2 1

3 liv

) r a e te

b

ir ( 0 th - 1 s

General Economics Division (GED) im m p C u e n h r c iz ild e e n r d ta e

a n g g 9 8 9 7 7 6 9 8 9 9

e 1 a 9 6 0 4 5 1 4 8 8 9

( in y in e s

a t 2 r m 0

o 1 e ld 3 a ) s

le s ,

63

GOAL 4 Policies thathavebeenpivotalinimprovingthepopulation’shealthinclude;PopulationPolicy national healthservicesaswellstrategiesandpolicies. The Government viewsNGOs as a way of extending their reach, particularly in the implementation of in Bangladesh’ssuccesshasbeenthegovernment’sabilitytocollaboratewithnon-governmentalactors. have beensustainedforasignificantperiodoftimedespitechangesinpoliticalregime.Anotherfactor A fundamentalfactorinbetterhealthoutcomesBangladeshhasbeenpolicycontinuity.Manypolicies (MNCH) interventions. end preventablechilddeathsthroughscalinguphighimpactmaternal,neo-natalandhealthcare the processofprogrammedevelopmentandimplementation.Thegovernmenthasalsocommittedto Approach (SWAp)hasreducedduplicationandfinancialwasteinthehealthsectorsimplified and nutrition with focus on increaseinservice provision at the community level. TheSector Wide (HPNSDP) (July2011-June2016)whichiscommittedtodeliverqualityservicesinhealth,population These programshasbeenfollowedbyHealthPopulationandNutritionSectorDevelopmentProgram on women,childandthepoorbyprovidingessentialservicepackages(ESP)throughsectorreform. Sector Programme(HPSP)soughttoimprovethestateofhealthpeoplecountrywithfocus dramatic andunprecedented progressinreducingchilddeaths.Effective and affordabletreatments, mortality requires political will, sound strategies and adequate resources. The MDGs have led to Child healthremainsatthe heartofthepost-2015globaldevelopmentagenda. Reducingunder-five 4.7 ChildHealthin the 2030DevelopmentAgenda intensified andcontinued. activities havebeenveryeffectivethroughactive involvementofthecommunitiesandneedtobe collaboration betweenMOHFWandNGOsinstrengthening familyplanning,EPI,TBandleprosy in providingprimaryandcommunity–basedhealth careandnutritionserviceshasbeeneffective.The NGOs, inBINP,socialmarketingofcontraceptives andurbanprimaryhealthcare.NGOinvolvement services atthecommunitylevel.Therehasbeenimitable collaborationbetweentheGovernmentand and reachingthistechnologytothecitizens.NGOs haveworkedaspartnersinprovidinghealthcare many NGOshavedemonstratedinnovativenessand cost-effectivenessinintroducingnewtechnology NGOs havealsobeenplayingacriticalroleinthehealthsectorofcountry.Incaredelivery introduced andpopularizedinthenon-governmentsphere. HPNSDP arebothmulti-donorfundedprogrammes.Somelow-costinterventionshavealsobeen providing fundsfordesigningandimplementinginnovativeprogrammes.HPSPitssuccessor Development partnershaveplayedprofoundroleinthehealthsectoroutcomesBangladeshthrough 4.6 Partnership withNon-DevelopmentActors (1976), whichpioneeredacommunitybasedinterventionthatbroughtfamilyplanningservices,including establishing communityclinicswithactiveengagementoflocalpeople.Sector-wideHealthandPopulation The governmenthasensuredeasyaccesstoqualityhealthservicesthroughoutthecountrythrough The government’sprogrammes,policiesandstrategieshavebeeninstrumentalinattainingtheMDG-4. 4.5 Government’sSpecificEffortstoAchieveMDG4 country importationcostofapproximatelyUS$600,000millionayear. Company Limited.Thisledtothedomesticproductionofdrugsappropriatelocalneeds,saving included categorisingandprocuringessentialmedicinestheestablishmentofEssentialDrugs contraceptives andeducation,directlytoindividualhouseholds.TheDrugPolicy(1982),which

Millennium Development Goals contraceptives and education, directly to individual households. The Drug Policy (1982), which to individual households. The Drug Policy (1982), which contraceptives and education, directly essential medicines and the establishment of the Essential Drugs included categorising and procuring domestic production of drugs appropriate to local needs, saving the Company Limited. This led to the US$ 600,000 million a year. country importation cost of approximately Child health remains at the heart of the post-2015 global development agenda. Reducing under-five Child health remains at the heart of the post-2015 global development to led have MDGs The resources. adequate and strategies sound will, political requires mortality and affordable treatments, dramatic and unprecedented progress in reducing child deaths. Effective 4.7 Child Health in the 2030 Development Agenda NGOs have also been playing a critical role in the health sector of the country. In health care delivery NGOs have also been playing a critical role in the health sector of in introducing new technology many NGOs have demonstrated innovativeness and cost-effectiveness partners in providing health care and reaching this technology to the citizens. NGOs have worked as between the Government and services at the community level. There has been imitable collaboration health care. NGO involvement NGOs, in BINP, social marketing of contraceptives and urban primary services has been effective. The in providing primary and community –based health care and nutrition planning, EPI, TB and leprosy collaboration between MOHFW and NGOs in strengthening family the communities and need to be activities have been very effective through active involvement of intensified and continued. introduced and popularized in the non-government sphere. Development partners have played profound role in the health sector outcomes in Bangladesh through profound role in the health sector outcomes in Bangladesh through Development partners have played implementing innovative programmes. HPSP and its successor providing funds for designing and funded programmes. Some low-cost interventions have also been HPNSDP are both multi-donor 4.6 Partnership with Non-Development Actors 4.6 Partnership (1976), which pioneered a community based intervention that brought family planning services, including (1976), which pioneered a community establishing community clinics with active engagement of local people. Sector-wide Health and Population people. Sector-wide of local with active engagement community clinics establishing 4.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 4 to Achieve Efforts Specific 4.5 Government’s in attaining the MDG-4. been instrumental and strategies have policies ent’s programmes, The governm through the country services throughout to quality health easy access has ensured The government Policies that have been pivotal in improving the population’s health include; the Population Policy improving the population’s health include; the Population Policy Policies that have been pivotal in A fundamental factor in better health outcomes in Bangladesh has been policy continuity. Many policies outcomes in Bangladesh has been policy continuity. Many policies A fundamental factor in better health period of time despite changes in political regime. Another factor have been sustained for a significant government’s ability to collaborate with non-governmental actors. in Bangladesh’s success has been the implementation of the in particularly their reach, of extending way a as Government views NGOs The strategies and policies. national health services as well as Sector Programme (HPSP) sought to improve the state of health of the people of the country with focus of health of the people of the (HPSP) sought to improve the state Sector Programme sector reform. service packages (ESP) and through and the poor by providing essential on women, child Program and Nutrition Sector Development has been followed by Health Population These programs health, population to deliver quality services in 2016) which is committed (HPNSDP) (July2011-June Wide The Sector level. the community at provision increase in service on with focus nutrition and and has simplified waste in the health sector has reduced duplication and financial Approach (SWAp) also committed to The government has development and implementation. the process of programme child healthcare impact maternal, neo-natal and deaths through scaling up high end preventable child (MNCH) interventions. 64

GOAL 4

deaths per 1,000 live births between 1990 and 2015. live births between 1990 and 2015. deaths per 1,000 globally. mortality has more than tripled the rate of reduction of under-five Since the early 1990s, The global under-five mortality rate has declined by more than half, dropping from 90 to 43 by more than half, dropping from mortality rate has declined The global under-five 6 million in 2015 globally. from 12.7 million in 1990 to almost five has declined than it was during 1990–1995. faster during 2005–2013 cases declined by 67 percent for the same period. number of globally reported measles vaccine in 2013, up from 73 per cent in 2000. children under regions, the number of deaths of growth in the developing Despite population times five over was under-five mortality of reduction of annual rate Africa, the In sub-Saharan 15.6 million deaths between 2000 and 2013. The Measles vaccination helped prevent nearly least one dose of measles containing About 84 per cent of children worldwide received at causes. 16,000 children under five continue to die, mostly from preventable Every day in 2015,        4.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 4 MDG in Implementing Experience 4.3 Global has been that there Nations observes 2015 of the United Goals Report Development The Millennium in global increase under five and significant of children number of deaths reduction in global impressive below: are described The achievements vaccine coverage. measles other Comparator Countries Asia and Two 4.4 Status of MDG 4 in South live births in Bangladesh is lower than that of India and Pakistan. The under-five mortality rate per 1000 than India and Pakistan in case of infant mortality rate per 1000 live Bangladesh also performed better performed against measles. While other comparators countries birth and children 1 year old immunized to bear in mind that these countries were in much better position better than Bangladesh, it is important to begin with in 2000. on Child Health Table 4.4:Cross Country Comparison

order is negatively related to the likelihood of being fully vaccinated—as birth order increases, vaccination order is negatively related to the likelihood Health for Digital Development' in 2011 for her innovative idea to use the Information and Communication 71 per 1,000 live births to 29 implying an annual rate of decline of 4.4 per cent. Declines took place in Declines took of 4.4 per cent. annual rate of decline 29 implying an live births to 71 per 1,000 result the areas. As a decline than urban having a faster with rural areas and urban areas both rural there has mentioning that It is worth reduced substantially. IMR has been between rural-urban disparity Above also in urban areas. rural areas and female infants in for male and decline in IMR been similar live births. target for IMR set at 31 per 1000 been able to achieve the MDG all, Bangladesh has Against Measles, 1991-2014 of One Year Child Immunized Table 4.3: Proportion percentage of children under immunized against measles is the The proportion of one year old children at least one dose of the measles vaccine. DGHS reports show that one year of age who have received in the proportion of one year-old children immunized against there has been a remarkable increase in 1991to 80 per cent in 2014. measles which rose from 54 per cent vaccination coverage does not vary by the sex of the child. Birth Results of BDHS 2014 indicate that Technology to accelerate progress of health of women and children. coverage declines. Among administrative divisions, the highest level of coverage is seen in Rangpur (90 divisions, the highest level of coverage is seen in Rangpur (90 coverage declines. Among administrative (61 per cent). As expected, mother’s education and wealth status are per cent) and the lowest in Sylhet likelihood of being fully vaccinated. For instance, 95 percent of positively associated with children’s secondary or higher education are fully vaccinated, compared with children whose mothers completed have no education. 74 per cent of children whose mothers is of concern. Wild rumours of sickness and death caused by The reversal in immunization coverage contributed to this decline. The Ministry of Health and Family immunization for measles may have cases, however, and found that the vaccine was not responsible for Welfare investigated some reported any deaths among children. after adoption of the Reach Every There has been a steady increase in immunization coverage especially further efforts are needed to ensure District (RED) strategy targeting the low performing districts. While such as EPI, this needs to be full coverage and remove regional disparities in the vertical programmes especially by the poorer quintiles. supplemented by better access to and utilization of health services Service Delivery (UESD) Survey Another survey conducted by NIPORT - Utilization of Essential to be 82 per cent. 2013, finds the proportion of 1 year children immunized against measles immunization status, Bangladesh As a result of the outstanding performance in improving the child as recognition to achieving the achieved GAVI Alliance Award in 2009 and 2012, which was given child mortality. The success of Millennium Development Goals (MDG), particularly in reducing Minister Prime our Hon’ble acclaimed globally when of MDGs is the targets Bangladesh in achieving 'Digital was awarded with ‘UN MDG Awards 2010’. She was also awarded the South-South Award

decline in the infant mortality rate from 1994-95 to 2015 period. During this period IMR declined from decline in the infant mortality rate from 1994-95 to 2015 period. During 4.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators of achievements in different 4.2 Progress Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 Table 4.1: Under-Five Mortality of deaths among children under 5 years of age per 1,000 live The under-5 mortality rate is the number Demographic and Health Survey (BDHS) 2014 show that births in a given year. Data from Bangladesh the U5MR to 46 in 2014 from 146 in 1990-91. Bangladesh has thus there has been persistent decline in (against target of 48 per 1,000 live-births) ahead of time. achieved the MDG 4 target for U5MR Vital Registration System (SVRS) 2015 show a much lower However, data provided by the Sample implying an average annual decline of 6.3 per cent. This figure U5MR at 36 per 1,000 live births Bangladesh has already met the MDG target. Rapid decline has taken reinforces the BDHS finding that but the rural rate exceeded the urban rate resulting in substantial place in both rural and urban areas in 2015. reduction in the rural urban difference Table 4.2: Infant Mortality Rate in Bangladesh, 1990-2015 children under one year of age The infant mortality rate (IMR) is defined as the number of deaths among has been persistent and substantial per 1000 live births in a given year. The SVRS report shows that there

Goal 4: Reduce Child Mortality Goal 4: Reduce Child 4.1 Introduction to have positive and robust correlation Investment in child health is found productivity of with the of health at early age determines a person’s lifetime ability and child’s adult life. That is, condition a notable success in reducing child mortality in order to build income stream. Bangladesh has made of stages early the passing is country the while relevance more has This society. prosperous and healthy the mortality rate as child survival been made in has Considerable progress dividend period. demographic supplementation are considered to be the most significant contributors diarrhoeal diseases and Vitamin-A low-cost local solutions of the sum, Bangladesh showcases a success story not only in inventing people through effective mass problem but also reaching these solutions to the door-step of the poor campaign by both government and NGOs. MDG 4: Targets with indicators (at a glance) to the decline in child and infant deaths. An interesting aspect of reducing child mortality in Bangladesh in mortality child reducing of aspect interesting An deaths. infant child and in decline the to Bangladesh is a global leader is that most of the solutions are low-cost innovative indigenous solutions. of childhood diarrhoea, oral in developing low-cost interventions such as the use of zinc in the treatment women, and iodized salt. These rehydration solution, delivery kits, tetanus vaccinations for pregnant countries. used in other developing even up and scaled out locally, been rolled have interventions in almost universal access. In Bangladesh’s strong emphasis on childhood immunization has resulted has declined rapidly over the last decade. The successful programs for immunization, control of decade. The successful programs for immunization, control of has declined rapidly over the last

This indicates higher dropout for boys who look for jobs while girls continue their education. dropout for boys who look for This indicates higher ng microcredit to poor women to poor women providing microcredit through to women empowerment been contributing NGOs have income diversified them to undertake Microcredit enables than one way. them in more which benefits in the in decision making participate and reduce poverty, their income activities, enhance generating have mobility of women and family. Social consciousness status in the and augment their household NGOs help in social and economic activities. has resulted in increased participation increased and this the poor, address to raise awareness and voices of to build institutions which work rural communities life. women to participate in public and children, and encourage violence against women Challenges Key 3.7 there has at both primary and secondary levels and gender parity in education Bangladesh has achieved primary education. education is higher than in The gender parity index in secondary not been any slippage. parity index between 2001 and 2015 period. Increasing the transition Bangladesh has doubled its gender Agenda Gender in the 2030 Development 3.8 by Bangladesh towards women’s and girls’ equality in education, While much progress has been made over the last two decades but many grey areas remain, particularly employment and political representation of girls from secondary to higher secondary and from higher secondary to tertiary education poses a secondary and from higher secondary to tertiary education poses of girls from secondary to higher overlapping factors account for low gender parity index in tertiary significant challenge. Multiple and of education, violence hidden cost substantial factors include poverty, major of the Some education. girls, early marriage, lack separate toilets and hostels for girls and against girls, safety and security of for girls. lack of separate public transports at all level of education has not led to commensurate increase Improving performance of girls/women in the non-agriculture sector. The share has increased over time in share of women in wage employment cent in 2013. The political participation of women is still low. but it is very low at around 32 per in areas of discrimination and violence against women in both public and private spheres. To achieve To spheres. private and public both in women against violence and discrimination of areas in gender-based areas of the key is critical to address women, it empowerment of gender equality and unequal men’s and women’s girls; and women against violence practice; in and law in discrimination the unequal division of unpaid care and domestic work; women’s opportunities in the labour market; public and private in participation unequal women’s and property; and assets over limited control SDGs implementations, these grey decision making and business. While preparing the action plans for strategies, policies facilitating areas need to be addressed commensuration with devising, if necessary, governance improvement. improved service delivery and political commitment have all contributed. Yet every minute around the world, 11 children die before celebrating their fifth birthday, mostly from preventable causes. More work is needed to improve child survival rates. Achievement of Goal 4 by a significant number of countries, even very poor countries, shows that it can be done. With millions of women and children still at risk of dying of preventable causes, maternal, new-born complexities and child survival remain at the heart of the action plans of the 2030 global development agenda. Government has prepared ‘Health, Nutrition and Population Strategic Investment Plan (HNPSIP) 2016-21’ with a view to building “Better Health for a Prosperous Society”. It has identified the key investment areas required to accelerate the pace of development in the health, nutrition and population sector in line with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and targets, and the 7th Five Year Plan (2016-20) strategies of the Government. The objective is to ensure that quality services are delivered and key services are provided more effectively, with special focus on equitable access to all. The longer-term aim is to move towards achieving universal health coverage (UHC) as targeted in SDGs. This HNPSIP will be main vehicle of the government to take the unmet targets of MDG 4 further and fulfil the aspiration laid out in SDGs and the 7th Five Year Plan. It is also worth noting that ‘Promise Renewed: Bangladesh Call for Action to End Preventable Child Deaths by 2030’, launched in July 2013 has prioritized 11 interventions focusing on maternal, new-born and child health. Bottlenecks have been identified and budgeted action plans developed. There are now national level benchmarks as well as a dashboard to monitor progress. The “Bangladesh Every New- born Action Plan” (BENAP) identifies a set of priority maternal and new-born interventions. A wide consensus now exists for a comprehensive new-born care package including several high impact GOAL 4 interventions. Revision of the Bangladesh Maternal Health Strategy and development of Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for both maternal and new-born care are important steps taken to implement.

4.7 Key Challenges Bangladesh has been successful in achieving two of the indicators of MDG 4, that is. under five mortality rate and infant mortality rate. Continued emphasis on reduction of U5MR and IMR, expansion of education of mothers and increase in per capita income of household will help reduce these indicators further. Despite rapid expansion of coverage of child immunization Bangladesh is yet short of achieving the full immunization coverage. Further there was reversal of coverage in 2014 raising concern about continued progress. It is necessary to monitor and evaluate the programmes to maintain and further improve whatever gains have already been made.

4.8 Child Health in the 2030 Development Agenda Child health remains at the heart of the post-2015 global development agenda. Reducing under-five mortality requires political will, sound strategies and adequate resources. The MDGs have led to dramatic and unprecedented progress in reducing child deaths. Effective and affordable treatments, improved service delivery and political commitment have all contributed. Yet every minute around the world, 11 children die before celebrating their fifth birthday, mostly from preventable causes. More work is needed to improve child survival rates. Achievement of Goal 4 by a significant number of countries, even very poor countries, shows that it can be done. With millions of women and children still at risk of dying of preventable causes, maternal, new-born complexities and child survival remain at the

General Economics Division (GED) 65 Five Year Plan. th Millennium Development Goals It is also worth noting that ‘Promise Renewed: Bangladesh Call for Action to End Preventable Child Child Preventable End to Action for Call Bangladesh Renewed: ‘Promise that noting worth also is It new-born 11 interventions focusing on maternal, launched in July 2013 has prioritized Deaths by 2030’, There are and budgeted action plans developed. Bottlenecks have been identified and child health. Every to monitor progress. The “Bangladesh benchmarks as well as a dashboard now national level identifies a set of priority maternal and new-born interventions. New-born Action Plan” (BENAP) high several including package care new-born comprehensive a for exists now consensus wide A impact interventions. Revision of the for both maternal and new-born care are important steps taken Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Bangladesh Maternal Health Strategy and to implement. development of SDGs. This HNPSIP will be main vehicle of the government to take the unmet targets of MDG 4 further to take the unmet targets will be main vehicle of the government SDGs. This HNPSIP laid out in SDGs and the 7 and fulfil the aspiration Nutrition and Population Strategic Investment Plan (HNPSIP) Plan (HNPSIP) Strategic Investment and Population ‘Health, Nutrition has prepared Government the key It has identified Society”. Health for a Prosperous building “Better with a view to 2016-21’ nutrition and population in the health, pace of development to accelerate the areas required investment Year Plan and the 7th Five and targets, Goals (SDGs) Development line with the Sustainable sector in delivered services are quality that to ensure objective is of the Government. The (2016-20) strategies and key services are provided as targeted in universal health coverage (UHC) aim is to move towards achieving The longer-term more effectively, with special focus on equitable access to all. 66

GOAL 4 Government has prepared ‘Health, Nutrition and Population Strategic Investment Plan (HNPSIP) Figure 5.1: Births Attended by Skilled Health Personnel, 1991-2014 5.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 5 Table 5.4: Cross Country Comparison on Access to Reproductive Health 2016-21’ with a view to building “Better Health for a Prosperous Society”. It has identified the key CHAPTER 5 investment areas required to accelerate the pace of development in the health, nutrition and population  Since 1990, the maternal mortality ratio has declined by 45 percent worldwide, and most of the sector in line with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and targets, and the 7th Five Year Plan reduction has occurred since 2000. (2016-20) strategies of the Government. The objective is to ensure that quality services are delivered  In South Asia, the maternal mortality ratio declined by 64 percent between 1990 and 2013, and and key services are provided more effectively, with special focus on equitable access to all. in sub-Saharan Africa it fell by 49 percent. The longer-term aim is to move towards achieving universal health coverage (UHC) as targeted in  More than 71 percent of births were assisted by skilled health personnel globally in 2014, an SDGs. This HNPSIP will be main vehicle of the government to take the unmet targets of MDG 4 further increase from 59 percent in 1990. and fulfil the aspiration laid out in SDGs and the 7th Five Year Plan.  In Northern Africa, the proportion of pregnant women who received four or more antenatal visits increased from 50 percent to 89 percent between 1990 and 2014. It is also worth noting that ‘Promise Renewed: Bangladesh Call for Action to End Preventable Child  Contraceptive prevalence among women aged 15 to 49, married or in a union, increased from Deaths by 2030’, launched in July 2013 has prioritized 11 interventions focusing on maternal, new-born 55 percent in 1990 worldwide to 64 percent in 2015. and child health. Bottlenecks have been identified and budgeted action plans developed. There are now national level benchmarks as well as a dashboard to monitor progress. The “Bangladesh Every  In the developing regions, only 56 percent of births in rural areas are attended by skilled health personnel, compared with 87 percent in urban areas. New-born Action Plan” (BENAP) identifies a set of priority maternal and new-born interventions. Dramatic reduction in TFR does indeed represent a startling success story for Bangladesh. The current A wide consensus now exists for a comprehensive new-born care package including several high TFR stands at 2.1 which is below the target that was set for 2015 (2.2). One major reason that can be  Only half of pregnant women in the developing regions receive the recommended minimum of four antenatal care visits. impact interventions. Revision of the Bangladesh Maternal Health Strategy and development of attributed for this decline can be the increase in the utilization of contraceptives. The use of contraceptives Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for both maternal and new-born care are important steps taken among married women has risen from 40 percent in 1991 to 62.1 percent in 2015. The sharpest increase  Just 51 percent of countries have data on maternal cause of death. to implement. in the contraceptive prevalence rate (CPR) actually took place in the first decade of this period; since 5.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 2004, the increase in use of contraceptives has slowed down. The adolescent birth rate which is the age- 5.4 Status of MDG 5 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries specific fertility rate for women aged 15 to 19 years has also declined from 79 per 1000 women in 1990 to 60 in 2013. However, SVRS-2015 data show a reversal in adolescent birth rate which stood at 75 in Since 1990, maternal mortality ratios have gone down by 45 percent worldwide. In South Asia, the Further lessons can be drawn from Sri Lanka which exhibits strikingly high antenatal coverage as Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health 2015 and it has been marked by annual fluctuations. decline has been even greater at over 60 percent. Bangladesh’s achievements in the area of maternal shown in Table 5.4. In fact, antenatal coverage of at least one visit is close to 100 percent in Sri Lanka health, however, present a mixed picture when we compare across the region. As far as the maternal in comparison to 63.9 percent in Bangladesh. Antenatal coverage of at least four visits is also over 90 There are also regional variations in this figure. In the present high population growth momentum, this mortality ratio, for instance, Bangladesh has outperformed neighbouring India as well as Nepal. Con- percent in Sri Lanka whereas in Bangladesh, it stands just over 30 percent. What is even more striking 5.1 Introduction The maternal mortality ratio is the number of women who die from any cause related to pregnancy or parameter of adolescent birth-rate needs to be objectively monitored to understand population dynamics traceptive prevalence rates are also higher than many countries in the region. In fact, Bangladesh’s is that Sri Lanka has a far lower adolescent birth rate despite having a contraceptive use rate that is similar in the context of rapid development. Bangladesh’s overall achievement of improving maternal health is noteworthy compared to other child birth per 100,000 live births. It is an important mortality index of mothers who are exposed to risk progress in social development indicators such as the MMR has been the subject of Dreze and Sen’s to Bangladesh. It will be useful to explore Sri Lanka’s policies and experiences further in this area. work (An Uncertain Glory: India and Its Contradictions, 2013) where they have discussed the basis for comparable countries in the world. Drastic reduction of fertility rate due to greater proliferation of of death during child birth. As Table 5.1 shows, the maternal mortality ratio has been on the decline In the last 20 years, antenatal care coverage (at least one visit) has increased 51 percentage points (from Bangladesh’s progress. Nevertheless, there are still many areas where challenge remains. Despite the contraceptive use is an imitable success. There are, however, some areas where maternal health lags since 1991 and during the period that the MDGs were implemented across the globe. However, there is 27.5 percent in 1993-94 to 79 percent in 2014), implying 2.5 percentage points increase in each year, on reduction in the total fertility rate in a highly densely populated country, the adolescent birth rate is still 5.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 5 behind the targets set in MDG 5. The proportion of births attended by skilled health personnel increased a clear demarcation across rural and urban within the Bangladesh context. Despite substantial progress an average. The percentage of women who had no ANC visits has declined from 44 percent in 2004 to exceedingly high when compared to almost all countries in the region with exception to Afghanistan The five year plans and annual development plans have been developed keeping the MDGs in mind. about three times in 14 years and antenatal care coverage (at least four visits) doubled in 10 years but made during the period the end period figures are far above the MDG targets. 21 percent in 2014. At the same time, the percentage of pregnant women who made four or more antenatal and Nepal. Similarly, although Bangladesh has made great progress in increasing the number of births The fifth Five-Year Plan (1997-2002) aimed to increase coverage of reproductive health services they still lag behind the target set for 2015. However, while one could argue that some targets were very visits has increased from 16 percent in 2004 to 31 percent in 2014. Urban women are more likely than attended by skilled health personnel, the figure remains dismally low in comparison to other countries including the provision of quality obstetric care and clinical contraceptive methods amongst other. ambitious to begin with, maternal health remains part of an unfinished agenda with a great deal left to Table 5.1 Maternal Mortality Ratio, 1991-2015 rural women to have made four or more antenatal visits (45.5 percent compared to 26 percent). in the region such as Sri Lanka and Bhutan. Low maternal mortality figures for Sri Lanka and Maldives Policy continuity has been the mainstay of the GoB’s health sector programme which in turn has been be done. Improving maternal health represents the fifth goal of the MDGs and it was emphasized Moreover, utilization remained low amongst poorer women with little or no formal education. Though show that Bangladesh has miles to go yet as indicated is Table 5.3. continuously reflected in successive programmes, policies and budgetary outlays. In addition, sound because of its importance in overall development and well-being of the society. there has been clear progress made, again, these still fall short of the MDG targets set for 2015. As far macroeconomic policies taken forth by the government have also created an enabling environment and as unmet need for family planning, the latest estimates indicate that it stands at 12 percent which is also Table 5.3: Cross Country Comparison on Maternal Health the policy space to prioritize social development objectives. MDG 4: Targets with indicators (at a glance) higher than the target set for 2015. The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MOHFW) has taken the lead role in improving health Targets and indicators Base year Status in Current status Target by Figure 5.2 Unmet Need for Family Planning: 1993-94 to 2014 outcomes through a sector wide program for the improvement of health, population and nutrition. This 1990/91 2000 (source) 2015 sectoral approach is seen as an effective approach to harmonize initiatives and reduce overlap. The latest Target 5.A: Reduce by three quarters, between 1990 and 2015, the maternal mortality ratio program is known as the Health, Population and Nutrition Sector Development Program (HPNSDP) and 5.1: Maternal Mortality Ratio (per 100,000 472 318 170 (MMEIG 2013) 143 is built on the lessons learnt from earlier programs implemented by the MOHFW. These programmes live births) 181(SVRS 2015) In order to reduce maternal mortality and infant mortality through ensuring safe delivery attendance by have focused on increased coverage of health sector services and family planning programmes. The 194 (BMMS 2010) properly trained skilled personnel is critical.The number of births attended by skilled health personnel latest health sector program coordinated by the MOHFW has focused on targeting areas with high 5.2: Proportion of births attended by skilled 5.0 15.6 42.1(BDHS 2014) 50 has also witnessed an increase over the MDG period from a mere 5 percent in 1991 to over 40 percent maternal mortality ratios and establishing e-health in all community clinics. Other policies with similar health personnel (%) 43.5 (MICS 2012-13) in 2014. However, this achievement still could not meet the target set at 50 percent. Moreover, there objectives include the National Health Policy 2011 and the National Population Policy 2012. Moreover, remain high rural urban disparities. in order to strengthen primary healthcare facilities, the government has launched 13,126 community Target 5.B: Achieve by 2015, universal access to reproductive health clinics during the 6th FYP period.

General Economics Division (GED) 67

FYP period. th is that Sri Lanka has a far lower adolescent birth rate despite having a contraceptive use rate that is similar is that Sri Lanka has a far lower adolescent to Achieve MDG 5 Government’s Specific Efforts 5.5 plans have been developed keeping the MDGs in mind. The five year plans and annual development aimed to increase coverage of reproductive health services The fifth Five-Year Plan (1997-2002) obstetric care and clinical contraceptive methods amongst other. including the provision of quality programme which in turn has been Policy continuity has been the mainstay of the GoB’s health sector outlays. In addition, sound continuously reflected in successive programmes, policies and budgetary an enabling environment and macroeconomic policies taken forth by the government have also created the policy space to prioritize social development objectives. health improving in role lead the taken has (MOHFW) Welfare Family and Health of Ministry The population and nutrition. This outcomes through a sector wide program for the improvement of health, and reduce overlap. The latest sectoral approach is seen as an effective approach to harmonize initiatives Program (HPNSDP) and program is known as the Health, Population and Nutrition Sector Development the MOHFW. These programmes is built on the lessons learnt from earlier programs implemented by family planning programmes. The have focused on increased coverage of health sector services and on targeting areas with high latest health sector program coordinated by the MOHFW has focused clinics. Other policies with similar maternal mortality ratios and establishing e-health in all community Moreover, 2012. Policy Population National the and 2011 Policy Health National the include objectives has launched 13,126 community in order to strengthen primary healthcare facilities, the government clinics during the 6 Table 5.4: Cross Country Comparison on Access to Reproductive Health Health Access to Reproductive Comparison on Cross Country Table 5.4: as Sri Lanka which exhibits strikingly high antenatal coverage Further lessons can be drawn from coverage of at least one visit is close to 100 percent in Sri Lanka shown in Table 5.4. In fact, antenatal Antenatal coverage of at least four visits is also over 90 in comparison to 63.9 percent in Bangladesh. it stands just over 30 percent. What is even more striking percent in Sri Lanka whereas in Bangladesh, to Bangladesh. It will be useful to explore Sri Lanka’s policies and experiences further in this area. to Bangladesh. It will be useful to reduction has occurred since 2000. has occurred since reduction it fell by 49 percent. in sub-Saharan Africa visits increased from 50 percent to 89 percent between 1990 and 2014. 50 percent to 89 percent between visits increased from worldwide to 64 percent in 2015. 55 percent in 1990 in urban areas. personnel, compared with 87 percent four antenatal care visits. nal mortality ratio has declined by 45 percent worldwide, and most of the worldwide, and by 45 percent ratio has declined the maternal mortality Since 1990, percent in 1990. increase from 59 who received four or more antenatal the proportion of pregnant women In Northern Africa, or in a union, increased from among women aged 15 to 49, married Contraceptive prevalence by skilled health births in rural areas are attended regions, only 56 percent of In the developing minimum of of pregnant women in the developing regions receive the recommended Only half countries have data on maternal cause of death. Just 51 percent of 2013, and by 64 percent between 1990 and maternal mortality ratio declined In South Asia, the in 2014, an skilled health personnel globally percent of births were assisted by More than 71         5.4 Status of MDG 5 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries and Two Status of MDG 5 in South Asia 5.4 the Asia, South In worldwide. percent 45 by down gone have ratios mortality maternal 1990, Since maternal of the area in achievements Bangladesh’s percent. 60 over at greater even has been decline picture when we compare across the region. As far as the maternal health, however, present a mixed - has outperformed neighbouring India as well as Nepal. Con mortality ratio, for instance, Bangladesh higher than many countries in the region. In fact, Bangladesh’s traceptive prevalence rates are also such as the MMR has been the subject of Dreze and Sen’s progress in social development indicators and Its Contradictions, 2013) where they have discussed the basis for work (An Uncertain Glory: India the Despite remains. challenge where areas many still are there Nevertheless, progress. Bangladesh’s in a highly densely populated country, the adolescent birth rate is still reduction in the total fertility rate to almost all countries in the region with exception to Afghanistan exceedingly high when compared has made great progress in increasing the number of births and Nepal. Similarly, although Bangladesh countries other to in comparison low dismally remains the figure health personnel, by skilled attended figures for Sri Lanka and Maldives in the region such as Sri Lanka and Bhutan. Low maternal mortality show that Bangladesh has miles to go yet as indicated is Table 5.3. Table 5.3: Cross Country Comparison on Maternal Health 5.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 5 in Implementing Global Experience 5.3

among married women has risen from 40 percent in 1991 to 62.1 percent in 2015. The sharpest increase 40 percent in 1991 to 62.1 percent in 2015. The among married women has risen from (CPR) actually took place in the first decade of this period; since in the contraceptive prevalence rate - has slowed down. The adolescent birth rate which is the age 2004, the increase in use of contraceptives 15 to 19 years has also declined from 79 per 1000 women in 1990 specific fertility rate for women aged data show a reversal in adolescent birth rate which stood at 75 in to 60 in 2013. However, SVRS-2015 fluctuations. 2015 and it has been marked by annual in this figure. In the present high population growth momentum, this There are also regional variations needs to be objectively monitored to understand population dynamics parameter of adolescent birth-rate in the context of rapid development. coverage (at least one visit) has increased 51 percentage points (from In the last 20 years, antenatal care in 2014), implying 2.5 percentage points increase in each year, on 27.5 percent in 1993-94 to 79 percent to who had no ANC visits has declined from 44 percent in 2004 an average. The percentage of women rural women to have made four or more antenatal visits (45.5 percent compared to 26 percent). in 2004 to 31 percent in 2014. Urban women are more likely than visits has increased from 16 percent percent compared to 26 percent). rural women to have made four or more antenatal visits (45.5 or no formal education. Though Moreover, utilization remained low amongst poorer women with little MDG targets set for 2015. As far there has been clear progress made, again, these still fall short of the it stands at 12 percent which is also as unmet need for family planning, the latest estimates indicate that higher than the target set for 2015. Figure 5.2 Unmet Need for Family Planning: 1993-94 to 2014 21 percent in 2014. At the same time, the percentage of pregnant women who made four or more antenatal 21 percent in 2014. At the same time, Figure 5.1: Births Attended by Skilled Health Personnel, 1991-2014 Personnel, by Skilled Health Births Attended Figure 5.1: represent a startling success story for Bangladesh. The current Dramatic reduction in TFR does indeed the target that was set for 2015 (2.2). One major reason that can be TFR stands at 2.1 which is below increase in the utilization of contraceptives. The use of contraceptives attributed for this decline can be the

y b

5 t 5 1 1 2 0 e 1 6 1 0 2 . 8 - 9 6 0 g 0 0 5 7 7 1 1 1 r 1 2 2 a T ) ) ) ) 3 3 s 3 3 ) 0 1 6 0 8 ) 1 1 1 3 ) u 1 - ) ) ) ) - 1 3 7 - - 4 t 1 5 0 2 4 4 4 4 2 ) 2 2 1 ) 2 2 - 1 a 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 e 5 1 1 2 0 0 0 s 0 0 0 0 c 0 1 1 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

r t 2 0

0 2 2

- u n 2 2 S S

S S S e o C s S r S C C C I ( r DHS I I I VR C DHS DHS DHS DHS I S B M VR B M M B M B B ( ( ( Cu ( ( ( ( ( (

( M S 5

8 8 5 2 6 0 1 7 9 4 8 7 ( ( 0 ......

3

4 5 7 0 1 8 2 2 4 3 2 1 8 3 1 5 3 3 2 2 3 7 1 6 2 1 6 6 5 8 1 7

) in ) )

% 4 4 0 ( s 7 6 2

. . . 0 3 0 9 0 u ) 6 0 8 0 5 0 3 t 0 1 5 1 2 2 a 2 its ( ( t 0 is 8 9 1 S 0 v 1 2 6

0 3 3 2 r 2 u ) o ) ) ) r 1 f 4 4 4

1 a ) 9

t 9 9 9 e 0

S 9

s 6 5 9 /9 - - - 9 y . 5 . . a 1 9

. 0 3 3 3

9 1 7 9 7 e 5 9 9 9 9 le S 1 VR 2 2 3 s 9 9 9 9 ( t P S a 1 a 1 1 1

( ( ( C B 5 ( d 7 2 0 9 n 4 5 8 9 a 4 4 3 1 it ) is

n

r e v e

u ) e n m o n f o % ) o t t ( wo

s s t

% a g a s 0 1 ( 2 4 2 e

a s 0 le 9 l in 7 8 0 r 0 te le 9 t t n , 4 4 4 o a a 1 t a n t 1 r ( (

a

a

a r ( l e e

e e p c ic e g g

p n a d a g ( r

r a le ily e r e in te

a e v v m a v d v o o r a e

n c f o c r

c a r p th e e

r r r o s e i e f a t r a

b c e a c d t c g tiv l l e n r l p e ta ta e a e n a ta a c c T n a s t n ) a e n ) te le tr te % l m te o n ( % a

( o ,

An An n ) , n l Un An C Ad : : a Millennium Development Goals a b : : a : : its it) r tio b 6 5 5 5 4 3 u is is ...... v v 5 5 5 5 5 5 Ur Na R Indicator 5.2: Proportion of births attended by skilled health personnel Indicator 5.1: Maternal mortality ratio (per 100,000 live births) Indicator 5.1: Maternal mortality ratio Target 5.A: Reduce by three quarters, between 1990 and 2015, the maternal mortality ratio Target 5.A: Reduce by three quarters, In order to reduce maternal mortality and infant mortality through ensuring safe delivery attendance by In order to reduce maternal mortality and infant mortality through ensuring by skilled health personnel properly trained skilled personnel is critical.The number of births attended percent in 1991 to over 40 percent has also witnessed an increase over the MDG period from a mere 5 Moreover, there 50 percent. at set target could not meet the achievement still this 2014. However, in remain high rural urban disparities. Table 5.1 Maternal Mortality Ratio, 1991-2015 The maternal mortality ratio is the number of women who die from any cause related to pregnancy or or pregnancy to related cause any from die who of women number the is mortality ratio The maternal It is an important mortality index of mothers who are exposed to risk child birth per 100,000 live births. 5.1 shows, the maternal mortality ratio has been on the decline of death during child birth. As Table is the MDGs were implemented across the globe. However, there since 1991 and during the period that urban within the Bangladesh context. Despite substantial progress a clear demarcation across rural and figures are far above the MDG targets. made during the period the end period 5.2 5.2 targets and indicators Progress of achievements in different Source: BBS, SVRS, various years Source: MDG Progress Report 2015(updated) 68

GOAL 5 Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health Maternal Goal 5: Improve Introduction 5.1 of improving maternal health is noteworthy compared to other Bangladesh’s overall achievement Drastic reduction of fertility rate due to greater proliferation of comparable countries in the world. maternal health lags where some areas are, however, There contraceptive use is an imitable success. proportion of births attended by skilled health personnel increased behind the targets set in MDG 5. The antenatal care coverage (at least four visits) doubled in 10 years but about three times in 14 years and 2015. However, while one could argue that some targets were very they still lag behind the target set for agenda with a great deal left to ambitious to begin with, maternal health remains part of an unfinished emphasized was it and MDGs the of fifth goal the represents health maternal done. Improving be the society. because of its importance in overall development and well-being of MDG 4: Targets with indicators (at a glance) MDG 4:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) because ofitsimportanceinoveralldevelopmentand well-beingofthesociety. be done. Improving maternal health represents the fifth goal of the MDGs and it was emphasized ambitious tobeginwith,maternalhealthremainspartofanunfinishedagendawithagreatdealleft they stilllagbehindthetargetsetfor2015.However,whileonecouldarguethatsometargetswerevery about threetimesin14yearsandantenatalcarecoverage(atleastfourvisits)doubled10but behind thetargetssetinMDG5.Theproportionofbirthsattendedbyskilledhealthpersonnelincreased contraceptive useisanimitablesuccess. There are, however,someareas where maternalhealthlags comparable countriesintheworld.Drasticreductionoffertilityrateduetogreaterproliferation Bangladesh’s overallachievementofimprovingmaternalhealthisnoteworthycomparedtoother 5.1 Introduction Goal 5:Improve Maternal Health remain highruralurbandisparities. in 2014. However, this achievement still could not meetthe target set at 50 percent. Moreover, there has alsowitnessedanincrease overtheMDGperiodfromamere5percent in 1991toover40percent properly trainedskilledpersonnel iscritical.Thenumberofbirthsattended by skilledhealthpersonnel In ordertoreducematernalmortalityandinfant throughensuringsafedeliveryattendanceby Table 5.1MaternalMortalityRatio,1991-2015 made duringtheperiodendfiguresarefaraboveMDGtargets. a cleardemarcationacrossruralandurbanwithintheBangladeshcontext.Despitesubstantialprogress since 1991andduringtheperiodthatMDGswereimplementedacrossglobe.However,there is of deathduringchildbirth.AsTable5.1shows,thematernalmortalityratiohasbeenondecline child birthper100,000livebirths.Itisanimportantmortalityindexofmotherswhoareexposedtorisk The maternal mortality ratio is the number of women who die from any cause related to pregnancy or Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators 5.2

Source: BDHS2014, NIPORT,MOHFW Source: BDHSfor1994,2004,2007,2011and2014;BMMS2010;MICS2009 Figure 5.2UnmetNeedforFamilyPlanning:1993-94 to2014 higher thanthetargetsetfor2015. as unmetneedforfamilyplanning,thelatestestimates indicatethatitstandsat12percentwhichisalso there hasbeenclearprogressmade,again,thesestill fallshortoftheMDGtargetssetfor2015.Asfar Moreover, utilizationremainedlowamongstpoorerwomenwithlittleornoformaleducation.Though rural womentohavemadefourormoreantenatalvisits(45.5percentcompared26percent). 21 percentin2014.Atthesametime,percentageofpregnantwomenwhomadefourormoreantenatal attributed forthisdeclinecanbetheincreaseinutilizationofcontraceptives.Theusecontraceptives TFR standsat2.1whichisbelowthetargetthatwassetfor2015(2.2).Onemajorreasoncanbe Dramatic reductioninTFRdoesindeedrepresentastartlingsuccessstoryforBangladesh.Thecurrent Figure 5.1:BirthsAttendedbySkilledHealthPersonnel,1991-2014 visits hasincreasedfrom16percentin2004to312014.Urbanwomenaremorelikelythan an average.ThepercentageofwomenwhohadnoANCvisitshasdeclinedfrom44percentin2004 to 27.5 percentin1993-94to792014),implying2.5percentagepointsincreaseeachyear,on In thelast20years,antenatalcarecoverage(atleastonevisit)hasincreased51percentagepoints(from in thecontextofrapiddevelopment. parameter ofadolescentbirth-rateneedstobeobjectivelymonitoredunderstandpopulationdynamics There arealsoregionalvariationsinthisfigure.Inthepresenthighpopulationgrowthmomentum, 2015 andithasbeenmarkedbyannualfluctuations. to 60in2013.However,SVRS-2015datashowareversaladolescentbirthratewhichstoodat75 specific fertilityrateforwomenaged15to19yearshasalsodeclinedfrom79per1000in1990 2004, theincreaseinuseofcontraceptiveshassloweddown.Theadolescentbirthratewhichisage - in thecontraceptiveprevalencerate(CPR)actuallytookplacefirstdecadeofthisperiod;since among marriedwomenhasrisenfrom40percentin1991to62.12015.The sharpest increase

Target 5b:Achieveby2015UniversalAccesstoReproductiveHealth

% % Births attended Health by skilled Births Unmet NeedforFP Personnel 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 0.0 5.0 10 20 30 40 50 0 1993-94 21.5 1991 5 1996-97 1994 9.5 19.7 2004 15.6 1999-00 18.2 2007 20.9 2004 15.0 2009 24.4 2007 16.8 2010 26.5 General Economics Division (GED) 2011 31.7 2011 13.5 2013 34.4 2014 12.0 2014 42.1 69

GOAL 5 Table 5.3:CrossCountryComparisononMaternal Health show thatBangladeshhasmilestogoyetasindicatedisTable5.3. in theregionsuchasSriLankaandBhutan.LowmaternalmortalityfiguresforMaldives attended by skilled health personnel, the figure remains dismally low in comparison to other countries and Nepal.Similarly,althoughBangladeshhasmadegreatprogressinincreasingthenumberofbirths exceedingly highwhencomparedtoalmostallcountriesintheregionwithexceptionAfghanistan reduction inthetotalfertilityrateahighlydenselypopulatedcountry,adolescentbirthisstill Bangladesh’s progress. Nevertheless, there are still many areas where challenge remains. Despite the work (AnUncertainGlory:IndiaandItsContradictions,2013)wheretheyhavediscussedthebasisfor progress insocialdevelopmentindicatorssuchastheMMRhasbeensubjectofDrezeandSen’s traceptive prevalenceratesarealsohigherthanmanycountriesintheregion.Infact,Bangladesh’s mortality ratio,forinstance,BangladeshhasoutperformedneighbouringIndiaaswellNepal.Con - health, however,presentamixedpicturewhenwecompareacrosstheregion.Asfarasmaternal decline has been even greater at over 60 percent. Bangladesh’s achievements in the area of maternal Since 1990, maternal mortality ratios have gone down by 45 percent worldwide. In South Asia, the 5.4 StatusofMDG5inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparatorCountries 5.3 GlobalExperiencein Implementing MDG5         Just51percentofcountrieshavedataonmaterna l causeofdeath. Onlyhalfofpregnantwomen inthedevelopingregionsreceiverecommendedminimumof Inthedevelopingregions,only56percentofbirthsinruralareasareattendedbyskilledhealth Contraceptiveprevalenceamongwomenaged15to49,marriedorinaunion,increasedfrom In NorthernAfrica,theproportionofpregnantwomenwhoreceivedfourormoreantenatal Morethan71percentofbirthswereassistedbyskilledhealthpersonnelgloballyin2014, an InSouthAsia,thematernalmortalityratiodeclinedby64percentbetween1990and2013, four antenatalcarevisits. personnel, comparedwith87percentinurbanareas. 55 percentin1990worldwideto642015. visits increasedfrom50percentto89between1990and2014. increase from59percentin1990. Since 1990,thematernalmortalityratiohasdeclinedby45percentworldwide,andmostof in sub-SaharanAfricaitfellby49percent. reduction hasoccurredsince2000. to Bangladesh.ItwillbeusefulexploreSriLanka’spoliciesandexperiencesfurtherinthisarea. percent inSriLankawhereasBangladesh,itstandsjustover30percent.Whatisevenmorestriking in comparisonto63.9percentBangladesh.Antenatalcoverageofatleastfourvisitsisalsoover90 shown inTable5.4.Infact,antenatalcoverageofatleastonevisitiscloseto100percentSriLanka Further lessonscanbedrawnfromSriLankawhichexhibitsstrikinglyhighantenatalcoverageas Table 5.4:CrossCountryComparisononAccesstoReproductiveHealth clinics duringthe6 in ordertostrengthenprimary healthcarefacilities,thegovernmenthaslaunched 13,126community objectives include the National Health Policy 2011 and the National Population Policy 2012. Moreover, maternal mortalityratios and establishinge-healthinallcommunityclinics. Other policieswithsimilar latest healthsectorprogram coordinatedbytheMOHFWhasfocusedon targetingareaswithhigh have focusedonincreasedcoverageofhealthsector servicesandfamilyplanningprogrammes.The is builtonthelessonslearntfromearlierprograms implementedbytheMOHFW.Theseprogrammes program isknownastheHealth,PopulationandNutrition SectorDevelopmentProgram(HPNSDP)and sectoral approachisseenasaneffectiveto harmonizeinitiativesandreduceoverlap.Thelatest outcomes throughasectorwideprogramfortheimprovement ofhealth,populationandnutrition.This The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MOHFW) has taken the lead role in improving health the policyspacetoprioritizesocialdevelopmentobjectives. macroeconomic policiestakenforthbythegovernment havealsocreatedanenablingenvironmentand continuously reflectedinsuccessiveprogrammes, policiesandbudgetaryoutlays.Inaddition,sound Policy continuityhasbeenthemainstayofGoB’shealthsectorprogrammewhichinturn including theprovisionofqualityobstetriccareandclinicalcontraceptivemethodsamongstother. The fifthFive-YearPlan(1997-2002)aimedtoincreasecoverageofreproductivehealthservices The fiveyearplansandannualdevelopmenthavebeendevelopedkeepingtheMDGsinmind. 5.5 Government’sSpecificEffortstoAchieveMDG5 is thatSriLankahasafarloweradolescentbirthratedespitehavingcontraceptiveusesimilar th FYPperiod.

FYP period. th Table 5.4: Cross Country Comparison on Access to Reproductive Health Health Access to Reproductive Comparison on Cross Country Table 5.4: as Sri Lanka which exhibits strikingly high antenatal coverage Further lessons can be drawn from coverage of at least one visit is close to 100 percent in Sri Lanka shown in Table 5.4. In fact, antenatal Antenatal coverage of at least four visits is also over 90 in comparison to 63.9 percent in Bangladesh. it stands just over 30 percent. What is even more striking percent in Sri Lanka whereas in Bangladesh, birth rate despite having a contraceptive use rate that is similar is that Sri Lanka has a far lower adolescent to Achieve MDG 5 Government’s Specific Efforts 5.5 plans have been developed keeping the MDGs in mind. The five year plans and annual development aimed to increase coverage of reproductive health services The fifth Five-Year Plan (1997-2002) obstetric care and clinical contraceptive methods amongst other. including the provision of quality programme which in turn has been Policy continuity has been the mainstay of the GoB’s health sector outlays. In addition, sound continuously reflected in successive programmes, policies and budgetary an enabling environment and macroeconomic policies taken forth by the government have also created the policy space to prioritize social development objectives. health improving in role lead the taken has (MOHFW) Welfare Family and Health of Ministry The population and nutrition. This outcomes through a sector wide program for the improvement of health, and reduce overlap. The latest sectoral approach is seen as an effective approach to harmonize initiatives Program (HPNSDP) and program is known as the Health, Population and Nutrition Sector Development the MOHFW. These programmes is built on the lessons learnt from earlier programs implemented by family planning programmes. The have focused on increased coverage of health sector services and on targeting areas with high latest health sector program coordinated by the MOHFW has focused clinics. Other policies with similar maternal mortality ratios and establishing e-health in all community Moreover, 2012. Policy Population National the and 2011 Policy Health National the include objectives has launched 13,126 community in order to strengthen primary healthcare facilities, the government clinics during the 6 to Bangladesh. It will be useful to explore Sri Lanka’s policies and experiences further in this area. to Bangladesh. It will be useful to

l, e n n o s r e p

h

lt ) a r e a

h ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

) 4 3 4 1 8 2 1 4 8 Ye d 4 ( 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ille ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 2 a k ( t 8 1 6 9 6 6 6 1 3 s ...... 9

n 3 2 5 8 8 4 8 2 2 8 e y 9 5 5 9 9 7 3 4 5 c b

r e d e p d n e t t a

s h t ir B

0 0 0 , 0 0 1

r ) e 3 p 1

0 o i 2 t

a

in r

(

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 1 9 y s 0 7 9 7 9 2 7 4 3 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 h lit t a ir t r b

o e m liv l a n r e t a M

n

h

s

ta

a ia

e s m y is k in sub-Saharan Africa it fell by 49 percent. in sub-Saharan Africa reduction has occurred since 2000. has occurred since reduction 55 percent in 1990 worldwide to 64 percent in 2015. 55 percent in 1990 in urban areas. personnel, compared with 87 percent four antenatal care visits. increase from 59 percent in 1990. increase from 59 1990 and 2014. 50 percent to 89 percent between visits increased from nal mortality ratio has declined by 45 percent worldwide, and most of the worldwide, and by 45 percent ratio has declined the maternal mortality Since 1990,

e d n d r n n n

o t ta la iv l a

a Na b countries have data on maternal cause of death. Just 51 percent of or in a union, increased from among women aged 15 to 49, married Contraceptive prevalence by skilled health births in rural areas are attended regions, only 56 percent of In the developing minimum of of pregnant women in the developing regions receive the recommended Only half in 2014, an skilled health personnel globally percent of births were assisted by More than 71 who received four or more antenatal the proportion of pregnant women In Northern Africa, 2013, and by 64 percent between 1990 and maternal mortality ratio declined In South Asia, the n ta a g h Millennium Development Goals is t L ia         ld u u p m n g k i a d h a a r a n B Vie C Ne M S B I P Af Co Table 5.3: Cross Country Comparison on Maternal Health - has outperformed neighbouring India as well as Nepal. Con mortality ratio, for instance, Bangladesh higher than many countries in the region. In fact, Bangladesh’s traceptive prevalence rates are also such as the MMR has been the subject of Dreze and Sen’s progress in social development indicators and Its Contradictions, 2013) where they have discussed the basis for work (An Uncertain Glory: India the Despite remains. challenge where areas many still are there Nevertheless, progress. Bangladesh’s in a highly densely populated country, the adolescent birth rate is still reduction in the total fertility rate to almost all countries in the region with exception to Afghanistan exceedingly high when compared has made great progress in increasing the number of births and Nepal. Similarly, although Bangladesh countries other to in comparison low dismally remains the figure health personnel, by skilled attended figures for Sri Lanka and Maldives in the region such as Sri Lanka and Bhutan. Low maternal mortality show that Bangladesh has miles to go yet as indicated is Table 5.3. ave gone down by 45 percent worldwide. In South Asia, the Asia, South In worldwide. percent 45 by down gone have ratios mortality maternal 1990, Since maternal of the area in achievements Bangladesh’s percent. 60 over at greater even has been decline picture when we compare across the region. As far as the maternal health, however, present a mixed 5.4 Status of MDG 5 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries and Two Status of MDG 5 in South Asia 5.4 5.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 5 in Implementing Global Experience 5.3 Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ 70

GOAL 5

among married women has risen from 40 percent in 1991 to 62.1 percent in 2015. The sharpest increase 40 percent in 1991 to 62.1 percent in 2015. The among married women has risen from (CPR) actually took place in the first decade of this period; since in the contraceptive prevalence rate - has slowed down. The adolescent birth rate which is the age 2004, the increase in use of contraceptives 15 to 19 years has also declined from 79 per 1000 women in 1990 specific fertility rate for women aged data show a reversal in adolescent birth rate which stood at 75 in to 60 in 2013. However, SVRS-2015 fluctuations. 2015 and it has been marked by annual in this figure. In the present high population growth momentum, this There are also regional variations needs to be objectively monitored to understand population dynamics parameter of adolescent birth-rate in the context of rapid development. coverage (at least one visit) has increased 51 percentage points (from In the last 20 years, antenatal care in 2014), implying 2.5 percentage points increase in each year, on 27.5 percent in 1993-94 to 79 percent to who had no ANC visits has declined from 44 percent in 2004 an average. The percentage of women rural women to have made four or more antenatal visits (45.5 percent compared to 26 percent). in 2004 to 31 percent in 2014. Urban women are more likely than visits has increased from 16 percent percent compared to 26 percent). rural women to have made four or more antenatal visits (45.5 or no formal education. Though Moreover, utilization remained low amongst poorer women with little MDG targets set for 2015. As far there has been clear progress made, again, these still fall short of the it stands at 12 percent which is also as unmet need for family planning, the latest estimates indicate that higher than the target set for 2015. Figure 5.2 Unmet Need for Family Planning: 1993-94 to 2014 21 percent in 2014. At the same time, the percentage of pregnant women who made four or more antenatal 21 percent in 2014. At the same time, attributed for this decline can be the increase in the utilization of contraceptives. The use of contraceptives attributed for this decline can be the Figure 5.1: Births Attended by Skilled Health Personnel, 1991-2014 Personnel, by Skilled Health Births Attended Figure 5.1: represent a startling success story for Bangladesh. The current Dramatic reduction in TFR does indeed the target that was set for 2015 (2.2). One major reason that can be TFR stands at 2.1 which is below 5.2 5.2 targets and indicators Progress of achievements in different or pregnancy to related cause any from die who of women number the is mortality ratio The maternal It is an important mortality index of mothers who are exposed to risk child birth per 100,000 live births. 5.1 shows, the maternal mortality ratio has been on the decline of death during child birth. As Table is the MDGs were implemented across the globe. However, there since 1991 and during the period that urban within the Bangladesh context. Despite substantial progress a clear demarcation across rural and figures are far above the MDG targets. made during the period the end period Table 5.1 Maternal Mortality Ratio, 1991-2015 safe delivery attendance by In order to reduce maternal mortality and infant mortality through ensuring by skilled health personnel properly trained skilled personnel is critical.The number of births attended percent in 1991 to over 40 percent has also witnessed an increase over the MDG period from a mere 5 Moreover, there 50 percent. at set target could not meet the achievement still this 2014. However, in remain high rural urban disparities. Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health Maternal Goal 5: Improve Introduction 5.1 of improving maternal health is noteworthy compared to other Bangladesh’s overall achievement Drastic reduction of fertility rate due to greater proliferation of comparable countries in the world. maternal health lags where some areas are, however, There contraceptive use is an imitable success. proportion of births attended by skilled health personnel increased behind the targets set in MDG 5. The antenatal care coverage (at least four visits) doubled in 10 years but about three times in 14 years and 2015. However, while one could argue that some targets were very they still lag behind the target set for agenda with a great deal left to ambitious to begin with, maternal health remains part of an unfinished emphasized was it and MDGs the of fifth goal the represents health maternal done. Improving be the society. because of its importance in overall development and well-being of MDG 4: Targets with indicators (at a glance) MDG 4:Targetswithindicators(ataglance) because ofitsimportanceinoveralldevelopmentand well-beingofthesociety. be done. Improving maternal health represents the fifth goal of the MDGs and it was emphasized ambitious tobeginwith,maternalhealthremainspartofanunfinishedagendawithagreatdealleft they stilllagbehindthetargetsetfor2015.However,whileonecouldarguethatsometargetswerevery about threetimesin14yearsandantenatalcarecoverage(atleastfourvisits)doubled10but behind thetargetssetinMDG5.Theproportionofbirthsattendedbyskilledhealthpersonnelincreased contraceptive useisanimitablesuccess. There are, however,someareas where maternalhealthlags comparable countriesintheworld.Drasticreductionoffertilityrateduetogreaterproliferation Bangladesh’s overallachievementofimprovingmaternalhealthisnoteworthycomparedtoother 5.1 Introduction Goal 5:Improve Maternal Health remain highruralurbandisparities. in 2014. However, this achievement still could not meetthe target set at 50 percent. Moreover, there has alsowitnessedanincrease overtheMDGperiodfromamere5percent in 1991toover40percent properly trainedskilledpersonnel iscritical.Thenumberofbirthsattended by skilledhealthpersonnel In ordertoreducematernalmortalityandinfant throughensuringsafedeliveryattendanceby Table 5.1MaternalMortalityRatio,1991-2015 made duringtheperiodendfiguresarefaraboveMDGtargets. a cleardemarcationacrossruralandurbanwithintheBangladeshcontext.Despitesubstantialprogress since 1991andduringtheperiodthatMDGswereimplementedacrossglobe.However,there is of deathduringchildbirth.AsTable5.1shows,thematernalmortalityratiohasbeenondecline child birthper100,000livebirths.Itisanimportantmortalityindexofmotherswhoareexposedtorisk The maternal mortality ratio is the number of women who die from any cause related to pregnancy or Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators 5.2 TFR standsat2.1whichisbelowthetargetthatwassetfor2015(2.2).Onemajorreasoncanbe Dramatic reductioninTFRdoesindeedrepresentastartlingsuccessstoryforBangladesh.Thecurrent Figure 5.1:BirthsAttendedbySkilledHealthPersonnel,1991-2014 21 percentin2014.Atthesametime,percentageofpregnantwomenwhomadefourormoreantenatal attributed forthisdeclinecanbetheincreaseinutilizationofcontraceptives.Theusecontraceptives Figure 5.2UnmetNeedforFamilyPlanning:1993-94 to2014 higher thanthetargetsetfor2015. as unmetneedforfamilyplanning,thelatestestimates indicatethatitstandsat12percentwhichisalso there hasbeenclearprogressmade,again,thesestill fallshortoftheMDGtargetssetfor2015.Asfar Moreover, utilizationremainedlowamongstpoorerwomenwithlittleornoformaleducation.Though rural womentohavemadefourormoreantenatalvisits(45.5percentcompared26percent). visits hasincreasedfrom16percentin2004to312014.Urbanwomenaremorelikelythan an average.ThepercentageofwomenwhohadnoANCvisitshasdeclinedfrom44percentin2004 to 27.5 percentin1993-94to792014),implying2.5percentagepointsincreaseeachyear,on In thelast20years,antenatalcarecoverage(atleastonevisit)hasincreased51percentagepoints(from in thecontextofrapiddevelopment. parameter ofadolescentbirth-rateneedstobeobjectivelymonitoredunderstandpopulationdynamics There arealsoregionalvariationsinthisfigure.Inthepresenthighpopulationgrowthmomentum, 2015 andithasbeenmarkedbyannualfluctuations. to 60in2013.However,SVRS-2015datashowareversaladolescentbirthratewhichstoodat75 specific fertilityrateforwomenaged15to19yearshasalsodeclinedfrom79per1000in1990 2004, theincreaseinuseofcontraceptiveshassloweddown.Theadolescentbirthratewhichisage - in thecontraceptiveprevalencerate(CPR)actuallytookplacefirstdecadeofthisperiod;since among marriedwomenhasrisenfrom40percentin1991to62.12015.The sharpest increase

Table 5.3:CrossCountryComparisononMaternal Health show thatBangladeshhasmilestogoyetasindicatedisTable5.3. in theregionsuchasSriLankaandBhutan.LowmaternalmortalityfiguresforMaldives attended by skilled health personnel, the figure remains dismally low in comparison to other countries and Nepal.Similarly,althoughBangladeshhasmadegreatprogressinincreasingthenumberofbirths exceedingly highwhencomparedtoalmostallcountriesintheregionwithexceptionAfghanistan reduction inthetotalfertilityrateahighlydenselypopulatedcountry,adolescentbirthisstill Bangladesh’s progress. Nevertheless, there are still many areas where challenge remains. Despite the work (AnUncertainGlory:IndiaandItsContradictions,2013)wheretheyhavediscussedthebasisfor progress insocialdevelopmentindicatorssuchastheMMRhasbeensubjectofDrezeandSen’s traceptive prevalenceratesarealsohigherthanmanycountriesintheregion.Infact,Bangladesh’s mortality ratio,forinstance,BangladeshhasoutperformedneighbouringIndiaaswellNepal.Con - health, however,presentamixedpicturewhenwecompareacrosstheregion.Asfarasmaternal decline has been even greater at over 60 percent. Bangladesh’s achievements in the area of maternal Since 1990, maternal mortality ratios have gone down by 45 percent worldwide. In South Asia, the 5.4 StatusofMDG5inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparatorCountries 5.3 GlobalExperiencein Implementing MDG5         Just51percentofcountrieshavedataonmaterna l causeofdeath. Onlyhalfofpregnantwomen inthedevelopingregionsreceiverecommendedminimumof Inthedevelopingregions,only56percentofbirthsinruralareasareattendedbyskilledhealth Contraceptiveprevalenceamongwomenaged15to49,marriedorinaunion,increasedfrom In NorthernAfrica,theproportionofpregnantwomenwhoreceivedfourormoreantenatal Morethan71percentofbirthswereassistedbyskilledhealthpersonnelgloballyin2014, an InSouthAsia,thematernalmortalityratiodeclinedby64percentbetween1990and2013, four antenatalcarevisits. personnel, comparedwith87percentinurbanareas. 55 percentin1990worldwideto642015. visits increasedfrom50percentto89between1990and2014. increase from59percentin1990. Since 1990,thematernalmortalityratiohasdeclinedby45percentworldwide,andmostof in sub-SaharanAfricaitfellby49percent. reduction hasoccurredsince2000. Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ to Bangladesh.ItwillbeusefulexploreSriLanka’spoliciesandexperiencesfurtherinthisarea. percent inSriLankawhereasBangladesh,itstandsjustover30percent.Whatisevenmorestriking in comparisonto63.9percentBangladesh.Antenatalcoverageofatleastfourvisitsisalsoover90 shown inTable5.4.Infact,antenatalcoverageofatleastonevisitiscloseto100percentSriLanka Further lessonscanbedrawnfromSriLankawhichexhibitsstrikinglyhighantenatalcoverageas Table 5.4:CrossCountryComparisononAccesstoReproductiveHealth clinics duringthe6 in ordertostrengthenprimary healthcarefacilities,thegovernmenthaslaunched 13,126community objectives include the National Health Policy 2011 and the National Population Policy 2012. Moreover, maternal mortalityratios and establishinge-healthinallcommunityclinics. Other policieswithsimilar latest healthsectorprogram coordinatedbytheMOHFWhasfocusedon targetingareaswithhigh have focusedonincreasedcoverageofhealthsector servicesandfamilyplanningprogrammes.The is builtonthelessonslearntfromearlierprograms implementedbytheMOHFW.Theseprogrammes program isknownastheHealth,PopulationandNutrition SectorDevelopmentProgram(HPNSDP)and sectoral approachisseenasaneffectiveto harmonizeinitiativesandreduceoverlap.Thelatest outcomes throughasectorwideprogramfortheimprovement ofhealth,populationandnutrition.This The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MOHFW) has taken the lead role in improving health the policyspacetoprioritizesocialdevelopmentobjectives. macroeconomic policiestakenforthbythegovernment havealsocreatedanenablingenvironmentand continuously reflectedinsuccessiveprogrammes, policiesandbudgetaryoutlays.Inaddition,sound Policy continuityhasbeenthemainstayofGoB’shealthsectorprogrammewhichinturn including theprovisionofqualityobstetriccareandclinicalcontraceptivemethodsamongstother. The fifthFive-YearPlan(1997-2002)aimedtoincreasecoverageofreproductivehealthservices The fiveyearplansandannualdevelopmenthavebeendevelopedkeepingtheMDGsinmind. 5.5 Government’sSpecificEffortstoAchieveMDG5 is thatSriLankahasafarloweradolescentbirthratedespitehavingcontraceptiveusesimilar S M Ne P I B Af Co C Vi B n r a a a h d a i k g n m e p u u ld ia L is t h g a ta b n a a Na l iv la ta o n n t n r d n d e k is m y s e ia a ta s

h n method, percentage(Year) Current contraceptiveuse among marriedwomen th 15-49 yearsold,any FYPperiod. 3 5 6 3 4 6 7 5 7 6 5 4 8 4 9 8 5 6 5 5 . . 0 8 ...... 4 7 6 4 7 3 7 6 4 0 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 7 7 4 7 4 4 4 0 3 8 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) birth rate,per 1,000 women 2 1 3 2 Adolescent 4 8 8 9 5 3 4 3 8 8 8 7 3 0 7 6 . . . . (Year) 1 9 5 4 ( ( ( ( ( ( 2 2 2 2 2 2 ( ( ( ( 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 8 1 8 3 3 6 2 9 2 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ANC coverage,at least onevisit, percentage 9 7 9 7 9 6 6 4 9 9 9 3 9 4 7 8 3 7 5 5 (Year) ...... 4 1 1 2 9 3 9 9 3 8 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 3 9 6 2 4 4 1 4 4 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) visits, percentage ANC coverage, 9 3 8 5 3 1 7 7 at leastfour 8 3 2 6 1 9 1 4 5 3 5 7 ...... (Year) General Economics Division (GED) 5 6 5 5 2 6 6 7 ( ( 2 2 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 6 7 3 2 4 4 1 4 4 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) total, percentage family planning, Unmet needfor 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 7 6 8 0 0 1 7 3 2 ...... 3 1 (Year) 6 1 5 7 5 9 5 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 . 0 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 7 4 9 3 8 0 1 3 4 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 71

GOAL 5

FYP period and th Millennium Development Goals at the global, regional and even country level mask what can be striking health disparities among at the global, regional and even country level mask what can be of residence, economic status subgroups that are vulnerable, because of their level of education, place in access to and use of sexual and or age. Large inequities remain in maternal health, along with gaps monitored. In addition, country reproductive health services that must be consistently addressed and the availability and the quality of capacity needs to be strengthened to help reduce inequalities in both may not reveal the full view and reality of the status of maternal health in the country. There are also reality of the status of maternal health in the country. There are also may not reveal the full view and generated from Bangladesh Maternal Mortality Surveys with other discrepancies between the findings sources of data collection. health and universal access to sexual and reproductive health care during the 7 health and universal access to sexual and reproductive health care informed policy priorities, targeting resources more efficiently and measuring improvements in maternal informed policy priorities, targeting resources more efficiently and measuring health-related data, as well as registration of births and deaths. This information is crucial for establishing health-related data, as well as registration of births and deaths. This information reproductive health. Significant progress has been made, but it fell far short of the global goal and reproductive health. Significant progress has been made, but it fell sexual and comprehensive all people receive ensure that an unfinished agenda to targets. This leaves uneven progress. Averages greatly and reveal insufficient analyses In-depth services. health reproductive 5.8 Improving Maternal Health in the 2030 Development Agenda Improving 5.8 for the post-2015 period. Goal 5 Improving maternal health is part of the unfinished agenda remained and ensure universal access to brought a concentrated focus on efforts to reduce maternal deaths problems associated with ensuring wide-scale birth and death registration, the statistics that are generated and death registration, the statistics that wide-scale birth problems associated with ensuring While exceptional progress has been made in family planning over several decades, disaggregated data made in family planning over several decades, disaggregated data While exceptional progress has been in terms of reducing inequities, ensuring sustainable services and show where more attention is needed adolescent pregnancy rates is linked to practices of early marriage as meeting unmet need. The issue of supportive services for adolescent girls and young women well as the lack of information and generating reliable data on maternal health. For example, only 51 Another major challenge lies in data on the maternal cause of death. In Bangladesh, due to the percent of countries have reliable Even though the majority of the population reside in rural areas, Even though the majority of the population and 1.07 nurses per 10,000 population. urban secondary and tertiary hospitals. The health sector is further health workers are concentrated in workers, absenteeism and poor maintenance of equipment and tools. challenged by high turnover of health According to the World Health Organization, there are an estimated 3.05 physicians per 10,000 population According to the World Health Organization, Meeting the targets of MDG 5 requires more access to affordable and quality health service as well as to affordable and quality health of MDG 5 requires more access Meeting the targets deal of attention health. The latter receives a great attitudes towards women and their changes in social health child’s in progress greater experienced have countries developing as discourse development in solutions While targets. MDG the with them compare we when health maternal in behind lagging but than that for women health, one cannot ignore the yet passive role to child health problems are cheaper improving maternal health. of family and society as a whole in in rural areas are few in number when compared to urban areas. Both health facilities and health workers 5.7 Key Challenges Key 5.7 with donors and UN agencies such as UNDP, UNFPA and WHO and UNICEF to name a few. A multiple and WHO and UNICEF to name agencies such as UNDP, UNFPA with donors and UN The Health and Population Sector policies have been formulated in an inclusive manner and in consultation formulated in an inclusive manner Sector policies have been The Health and Population 5.6 Partnership with the Non-Government Actors with the Non-Government Partnership 5.6 sector. in the health interventions mainstay of programmatic formed the with NGOs have Partnerships family clinical and to provide additional been fostered partnerships have outset, GO-NGO From the various complementary instance provide and ICDDRB for such as BRAC services. NGOs planning their reproductive health programmes. services as part of beyond. donor trust fund has been created to finance these initiatives with contributions from a host of donors initiatives with contributions from has been created to finance these donor trust fund IDA. DFID, CIDA, SIDA, DFAT, and including USAID, 72

GOAL 5 CHAPTER 6

Goal 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria and other Diseases

6.1 Introduction The perspective plan and the 6th Five Year Plan reiterate the broader targets of MDGs for health, nutrition and population sector. Both the plans recognize health as a fundamental human right and, therefore, the need to promote health and to alleviate ill health and suffering in the spirit of social justice. The plans emphasize the need for eliminating all kinds of contagious diseases as well as other diseases such as malaria and HIV/AIDS in light of MDGs. The prevalence of HIV has been historically low at around 1 percent of the high-risk population. The prevalence of malaria has registered moderate decline and is yet to reach the MDG target. Bangladesh is committed to eliminate malaria by 2020. For tuberculosis (TB), although the prevalence rate needs attention, progress on reducing death rates is on track.

MDG 6: Targets with indicators (at a glance)

Base year Status in Target by Targets and indicators Current status (source) 1990/1991 2000 2015

Target 6.A: Have halted by 2015 and begun to reverse the spread of HIV/AIDS

6.1: HIV prevalence among population, % 0.005 <0.1 <0.1 (UNAIDS 2013) Halting 6.2: Condom use rate at last high risk sex, % 6.3 7.9 43.33 (NASP 2013) - 6.3: Proportion of population aged 15-24 - - 17.70 (NASP 2013) - years with comprehensive correct Women-9.1 (MICS 2013) knowledge of HIV/AIDS , % 6.4: Ratio of school attendance of orphans to - - 0.88 (MICS-2013) - school attendance of non-orphans aged 10- 14 years

General Economics Division (GED) 73 estimated 3.5 million cases to 2.1 million. estimated 3.5 million cases to 2.1 and the mortality rate by 58 per cent. fallen by an estimated 37 per cent lence rate by 41 per cent between 1990 and 2013. infections fell by approximately 40 per cent between 2000 and 2013, from an New HIV infections fell by approximately just 800,000 in 2003. ART averted 7.6 million deaths from globally, an immense increase from AIDS between 1995 and 2013. has sub-Saharan Africa. The global malaria incidence rate children under five years of age in countries in sub-Saharan Africa between 2004 and 2014. - an estimated 37 million lives. The tuberculosis mortality rate fell by 45 per cent and the preva correct knowledge of HIV in 2014. to 2013. people living with HIV were receiving antiretroviral therapy (ART) By June 2014, 13.6 million primarily of malaria deaths have been averted between 2000 and 2015, Over 6.2 million nets were delivered to malaria-endemic More than 900 million insecticide-treated mosquito Between 2000 and 2013, tuberculosis prevention, diagnosis and treatment interventions saved In sub-Saharan Africa still less than 40 per cent of youth aged 15 to 24 years had comprehensive Tuberculosis prevention, diagnosis and treatment saved an estimated 37 million lives from 2000        6.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 6 Global 6.3 to deal with certain diseases –old as well as new, whose outbreak can Under MDG 6 the nations pledge in the affected regions. The global attainment of this goal is pointed threaten the existence of humanity out below: other Comparator Countries Status of MDG 6 in South Asia and Two 6.4 with only 0.01 per cent of Within the region, Bangladesh has a fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS The region as a whole also has a people within the 15 to 49 year age bracket infected with the disease. rate of less than 1 per cent. fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS with all countries having an incidence by South Asia and Southern Globally, new HIV infections fell most rapidly in the Caribbean followed within the Asia region and Africa. However, the incidence of malaria and tuberculosis is significant Figure 6.2 Treatment success rates of new smear positive TB cases, 2001-2014 cohorts TB cases, 2001-2014 smear positive rates of new Treatment success Figure 6.2

was 73 per cent in 1994, which has crossed the target of 8 Death rates associated with tuberculosis represent a clear and pressing challenge. The death rate associated Death rates associated with tuberculosis Figure 6.1 Nationwide case notification rate (per 100 000 population/year), 2001-2014 population/year), rate (per 100 000 notification Nationwide case Figure 6.1 with TB was 61 per 100,000 populations in 1990. The current status is 51 in 2014. This indicates the in 1990. The current status is 51 in 2014. This indicates the with TB was 61 per 100,000 populations of 31 by 2015 with past level of efforts. country cannot achieve the target interpreted as case detection rate (number of new smear-positive Operationally these indicators are patients and number of cases) incident smear-positive of all estimated DOTS out under notified cases treatment among those who started treatment one year earlier. While who were cured or have completed the beginning of the DOTS programme, case detection has treatment outcomes were high since expansion of the coverage and shows only a modest increase in recent increased significantly during the years. failure, return after default and A total of 190,893 cases (including 6,386 combined cases of return after rate excluding those 6,386 others) have been reported to NTP in 2013. So the overall case notification new smear positives cases in 2013 cases was 119 per 100,000 populations. The case notification rate for 2014. was 68 per 100,000 population and has remained at the same rate for which has crossed the target of The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS was 73 per cent in 1994, 92 percent of the new smear- more than 90 per cent. The program has successfully treated almost positive cases registered in 2014. The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS more than 90 percent. The program has successfully treated almost 92 per cent of the new smear- more than 90 percent. The program has successfully treated almost positive cases registered in 2014.

ed at 99.92 per cent which is far above the target of 90 per cent above the target of 90 per cent In 2014, it was recorded at 99.92 per cent which is far of population with advanced HIV infection who have access to antiretroviral drugs coverage as the proportion Report 2009 shows (UNGASS) Special Session General Assembly Nations The United as drugs coverage to antiretroviral who have access HIV infection with advanced of population Bangladesh’s 2012. in per cent 45 to be reported It was Bangladesh. cent in 47.7 per approximately to some due drugs antiretroviral produce started to also stage has at a growing industry pharmaceutical least developed Property Rights (TRIPs) for within the Trade Related Intellectual of the flexibilities countries (LDCs). of 100,000. Although the figure for 2014 shows a decline in prevalence, the extent of fluctuation a decline in prevalence, the extent the figure for 2014 shows of 100,000. Although prevalence malaria the from far still are we Furthermore, stable. be not may decline the that indicates since increased decline from 2005 but has only The death rate was on a steady target set for 2015. meets the the death rate per 100,000 population 2013 and 2014. Despite this increase, slightly between of age who slept of children under 5 years set for 0.6 in 2015. Similarly, the proportion target which was currently and fluctuation, some with albeit increased, has nets mosquito treated insecticide under of children for the proportion figure base line the Moreover, by 2015. cent per of 90 the target exceeds with appropriate anti-malarial drugs was 60 per cent for the year under 5 with fever who are treated 2008. by 2015. Table 6. 2: Malaria Statistics, 2005-2014 According to the National Tuberculosis (TB) Prevalence Survey (2007-2009) Report of Bangladesh, the 15 and older was estimated at 79.4 overall prevalence of new smear positive cases among adults aged per population of 100,000.This clearly overshoots the target set for 2015. The prevalence of malaria in Bangladesh has fluctuated a great deal. In 2005, it was 441 per a population a great deal. In 2005, it was 441 malaria in Bangladesh has fluctuated The prevalence of

round of the National HIV Serological the National HIV round of th to NASP 18 percent of population in this age group have comprehensive, correct knowledge. Bangladesh. context of in the a relevant indicator is not this of HIV/AIDS, prevalence low Given the aged 10-14 years stands The ratio of school attendance of orphans to school attendance of non-orphans at 0.88 in Bangladesh. Surveillance, Dhaka appears to be the most vulnerable to HIV among 10 cities. Two land port areas at Two land port among 10 cities. vulnerable to HIV to be the most Dhaka appears Surveillance, areas. among border vulnerable mobility are particularly cross border and Hili with large Benapole (World Bank and Experience and Way Forward 2009 Years of HIV in Bangladesh: According to 20 (MARP), of the Most At Risk Population use has increased for specific sub-groups UNAIDS) Condom drug users, sex workers and female injecting For specific groups such as male though not for all. is quite low at use amongst married couples actually decreased. Moreover, condom condom use has to increase from 3 per cent in 1993-94. It is unlikely in 2014 though it has increased around 6.4 per cent picture and are a for 2015, the trends give a mixed no specific target was set much by 2015. Although use rate at Programmes (NASP) finds that condom However, National AIDS STD cause for concern. was 43 per cent in 2013. last high risk sex High Risk Population Table 6.1 Condom Use Amongst Having a comprehensive knowledge of HIV/AIDS entails being able to identify two major ways of any misconceptions about the preventing transmission of HIV/AIDS as well as being able to reject proportion of the youth aged 15 to disease. Various surveys conducted in Bangladesh suggest that the a national youth HIV/AIDS 24 with such comprehensive, correct knowledge is low. For instance, 2009 showed that only 17.7 percent campaign end line survey among youth in Bangladesh conducted in Indicator Multiple HIV. The correct knowledge of comprehensive 15-24 years had aged of people Cluster Survey 2006 finds this figure to be 16 percent which declined to 9 percent in 2012-13. According Cluster Survey 2006 finds this figure to be 16 percent which declined declined which is a marker for unsafe injecting practices. From 9 practices. From for unsafe injecting which is a marker declined

y

b

in

5 t 8 0

. 0 0 ta 1 e 6 9 0 0 0 0 . s 0 30 5 0 g 9 9 3 > round 1 0 u r 1 1 2 2 3 S th a T s e ) ) ) s ) ) ) 4 e ) a 4 ) 4 4 4 ) c 1 e 4 1 ) 4 it 1 1 1 r 2

0 1 0 4 1 is 0 0 0 1 u d 2 0 2 1 0 d

2 2 2 e 0

o 2

0 2 r P s e 2 P 2 (

P P n

C jo

C S s C C HO a o HO u HO t m HO W 2

NM W

a NM W wh

r

9 NM NM t

e W R S s S e

R

I R S S I s B t th I I R B B o n o M UNGAS M

B ( M M ( e ( th

( d ( GT 1 r T

GT ( GT 5 2 n r (

9 ll ( 2 4 . G 4 a 9 . 2 a

3 ( . 3 1

3 2 . 0 r 5 9 Cu 5 3 ia 9 0 4 o 9 r 4 f

la a

DS m in

) ) ) f ) ) 0 5

s . 5 8 1 o 8 8 0 4

u - 0 1 9 2 1 0 0 0 . 0 1 0 4 t 0 e V/AI 6 8 5 8 4 0 0 0 1 0 8 0 7 a c 2 4 t 4 2 2 2 2 2 n ( ( ( HI ( ( S e

r id o f c n t i ) 1 r

n ) ) 0 ) 9 a e e ) 1 0 ) ) ) e

9 4 9 8 0 5

9 8 5 8 th y . 9 9

0

tm 0 4 9 /1 - 0 0 1 0 0 1 . 1 9 e e a 0 2 1 0 ( 6 0 8 0 0 4 1 1 s s ( (

e 2 9

( r 2 2 2

4 a ( 4 ( ( ( tr 9 e 9 0 3

0 B 1 v 5 8 7 5 e to

r

s s

to

e

r ) d

c - s g a n e c h l e ti u c a in m a g n r ig n m p l

ir e a o h a e a

S 0

f v b s v

0 3 le r te o d d w ll

s 0 e 1

tr , a with ia a ( n 0

r e ( 5 0 0 s iv a

0 5 Ne -

p r 0 0

ts n r 0 r tir

5 r te o , o e 0 1 u e a

,

r t e n

a 1 0 n with te , r d e r 0

0 a p

d a 0

0 a

e 0 n y 0 0 d p n n 2

n 1 ic p 1 u

R e r

a 0 1 to

% u

,

r

0 d y e b s , r n tio

s 0 e tio ia n 2 b p s e e s

r S

in a d 0 p e la r e

e p y r d n % 1

c u la ic te a c

d with b i

c a p r

a c ild B n r ) , lte ild tio d e u e tif o a h e a T a m

h DOT ts p la

S p tr

la te

v h

C c f f

s a r

t f a ic u t No e o o f f e ie e

n e

o p e tr M

o o d e h v r e e e lity

with id

o g tr s

n f is a

n c c s r n n p a ta n e e

o d u n n g tm tic a r Ac Ha

r y 0 tio C a s c u o / : : a

tio tio le le r T B r ia 0

tio e e r r a a n n n n r o r B C th B c

s 0 m o d T o o . .

v v

p a e , T l T la p p 6 6 e e f

in e % tio tio tio tio o B a 0

r r

o o r t t wh

ia : , : r r

0 in la la la la De T r P P r e e s P a b

m r

Millennium Development Goals 1 e u u u u P P

itiv g g g

e 0 0 b a b : a la s V r r d p p p p k r u a v 1 1 9 9 6 7 8 6 5 a a o r e n o o o o ...... is e Target 6.A: Have halted by 2015 and begun to reverse the spread of HIV/AIDS Target 6.A: Have halted by 2015 and begun to reverse the spread of Indicator 6.1:HIV prevalence among population, aged 15-24 years d m r P p HI u f p p p p 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 T 6 T National HIV SS are very encouraging as these show that the overall prevalence of HIV in populations National HIV SS are very encouraging as these show that the overall has declined among People most at risk remains below 1 per cent and most importantly, HIV prevalence Moreover, hepatitis C has also Who Inject Drugs (PWID) in Dhaka from 7 per cent to 5.3 per cent. the case, there is still ground for worry if we consider the Most at Risk Population (MARPs) like injecting the case, there is still ground for worry if we consider the Most at Risk The first case of HIV/AIDS in Bangladesh was detected in 1989. Since then 3,674 HIV positive cases The first case of HIV/AIDS in Bangladesh was detected in 1989. Since total AIDS cases, 653 deaths have have been identified; among them 1,417 developed AIDS. Out of the surveys such as the National HIV been recorded (as of December 2014, NASP).According to the latest far below which is at 0.1 per cent of HIV/AIDS stands (2011), the prevalence Surveillance Serological is this Although area. low prevalence HIV/AIDS a considered As such, Bangladesh is level. epidemic 6.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 6.2 drug users and members of the transgender community known as hijras. In Bangladesh, however, even drug users and members of the transgender community known as hijras. 9 the of findings The cent. per 1 below also is HIV/AIDS of incidence the MARPs, the for 74 Source: Bangladesh Progress Report 2015

GOAL 6 declined which is a marker for unsafe injecting practices. From 9th round of the National HIV Serological The United Nations General Assembly Special Session (UNGASS) Report 2009 shows the proportion Figure 6.1 Nationwide case notification rate (per 100 000 population/year), 2001-2014 Figure 6.2 Treatment success rates of new smear positive TB cases, 2001-2014 cohorts Surveillance, Dhaka appears to be the most vulnerable to HIV among 10 cities. Two land port areas at of population with advanced HIV infection who have access to antiretroviral drugs coverage as Benapole and Hili with large cross border mobility are particularly vulnerable among border areas. approximately 47.7 per cent in Bangladesh. It was reported to be 45 per cent in 2012. Bangladesh’s pharmaceutical industry at a growing stage has also started to produce antiretroviral drugs due to some Indicator 6.2: Condom use at last high-risk sex of the flexibilities within the Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPs) for least developed countries (LDCs). According to 20 Years of HIV in Bangladesh: Experience and Way Forward 2009 (World Bank and UNAIDS) Condom use has increased for specific sub-groups of the Most At Risk Population (MARP), The prevalence of malaria in Bangladesh has fluctuated a great deal. In 2005, it was 441 per a population though not for all. For specific groups such as male sex workers and female injecting drug users, of 100,000. Although the figure for 2014 shows a decline in prevalence, the extent of fluctuation condom use has actually decreased. Moreover, condom use amongst married couples is quite low at indicates that the decline may not be stable. Furthermore, we are still far from the malaria prevalence around 6.4 per cent in 2014 though it has increased from 3 per cent in 1993-94. It is unlikely to increase target set for 2015. The death rate was on a steady decline from 2005 but has only since increased much by 2015. Although no specific target was set for 2015, the trends give a mixed picture and are a slightly between 2013 and 2014. Despite this increase, the death rate per 100,000 population meets the cause for concern. However, National AIDS STD Programmes (NASP) finds that condom use rate at target which was set for 0.6 in 2015. Similarly, the proportion of children under 5 years of age who slept last high risk sex was 43 per cent in 2013. under insecticide treated mosquito nets has increased, albeit with some fluctuation, and currently exceeds the target of 90 per cent by 2015. Moreover, the base line figure for the proportion of children Table 6.1 Condom Use Amongst High Risk Population under 5 with fever who are treated with appropriate anti-malarial drugs was 60 per cent for the year 2008. In 2014, it was recorded at 99.92 per cent which is far above the target of 90 per cent Most at risk populations (MARP) 2005 2008 by 2015. 6.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 6 Female sex workers who used condom with their most recent client, % 30.9 66.7 Death rates associated with tuberculosis represent a clear and pressing challenge. The death rate associated Table 6. 2: Malaria Statistics, 2005-2014 with TB was 61 per 100,000 populations in 1990. The current status is 51 in 2014. This indicates the Under MDG 6 the nations pledge to deal with certain diseases –old as well as new, whose outbreak can Male sex workers who used condom with their most recent client, % 44.1 43.7 country cannot achieve the target of 31 by 2015 with past level of efforts. threaten the existence of humanity in the affected regions. The global attainment of this goal is pointed Transgender who used condom with their most recent client 15.6 66.5 out below: Male injecting drug users( IDU) who reported use of condom in last 23.6 44.3  New HIV infections fell by approximately 40 per cent between 2000 and 2013, from an sexual intercourse (commercial sex), % estimated 3.5 million cases to 2.1 million.  By June 2014, 13.6 million people living with HIV were receiving antiretroviral therapy (ART) Female IDU who reported use of condom in last sexual intercourse 78.9 54.8 Operationally these indicators are interpreted as case detection rate (number of new smear-positive globally, an immense increase from just 800,000 in 2003. ART averted 7.6 million deaths from (commercial sex), % cases notified under DOTS out of all estimated incident smear-positive cases) and number of patients who were cured or have completed treatment among those who started treatment one year earlier. While AIDS between 1995 and 2013. Source: BSS 2003-04, 2006-07, UNGASS 2008 treatment outcomes were high since the beginning of the DOTS programme, case detection has  Over 6.2 million malaria deaths have been averted between 2000 and 2015, primarily of increased significantly during the expansion of the coverage and shows only a modest increase in recent children under five years of age in sub-Saharan Africa. The global malaria incidence rate has Indicator 6.3: Proportion of population aged 15 to 24 with comprehensive, correct knowledge years. fallen by an estimated 37 per cent and the mortality rate by 58 per cent. of HIV/AIDS  More than 900 million insecticide-treated mosquito nets were delivered to malaria-endemic 6.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators Having a comprehensive knowledge of HIV/AIDS entails being able to identify two major ways of countries in sub-Saharan Africa between 2004 and 2014. preventing transmission of HIV/AIDS as well as being able to reject any misconceptions about the A total of 190,893 cases (including 6,386 combined cases of return after failure, return after default and  Between 2000 and 2013, tuberculosis prevention, diagnosis and treatment interventions saved disease. Various surveys conducted in Bangladesh suggest that the proportion of the youth aged 15 to others) have been reported to NTP in 2013. So the overall case notification rate excluding those 6,386 an estimated 37 million lives. The tuberculosis mortality rate fell by 45 per cent and the preva- 24 with such comprehensive, correct knowledge is low. For instance, a national youth HIV/AIDS cases was 119 per 100,000 populations. The case notification rate for new smear positives cases in 2013

GOAL 6 lence rate by 41 per cent between 1990 and 2013. campaign end line survey among youth in Bangladesh conducted in 2009 showed that only 17.7 percent was 68 per 100,000 population and has remained at the same rate for 2014.  In sub-Saharan Africa still less than 40 per cent of youth aged 15 to 24 years had comprehensive of people aged 15-24 years had comprehensive correct knowledge of HIV. The Multiple Indicator correct knowledge of HIV in 2014. The first case of HIV/AIDS in Bangladesh was detected in 1989. Since then 3,674 HIV positive cases Cluster Survey 2006 finds this figure to be 16 percent which declined to 9 percent in 2012-13. According have been identified; among them 1,417 developed AIDS. Out of the total AIDS cases, 653 deaths have to NASP 18 percent of population in this age group have comprehensive, correct knowledge.  Tuberculosis prevention, diagnosis and treatment saved an estimated 37 million lives from 2000 been recorded (as of December 2014, NASP).According to the latest surveys such as the National HIV The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS was 73 per cent in 1994, which has crossed the target of to 2013. Serological Surveillance (2011), the prevalence of HIV/AIDS stands at 0.1 per cent which is far below more than 90 per cent. The program has successfully treated almost 92 percent of the new smear- Indicator 6.4: Ratio of school attendance of orphans to school attendance of non-orphans aged 10-14 years epidemic level. As such, Bangladesh is considered a low prevalence HIV/AIDS area. Although this is positive cases registered in 2014. 6.4 Status of MDG 6 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries the case, there is still ground for worry if we consider the Most at Risk Population (MARPs) like injecting Given the low prevalence of HIV/AIDS, this is not a relevant indicator in the context of Bangladesh. According to the National Tuberculosis (TB) Prevalence Survey (2007-2009) Report of Bangladesh, the The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS8 was 73 per cent in 1994, which has crossed the target of drug users and members of the transgender community known as hijras. In Bangladesh, however, even The ratio of school attendance of orphans to school attendance of non-orphans aged 10-14 years stands overall prevalence of new smear positive cases among adults aged 15 and older was estimated at 79.4 more than 90 percent. The program has successfully treated almost 92 per cent of the new smear- Within the region, Bangladesh has a fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS with only 0.01 per cent of th for the MARPs, the incidence of HIV/AIDS is also below 1 per cent. The findings of the 9 round at 0.88 in Bangladesh. per population of 100,000.This clearly overshoots the target set for 2015. positive cases registered in 2014. people within the 15 to 49 year age bracket infected with the disease. The region as a whole also has a National HIV SS are very encouraging as these show that the overall prevalence of HIV in populations fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS with all countries having an incidence rate of less than 1 per cent. most at risk remains below 1 per cent and most importantly, HIV prevalence has declined among People Target 6b: Achieve by 2010 Universal Access to Treatment for HIV/AIDS for All Those who Need it Globally, new HIV infections fell most rapidly in the Caribbean followed by South Asia and Southern Who Inject Drugs (PWID) in Dhaka from 7 per cent to 5.3 per cent. Moreover, hepatitis C has also Africa. However, the incidence of malaria and tuberculosis is significant within the Asia region and

General Economics Division (GED) 75 estimated 3.5 million cases to 2.1 million. estimated 3.5 million cases to 2.1 and the mortality rate by 58 per cent. fallen by an estimated 37 per cent lence rate by 41 per cent between 1990 and 2013. infections fell by approximately 40 per cent between 2000 and 2013, from an New HIV infections fell by approximately just 800,000 in 2003. ART averted 7.6 million deaths from globally, an immense increase from AIDS between 1995 and 2013. has sub-Saharan Africa. The global malaria incidence rate children under five years of age in countries in sub-Saharan Africa between 2004 and 2014. - an estimated 37 million lives. The tuberculosis mortality rate fell by 45 per cent and the preva correct knowledge of HIV in 2014. to 2013. people living with HIV were receiving antiretroviral therapy (ART) By June 2014, 13.6 million primarily of malaria deaths have been averted between 2000 and 2015, Over 6.2 million nets were delivered to malaria-endemic More than 900 million insecticide-treated mosquito Between 2000 and 2013, tuberculosis prevention, diagnosis and treatment interventions saved In sub-Saharan Africa still less than 40 per cent of youth aged 15 to 24 years had comprehensive Tuberculosis prevention, diagnosis and treatment saved an estimated 37 million lives from 2000        6.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 6 Global 6.3 to deal with certain diseases –old as well as new, whose outbreak can Under MDG 6 the nations pledge in the affected regions. The global attainment of this goal is pointed threaten the existence of humanity out below: other Comparator Countries Status of MDG 6 in South Asia and Two 6.4 with only 0.01 per cent of Within the region, Bangladesh has a fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS The region as a whole also has a people within the 15 to 49 year age bracket infected with the disease. rate of less than 1 per cent. fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS with all countries having an incidence by South Asia and Southern Globally, new HIV infections fell most rapidly in the Caribbean followed within the Asia region and Africa. However, the incidence of malaria and tuberculosis is significant Figure 6.2 Treatment success rates of new smear positive TB cases, 2001-2014 cohorts TB cases, 2001-2014 smear positive rates of new Treatment success Figure 6.2

was 73 per cent in 1994, which has crossed the target of 8 Figure 6.1 Nationwide case notification rate (per 100 000 population/year), 2001-2014 population/year), rate (per 100 000 notification Nationwide case Figure 6.1 represent a clear and pressing challenge. The death rate associated Death rates associated with tuberculosis with TB was 61 per 100,000 populations in 1990. The current status is 51 in 2014. This indicates the in 1990. The current status is 51 in 2014. This indicates the with TB was 61 per 100,000 populations of 31 by 2015 with past level of efforts. country cannot achieve the target interpreted as case detection rate (number of new smear-positive Operationally these indicators are patients and number of cases) incident smear-positive of all estimated DOTS out under notified cases treatment among those who started treatment one year earlier. While who were cured or have completed the beginning of the DOTS programme, case detection has treatment outcomes were high since expansion of the coverage and shows only a modest increase in recent increased significantly during the years. failure, return after default and A total of 190,893 cases (including 6,386 combined cases of return after rate excluding those 6,386 others) have been reported to NTP in 2013. So the overall case notification new smear positives cases in 2013 cases was 119 per 100,000 populations. The case notification rate for 2014. was 68 per 100,000 population and has remained at the same rate for which has crossed the target of The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS was 73 per cent in 1994, 92 percent of the new smear- more than 90 per cent. The program has successfully treated almost positive cases registered in 2014. The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS more than 90 percent. The program has successfully treated almost 92 per cent of the new smear- more than 90 percent. The program has successfully treated almost positive cases registered in 2014.

o

wh e

5 th

r e N I d % L n

u t,

h n N/L g e i r T 1 3 4 2 n . . . . I 0 1

0 0 0 0 0 9 4 2 s ild 9 8 n 9 8 9 9 u h a

c

r io f e v o d e

r n n p u t tio p la le u s p o P

r e n

p

0 3 9 6 2 3 1 1 7 0 tio te 3 4 a 0 1 3 9 9 1 3 0 1 la , 3 3 r 1 3 5 0 4 4 . 1 . 8

u 0 ...... 0 0 p 0 0 0 4 2 1 0 0 2 th o 1 a p De th 1 8 4 7 5 7 7 6 1 5 a 0 2 5 0 1 3 4 3 1 4 5 2 1 3 De

r e p n

0 e 8 5 7 9 8 4 1 4 6 0 tio c 4 1 9 9 9 8 9 4 . 3 ...... 0 n la , 2 0 ed at 99.92 per cent which is far above the target of 90 per cent above the target of 90 per cent ed at 99.92 per cent which is far 1 9 6 5 4 0 3 1 u 0 1 le 2 4 4 7 8 7 7 3 0 p 0 a 5 4 5 7 5 4 2 4 3 o 1 v e p r P 1 1 7 0 3 3 3 8 0 7 l s 9 2 5 9 7 7 7 1 8 5 e ta 8 6 8 8 7 5 1 8 4 8 s , , , , , , , , , , o a 6 4 3 5 1 9 8 9 7 2 T c 2 8 6 5 5 2 4 5 5 3 r 3 8 9 0 1 2 5 7 In 2014, it was record 4 6 a 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 Millennium Development Goals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ye 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Indicator 6.9 : Incidence, prevalence and death rates associated with tuberculosis Indicator 6.9a : Prevalence of tuberculosis per 100,000 population of 100,000. Although the figure for 2014 shows a decline in prevalence, the extent of fluctuation a decline in prevalence, the extent the figure for 2014 shows of 100,000. Although prevalence malaria the from far still are we Furthermore, stable. be not may decline the that indicates since increased decline from 2005 but has only The death rate was on a steady target set for 2015. meets the the death rate per 100,000 population 2013 and 2014. Despite this increase, slightly between of age who slept of children under 5 years set for 0.6 in 2015. Similarly, the proportion target which was currently and fluctuation, some with albeit increased, has nets mosquito treated insecticide under of children for the proportion figure base line the Moreover, by 2015. cent per of 90 the target exceeds with appropriate anti-malarial drugs was 60 per cent for the year under 5 with fever who are treated 2008. losis (TB) Prevalence Survey (2007-2009) Report of Bangladesh, the According to the National Tuberculosis (TB) Prevalence Survey (2007-2009) Report of Bangladesh, the 15 and older was estimated at 79.4 overall prevalence of new smear positive cases among adults aged per population of 100,000.This clearly overshoots the target set for 2015. Table 6. 2: Malaria Statistics, 2005-2014 by 2015. The prevalence of malaria in Bangladesh has fluctuated a great deal. In 2005, it was 441 per a population a great deal. In 2005, it was 441 malaria in Bangladesh has fluctuated The prevalence of of population with advanced HIV infection who have access to antiretroviral drugs coverage as as drugs coverage to antiretroviral who have access HIV infection with advanced of population Bangladesh’s 2012. in per cent 45 to be reported It was Bangladesh. cent in 47.7 per approximately to some due drugs antiretroviral produce started to also stage has at a growing industry pharmaceutical least developed Property Rights (TRIPs) for within the Trade Related Intellectual of the flexibilities countries (LDCs). ral Assembly Special Session (UNGASS) Report 2009 shows the proportion the proportion Report 2009 shows (UNGASS) Special Session General Assembly Nations The United Source: MIS Report, M&PDC, DGHS 76

GOAL 6

round of the National HIV Serological the National HIV round of th to NASP 18 percent of population in this age group have comprehensive, correct knowledge. Bangladesh. context of in the a relevant indicator is not this of HIV/AIDS, prevalence low Given the aged 10-14 years stands The ratio of school attendance of orphans to school attendance of non-orphans at 0.88 in Bangladesh. Surveillance, Dhaka appears to be the most vulnerable to HIV among 10 cities. Two land port areas at Two land port among 10 cities. vulnerable to HIV to be the most Dhaka appears Surveillance, areas. among border vulnerable mobility are particularly cross border and Hili with large Benapole (World Bank and Experience and Way Forward 2009 Years of HIV in Bangladesh: According to 20 (MARP), of the Most At Risk Population use has increased for specific sub-groups UNAIDS) Condom drug users, sex workers and female injecting For specific groups such as male though not for all. is quite low at use amongst married couples actually decreased. Moreover, condom condom use has to increase from 3 per cent in 1993-94. It is unlikely in 2014 though it has increased around 6.4 per cent picture and are a for 2015, the trends give a mixed no specific target was set much by 2015. Although use rate at Programmes (NASP) finds that condom However, National AIDS STD cause for concern. was 43 per cent in 2013. last high risk sex High Risk Population Table 6.1 Condom Use Amongst Having a comprehensive knowledge of HIV/AIDS entails being able to identify two major ways of any misconceptions about the preventing transmission of HIV/AIDS as well as being able to reject proportion of the youth aged 15 to disease. Various surveys conducted in Bangladesh suggest that the a national youth HIV/AIDS 24 with such comprehensive, correct knowledge is low. For instance, 2009 showed that only 17.7 percent campaign end line survey among youth in Bangladesh conducted in Indicator Multiple HIV. The correct knowledge of comprehensive 15-24 years had aged of people Cluster Survey 2006 finds this figure to be 16 percent which declined to 9 percent in 2012-13. According Cluster Survey 2006 finds this figure to be 16 percent which declined declined which is a marker for unsafe injecting practices. From 9 practices. From for unsafe injecting which is a marker declined

round th National HIV SS are very encouraging as these show that the overall prevalence of HIV in populations National HIV SS are very encouraging as these show that the overall has declined among People most at risk remains below 1 per cent and most importantly, HIV prevalence Moreover, hepatitis C has also Who Inject Drugs (PWID) in Dhaka from 7 per cent to 5.3 per cent. 6.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 6.2 then 3,674 HIV positive cases The first case of HIV/AIDS in Bangladesh was detected in 1989. Since total AIDS cases, 653 deaths have have been identified; among them 1,417 developed AIDS. Out of the surveys such as the National HIV been recorded (as of December 2014, NASP).According to the latest far below which is at 0.1 per cent of HIV/AIDS stands (2011), the prevalence Surveillance Serological is this Although area. low prevalence HIV/AIDS a considered As such, Bangladesh is level. epidemic Population (MARPs) like injecting the case, there is still ground for worry if we consider the Most at Risk drug users and members of the transgender community known as hijras. In Bangladesh, however, even drug users and members of the transgender community known as hijras. 9 the of findings The cent. per 1 below also is HIV/AIDS of incidence the MARPs, the for for the MARPs, the incidence of HIV/AIDS is also below 1 per cent. The findings of the 9 drug usersandmembersof thetransgendercommunityknownashijras.InBangladesh, however,even the case,thereisstillground forworryifweconsidertheMostatRiskPopulation (MARPs)likeinjecting epidemic level. As such,Bangladesh is considered a low prevalence HIV/AIDS area. Although this is Serological Surveillance (2011),theprevalence of HIV/AIDSstands at 0.1percent which is far below been recorded(asofDecember2014,NASP).According tothelatestsurveyssuchasNationalHIV have beenidentified;amongthem1,417developed AIDS.OutofthetotalAIDScases,653deathshave The firstcaseofHIV/AIDSinBangladeshwasdetected in1989.Sincethen3,674HIVpositivecases 6.2 Progressofachievements indifferenttargetsandindicators Who InjectDrugs (PWID)inDhaka from 7percentto5.3 cent.Moreover,hepatitis Chasalso most atriskremainsbelow 1percentandmostimportantly,HIVprevalence has declinedamongPeople National HIVSSarevery encouragingastheseshowthattheoverallprevalence ofHIVinpopulations th round

Cluster Survey2006findsthisfiguretobe16percent whichdeclinedto9percentin2012-13.According declined whichisamarkerforunsafeinjectingpractices.From9 of people aged 15-24 yearshad comprehensive correct knowledgeof HIV. The Multiple Indicator campaign endlinesurveyamongyouthinBangladesh conductedin2009showedthatonly17.7percent 24 withsuchcomprehensive,correctknowledge is low.Forinstance,anationalyouthHIV/AIDS disease. VarioussurveysconductedinBangladesh suggestthattheproportionofyouthaged15to preventing transmissionofHIV/AIDSaswellbeingabletorejectanymisconceptionsaboutthe Having acomprehensiveknowledgeofHIV/AIDSentailsbeingabletoidentifytwomajorways Table 6.1CondomUseAmongstHighRiskPopulation last highrisksexwas43percentin2013. cause forconcern.However,NationalAIDSSTDProgrammes(NASP)findsthatcondomuserateat much by2015.Althoughnospecifictargetwassetfor2015,thetrendsgiveamixedpictureandare around 6.4percentin2014thoughithasincreasedfrom31993-94.Itisunlikelytoincrease condom usehasactuallydecreased.Moreover,amongstmarriedcouplesisquitelowat though notforall.Forspecificgroupssuchasmalesexworkersandfemaleinjectingdrugusers, UNAIDS) Condomusehasincreasedforspecificsub-groupsoftheMostAtRiskPopulation(MARP), According to20YearsofHIVinBangladesh:ExperienceandWayForward2009(WorldBank Benapole andHiliwithlargecrossbordermobilityareparticularlyvulnerableamongareas. Surveillance, DhakaappearstobethemostvulnerableHIVamong10cities.Twolandportareasat at 0.88inBangladesh. The ratioofschoolattendance oforphanstoschoolattendancenon-orphans aged10-14yearsstands Given the low prevalence of HIV/AIDS, this isnot a relevantindicator in the context of Bangladesh. to NASP18percentofpopulationinthisagegroup havecomprehensive,correctknowledge. th roundoftheNationalHIVSerological

The prevalenceofmalariainBangladeshhasfluctuatedagreatdeal.In2005,itwas441perpopulation per populationof100,000.This clearlyovershootsthetargetsetfor2015. overall prevalenceofnew smearpositivecasesamongadultsaged15andolder wasestimatedat79.4 According totheNational Tuberculosis(TB)PrevalenceSurvey (2007-2009)ReportofBangladesh,the Table 6.2:MalariaStatistics,2005-2014 by 2015. 2008. under 5withfeverwhoaretreatedappropriateanti-malarialdrugswas60percentfortheyear exceeds the target of 90 per cent by 2015. Moreover, the base line figure for theproportion of children under insecticide treated mosquito nets has increased, albeit with some fluctuation, and currently target whichwassetfor0.6in2015.Similarly,theproportionofchildrenunder5yearsagewhoslept slightly between2013and2014.Despitethisincrease,thedeathrateper100,000populationmeets target setfor2015.Thedeathratewasonasteadydeclinefrom2005buthasonlysinceincreased indicates that the decline may not be stable. Furthermore, we are still far from the malaria prevalence of 100,000.Althoughthefigurefor2014showsadeclineinprevalence,extentfluctuation countries (LDCs). of theflexibilitieswithinTradeRelatedIntellectualPropertyRights(TRIPs)forleastdeveloped pharmaceutical industry at agrowing stage has also started to produce antiretroviral drugs due tosome approximately 47.7 percentin Bangladesh. Itwas reported to be45 per cent in 2012. Bangladesh’s of populationwithadvancedHIVinfectionwhohaveaccesstoantiretroviraldrugscoverageas The UnitedNationsGeneralAssemblySpecialSession(UNGASS)Report2009showstheproportion In 2014,itwasrecordedat99.92percentwhichisfarabovethetargetof90

Source: NTP,DGHS,CopenhagenConsensusBangladeshPerspectives positive casesregisteredin 2014. more than90percent.The programhassuccessfullytreatedalmost92per centofthenewsmear- The treatmentsuccessrate ofTBunderDOTS positive casesregisteredin2014. more than90percent.Theprogramhassuccessfully treatedalmost92percentofthenewsmear- The treatmentsuccessrateofTBunderDOTSwas 73percentin1994,whichhascrossedthetargetof was 68per100,000populationandhasremainedat thesameratefor2014. cases was119per100,000populations.Thecasenotification ratefornewsmearpositivescasesin2013 others) havebeenreportedtoNTPin2013.Sothe overallcasenotificationrateexcludingthose6,386 A totalof190,893cases(including6,386combinedreturnafterfailure,defaultand years. increased significantlyduringtheexpansionofcoverageandshowsonlyamodestincreaseinrecent treatment outcomeswerehighsincethebeginningofDOTSprogramme,casedetectionhas who werecuredorhavecompletedtreatmentamongthosestartedoneyearearlier.While cases notified under DOTS out of allestimated incident smear-positive cases) and numberof patients Operationally theseindicatorsareinterpretedascasedetectionrate(numberofnewsmear-positive country cannotachievethetargetof31by2015withpastlevelefforts. with TBwas61per100,000populationsin1990.Thecurrentstatusis512014.Thisindicatesthe Death ratesassociatedwithtuberculosisrepresentaclearandpressingchallenge.Thedeathrate Figure 6.1Nationwidecasenotificationrate(per100000population/year),2001-2014 short course(DOTS) Indicator 6.10:Proportionoftuberculosiscasesdetectedandcuredunderdirectlyobservedtreatment Indicator 6.9b:Deathrateassociatedwithtuberculosisper100,000population Indicator 6.10b:Proportionoftuberculosiscasessuccessfully treatedunderDOTS Indicator 6.10a:ProportionoftuberculosiscasesdetectedunderDOTS 8

100 120 140 20 40 60 80 recommended strategy forTBcontrolthathasbeen recognizedasahighlyefficientand cost-effectivestrategy course isthe internationally Observed TreatmentShort (WHO), DOTS orDirectly According tothe WorldHealthOrganisation 2001 59 31 2002 62 35 2003 66 40 2004 72 46 2005 61 88 2006 103 73 2007 8 was73percentin1994, which hascrossedthetargetof 103 73 2008 73 104 2009 74 109 2010 70 103 2011 65 99 2012 General Economics Division (GED) 108 70 2013 119 68 2014 122 68 cases NSP cases all 77

GOAL 6 Africa. However, theincidenceofmalaria andtuberculosisis significantwithintheAsia regionand Globally, newHIVinfections fellmostrapidlyintheCaribbeanfollowedby SouthAsiaandSouthern fairly lowprevalenceofHIV/AIDS withallcountrieshavinganincidencerate oflessthan1percent. people withinthe15to49 yearagebracketinfectedwiththedisease.Theregionasawholealso hasa Within theregion,Bangladesh hasafairlylowprevalenceofHIV/AIDS with only0.01percentof 6.4 StatusofMDG6inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparatorCountries out below: threaten theexistenceofhumanityinaffectedregions.Theglobalattainmentthisgoalispointed Under MDG6thenationspledgetodealwithcertaindiseases–oldaswellnew,whoseoutbreakcan 6.3 GlobalExperienceinImplementing MDG6 Figure 6.2TreatmentsuccessratesofnewsmearpositiveTBcases,2001-2014cohorts        Tuberculosisprevention,diagnosisandtreatmentsavedanestimated 37millionlivesfrom2000 Insub-SaharanAfricastilllessthan40percent ofyouthaged15to24yearshadcomprehensive Between2000and2013,tuberculosisprevention,diagnosistreatmentinterventionssaved Morethan900millioninsecticide-treatedmosquitonetsweredeliveredtomalaria-endemic Over6.2millionmalariadeathshavebeenavertedbetween 2000and2015,primarilyof ByJune2014,13.6millionpeoplelivingwithHIVwerereceivingantiretroviral therapy(ART) to 2013. correct knowledgeofHIVin2014. an estimated37millionlives.Thetuberculosismortalityratefellby45percentand thepreva- countries insub-SaharanAfricabetween2004and2014. children underfiveyearsofageinsub-SaharanAfrica.Theglobalmalariaincidenceratehas AIDS between1995and2013. globally, animmenseincreasefromjust800,000in2003.ARTaverted7.6milliondeaths New HIVinfectionsfellbyapproximately40percentbetween2000and2013,froman lence rateby41percentbetween1990and2013. fallen byanestimated37percentandthemortalityrate58cent. estimated 3.5millioncasesto2.1million. 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 100 lence rate by 41 per cent between 1990 and 2013. fallen by an estimated 37 per cent and the mortality rate by 58 per cent. fallen by an estimated 37 per cent estimated 3.5 million cases to 2.1 million. estimated 3.5 million cases to 2.1 to 2013. - an estimated 37 million lives. The tuberculosis mortality rate fell by 45 per cent and the preva correct knowledge of HIV in 2014. The global malaria incidence rate has sub-Saharan Africa. The global malaria incidence rate children under five years of age in countries in sub-Saharan Africa between 2004 and 2014. infections fell by approximately 40 per cent between 2000 and 2013, from an New HIV infections fell by approximately just 800,000 in 2003. ART averted 7.6 million deaths from globally, an immense increase from AIDS between 1995 and 2013. Tuberculosis prevention, diagnosis and treatment saved an estimated 37 million lives from 2000 Between 2000 and 2013, tuberculosis prevention, diagnosis and treatment interventions saved In sub-Saharan Africa still less than 40 per cent of youth aged 15 to 24 years had comprehensive primarily of malaria deaths have been averted between 2000 and 2015, Over 6.2 million nets were delivered to malaria-endemic More than 900 million insecticide-treated mosquito people living with HIV were receiving antiretroviral therapy (ART) By June 2014, 13.6 million Millennium Development Goals        fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS with all countries having an incidence rate of less than 1 per cent. fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS with all countries having an incidence by South Asia and Southern Globally, new HIV infections fell most rapidly in the Caribbean followed within the Asia region and Africa. However, the incidence of malaria and tuberculosis is significant 6.4 Status of MDG 6 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries Status of MDG 6 in South Asia and Two 6.4 with only 0.01 per cent of Within the region, Bangladesh has a fairly low prevalence of HIV/AIDS The region as a whole also has a people within the 15 to 49 year age bracket infected with the disease. 6.3 Global Experience in Implementing MDG 6 Global 6.3 to deal with certain diseases –old as well as new, whose outbreak can Under MDG 6 the nations pledge in the affected regions. The global attainment of this goal is pointed threaten the existence of humanity out below: Figure 6.2 Treatment success rates of new smear positive TB cases, 2001-2014 cohorts TB cases, 2001-2014 smear positive rates of new Treatment success Figure 6.2 78 Source: NTP, DGHS, GTBR WHO

GOAL 6

was 73 per cent in 1994, which has crossed the target of 8 Death rates associated with tuberculosis represent a clear and pressing challenge. The death rate associated Death rates associated with tuberculosis Figure 6.1 Nationwide case notification rate (per 100 000 population/year), 2001-2014 population/year), rate (per 100 000 notification Nationwide case Figure 6.1 with TB was 61 per 100,000 populations in 1990. The current status is 51 in 2014. This indicates the in 1990. The current status is 51 in 2014. This indicates the with TB was 61 per 100,000 populations of 31 by 2015 with past level of efforts. country cannot achieve the target interpreted as case detection rate (number of new smear-positive Operationally these indicators are patients and number of cases) incident smear-positive of all estimated DOTS out under notified cases treatment among those who started treatment one year earlier. While who were cured or have completed the beginning of the DOTS programme, case detection has treatment outcomes were high since expansion of the coverage and shows only a modest increase in recent increased significantly during the years. failure, return after default and A total of 190,893 cases (including 6,386 combined cases of return after rate excluding those 6,386 others) have been reported to NTP in 2013. So the overall case notification new smear positives cases in 2013 cases was 119 per 100,000 populations. The case notification rate for 2014. was 68 per 100,000 population and has remained at the same rate for which has crossed the target of The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS was 73 per cent in 1994, 92 percent of the new smear- more than 90 per cent. The program has successfully treated almost positive cases registered in 2014. The treatment success rate of TB under DOTS more than 90 percent. The program has successfully treated almost 92 per cent of the new smear- more than 90 percent. The program has successfully treated almost positive cases registered in 2014.

ed at 99.92 per cent which is far above the target of 90 per cent above the target of 90 per cent In 2014, it was recorded at 99.92 per cent which is far of population with advanced HIV infection who have access to antiretroviral drugs coverage as the proportion Report 2009 shows (UNGASS) Special Session General Assembly Nations The United as drugs coverage to antiretroviral who have access HIV infection with advanced of population Bangladesh’s 2012. in per cent 45 to be reported It was Bangladesh. cent in 47.7 per approximately to some due drugs antiretroviral produce started to also stage has at a growing industry pharmaceutical least developed Property Rights (TRIPs) for within the Trade Related Intellectual of the flexibilities countries (LDCs). of 100,000. Although the figure for 2014 shows a decline in prevalence, the extent of fluctuation a decline in prevalence, the extent the figure for 2014 shows of 100,000. Although prevalence malaria the from far still are we Furthermore, stable. be not may decline the that indicates since increased decline from 2005 but has only The death rate was on a steady target set for 2015. meets the the death rate per 100,000 population 2013 and 2014. Despite this increase, slightly between of age who slept of children under 5 years set for 0.6 in 2015. Similarly, the proportion target which was currently and fluctuation, some with albeit increased, has nets mosquito treated insecticide under of children for the proportion figure base line the Moreover, by 2015. cent per of 90 the target exceeds with appropriate anti-malarial drugs was 60 per cent for the year under 5 with fever who are treated 2008. by 2015. Table 6. 2: Malaria Statistics, 2005-2014 According to the National Tuberculosis (TB) Prevalence Survey (2007-2009) Report of Bangladesh, the 15 and older was estimated at 79.4 overall prevalence of new smear positive cases among adults aged per population of 100,000.This clearly overshoots the target set for 2015. The prevalence of malaria in Bangladesh has fluctuated a great deal. In 2005, it was 441 per a population a great deal. In 2005, it was 441 malaria in Bangladesh has fluctuated The prevalence of

round of the National HIV Serological the National HIV round of th to NASP 18 percent of population in this age group have comprehensive, correct knowledge. Bangladesh. context of in the a relevant indicator is not this of HIV/AIDS, prevalence low Given the aged 10-14 years stands The ratio of school attendance of orphans to school attendance of non-orphans at 0.88 in Bangladesh. Surveillance, Dhaka appears to be the most vulnerable to HIV among 10 cities. Two land port areas at Two land port among 10 cities. vulnerable to HIV to be the most Dhaka appears Surveillance, areas. among border vulnerable mobility are particularly cross border and Hili with large Benapole (World Bank and Experience and Way Forward 2009 Years of HIV in Bangladesh: According to 20 (MARP), of the Most At Risk Population use has increased for specific sub-groups UNAIDS) Condom drug users, sex workers and female injecting For specific groups such as male though not for all. is quite low at use amongst married couples actually decreased. Moreover, condom condom use has to increase from 3 per cent in 1993-94. It is unlikely in 2014 though it has increased around 6.4 per cent picture and are a for 2015, the trends give a mixed no specific target was set much by 2015. Although use rate at Programmes (NASP) finds that condom However, National AIDS STD cause for concern. was 43 per cent in 2013. last high risk sex High Risk Population Table 6.1 Condom Use Amongst Having a comprehensive knowledge of HIV/AIDS entails being able to identify two major ways of any misconceptions about the preventing transmission of HIV/AIDS as well as being able to reject proportion of the youth aged 15 to disease. Various surveys conducted in Bangladesh suggest that the a national youth HIV/AIDS 24 with such comprehensive, correct knowledge is low. For instance, 2009 showed that only 17.7 percent campaign end line survey among youth in Bangladesh conducted in Indicator Multiple HIV. The correct knowledge of comprehensive 15-24 years had aged of people Cluster Survey 2006 finds this figure to be 16 percent which declined to 9 percent in 2012-13. According Cluster Survey 2006 finds this figure to be 16 percent which declined declined which is a marker for unsafe injecting practices. From 9 practices. From for unsafe injecting which is a marker declined

round th National HIV SS are very encouraging as these show that the overall prevalence of HIV in populations National HIV SS are very encouraging as these show that the overall has declined among People most at risk remains below 1 per cent and most importantly, HIV prevalence Moreover, hepatitis C has also Who Inject Drugs (PWID) in Dhaka from 7 per cent to 5.3 per cent. 6.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 6.2 then 3,674 HIV positive cases The first case of HIV/AIDS in Bangladesh was detected in 1989. Since total AIDS cases, 653 deaths have have been identified; among them 1,417 developed AIDS. Out of the surveys such as the National HIV been recorded (as of December 2014, NASP).According to the latest far below which is at 0.1 per cent of HIV/AIDS stands (2011), the prevalence Surveillance Serological is this Although area. low prevalence HIV/AIDS a considered As such, Bangladesh is level. epidemic Population (MARPs) like injecting the case, there is still ground for worry if we consider the Most at Risk drug users and members of the transgender community known as hijras. In Bangladesh, however, even drug users and members of the transgender community known as hijras. 9 the of findings The cent. per 1 below also is HIV/AIDS of incidence the MARPs, the for Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ Essential ServicesPackage undertheHealthandPopulationSectorProgram (HPSP). 1998. In1998,theNTP wasintegratedintotheCommunicableDisease Control componentofthe field implementationin1993 inonlyfourupazilasandprogressivelyexpanded tocoveralldistrictsby Control Program(NMCP) andtheNationalTuberculosisControlProgram (NTP).The NTPstartedits major policydirectivesand interventionstakenforthbythegovernmentinclude theNationalMalaria National MonitoringandEvaluationSystemthatwill strengthenfollowupofMDGindicators.Other comprehensive andintegratedactioninresponse toHIV/AIDS.TheNSPwillalsoincorporatea Government withthesupportofdonoragencies has developedaNationalStrategicPlan(NSP)for The AIDSInitiativeOrganizationwaslaunchedin 2007inordertocombatthevirus.Moreover, programs whichincludeparticipationfromschools, aswellreligiousandcommunityorganizations. was approved.Thecountry’sHIVpoliciesandstrategies arebasedonothersuccessfulfamilyplanning women, migrantpopulation,andsexworkers.In2004, asix-yearNationalStrategicPlan(2004-2010) including testing,carebloodsafety,sexuallytransmitted infections,andpreventionamongyouth, National AIDSCouncil(NAC).ThenationalAIDS/STD Programhassetguidelinesonkeyissues National AIDSandSexuallyTransmittedDiseaseProgramundertheoverallpolicysupportof Bangladesh’s HIV/AIDSpreventionprogramcommencedin1985withtheestablishmentof 6.5 Government’sSpecificEfforts toAchieveMDG6 causal factorsforyethightuberculosisprevalence. reveals. Veryhighpopulationdensityandproliferatingslumdwellersinurbanareashasbeenimportant Bhutan. along withAfghanistanandMaldives.Ithasthesecondhighestrateofmalariadeathinregionafter Bangladesh hasthelowest percentage of population aged15-49yearswholivewithHYVintheregion Table 6.3CrossCountryComparisonofHIV/AIDS,MalariaandOtherDiseases rates declinedannuallyby4.2percentduringthisperiod. two regions:EastandSouthAsia.InAsia,whichaccountsforalmosthalfofTBdeaths,mortality for Bangladesh.TBratesgloballyhavedeclinedbetween2000and2013,owinglargelytoprogressin C Af B o C Vie S M P a u B a r g n Ne n a i I a m h h g n k tr L ld t a u la d is b y p Na n a ta iv ia o Tuberculosis prevalencerateishighestinBangladeshamongtheregionalcountriesasdata

a ta d n is d l n e k e m n ta ia s s a h n 1 1 AI 3 2 2 2 4 2 3 9 2 1 2 7 0 8 9 DS 1 2 5 7 ( 2 6 5 2 ( ( 1 4 2 …. 3 8 ( ( 2 2 ( ( 0 2 2

2 ( 0 0 2 2 De 1 2 0 0 ( 1 1 0 0 0 3 2 1 1 1 3 1 3 a 1 ) 0 3 3 3 ) 3 ) th 3 1 ) ) ) ) ) ) P HI e o o ld V, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 p , ...... le

2 4 2 0 1 0 0 0 7 0 p 1 6 0

3 1 3 1 1 7 4 2 e 5 liv ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( r - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 c 4 in 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e 9 1 1 n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

g 3 3 y 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ta

) ) e ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) with g a e r s

M 1 a 0 la 0 , r 0 ia 0 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 4 8 4 2 4

0 ( ( ( l d ( ( ( ( (

2 2 2 e p 2 2 2 2 2 … a 0 0 0 0 a o 0 0 0 0 0 g 1 1 1 th p 1 1 1 1 1 e 2 2 2 u 2 2 2 2 2

s ) ) ) r la ) ) ) ) ) a te tio

p n e ,

r

General Economics Division (GED) r a T te u

p b e e r r c ( 1 2 2 2 1 4 3 3 1 u m 5 4 0 1 1 0 9 0 4 4 0 l 7 3 o 0 id 1 1 9 6 2 0 2 3 ( ( s , ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 0 2 2 - is 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 p 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

o 1 1 0 p 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 in 3 3

r p 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 e ) ) t) o ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) v p a u le la n tio c e

n 79

GOAL 6

Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria and other Diseases in the 2030 Development Agenda Malaria and other Diseases in the 2030 Combat HIV/AIDS, Millennium Development Goals adequate funding, research and innovation on neglected diseases will remain crucial in averting innovation on neglected diseases will remain crucial in averting adequate funding, research and public health crises. to complement the efforts of the government, a large number of NGOs are actively working on HIV and HIV on working actively are NGOs of number large a government, the efforts of the complement to the STI/AIDS 235 NGOs are interlinked through in prevention, and approximately AIDS, primarily of Health been and is obtained from the Ministry for all the HIV/STI activities has Network. Funding (GFATM); World Fund for AIDS, TB and Malaria (MoHFW), GoB; the Global and Family Welfare and other USAID; and others. BRAC, ICDDRB Technical Cooperation (GTZ); Bank; DFID; German programs. malaria and tuberculosis control also involved with the government’s leading NGOs are

Goal 3 of SDGs– Good Health and Well-being – aims to ensure healthy lives and promote well-being Well-being – aims to ensure healthy lives and promote well-being Goal 3 of SDGs– Good Health and all, including a bold commitment for all at all ages. SDG 3 aspires to ensure health and well-being for diseases by 2030. It also aims to end epidemics of AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria and other communicable effective medicines and vaccines to achieve universal health coverage, and provide access to safe and and non- of communicable cover issues wide-ranging and and numerous targets are The Goal 3 all. for a holistic framework for devel- communicable diseases, lifestyle and healthy environments. It requires for addressing health issues in a opment of national responses. The SDGs provide a new framework strategic population and nutrition drafted health, recently way. The multi-sectoral and holistic more multi sectoral approach in the light investment plan (HNPSIP) 2016-21 for Bangladesh is based on the of SDGs, particularly goals 3 and 6. 6.8 6.8 imbalance in funding and research in favour of tropical diseases as well as tuberculosis. Generating in favour of tropical diseases as imbalance in funding and research A challenge for not only Bangladesh but for developing countries as a whole is to tilt the global but for developing countries as a whole is to tilt the global A challenge for not only Bangladesh 6.7 Key Challenges Key 6.7 is to continue to raise awareness amongst those most at risk of As far as target 6A, the main challenge the contraceptive use rate for these at-risk populations is imperative. HIV/AIDS. Moreover, increasing of challenges globally about ensuring policy harmonisation across Target 6B presents a distinct set WHO and the WTO and ensuring that patent laws are more relaxed various global institutions like the to essential drugs for life threatening diseases. Finally, with respect when it comes to the provision of have emerged. The prevalence of malaria and the inability to meet target 6C, a few important challenges to efforts need to be reinvigorated in this area. The emphasis needs the MDG target for 2015 means that Bangladesh where malaria is considered to be endemic. Moreover, be given to the 13 districts within targeting tuberculosis control considering that Bangladesh still there needs to be continued interventions remains a high- prevalent TB country. country. The WHO has also conducted divisional trainings on HIV counselling and testing. Additionally, HIV counselling trainings on conducted divisional The WHO has also country. 6.6 Partnership with Non-Government Actors Non-Government with Partnership 6.6 support in technical by way of providing a significant role has played Health Organisation The World the production within anti-retroviral drug evaluation of and the of HIV/AIDS surveillance the area 80

GOAL 6 Forestry Programme of the government, now almost all districts have been brought under forest CHAPTER 7 coverage. Marginal land such as road, railway and embankment sides has been used for such forestation. Under the Coastal Forestation Programme newly accreted shoals have been brought under forest coverage. Bangladesh’s endowment of vast inland open water measures at 4.05 million hectares, and closed Such coastal forestation also serves the purpose of a permanent protective green belt along the coast and waters measures at 0.3 million hectares which include man-made ponds and aquaculture enclosures. In Bangladesh, the major Ozone Depleting Substances (ODSs) are CFC11, CFC12, CTC, HCFC22 and also as a defence against storms and cyclones. The government has introduced a Protected Area The country also has 166,000 km of marine water resources in the Bay of Bengal, extending up to 200 HCFC141b. Management System and sylvicultural interventions such as Enrichment Plantation and Assisted The country is in compliance with the ODS target and consumption of ODSs has been nautical miles in the exclusive economic zone, with high potential of fish production. It is estimated that Natural Regeneration in order to increase the tree density of the existing forests. in line with the Montreal Protocol obligations. The consumption of CFCs from the commercial sector 265 species of fish and 24 species of prawn inhabit the inland waters, whereas 475 species of fish and uses has been totally phased out from 1 January 2010 and has been phased out from metered dose inhalers 38 species of shrimp inhabit the marine waters. According to IUCN (2000) 54 inland species of fish are The ever increasing population of Bangladesh puts enormous pressure on the existing publicly managed (MDIs) production since 1 January 2013. Other ODSs such as carbon tetrachloride (CTC), methyl- forests and natural resources. To counter this, Participatory Social Forestation programme was threatened. Of these threatened species, 12 species are critically endangered and 4 species are threatened chloroform (MCF) and methyl bromide (MBr) have also been phased out since 1 January 2010. The in the marine systems. introduced in the early 1980s in order to bring the government owned fallow khaas land under forestry country phased out HCFC141b from the foam sector among all other developing countries since coverage, making room for the marginally poor to participate in the programme. In order to attract 31December 2012. The country has been implementing HCFC Phase-out Management Plan (HPMP) The actual fish production is shown source-wise in Table 7.1. Total fish production increased from 8.96 popular participation, the government has raised the profit margin significantly for the participating Stage I and is gradually phasing out other HCFCs as per Montreal Protocol obligation. lakh tonnes in 1990-1991 to 34.10 lakh tonnes in 2012-13. The table shows increase in production in all poor. Through this Social Forestry Programme about 0.40 million hectares of land have been brought categories, though there is a slow down after 2011 mainly due to decline in capture fisheries. under forest coverage. In Bangladesh the consumption of ODSs was 202.1 ODP tonnes, which rose to 826.9 ODP tonnes in 2001 as shown in Figure 7.2. However, after 2002 this consumption declined to 66.47 ODP tonnes in Despite the positive picture in afforestation, extensive destruction and clearing of forests for agri- Table 7.1: Source-Wise Fish Production, 1990-2013 culture, homestead and other non-forest purpose grimly thwart the target of attaining 20 per cent 2012 and 64.88 ODP tonnes in 2013. The latter number is within the target limit of 65.39 ODP tonnes forest coverage with tree density of more than 70 per cent by the end of 2015. for 2015. The consumption of Ozone depleting CFCs in ODP tonnes shows similar pattern in Figure 7.3. Figure 7.2: Consumption of Ozone Depleting Substances in ODP tonnes, 1990-2013

Goal 7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability Bangladesh is not a big emitter of CO2 and it has no obligation to reduce greenhouse gas emissions given its LDC status. However, in its Bangladesh Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan (BCCSAP) 2009, the government has identified low carbon emission as one of the priority areas. According to the 7.1 Introduction Second National Communication (SNC) submitted to the UNFCCC in 2012, the total carbon emission The process of economic growth has always been disruptive, inflicting severe toll on environment and was 33.27 tonnes in 2005. Between 2001 and 2005, the per capita carbon emission remained almost the ecology. Striking a critical balance between short term economic gain and long term environmental same: 0.26 tonnes and 0.25 tonnes in 2001 and 2005 respectively. According to the SNC, the emission damage poses a daunting challenge for a developing country. Managing development in a sustainable was 0.23 tonnes per capita in 2005.The per capita CO2 emission in Bangladesh remains at a very low way to ensure intergenerational equity is the basic spirit of MDG 7. level, given the global context. However, there are some major areas of intervention to reduce emission such as, power generation, transportation and industrial production. The achievements of Bangladesh in MDG 7 have been a mixed bag. While significant improvements have been recorded in case of sanitation and safe drinking water, other areas such as forest areas, carbon Figure 7.1 shows the projection of the total GHGs (CO2, CH4 and N2O) emissions in the energy sector. In 2005, the total GHG emissions in the energy sector were 41,720 kton of CO equivalent. The emission, and slum dwelling require greater attention. At present 13.40 per cent of land in Bangladesh 2 emissions are being projected to 145,308 kton of CO equivalent for 2030, signifying a 3.5 times Note: Figures of 2010 & 2011 included CFC consumption under Essential Use Nomination approved is covered by forest with a tree density of 30 per cent and above. The proportion of protected 2 Bangladesh is endowed with rich water resources. According to the National Water Plan Phase II the increase over the 2005 emissions. In 2030, electricity generation and industry would be the two main by the meeting of the parties of Montreal Protocol for production of metered dose inhalers only. terrestrial and marine area is 1.81 per cent and 1.34 per cent respectively. This is less than the internal renewable water resources of Bangladesh are estimated at 105 km³/year, including 84 km³ of sources of GHG emissions. surface water produced internally as stream flows from rainfall, and approximately 21 km³ of ground- target of 5 per cent. However, an additional 3 per cent area is expected to be under Protected Area 7.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators Figure 7.3: Consumption of Ozone Depleting CFCs in ODP Tonnes, 1990-2013 water resources from within the country. Annual cross-border river flows that also enter groundwater system by 2015. 98.5 per cent of the population of Bangladesh is using improved drinking water source Figure 7.1: Total GHG Emissions Projection from Energy Activities, 2005-2030 at present. However, arsenic adjusted figure was 86 per cent in 2013. 64 per cent of the population was are estimated at 1105.64 km3 and represent over 90 per cent of total renewable water resources which using improved sanitation in 2013 and has been increasing rapidly. Access to safe water for all is a are estimated to be 1210.64 km³. Total water withdrawal in 2008 was estimated at about 35.87 km³, challenge due to arsenic contamination and salinity intrusion as a consequence of climate change which of which approximately 31.50 km3 (88 per cent) is used by agriculture, 3.60 km3 (10 per cent) by exacerbates the problem of availability of safe water especially for the poor. municipalities and 0.77 km3 (2 per cent) by industries. About 28.48 km³ or 79 per cent of total water withdrawal comes from groundwater and 7.39 km3 or 21 per cent, from surface water. 9 The MDG MDG 7: Targets with indicators The proportion of land area covered by forest increased from 9 per cent in 1990-1991 to 11.3 per cent Database prepared and maintained by the United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD) shows that the in 2000, and 13.4 per cent in 2014. According to the Department of Forest the total forest area in proportion of total water resources used in Bangladesh was 2.9 per cent in 2010. Base year Status in Bangladesh was 2.60 million hectares in 2013. Of this total forest area, 2.33 million hectares (90 per Targets and indicators Current status (source) Target by 2015 1990/1991 2000 cent) were publicly owned as classified and unclassified forests, and 0.27 million hectares (10 per cent) Target 7.A: Integrate the principles of sustainable development into country policies and programs and reverse the were privately owned. Of the publicly owned forests, managed by the Department of Forest, there were loss of environmental resources both natural and plantation forests. Though the publicly owned forests were much bigger in total area, Target 7.B: Reduce biodiversity loss, achieving, by 2010, a significant reduction in the rate of loss there were 28 districts, out of 64, that had no public forest in the past. However, through the Social

General Economics Division (GED) 81 The MDG 9 (10 per cent) by 3 or 21 per cent, from surface water. 3 (88 per cent) is used by agriculture, 3.60 km 3 and represent over 90 per cent of total renewable water resources which and represent over 90 per cent of total renewable water resources 3 (2 per cent) by industries. About 28.48 km³ or 79 per cent of total water (2 per cent) by industries. About 28.48 km³ or 79 per cent of total 3 municipalities and 0.77 km are estimated to be 1210.64 km³. Total water withdrawal in 2008 was estimated at about 35.87 km³, km³, 35.87 about at estimated was 2008 in withdrawal water Total km³. 1210.64 be to estimated are of which approximately 31.50 km Bangladesh’s endowment of vast inland open water measures at 4.05 million hectares, and closed hectares, and at 4.05 million open water measures of vast inland endowment Bangladesh’s enclosures. aquaculture and ponds man-made include which hectares million 0.3 at measures waters up to 200 resources in the Bay of Bengal, extending has 166,000 km of marine water The country also It is estimated that high potential of fish production. the exclusive economic zone, with nautical miles in species of fish and the inland waters, whereas 475 and 24 species of prawn inhabit 265 species of fish species of fish are to IUCN (2000) 54 inland inhabit the marine waters. According 38 species of shrimp are threatened critically endangered and 4 species threatened species, 12 species are threatened. Of these in the marine systems. from 8.96 Table 7.1. Total fish production increased is shown source-wise in The actual fish production production in all The table shows increase in to 34.10 lakh tonnes in 2012-13. lakh tonnes in 1990-1991 mainly due to decline in capture fisheries. there is a slow down after 2011 categories, though 1990-2013 Table 7.1: Source-Wise Fish Production, National Water Plan Phase II the Bangladesh is endowed with rich water resources. According to the of km³ 84 including km³/year, 105 at estimated are Bangladesh of resources water renewable internal approximately 21 km³ of ground- surface water produced internally as stream flows from rainfall, and flows that also enter groundwater water resources from within the country. Annual cross-border river are estimated at 1105.64 km Database prepared and maintained by the United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD) shows that the Database prepared and maintained by the United Nations Statistics cent in 2010. proportion of total water resources used in Bangladesh was 2.9 per withdrawal comes from groundwater and 7.39 km

uses has been totally phased out from 1 January 2010 and has been phased out from metered dose inhalers and has been phased out from metered phased out from 1 January 2010 uses has been totally (CTC), methyl- such as carbon tetrachloride since 1 January 2013. Other ODSs (MDIs) production 2010. The also been phased out since 1 January and methyl bromide (MBr) have chloroform (MCF) since countries developing sector among all other the foam from out HCFC141b country phased Plan (HPMP) HCFC Phase-out Management The country has been implementing 31December 2012. per Montreal Protocol obligation. phasing out other HCFCs as Stage I and is gradually ODSs was 202.1 ODP tonnes, which rose to 826.9 ODP tonnes in In Bangladesh the consumption of after 2002 this consumption declined to 66.47 ODP tonnes in 2001 as shown in Figure 7.2. However, The latter number is within the target limit of 65.39 ODP tonnes 2012 and 64.88 ODP tonnes in 2013. depleting CFCs in ODP tonnes shows similar pattern in Figure 7.3. for 2015. The consumption of Ozone Depleting Substances in ODP tonnes, 1990-2013 Figure 7.2: Consumption of Ozone Use Nomination approved Note: Figures of 2010 & 2011 included CFC consumption under Essential metered dose inhalers only. by the meeting of the parties of Montreal Protocol for production of 1990-2013 Figure 7.3: Consumption of Ozone Depleting CFCs in ODP Tonnes, In Bangladesh, the major Ozone Depleting Substances (ODSs) are CFC11, CFC12, CTC, HCFC22 and CTC, HCFC22 are CFC11, CFC12, Substances (ODSs) Ozone Depleting the major In Bangladesh, been and consumption of ODSs has compliance with the ODS target HCFC141b. The country is in of CFCs from the commercial sector Protocol obligations. The consumption in line with the Montreal

equivalent. The 2 land under forestry under land khaas O) emissions in the energy sector. O) emissions in the energy 2 and N and 4 equivalent for 2030, signifying a 3.5 times 2 , CH , emission in Bangladesh remains at a very low emission in Bangladesh remains 2 2 and it has no obligation to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and it has no obligation to reduce 2 To counter this, Participatory Social Forestation programme was Forestry Programme of the government, now almost all districts have been brought under forest under brought have been all districts almost now the government, of Programme Forestry such forestation. has been used for sides railway and embankment land such as road, Marginal coverage. coverage. under forest have been brought accreted shoals Programme newly Coastal Forestation Under the (BCCSAP) Plan and Action Climate Change Strategy Bangladesh in its status. However, LDC given its low carbon emission as one of the priority areas. According to the 2009, the government has identified (SNC) submitted to the UNFCCC in 2012, the total carbon emission Second National Communication 2001 and 2005, the per capita carbon emission remained almost the was 33.27 tonnes in 2005. Between in 2001 and 2005 respectively. According to the SNC, the emission same: 0.26 tonnes and 0.25 tonnes per capita CO was 0.23 tonnes per capita in 2005.The level, given the global context. However, there are some major areas of intervention to reduce emission there are some major areas of intervention to reduce emission level, given the global context. However, and industrial production. such as, power generation, transportation total GHGs (CO the shows the projection of Figure 7.1 emissions are being projected to 145,308 kton of CO In 2005, the total GHG emissions in the energy sector were 41,720 kton of CO In 2005, the total GHG emissions in the energy sector were 41,720 also as a defence against storms and cyclones. The government has introduced a Protected Area and coast the along belt green protective permanent a of purpose the serves also forestation coastal Such a Protected Area The government has introduced against storms and cyclones. also as a defence and Assisted such as Enrichment Plantation and sylvicultural interventions Management System of the existing forests. in order to increase the tree density Natural Regeneration publicly managed enormous pressure on the existing population of Bangladesh puts The ever increasing resources. forests and natural fallow owned government the bring to order in 1980s early the in introduced attract order to In programme. the in participate to poor the marginally for room coverage, making the participating the profit margin significantly for the government has raised popular participation, have been brought 0.40 million hectares of land Social Forestry Programme about poor. Through this under forest coverage. - extensive destruction and clearing of forests for agri Despite the positive picture in afforestation, purpose grimly thwart the target of attaining 20 per cent culture, homestead and other non-forest of more than 70 per cent by the end of 2015. forest coverage with tree density CO Bangladesh is not a big emitter of increase over the 2005 emissions. In 2030, electricity generation and industry would be the two main increase over the 2005 emissions. In 2030, electricity generation and sources of GHG emissions. 2005-2030 Figure 7.1: Total GHG Emissions Projection from Energy Activities, 5 ) 1

0 %

2 0

s

9 r 7

y 0 0 0 3 0 > b . . - - . - - - ic 0 0

lle s 5 5 0 t 1 1 a ity e 6 2 s b we g

n d r d

a n De m a T (

r lu s )

te ) s 2 n e 1 i % wa

) 0 c

0 s )

) ) 4 e 2 g 3 e illio , 3 3 te 1 p ts > c

n s in a 1 1 0

) ) n m

r r

k 0 0 5 5 e ) l) )

u 2 ity b la 0 tio 2 2 ) , ) 1 1 ) s 5 5 in o ) ) - - a p ) 0 ia in e 0 te r S

0 0 3 s n 1 1 r 3 2 2 3 r 1 3 r ( ic 1 tr d e 2 2 1 a 0 0

B in e 1 1 1 1

, , 1 t s n 0 r s d 0 la 2 2 e s v 0 0 0 0 e 8

0 B S S

u m 2 a f 0 2 u u

r , ,

a 2 2 2 2 e t 9 8 3 2 , t r a , ,

c . . 4 m 6 P P e , n . 2 s M le e s P D, a r N, 2 4 S S .

1 ( e VR VR t D, 3 a m E

t

T 6 M M 0 T s C C S S 1 o ( F v a d to

NH, 4 J J ( id I I

( (

AF t ( ( s n UC f f C 3 B s

) 1 Do B . S I n e a ( 9 5 UNS s ( ( o M M o l 7 1 4 le 8

( . . r

1 e ( ( ( . e a C

8 6 1 s b d 7 3 r 1 f ( c n 1

e 9 9 0 n r 9 7 8 o c . . . 6

2 ila a 7 5

la tio

5 3 3 a , liv . 9 5

Cu 2 v in F le 6 e

Na a b 4 t th a nd

Do 5 o ( 2 in n in (

ta t )

ta s n 1 u e in s 0

Da 4 0

m 0 s t 5 3 . . 1 e 6 0 5 8 – 2 u 1 6 u - - .

. 1 2 - , v t 7 0 4 o 1 . ) 7 3 1 o a S 2 8 0 P r t B P p S B P with

( ( im

le t 1 r p n 9 a a o e 9 e 1

GDP ic 1 . 4

y p 0 8 4

/1

. 9 2 1 - - if 1 - . . f 6 e 3 0 9 0 n $ s 0 0 o

9 2

r a ig 9 n e s B 1

p

a tio

d r d

n o e

g

a p

v n d

o d in g g e r s tin ie e e ita n e

p r tio c h in in le

p r n e s d s c te e a la p u n v a u n u with a s c e

u

o

a o th e r r s e d

to n p n r s r c , l

-

o

k v e o te r ) t e 5 ility a a c th ia p ic p tio tio e

a n c 1

e te h s s tr g tr r

to a o 0 l, wa n la la e ic s f a e s a z a 2

ie l u u

n r

e to ta

d wa

o b c r

n p p e h m d n d ,

y ta r

r

e to f g o o v , n in 0 is b

o u

te to p s

, o n te t

f p p o tio

2 its ,

la i s c f d s n c

f f f f f 0 e

n k o f f n n te ita o o o

o o 2 e io

o o

a lv o lim in n

s n e

io

tio

r n n n n n r y a s s l s n n ODP n tr is p d p

s d t a B (

Ha

tio is e

e

m tio tio tio tio tio s r m m d s d in tio tio tio r r r ic r r g :

a e m o r r e u e c % u lu o o o g o o s r e

e s p o o s D: C 2 v v r e p p p p p s n a

. . t, n o p p 2 lo o o a c tin e o o o o o ita O s 7 7 r

r r T o o o in r r r r r c n x O e p io

e r r t t tio P p p C r r P P P P P C e a e e b g

P C P ta

: : Millennium Development Goals u

o in c : : : : s g g ita

f : 0 : : : a : r im im o e in r r

6 5 4 3

r

b n f a s . . . . 1 9 8 7 2 2 1 a a y e ...... n n a u a e 7 7 7 7 Indicator 7.1: Proportion of land area covered by forest Target 7. A:Integrate the principles of sustainable development into country policies and programmes Target 7. A:Integrate the principles of sustainable development into and reverse the loss of environmental resources s r m s with liv b a p s a T 7 7 7 T 7 7 7 7 The proportion of land area covered by forest increased from 9 per cent in 1990-1991 to 11.3 per cent to 1990-1991 in 9 per cent from increased forest by covered of land area proportion The of Forest the total forest area in in 2000, and 13.4 per cent in 2014. According to the Department hectares (90 per Bangladesh was 2.60 million hectares in 2013. Of this total forest area, 2.33 million 0.27 million hectares (10 per cent) cent) were publicly owned as classified and unclassified forests, and Department of Forest, there were were privately owned. Of the publicly owned forests, managed by the were much bigger in total area, both natural and plantation forests. Though the publicly owned forests Social the However, through past. the forest in public no had that of 64, districts, out 28 were there 7.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 7.2 Source: Bangladesh MDGs Progress Report 2015 (Updated) 82

GOAL 7 adjusted figure was 86 per cent in 2013. 64 per cent of the population was adjusted figure was 86 per cent in 2013. 64 per cent of the population cent of the population of Bangladesh is using improved drinking water source cent of the population of Bangladesh is using improved drinking water using improved sanitation in 2013 and has been increasing rapidly. Access to safe water for all is a Access to safe water for all is a using improved sanitation in 2013 and has been increasing rapidly. of climate change which challenge due to arsenic contamination and salinity intrusion as a consequence poor. exacerbates the problem of availability of safe water especially for the MDG 7: Targets with indicators Goal 7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability Environmental Goal 7: Ensure Introduction 7.1 on environment and always been disruptive, inflicting severe toll The process of economic growth has between short term economic gain and long term environmental ecology. Striking a critical balance sustainable in a Managing development developing country. poses a daunting challenge for a damage is the basic spirit of MDG 7. way to ensure intergenerational equity improvements significant While bag. mixed a been have 7 MDG in Bangladesh of achievements The and safe drinking water, other areas such as forest areas, carbon have been recorded in case of sanitation per cent of land in Bangladesh emission, and slum dwelling require greater attention. At present 13.40 The is covered by forest with a tree density of 30 per cent and above. proportion of protected respectively. This is less than the terrestrial and marine area is 1.81 per cent and 1.34 per cent Area Protected under be to expected is area cent per 3 additional an However, cent. per 5 of target system by 2015. 98.5 per at present. However, arsenic at present.However,arsenic system by2015.98.5per target of 5 per cent. However, an additional 3 per cent area is expected to be under Protected Area terrestrial andmarineareais1.81percent 1.34percentrespectively.Thisislessthanthe protected of proportion is coveredbyforestwithatreedensityof30percentandabove.The emission, andslumdwellingrequiregreaterattention.Atpresent13.40percentoflandinBangladesh have beenrecordedincaseofsanitationandsafedrinkingwater,otherareassuchasforestareas,carbon The achievements of Bangladesh in MDG 7 have been a mixed bag. While significant improvements way toensureintergenerationalequityisthebasicspiritofMDG7. damage poses adauntingchallengefor developing country.Managingdevelopment in a sustainable ecology. Strikingacriticalbalancebetweenshorttermeconomicgainandlongenvironmental The processofeconomicgrowthhasalwaysbeendisruptive,inflictingseveretollonenvironmentand 7.1 Introduction Goal 7:Ensure Environmental Sustainability MDG 7:Targetswithindicators exacerbates theproblemofavailabilitysafewater especiallyforthepoor. challenge duetoarseniccontaminationandsalinity intrusionasaconsequenceofclimatechangewhich using improvedsanitationin2013andhasbeenincreasing rapidly.Accesstosafewaterforallisa cent ofthepopulationBangladeshisusingimproved drinkingwatersource adjustedfigurewas86percentin2013.64 ofthepopulationwas there were 28 districts, out of 64, that had no public forest in the past. However, through the Social both naturalandplantation forests.Thoughthepubliclyownedforestswere muchbiggerintotalarea, were privatelyowned.Of thepubliclyownedforests,managedbyDepartment ofForest,therewere cent) werepubliclyowned asclassifiedandunclassifiedforests,0.27million hectares(10percent) Bangladesh was2.60millionhectares in2013.Ofthistotalforestarea,2.33millionhectares (90per in 2000,and13.4percent2014.Accordingto theDepartmentofForesttotalforestareain The proportion of landarea covered by forest increased from 9 percent in 1990-1991 to 11.3 percent 7.2 Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators Source: Second National CommunicationofBangladesh, DepartmentofEnvironment, 2012 Figure 7.1:TotalGHGEmissionsProjectionfrom EnergyActivities,2005-2030 sources ofGHGemissions. increase overthe2005emissions.In2030,electricity generationandindustrywouldbethetwomain Bangladesh isnotabigemitterofCO forest coveragewithtreedensityofmorethan70percentbytheend2015. culture, homesteadandothernon-forestpurposegrimlythwartthetargetofattaining20percent Despite thepositivepictureinafforestation,extensivedestructionandclearingofforestsforagri- under forestcoverage. poor. ThroughthisSocialForestryProgrammeabout0.40millionhectaresoflandhavebeenbrought popular participation,thegovernmenthasraisedprofitmarginsignificantlyforparticipating coverage, makingroom for the marginally poor to participate in the programme. In order to attract introduced in the early 1980s in order to bring the government owned fallow forests andnaturalresources. The everincreasingpopulationofBangladeshputsenormouspressureontheexistingpubliclymanaged Natural Regenerationinordertoincreasethetreedensityofexistingforests. Management SystemandsylviculturalinterventionssuchasEnrichmentPlantationAssisted also asadefenceagainststormsandcyclones.ThegovernmenthasintroducedProtectedArea Such coastal forestation also serves the purpose of a permanent protective green belt along the coast and In 2005,thetotalGHGemissionsinenergysectorwere41,720ktonofCO emissions arebeingprojectedto145,308ktonofCO Figure 7.1 shows theprojectionof the total GHGs(CO such as,powergeneration,transportationandindustrialproduction. level, giventheglobalcontext.However,therearesomemajorareasofinterventiontoreduceemission was 0.23tonnespercapitain2005.TheCO same: 0.26tonnesand0.25in20012005respectively.AccordingtotheSNC,emission was 33.27tonnesin2005.Between2001and2005,thepercapitacarbonemissionremainedalmost Second NationalCommunication(SNC)submittedtotheUNFCCCin2012,totalcarbonemission 2009, thegovernmenthasidentifiedlowcarbonemissionasoneofpriorityareas.Accordingto given its LDC status. However, in its Bangladesh Climate ChangeStrategy and Action Plan (BCCSAP) Under theCoastalForestationProgrammenewlyaccretedshoalshavebeenbroughtunderforestcoverage. coverage. Marginallandsuchasroad,railwayandembankmentsideshasbeenusedforforestation. Forestry Programme of thegovernment, now almost alldistrictshavebeen brought under forest Indicator 7.2a:CO2emissions(tonnespercapita) Indicator 7.2:CO2emissions,total,percapitaand$1GDP(PPP)

Thousand Tonnes CO2 Equivalent 100,000 110,000 120,000 130,000 140,000 10,000 20,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 70,000 80,000 90,000 30000 2005 o one ti, atcptr Sca Frsain rgam was programme Forestation Social Participatory this, counter To Environment: GlobalWarmingPotential 2010 2 andithasnoobligationtoreducegreenhousegasemissions 2015 2 2 emissioninBangladeshremainsataverylow , CH 2 equivalentfor2030,signifyinga3.5times 2020 4 and N 2025 2 O) emissionsintheenergy sector. General Economics Division (GED) khaas land under forestry 2030 2 qiaet The equivalent. 83

GOAL 7 Figure 7.3:ConsumptionofOzoneDepletingCFCs inODPTonnes,1990-2013 by themeetingofpartiesMontrealProtocol for productionofmetereddoseinhalersonly. Note: Figuresof2010&2011includedCFCconsumptionunderEssentialUseNominationapproved Figure 7.2:ConsumptionofOzoneDepletingSubstancesinODPtonnes,1990-2013 for 2015.TheconsumptionofOzonedepletingCFCsinODPtonnesshowssimilarpatternFigure7.3. 2012 and64.88ODPtonnesin2013.Thelatternumberiswithinthetargetlimitof65.39 2001 asshowninFigure7.2.However,after2002thisconsumptiondeclinedto66.47ODPtonnes In BangladeshtheconsumptionofODSswas202.1ODPtonnes,whichroseto826.9tonnesin Stage IandisgraduallyphasingoutotherHCFCsasperMontrealProtocolobligation. 31December 2012.ThecountryhasbeenimplementingHCFCPhase-outManagementPlan(HPMP) country phased out HCFC141b from the foam sector amongallotherdeveloping countries since chloroform (MCF)andmethylbromide(MBr)havealsobeenphasedoutsince1January2010.The (MDIs) productionsince1January2013.OtherODSssuchascarbontetrachloride(CTC),methyl- uses hasbeentotallyphasedoutfrom1January2010andmetereddoseinhalers in linewiththeMontrealProtocolobligations.TheconsumptionofCFCsfromcommercialsector HCFC141b. ThecountryisincompliancewiththeODStargetandconsumptionofODSshasbeen In Bangladesh,themajorOzoneDepletingSubstances(ODSs)areCFC11,CFC12,CTC,HCFC22and

withdrawal comesfromgroundwaterand7.39km proportion oftotalwaterresources usedinBangladeshwas2.9percent2010. Database preparedandmaintainedbytheUnited Nations StatisticsDivision(UNSD)showsthatthe are estimatedat1105.64km water resourcesfromwithinthecountry.Annualcross-border riverflowsthatalsoentergroundwater surface waterproducedinternallyasstreamflows from rainfall,andapproximately21km³ofground- internal renewable water resources of Bangladesh are estimated at 105 km³/year, including 84 km³ of Bangladesh isendowedwithrichwaterresources.AccordingtotheNationalWaterPlanPhaseII Table 7.1:Source-WiseFishProduction,1990-2013 categories, thoughthereisaslowdownafter2011mainlyduetodeclineincapturefisheries. lakh tonnesin1990-1991to34.102012-13.Thetableshowsincreaseproductionall The actualfishproductionisshownsource-wiseinTable7.1.Totalincreasedfrom8.96 in themarinesystems. threatened. Ofthesethreatenedspecies,12speciesarecriticallyendangeredand4 38 speciesofshrimpinhabitthemarinewaters.AccordingtoIUCN(2000)54inlandfishare 265 speciesoffishand24prawninhabittheinlandwaters,whereas475 nautical milesintheexclusiveeconomiczone,withhighpotentialoffishproduction.Itisestimatedthat The countryalsohas166,000kmofmarinewaterresourcesintheBayBengal,extendingupto200 waters measures at 0.3 million hectares which include man-made ponds and aquaculture enclosures. Bangladesh’s endowmentofvastinlandopenwatermeasuresat4.05millionhectares,andclosed of whichapproximately31.50km are estimated to be 1210.64 km³. Total water withdrawal in 2008 was estimated at about 35.87 km³, municipalities and0.77km 3 (2percent)byindustries.About28.48km³or79 percentoftotalwater 3 andrepresentover90percentoftotalrenewable water resourceswhich 3 (88percent)isusedbyagriculture,3.60km 3 or21percent,fromsurfacewater. 3 1 pr et by cent) per (10 9 The MDG The The MDG 9 (10 per cent) by 3 or 21 per cent, from surface water. 3 (88 per cent) is used by agriculture, 3.60 km 3 and represent over 90 per cent of total renewable water resources which and represent over 90 per cent of total renewable water resources 3 (2 per cent) by industries. About 28.48 km³ or 79 per cent of total water (2 per cent) by industries. About 28.48 km³ or 79 per cent of total 3 municipalities and 0.77 km are estimated to be 1210.64 km³. Total water withdrawal in 2008 was estimated at about 35.87 km³, km³, 35.87 about at estimated was 2008 in withdrawal water Total km³. 1210.64 be to estimated are of which approximately 31.50 km Bangladesh’s endowment of vast inland open water measures at 4.05 million hectares, and closed hectares, and at 4.05 million open water measures of vast inland endowment Bangladesh’s enclosures. aquaculture and ponds man-made include which hectares million 0.3 at measures waters up to 200 resources in the Bay of Bengal, extending has 166,000 km of marine water The country also It is estimated that high potential of fish production. the exclusive economic zone, with nautical miles in species of fish and the inland waters, whereas 475 and 24 species of prawn inhabit 265 species of fish species of fish are to IUCN (2000) 54 inland inhabit the marine waters. According 38 species of shrimp are threatened critically endangered and 4 species threatened species, 12 species are threatened. Of these in the marine systems. from 8.96 Table 7.1. Total fish production increased is shown source-wise in The actual fish production production in all The table shows increase in to 34.10 lakh tonnes in 2012-13. lakh tonnes in 1990-1991 mainly due to decline in capture fisheries. there is a slow down after 2011 categories, though 1990-2013 Table 7.1: Source-Wise Fish Production, National Water Plan Phase II the Bangladesh is endowed with rich water resources. According to the of km³ 84 including km³/year, 105 at estimated are Bangladesh of resources water renewable internal approximately 21 km³ of ground- surface water produced internally as stream flows from rainfall, and flows that also enter groundwater water resources from within the country. Annual cross-border river are estimated at 1105.64 km Database prepared and maintained by the United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD) shows that the Database prepared and maintained by the United Nations Statistics cent in 2010. proportion of total water resources used in Bangladesh was 2.9 per withdrawal comes from groundwater and 7.39 km

uses has been totally phased out from 1 January 2010 and has been phased out from metered dose inhalers and has been phased out from metered phased out from 1 January 2010 uses has been totally (MDIs) production since 1 January 2013. Other ODSs such as carbon tetrachloride (CTC), methyl- such as carbon tetrachloride since 1 January 2013. Other ODSs (MDIs) production 2010. The also been phased out since 1 January and methyl bromide (MBr) have chloroform (MCF) since countries developing sector among all other the foam from out HCFC141b country phased Plan (HPMP) HCFC Phase-out Management The country has been implementing 31December 2012. per Montreal Protocol obligation. phasing out other HCFCs as Stage I and is gradually ODSs was 202.1 ODP tonnes, which rose to 826.9 ODP tonnes in In Bangladesh the consumption of after 2002 this consumption declined to 66.47 ODP tonnes in 2001 as shown in Figure 7.2. However, The latter number is within the target limit of 65.39 ODP tonnes 2012 and 64.88 ODP tonnes in 2013. depleting CFCs in ODP tonnes shows similar pattern in Figure 7.3. for 2015. The consumption of Ozone Depleting Substances in ODP tonnes, 1990-2013 Figure 7.2: Consumption of Ozone Use Nomination approved Note: Figures of 2010 & 2011 included CFC consumption under Essential metered dose inhalers only. by the meeting of the parties of Montreal Protocol for production of 1990-2013 Figure 7.3: Consumption of Ozone Depleting CFCs in ODP Tonnes, In Bangladesh, the major Ozone Depleting Substances (ODSs) are CFC11, CFC12, CTC, HCFC22 and CTC, HCFC22 are CFC11, CFC12, Substances (ODSs) Ozone Depleting the major In Bangladesh, been and consumption of ODSs has compliance with the ODS target HCFC141b. The country is in of CFCs from the commercial sector Protocol obligations. The consumption in line with the Montreal Millennium Development Goals 84

GOAL 7

equivalent. The 2 land under forestry under land khaas O) emissions in the energy sector. O) emissions in the energy 2 and N and 4 equivalent for 2030, signifying a 3.5 times 2 , CH , emission in Bangladesh remains at a very low emission in Bangladesh remains 2 2 and it has no obligation to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and it has no obligation to reduce 2 To counter this, Participatory Social Forestation programme was Under the Coastal Forestation Programme newly accreted shoals have been brought under forest coverage. under forest have been brought accreted shoals Programme newly Coastal Forestation Under the (BCCSAP) Plan and Action Climate Change Strategy Bangladesh in its status. However, LDC given its low carbon emission as one of the priority areas. According to the 2009, the government has identified (SNC) submitted to the UNFCCC in 2012, the total carbon emission Second National Communication 2001 and 2005, the per capita carbon emission remained almost the was 33.27 tonnes in 2005. Between in 2001 and 2005 respectively. According to the SNC, the emission same: 0.26 tonnes and 0.25 tonnes per capita CO was 0.23 tonnes per capita in 2005.The level, given the global context. However, there are some major areas of intervention to reduce emission there are some major areas of intervention to reduce emission level, given the global context. However, and industrial production. such as, power generation, transportation total GHGs (CO the shows the projection of Figure 7.1 emissions are being projected to 145,308 kton of CO Forestry Programme of the government, now almost all districts have been brought under forest under brought have been all districts almost now the government, of Programme Forestry such forestation. has been used for sides railway and embankment land such as road, Marginal coverage. In 2005, the total GHG emissions in the energy sector were 41,720 kton of CO In 2005, the total GHG emissions in the energy sector were 41,720 also as a defence against storms and cyclones. The government has introduced a Protected Area and coast the along belt green protective permanent a of purpose the serves also forestation coastal Such a Protected Area The government has introduced against storms and cyclones. also as a defence and Assisted such as Enrichment Plantation and sylvicultural interventions Management System of the existing forests. in order to increase the tree density Natural Regeneration publicly managed enormous pressure on the existing population of Bangladesh puts The ever increasing resources. forests and natural fallow owned government the bring to order in 1980s early the in introduced attract order to In programme. the in participate to poor the marginally for room coverage, making the participating the profit margin significantly for the government has raised popular participation, have been brought 0.40 million hectares of land Social Forestry Programme about poor. Through this under forest coverage. - extensive destruction and clearing of forests for agri Despite the positive picture in afforestation, purpose grimly thwart the target of attaining 20 per cent culture, homestead and other non-forest of more than 70 per cent by the end of 2015. forest coverage with tree density CO Bangladesh is not a big emitter of increase over the 2005 emissions. In 2030, electricity generation and industry would be the two main increase over the 2005 emissions. In 2030, electricity generation and sources of GHG emissions. 2005-2030 Figure 7.1: Total GHG Emissions Projection from Energy Activities, 7.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 7.2 11.3 per cent to 1990-1991 in 9 per cent from increased forest by covered of land area proportion The of Forest the total forest area in in 2000, and 13.4 per cent in 2014. According to the Department hectares (90 per Bangladesh was 2.60 million hectares in 2013. Of this total forest area, 2.33 million 0.27 million hectares (10 per cent) cent) were publicly owned as classified and unclassified forests, and Department of Forest, there were were privately owned. Of the publicly owned forests, managed by the were much bigger in total area, both natural and plantation forests. Though the publicly owned forests Social the However, through past. the forest in public no had that of 64, districts, out 28 were there adjusted figure was 86 per cent in 2013. 64 per cent of the population was adjusted figure was 86 per cent in 2013. 64 per cent of the population cent of the population of Bangladesh is using improved drinking water source cent of the population of Bangladesh is using improved drinking water using improved sanitation in 2013 and has been increasing rapidly. Access to safe water for all is a Access to safe water for all is a using improved sanitation in 2013 and has been increasing rapidly. of climate change which challenge due to arsenic contamination and salinity intrusion as a consequence poor. exacerbates the problem of availability of safe water especially for the MDG 7: Targets with indicators Goal 7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability Environmental Goal 7: Ensure Introduction 7.1 on environment and always been disruptive, inflicting severe toll The process of economic growth has between short term economic gain and long term environmental ecology. Striking a critical balance sustainable in a Managing development developing country. poses a daunting challenge for a damage is the basic spirit of MDG 7. way to ensure intergenerational equity improvements significant While bag. mixed a been have 7 MDG in Bangladesh of achievements The and safe drinking water, other areas such as forest areas, carbon have been recorded in case of sanitation per cent of land in Bangladesh emission, and slum dwelling require greater attention. At present 13.40 The is covered by forest with a tree density of 30 per cent and above. proportion of protected respectively. This is less than the terrestrial and marine area is 1.81 per cent and 1.34 per cent Area Protected under be to expected is area cent per 3 additional an However, cent. per 5 of target system by 2015. 98.5 per at present. However, arsenic at present.However,arsenic system by2015.98.5per target of 5 per cent. However, an additional 3 per cent area is expected to be under Protected Area terrestrial andmarineareais1.81percent 1.34percentrespectively.Thisislessthanthe protected of proportion is coveredbyforestwithatreedensityof30percentandabove.The emission, andslumdwellingrequiregreaterattention.Atpresent13.40percentoflandinBangladesh have beenrecordedincaseofsanitationandsafedrinkingwater,otherareassuchasforestareas,carbon The achievements of Bangladesh in MDG 7 have been a mixed bag. While significant improvements way toensureintergenerationalequityisthebasicspiritofMDG7. damage poses adauntingchallengefor developing country.Managingdevelopment in a sustainable ecology. Strikingacriticalbalancebetweenshorttermeconomicgainandlongenvironmental The processofeconomicgrowthhasalwaysbeendisruptive,inflictingseveretollonenvironmentand 7.1 Introduction Goal 7:Ensure Environmental Sustainability MDG 7:Targetswithindicators exacerbates theproblemofavailabilitysafewater especiallyforthepoor. challenge duetoarseniccontaminationandsalinity intrusionasaconsequenceofclimatechangewhich using improvedsanitationin2013andhasbeenincreasing rapidly.Accesstosafewaterforallisa cent ofthepopulationBangladeshisusingimproved drinkingwatersource adjustedfigurewas86percentin2013.64 ofthepopulationwas there were 28 districts, out of 64, that had no public forest in the past. However, through the Social both naturalandplantation forests.Thoughthepubliclyownedforestswere muchbiggerintotalarea, were privatelyowned.Of thepubliclyownedforests,managedbyDepartment ofForest,therewere cent) werepubliclyowned asclassifiedandunclassifiedforests,0.27million hectares(10percent) Bangladesh was2.60millionhectares in2013.Ofthistotalforestarea,2.33millionhectares (90per in 2000,and13.4percent2014.Accordingto theDepartmentofForesttotalforestareain The proportion of landarea covered by forest increased from 9 percent in 1990-1991 to 11.3 percent 7.2 Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators Figure 7.1:TotalGHGEmissionsProjectionfrom EnergyActivities,2005-2030 sources ofGHGemissions. increase overthe2005emissions.In2030,electricity generationandindustrywouldbethetwomain In 2005,thetotalGHGemissionsinenergysectorwere41,720ktonofCO Bangladesh isnotabigemitterofCO forest coveragewithtreedensityofmorethan70percentbytheend2015. culture, homesteadandothernon-forestpurposegrimlythwartthetargetofattaining20percent Despite thepositivepictureinafforestation,extensivedestructionandclearingofforestsforagri- under forestcoverage. poor. ThroughthisSocialForestryProgrammeabout0.40millionhectaresoflandhavebeenbrought popular participation,thegovernmenthasraisedprofitmarginsignificantlyforparticipating coverage, makingroom for the marginally poor to participate in the programme. In order to attract introduced in the early 1980s in order to bring the government owned fallow forests andnaturalresources. The everincreasingpopulationofBangladeshputsenormouspressureontheexistingpubliclymanaged Natural Regenerationinordertoincreasethetreedensityofexistingforests. Management SystemandsylviculturalinterventionssuchasEnrichmentPlantationAssisted also asadefenceagainststormsandcyclones.ThegovernmenthasintroducedProtectedArea Such coastal forestation also serves the purpose of a permanent protective green belt along the coast and coverage. Marginallandsuchasroad,railwayandembankmentsideshasbeenusedforforestation. Forestry Programme of thegovernment, now almost alldistrictshavebeen brought under forest Figure 7.1 shows theprojectionof the total GHGs(CO such as,powergeneration,transportationandindustrialproduction. level, giventheglobalcontext.However,therearesomemajorareasofinterventiontoreduceemission emissions arebeingprojectedto145,308ktonofCO was 0.23tonnespercapitain2005.TheCO same: 0.26tonnesand0.25in20012005respectively.AccordingtotheSNC,emission was 33.27tonnesin2005.Between2001and2005,thepercapitacarbonemissionremainedalmost Second NationalCommunication(SNC)submittedtotheUNFCCCin2012,totalcarbonemission 2009, thegovernmenthasidentifiedlowcarbonemissionasoneofpriorityareas.Accordingto given its LDC status. However, in its Bangladesh Climate ChangeStrategy and Action Plan (BCCSAP) Under theCoastalForestationProgrammenewlyaccretedshoalshavebeenbroughtunderforestcoverage. o one ti, atcptr Sca Frsain rgam was programme Forestation Social Participatory this, counter To 2 andithasnoobligationtoreducegreenhousegasemissions 2 2 emissioninBangladeshremainsataverylow , CH 2 equivalentfor2030,signifyinga3.5times 4 and N 2 O) emissionsintheenergy sector. khaas land under forestry 2 qiaet The equivalent.

Source: http://www.mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ Source: http://www.mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ Figure 7.3:ConsumptionofOzoneDepletingCFCs inODPTonnes,1990-2013 by themeetingofpartiesMontrealProtocol for productionofmetereddoseinhalersonly. Note: Figuresof2010&2011includedCFCconsumptionunderEssentialUseNominationapproved Figure 7.2:ConsumptionofOzoneDepletingSubstancesinODPtonnes,1990-2013 for 2015.TheconsumptionofOzonedepletingCFCsinODPtonnesshowssimilarpatternFigure7.3. 2012 and64.88ODPtonnesin2013.Thelatternumberiswithinthetargetlimitof65.39 2001 asshowninFigure7.2.However,after2002thisconsumptiondeclinedto66.47ODPtonnes In BangladeshtheconsumptionofODSswas202.1ODPtonnes,whichroseto826.9tonnesin Stage IandisgraduallyphasingoutotherHCFCsasperMontrealProtocolobligation. 31December 2012.ThecountryhasbeenimplementingHCFCPhase-outManagementPlan(HPMP) country phased out HCFC141b from the foam sector amongallotherdeveloping countries since chloroform (MCF)andmethylbromide(MBr)havealsobeenphasedoutsince1January2010.The (MDIs) productionsince1January2013.OtherODSssuchascarbontetrachloride(CTC),methyl- uses hasbeentotallyphasedoutfrom1January2010andmetereddoseinhalers in linewiththeMontrealProtocolobligations.TheconsumptionofCFCsfromcommercialsector HCFC141b. ThecountryisincompliancewiththeODStargetandconsumptionofODSshasbeen In Bangladesh,themajorOzoneDepletingSubstances(ODSs)areCFC11,CFC12,CTC,HCFC22and Indicator 7.3a:Consumptionofozone-depletingsubstancesinODPtonnes Indicator 7.3:Consumptionofozone-depletingsubstances 1000 1000 200 400 600 800 500 0 0

1990 1990 1991 1991 1992 1992 1993 1993 1994 1994 1995 1995 1996 1996 1997 1997 1998 1999 1998 2000 1999 2001 2000 2002 2001 2003 2002 2004

General Economics Division (GED) 2003 2005 2006 2004 2007 2005 2008 2006 2009 2007 2010

85 2008 2011

2009 2012 GOAL 7 2013 2010 2011 2012 withdrawal comesfromgroundwaterand7.39km proportion oftotalwaterresources usedinBangladeshwas2.9percent2010. Database preparedandmaintainedbytheUnited Nations StatisticsDivision(UNSD)showsthatthe of whichapproximately31.50km are estimated to be 1210.64 km³. Total water withdrawal in 2008 was estimated at about 35.87 km³, Table 7.1:Source-WiseFishProduction,1990-2013 categories, thoughthereisaslowdownafter2011mainlyduetodeclineincapturefisheries. lakh tonnesin1990-1991to34.102012-13.Thetableshowsincreaseproductionall The actualfishproductionisshownsource-wiseinTable7.1.Totalincreasedfrom8.96 in themarinesystems. threatened. Ofthesethreatenedspecies,12speciesarecriticallyendangeredand4 38 speciesofshrimpinhabitthemarinewaters.AccordingtoIUCN(2000)54inlandfishare 265 speciesoffishand24prawninhabittheinlandwaters,whereas475 nautical milesintheexclusiveeconomiczone,withhighpotentialoffishproduction.Itisestimatedthat The countryalsohas166,000kmofmarinewaterresourcesintheBayBengal,extendingupto200 waters measures at 0.3 million hectares which include man-made ponds and aquaculture enclosures. Bangladesh’s endowmentofvastinlandopenwatermeasuresat4.05millionhectares,andclosed are estimatedat1105.64km water resourcesfromwithinthecountry.Annualcross-border riverflowsthatalsoentergroundwater surface waterproducedinternallyasstreamflows from rainfall,andapproximately21km³ofground- internal renewable water resources of Bangladesh are estimated at 105 km³/year, including 84 km³ of Bangladesh isendowedwithrichwaterresources.AccordingtotheNationalWaterPlanPhaseII municipalities and0.77km 2013 3 (2percent)byindustries.About28.48km³or79 percentoftotalwater 3 andrepresentover90percentoftotalrenewable water resourceswhich 3 (88percent)isusedbyagriculture,3.60km 3 or21percent,fromsurfacewater. 3 1 pr et by cent) per (10 9 The MDG The 3 0 0 1 9 1 - 1 6 6 8 . . . . 2 4 8 9 5 1 3 1 0 2 The MDG 9 6 7 9 2 2 2 5 7 1 . 6 . . - . 7 9 5 1 2 1 1 3 (10 per cent) by 3 0 2 1 1 5 0 1 6 - 5 6 6 4 . . . 0 . 0 4 0 1 5 ) 1 1 3 0 s 2 e n n o t

6 h 0 8 k 6 2 9 - 2 5 9 7 . 5 la . . . 3 ( 0 9 8 4

2 0 n 2 tio c u 1 d 0 8 o 9 2 9 - r 9 or 21 per cent, from surface water. 8 1 7 . 0 P 3 . . . 9 0 6 7 3 1 0 2 6 9 8 9 9 9 - 5 0 7 6 . 5 . . . 2 9 6 3 2 1 9 1 (88 per cent) is used by agriculture, 3.60 km 3 1 9 3 1 1 6 - and represent over 90 per cent of total renewable water resources which and represent over 90 per cent of total renewable water resources 4 1 4 9 0 3 (2 per cent) by industries. About 28.48 km³ or 79 per cent of total water (2 per cent) by industries. About 28.48 km³ or 79 per cent of total . . . . 3 9 4 2 2 8 9 1 )

s s

r s ie r r te s ) e te s ie h r wa ie

e is wa s r

n f h e e

e d c e h is e r p r f

is d u o

f e n o

ltu d s u e

in u n r

o r c r Millennium Development Goals a p la l a National Medium Term Priority Framework 2010-2015, FAO. tu te n u p ta m M I a

a q

I o . . . 9 Indicator 7.4: Proportion of fish stocks within safe biological limits safe biological of fish stocks within 7.4: Proportion Indicator Indicator 7.6: Proportion of terrestrial and marine areas protected Indicator 7.5: Proportion of total water resources used Indicator 7.5: Proportion of total water Target 7.B: Reduce biodiversity loss, achieving, by 2010, a significant reduction in the rate of loss Target 7.B: Reduce biodiversity loss, c a ( T 3 2 W 1 ( municipalities and 0.77 km Bangladesh is endowed with rich water resources. According to the National Water Plan Phase II the Bangladesh is endowed with rich water resources. According to the of km³ 84 including 105 km³/year, at estimated are Bangladesh of resources water renewable internal approximately 21 km³ of ground- surface water produced internally as stream flows from rainfall, and flows that also enter groundwater water resources from within the country. Annual cross-border river are estimated at 1105.64 km Table 7.1: Source-Wise Fish Production, 1990-2013 Table 7.1: Source-Wise Fish Production, The actual fish production is shown source-wise in Table 7.1. Total fish production increased from 8.96 Table 7.1. Total fish production increased is shown source-wise in The actual fish production production in all The table shows increase in to 34.10 lakh tonnes in 2012-13. lakh tonnes in 1990-1991 mainly due to decline in capture fisheries. there is a slow down after 2011 categories, though Bangladesh’s endowment of vast inland open water measures at 4.05 million hectares, and closed hectares, and at 4.05 million open water measures of vast inland endowment Bangladesh’s enclosures. aquaculture and ponds man-made include which hectares million 0.3 at measures waters up to 200 resources in the Bay of Bengal, extending has 166,000 km of marine water The country also It is estimated that high potential of fish production. the exclusive economic zone, with nautical miles in species of fish and the inland waters, whereas 475 and 24 species of prawn inhabit 265 species of fish species of fish are to IUCN (2000) 54 inland inhabit the marine waters. According 38 species of shrimp are threatened critically endangered and 4 species threatened species, 12 species are threatened. Of these in the marine systems. are estimated to be 1210.64 km³. Total water withdrawal in 2008 was estimated at about 35.87 km³, km³, 35.87 about at estimated was 2008 in withdrawal water Total km³. 1210.64 be to estimated are of which approximately 31.50 km Database prepared and maintained by the United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD) shows that the Database prepared and maintained by the United Nations Statistics cent in 2010. proportion of total water resources used in Bangladesh was 2.9 per withdrawal comes from groundwater and 7.39 km Source: Bangladesh Economic Survey, 2012; Dept. of Fisheries, 2014 Source: Bangladesh Economic Survey, 86

GOAL 7

uses has been totally phased out from 1 January 2010 and has been phased out from metered dose inhalers and has been phased out from metered phased out from 1 January 2010 uses has been totally (MDIs) production since 1 January 2013. Other ODSs such as carbon tetrachloride (CTC), methyl- such as carbon tetrachloride since 1 January 2013. Other ODSs (MDIs) production 2010. The also been phased out since 1 January and methyl bromide (MBr) have chloroform (MCF) since countries developing sector among all other the foam from out HCFC141b country phased Plan (HPMP) HCFC Phase-out Management The country has been implementing 31December 2012. per Montreal Protocol obligation. phasing out other HCFCs as Stage I and is gradually ODSs was 202.1 ODP tonnes, which rose to 826.9 ODP tonnes in In Bangladesh the consumption of after 2002 this consumption declined to 66.47 ODP tonnes in 2001 as shown in Figure 7.2. However, The latter number is within the target limit of 65.39 ODP tonnes 2012 and 64.88 ODP tonnes in 2013. depleting CFCs in ODP tonnes shows similar pattern in Figure 7.3. for 2015. The consumption of Ozone Depleting Substances in ODP tonnes, 1990-2013 Figure 7.2: Consumption of Ozone Use Nomination approved Note: Figures of 2010 & 2011 included CFC consumption under Essential metered dose inhalers only. by the meeting of the parties of Montreal Protocol for production of 1990-2013 Figure 7.3: Consumption of Ozone Depleting CFCs in ODP Tonnes, In Bangladesh, the major Ozone Depleting Substances (ODSs) are CFC11, CFC12, CTC, HCFC22 and CTC, HCFC22 are CFC11, CFC12, Substances (ODSs) Ozone Depleting the major In Bangladesh, been and consumption of ODSs has compliance with the ODS target HCFC141b. The country is in of CFCs from the commercial sector Protocol obligations. The consumption in line with the Montreal

equivalent. The 2 land under forestry under land khaas O) emissions in the energy sector. O) emissions in the energy 2 and N and 4 equivalent for 2030, signifying a 3.5 times 2 , CH , emission in Bangladesh remains at a very low emission in Bangladesh remains 2 2 and it has no obligation to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and it has no obligation to reduce 2 To counter this, Participatory Social Forestation programme was given its LDC status. However, in its Bangladesh Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan (BCCSAP) Plan and Action Climate Change Strategy Bangladesh in its status. However, LDC given its low carbon emission as one of the priority areas. According to the 2009, the government has identified (SNC) submitted to the UNFCCC in 2012, the total carbon emission Second National Communication 2001 and 2005, the per capita carbon emission remained almost the was 33.27 tonnes in 2005. Between in 2001 and 2005 respectively. According to the SNC, the emission same: 0.26 tonnes and 0.25 tonnes per capita CO was 0.23 tonnes per capita in 2005.The Under the Coastal Forestation Programme newly accreted shoals have been brought under forest coverage. under forest have been brought accreted shoals Programme newly Coastal Forestation Under the level, given the global context. However, there are some major areas of intervention to reduce emission there are some major areas of intervention to reduce emission level, given the global context. However, and industrial production. such as, power generation, transportation total GHGs (CO the shows the projection of Figure 7.1 emissions are being projected to 145,308 kton of CO Forestry Programme of the government, now almost all districts have been brought under forest under brought have been all districts almost now the government, of Programme Forestry such forestation. has been used for sides railway and embankment land such as road, Marginal coverage. In 2005, the total GHG emissions in the energy sector were 41,720 kton of CO In 2005, the total GHG emissions in the energy sector were 41,720 also as a defence against storms and cyclones. The government has introduced a Protected Area and coast the along belt green protective permanent a of purpose the serves also forestation coastal Such a Protected Area The government has introduced against storms and cyclones. also as a defence and Assisted such as Enrichment Plantation and sylvicultural interventions Management System of the existing forests. in order to increase the tree density Natural Regeneration publicly managed enormous pressure on the existing population of Bangladesh puts The ever increasing resources. forests and natural fallow owned government the bring to order in 1980s early the in introduced attract order to In programme. the in participate to poor the marginally for room coverage, making the participating the profit margin significantly for the government has raised popular participation, have been brought 0.40 million hectares of land Social Forestry Programme about poor. Through this under forest coverage. - extensive destruction and clearing of forests for agri Despite the positive picture in afforestation, purpose grimly thwart the target of attaining 20 per cent culture, homestead and other non-forest of more than 70 per cent by the end of 2015. forest coverage with tree density CO Bangladesh is not a big emitter of increase over the 2005 emissions. In 2030, electricity generation and industry would be the two main increase over the 2005 emissions. In 2030, electricity generation and sources of GHG emissions. 2005-2030 Figure 7.1: Total GHG Emissions Projection from Energy Activities, 7.2 Progress of achievements in different targets and indicators 7.2 11.3 per cent to 1990-1991 in 9 per cent from increased forest by covered of land area proportion The of Forest the total forest area in in 2000, and 13.4 per cent in 2014. According to the Department hectares (90 per Bangladesh was 2.60 million hectares in 2013. Of this total forest area, 2.33 million 0.27 million hectares (10 per cent) cent) were publicly owned as classified and unclassified forests, and Department of Forest, there were were privately owned. Of the publicly owned forests, managed by the were much bigger in total area, both natural and plantation forests. Though the publicly owned forests Social the However, through past. the forest in public no had that of 64, districts, out 28 were there adjusted figure was 86 per cent in 2013. 64 per cent of the population was adjusted figure was 86 per cent in 2013. 64 per cent of the population cent of the population of Bangladesh is using improved drinking water source cent of the population of Bangladesh is using improved drinking water using improved sanitation in 2013 and has been increasing rapidly. Access to safe water for all is a Access to safe water for all is a using improved sanitation in 2013 and has been increasing rapidly. of climate change which challenge due to arsenic contamination and salinity intrusion as a consequence poor. exacerbates the problem of availability of safe water especially for the MDG 7: Targets with indicators Goal 7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability Environmental Goal 7: Ensure Introduction 7.1 on environment and always been disruptive, inflicting severe toll The process of economic growth has between short term economic gain and long term environmental ecology. Striking a critical balance sustainable in a Managing development developing country. poses a daunting challenge for a damage is the basic spirit of MDG 7. way to ensure intergenerational equity improvements significant While bag. mixed a been have 7 MDG in Bangladesh of achievements The and safe drinking water, other areas such as forest areas, carbon have been recorded in case of sanitation per cent of land in Bangladesh emission, and slum dwelling require greater attention. At present 13.40 The is covered by forest with a tree density of 30 per cent and above. proportion of protected respectively. This is less than the terrestrial and marine area is 1.81 per cent and 1.34 per cent Area Protected under be to expected is area cent per 3 additional an However, cent. per 5 of target system by 2015. 98.5 per at present. However, arsenic withdrawal comesfromgroundwaterand7.39km proportion oftotalwaterresources usedinBangladeshwas2.9percent2010. Database preparedandmaintainedbytheUnited Nations StatisticsDivision(UNSD)showsthatthe of whichapproximately31.50km are estimated to be 1210.64 km³. Total water withdrawal in 2008 was estimated at about 35.87 km³, are estimatedat1105.64km water resourcesfromwithinthecountry.Annualcross-border riverflowsthatalsoentergroundwater surface waterproducedinternallyasstreamflows from rainfall,andapproximately21km³ofground- internal renewable water resources of Bangladesh are estimated at 105 km³/year, including 84 km³ of Bangladesh isendowedwithrichwaterresources.AccordingtotheNationalWaterPlanPhaseII Table 7.1:Source-WiseFishProduction,1990-2013 categories, thoughthereisaslowdownafter2011mainlyduetodeclineincapturefisheries. lakh tonnesin1990-1991to34.102012-13.Thetableshowsincreaseproductionall The actualfishproductionisshownsource-wiseinTable7.1.Totalincreasedfrom8.96 in themarinesystems. threatened. Ofthesethreatenedspecies,12speciesarecriticallyendangeredand4 38 speciesofshrimpinhabitthemarinewaters.AccordingtoIUCN(2000)54inlandfishare 265 speciesoffishand24prawninhabittheinlandwaters,whereas475 nautical milesintheexclusiveeconomiczone,withhighpotentialoffishproduction.Itisestimatedthat The countryalsohas166,000kmofmarinewaterresourcesintheBayBengal,extendingupto200 waters measures at 0.3 million hectares which include man-made ponds and aquaculture enclosures. Bangladesh’s endowmentofvastinlandopenwatermeasuresat4.05millionhectares,andclosed municipalities and0.77km 3 (2percent)byindustries.About28.48km³or79 percentoftotalwater 3 andrepresentover90percentoftotalrenewable water resourceswhich 3 (88percent)isusedbyagriculture,3.60km 3 or21percent,fromsurfacewater. 3 1 pr et by cent) per (10 9 The MDG The Source: http://www.mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ km (0.47 per cent of thetotalarea of Bangladesh) in the Bay of Bengal for the protection and conservation A positivedevelopmentinthisareahasbeenthecreationofamarinereservean698square in 2015willbelessthan2percent,agapofmore3centfromthenationaltarget5cent. in 2013.DespitetheriseproportionaccordingtoUNSD,itisestimatedthatprotectedareas the proportionsofprotectedterrestrialandmarineareawere1.81percent1.34respectively 1990 androseto4.24percentin2012.However,accordingtheMinistryofEnvironmentForests According totheUNSDproportionofterrestrialandmarineareasprotectedwas0.91percentin in 1994to98 percentin 2006. If thearseniccontamination of 22percent the tubewells in the country (UNJMP), therehasbeen anincreaseintheaccesstoimproveddrinkingwater sourcesfrom94percent water source.According totheJointMonitoringProgrammeforWater SupplyandSanitation Various datasourcessupport anincreaseintheproportionofpopulationusing animproveddrinking plants [5.81percentofvascularplants;{(226/3,885) x100)}]werethreatenedinthecountry. BNH during2009-13anditwasfoundthatinaddition to106species,another120speciesofvascular The presentstatusregardingvulnerabilityofvascular plantsofthecountryhasalsobeenconductedby Research Council,reportedthat106speciesofvascular plantswerethreatened. of theMinistryEnvironmentandForests,undera contractresearchprojectofBangladeshAgriculture of resident vertebrates are threatened with extinction. In 2001, Bangladesh National Herbarium (BNH) endangered, and in the marine systems, 4 species are threatened.According to IUCN (2003), 23 per cent threatened. Inthecaseoffishresources,54inlandspeciesarethreatenedwhich12critically also reportedthatamongthe702livingspeciesofmarineandmigratoryvertebrates,18are is It vertebrates ofBangladesh,13specieshavebeenextinctand201arethreatened. Based onthedataof2000,IUCNreportsthatamong895varietiesinlandandresident Table 7.2:TerrestrialandMarineAreasProtected,1990-2014 not enoughtoreachthetargetof5percentforyear2015. area registeraslowrisingtrendbetween2000and2014,ashasbeenindicatedalreadythisriseis mation, are given below in Table 7.2. The percentages of terrestrial and marine areas protected to total The proportionsofterrestrialandmarineareasprotectedtototalterritorialareas,basedonUNSDinfor- of marineresources. and basicsanitation Target 7.C:Halve,by2015,theproportionofpeople withoutsustainableaccesstosafedrinkingwater Indicator 7.8:Proportion of populationusinganimproveddrinkingwatersource Indicator 7.7:Proportionofspeciesthreatenedwithextinction M M T T T T e e e e a a r r r r r r r r r r in in e e e e s s s s e e tr tr tr tr

a a ia ia ia ia r r l l l l e e a a a a a a s s r r n n

e e d d p p a a

r r

M M o o p p te te r r a a o o r r c c te te in in te te c c e e d d te te

, a a to

d d s r r Ye e e , q

to te a a s . k

q

p r a p m to . r r r r k i o o to ta m te te l r c ia c s te te u l r d d wa f

, a to

c s te q e

to

. r a k , r

ta m % e l a , a

r % e a ,

% 1 1 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 9 3 . . 1 . 1 5 8 9 3 1 . . 5 3 0 4 4 3 3 6 6 General Economics Division (GED) 8 8 2 3 4 8 2 8 8 0 . . 4 . 1 3 8 8 0 1 3 5 1 . . 0 5 5 8 8 7 7 4 4 2 1 3 4 2 5 5 0 0 . . . 4 6 2 2 1 0 5 1 0 . . 4 0 0 0 0 0 87

GOAL 7

l a 65 69 74 78 83 84 ur R n ba 81 82 83 84 85 86 r U l a ot 72 76 80 84 84 68 T r a e Y 1995 2000 2005 2010 2014 1990 Millennium Development Goals Indicator 7.9: Proportion of population using an improved sanitation facility Indicator 7.9: Proportion of population using an improved sanitation However, the impressive performance of sanitation coverage in the urban areas compared to the rural However, the impressive performance of sanitation coverage in the the urban areas. In the slums in the areas is somewhat undermined by the higher population density in facility, with a large number of urban areas, 12 per cent of the households use an improved sanitation due to lack of space is maintaining households sharing one toilet due to lack of space. Another problem This problem is exacerbated by a safe distance between pit latrines and drinking water sources. tanks. improper de-sludging and unsafe disposal of the latrines and septic Various data sources support an increase in the proportion of population using an improved sanitation Various data sources support an increase in the proportion of population has resulted in a remarkable facility. The Coordinated National Sanitation Campaigns since 2003 As reported by the MICS 2009 decline in open defecation from 33 per cent in 1990 to 6 per cent in 2009. in per cent 39 from up gone also facility has sanitation improved to an access 2010), (BBS/UNICEF that 56 per cent of household mem- 1990 to 54 per cent in 2009. Moreover, the MICS 2012-2013 found According to SVRS-2015 sanitary bers are using improved sanitation facilities which are not shared. 2015. toilet facility increased from 42.5 per cent in 2003 to 73 per cent in Note: The drinking water estimates for Bangladesh have been adjusted for arsenic contamination levels for Bangladesh have been adjusted for arsenic contamination levels Note: The drinking water estimates by the Government of Bangladesh. based on the national surveys conducted Table 7.3: Percentage of Population Using an Improved Drinking Water Source, 1990-2014 Table 7.3: Percentage of Population has reduced drastically over the years. has reduced drastically over the years. terms of using improved drinking water sources and the difference between the rural and urban experience terms of using improved drinking water Table 7.3 below shows the progress in the access to improved drinking water sources by the population improved drinking water sources the progress in the access to Table 7.3 below shows achieved more in the UNSD data, the rural areas urban areas. As can be seen from in both rural and From the above data, if arsenic contamination is considered, the per cent of population using an considered, the per cent of population data, if arsenic contamination is From the above numbers go up to cent to 86 per cent, whereas the of drinking water varies from 78 per improved source does is not considered. The arsenic contamination per cent if arsenic contamination 98 per cent to 97.9 for 2015. the national target of 100 per cent challenge fulfilling is factored in, the access to improved drinking water sources reduces to 78 per cent. The Multiple Multiple The per cent. 78 to reduces sources water drinking improved to access the in, is factored sources of to improved reveals that access 2010) 2009 (BBS/UNICEF Cluster Survey (MICS) Indicator If arsenic contamination to 86 per cent. has increased arsenic contamination water adjusted for drinking of the that 97.9 per cent 2012-2013 found the MICS per cent. However, it is 97.9 is not considered, figure is 85 drinking water, and the arsenic adjusted are using improved sources of household members drinking of BBS found that access to Registration System (SVRS) 2015 per cent. The Sample Vital tube-well is 97.9 per cent. water of tap and 88 Source: http://www.mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/

GOAL 7 Source: http://www.mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ incremental provisions. the basicservicesinurban areasthatarealreadyoverstretched,inadequate andcannotcopeupwith Bangladesh. Suchhighdensityinthefaceofsteady ruraltourbanmigrationislikelyputpressureon big number.Moreover,thepopulationdensityin slumsexceedstheaveragepopulationdensityof 55.1 percentin2014(Seethenotebelow).Despite thedecline,proportionof55.1percentisstilla shows adeclineintheproportionofurbanpopulation livingintheslumsfrom87.3percent1990to Figure 7.4showstheproportionofurbanpopulation livinginslumsbasedonUNSDdata.Thefigure lived intheslumareas2014Bangladesh. cent betweenthetwocensusyears.Itcanbecalculatedthat6.36peroftotalurban population a totalof2.2millionpeoplewerelivingintheslums. Thisindicatesapopulationincreaseof214per persons. Thisindicatesanincreaseof77percentinthenumberslumhouseholdssince1997.In2014, 3.75 personswerecountedin2014.For1997,thesenumbers334,431slumhouseholdsand4.17 number was2,991slumsfortheyear1997.Atotalof592,998slumhouseholdsanaveragesize covering allcitycorporations,municipalities,Upazilaheadquartersandotherurbanareas.The A CensusofSlumAreasandFloatingPopulationconductedbyBBSin2014identified13,938slums population isincreasingattherateof3.5percentandexpectedtoreach60millionin2051. lived inonemegacity,316CityCorporationsandPaurashava189UpazilaHeadquarters.Theurban in urbanareasincludingStatisticalMetropolitanAreas(SMA). According tothe2011PopulationCensus,41.9millionpeople(28percentoftotalpopulation)lived Table 7.4:PercentageofPopulationUsinganImprovedSanitationFacility,1990-2014 sanitation facilitiesinbothurbanandruralareas. having accessto improved sanitation facility. Concerted efforts are neededtoincreasethe improved narrowed, wearefaryetfromreachingthenationaltargetof100percentpopulation tion facilityinBangladeshduringthe1990-2014period.Thoughurban-ruraldividehas Table 7.4,basedontheinputsfromUNSD,showsproportionofpopulationusingimprovedsanita- slum dwellers Target 7.D:By2020,tohaveachievedasignificantimprovementinthelivesofatleast100million Indicator 7.10:Proportionofurbanpopulationlivinginslums 10

the inter-censusperiod. Also,2011PopulationCensus didnotestimatetheproportion ofurbanpopulationresidinginslums. which explainswhythepercentage ofpopulationlivinginurbanareahasremainedmoreorlessthesame (around23percent)over There have been definitional changes of what constitute urban areas in 2011 Population Census as compared to that in 2001 Census, Ye 190 2014 201 205 20 195 a r T o 34 57 56 51 45 40 t a l U r 47 56 56 53 51 49 b 10 a n Thevastmajorityofthispopulation General Economics Division (GED) Ru 31 57 56 50 4 38 r a l 89

GOAL 7 mountainous country),followedbyCambodia, VietNam,Sri LankaandNepal.Maldives hasthe Table 7.5showsthatBhutan hasthehighestproportionoflandareacovered byforest(alargely 7.4 Statusof MDG7inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparator Countries of theUnitedNationsare: The salientfeaturesoftheachievementsaccordingtoMillenniumDevelopmentGoalsReport2015 7.3 Globalexperienceinimplementing MDG7 Figure 7.4:ProportionofUrbanPopulationLivinginSlums,1990-2014 per room);and(iv)dwellingsmadeofnon-durablematerial. improved water supply; (ii) lack of access to improved sanitation; (iii) overcrowding (3 or more persons population living in households with at least one of the four characteristics: (i) lack of access to Note: Theactualproportionofpeoplelivinginslumsismeasuredbyaproxy,representedtheurban         Globally,147countrieshavemetthedrinkingwatertarget, 95countrieshavemetthesanitation Since1990,worldwide,2.1billionpeoplehavegainedaccesstoimprovedsanitation. The Ofthe2.6billionpeoplewhohavegainedaccesstoimproveddrinking watersince1990,1.9 In2015,91percentoftheglobalpopulationisusinganimproveddrinkingwatersource, Terrestrialandmarine protectedareasinmanyregionshaveincreasedsubstantiallysince1990. The proportionofurbanpopulationlivinginslums inthedevelopingregionsfellfromapproxi- target and77countrieshavemetboth. proportion ofpeoplepracticingopendefecationhas fallenalmostbyhalfsince1990. per cent)nowenjoysthishigherlevelofservice. billion gainedaccesstopipeddrinkingwateronpremises. Overhalfoftheglobalpopulation(58 compared to76percentin1990.ThisfigureislowerthantheBangladeshaverage. cent to23.4perbetween1990and2014. In LatinAmericaandtheCaribbean,coverageofterrestrialprotectedareasrosefrom8.8per Ozone-depleting substanceshavebeenvirtuallyeliminatedsince1990,andtheozonelayeris Global emissionsofcarbondioxidehaveincreasedbyover50percentsince1990. mately 39.4percentin2000to29.72014. expected torecoverbythemiddleofthiscentury. density, andworkinaplanned waytowardsfurtherreducingthenumberof slum dwellers. Table 7.5showsthatBangladeshisplacedaboveonlyPakistan,AfghanistanandMaldivesincaseof Table 7.5:Cross-countryComparisonofGlobalEnvironmentalSustainability,variousyears and Bangladesh. terrestrial areas protected with respect tototalterritorial area, followed by Nepal,Cambodia, Pakistan used, followedbyIndia,Afghanistan,SriLankaandMaldives.Bhutanhasthehighestpercentageof Nam, PakistanBangladeshandAfghanistan.hasthehighestproportionoftotalwaterresources the highestlevelofconsumptionallOzoneDepletingSubstancesinODPtonnes,followedbyViet highest level of Carbon dioxide emissions, followed by Viet Nam, India, Pakistan and Bhutan. India has water inthefaceofarsenic crisis,keepacloseeyeonthesanitationfacilitiesin thefaceofhighpopulation Cambodia. ThetableindicatesthatBangladesh needstocarefullyfightthechallengein providingsafe better for Bangladesh; Bangladesh has been doing better than Afghanistan, India, Nepal, Bhutan and improved drinkingwaterintheregion.Incaseofaccesstosanitation,situation ismuch Table 7.6 shows thatBangladeshis only ahead of Afghanistanand Cambodia incaseof access to marine areasisrequired. table alsoindicatesthatgreaterfocusonwaterresource managementandprotectingterrestrial consumption, Bangladeshhasbeenperformingbetter thanIndia,PakistanandVietNam.Theabove emission percapitaintheabovetable.OnlyNepalisaheadofBangladeshSouthAsia.In caseofODS However, Bangladeshhasbeendoingverywellin keepingCO2emissionslowasevidentfrom proportion oflandcoveredbyforest,indicatinggreater attentionisrequiredintheareaofafforestation.

Living intheSlums,variousyears Table 7.6:Cross-countryComparisonofAccesstoSafeDrinkingWater,BasicSanitationand country andto securethewell-beingof ourpeople. up theseinvestmentstocreate asuitableenvironmentfortheeconomicand socialdevelopmentofthe to makethecountrylessvulnerable tonaturaldisasters.ThechallengeBangladesh nowfacesistoscale Over thepastyears,GOB, withthesupportofdevelopmentpartners, hasinvestedover$10billion 7.6 Partnership with theNon-GovernmentActors needs tobedoneinthisareaandalsotheof protectingterrestrialandmarineland. dents inthechallengingareaofincreasingforestcoverage inthefaceofhighpopulationdensity.Alot Through programmessuchascoastalafforestation and socialforestation,itwaspossibletomakesome and enhance,preserve,conservationofnatural resources. initiatives toensureappropriateenvironmentmanagement system,enforcementforpollutioncontrol To attaingoodgovernanceinenvironmentalsustainability, GovernmentofBangladeshtookseveral achieving itsstatedvisionandaddressinglong-term sustainabilityissueofproductiveresources. The GOBhasalsopreparedNationalSustainable Development Strategy(2010-2021)withaviewto fiscal yearof2009-10.Subsequently,ClimateChangeTrustAct,2010wasenacted. under thesixthematicareasofBCCSAP2009,ClimateChangeTrustFund(CCTF)wascreatedin to climateshocksandfacilitatinglow-carbon,sustainablegrowth.Toimplement44programsspecified published in2005.TheBCCSAPseekstobuildamediumlongtermprogramforenhancingresilience in 2008andrevisedit2009.ItbuildsontheNationalAdaptationProgrammeofAction(NAPA), The GovernmentofBangladeshlauncheditsfirstClimateChangeStrategyandActionPlan(BCCSAP) 7.5 Government’sSpecificEfforts toAchieveMDG7 Partners (DPs).ThetotalamountpledgedunderBCCRFasoftheend2014wasapproximately Fund (BCCRF)tosupporttheimplementationofBCCSAPin2010withseveralDevelopment The GovernmentofBangladesh(GOB)alsoestablishedtheBangladeshClimateChangeResilience banned seasons. Mostlargefaunaarethreatened withextinctionorarealready extinctonanational level. seasons forfishingfaces challenges fromlackofalternativelivelihoodsupports tofishermenduring fisheries. Reversingthis downwardtrendthroughmaintainingsanctuaries combinedwithbanned wetlands hasledtoserious reductioninfishhabitat,populationanddiversity anddecliningopenwater coverage area.Buttheir successisunderminedbypilferageandillegal chopping. Degradationof degradation. Afforestationandreforestationprogrammes arebeingimplementedtoincreaseforest Clearing of forestland for cultivation and other purposes resulted in loss of forest coverage and land pool resources. and othernaturalresourcesleadingtodegraded land, wetlandandforestareasothercommon urbanization andinfrastructuredevelopmentcoupled withalargepopulationmakesclaimsonland growth inthefuture.Acceleratedresulting fromagriculturaldevelopment,industrialization, middle incomecountry.Ithasbeenabletoaccelerate itsgrowthandhasplannedtoenjoyaccelerated Bangladesh hasachievedthestatusofalowermiddle incomecountryandplanstobecomeahigh 7.8 Key Challenges forwarded toGCFforfunding. capacities. Thethirdstepistohavewelldesignedandcrediblebankableprojectsorprogrammesbe and programmelevel.Thesecondstepistoenhancethefiduciarystandardsprojectmanagement regard, thereisaneedtoimproveourEnvironmentImpactAssessment(EIA)practicesatbothproject capacity improvement in the area of environmentalandsocial safeguard policy and practices. In this meet to A fewimportantstepsareneededtogainaccreditation.Thefirstandmoststepisinstitutional gaps those mitigate to ways the and gaps the GCF’scriteria. strengths, their identify to self-assessment do that havethehighpotentialtogainaccreditation.TheNDArequested14nationalentities to After havingconsultationwithallrelevantstakeholders,14nationalentitieshavebeenidentified without accreditationtoGCF. accreditation, certificationoftheNDAwillberequired.Directaccesstofundnotpossible based onstringenteligibilitycriteria,willprovidetheaccreditationtoNIEs,butbeforeapplyingfor Bangladeshi institutionsaccreditedasNationalImplementingEntity(NIE)toGCF.TheGCFboard, Designated Authority(NDA)ofBangladeshtotheGCF.TheNDAhasinitiatedprocessgetting The EconomicRelationsDivision(ERD)oftheMinistryFinancehasbeenselectedasNational GCF aimstomuster$200billionby2020. GCF hasdecidedtouseitsfundsequallyforadaptationandmitigationpurposes.Forthispurpose,the member countriestomitigateandadapttheeffectsofclimatechange.Thegoverningboard Nations FrameworkConventiononClimateChange(UNFCCC).Thefundwillbemadeavailableto The GreenclimateFund(GCF)wasestablishedinCOP-162010undertheauspicesofUnited 7.7 Accessinggreenclimatefund effectively fostersparticipatingministriesandstakeholdertoimplementtheclimatechangestrategy. Through thisfundingarrangement,whichawaitsmorepledgesfrominternationaldonors,Bangladesh US$187 million. from thedebateonsuccessoragendatoMDGsisimportanceoftrueintegrationenvironment facing, suchasclimatechange,foodandwaterinsecurity,naturaldisasters.Onethemeemerging remains forthepost-2015period,particularly given theacuteenvironmentalchallengesworldis environmental sustainabilityhaveshownmixedresultsthroughoutthelast15years.Muchwork Environmental protectionisacorepillarofthe2030developmentagenda.Effortstoensureglobal 7.9 Environmentalsustainability inthe2030DevelopmentAgenda with supportfromdevelopmentpartnersposessignificantchallenge. of acceleratedgrowth.However,implementationthestrategyaswellmobilizationresources The Governmenthasadoptedclimatechangeadaptationandmitigationstrategywithinthebroadgoal salinity intrusion,andheavymonsoondownpourthreatenenvironmentalsustainabilityofBangladesh. The effectsofclimatechange–especiallyhightemperature,sea-levelrise,cyclonesandstormsurges, implement thedecentralizationprocessandabsenceofcomprehensiveurbandevelopmentpolicy. secondary citiestorelievethepressureonlargecities,limitedcapacityofmunicipalitiesfully Sustainable improvementofthelivesslumdwellersposesabigchallengebecausedearth south westpartofthecountry. rivers hasled,amongothereffects,todesertificationinnorthwestBangladeshandsalinityintrusion of thestrategieshasremainedachallengeyet.Inaddition,reducedflowwaterintrans-boundary Sustainable DevelopmentStrategytopromotesustainabledevelopment.However,theimplementation consumption.The GovernmentisawareofthechallengesandhasadoptedstrategiessuchasNational present, islikelytoincreaseinthefuturewithgrowthandconsequent(nonrenewable)energy table andarseniccontaminationthreateningwatersafetysecurity.EmissionofC02,thoughlowat Excessive extractionofundergroundwaterforagricultureandotherpurposeshasledtofalling the successfulimplementationof2030globalDevelopment Agenda. building a solid partnership through galvanizing support fromthedeveloped countries holds the key to resources playsanimportantroleinaddressingthe emergingchallengesandstronglybelievesthat towards environmentalissues.WhileBangladesh sharestheviewthatmobilizationofinternal The Government’sproposaltotheUNonPost-2015DevelopmentAgendacallsformoreattention ability andprotectsreinforcestheenvironmentalpillar. development agenda for the future reflects the links between socioeconomic and environmental sustain- mental challengesandimproving livelihoods everywhere. Therefore, it is crucial to ensure that the well-managed anddiverseecosystemsresourcescanplayastrongroleinmitigatingfutureenviron - becomes aprerequisiteforthelastingsocioeconomicdevelopmentandpovertyeradication.Healthy, into developmentplans.Environmentalsustainabilityasacorepillarofthepost-2015agendaand

Table 7.4, based on the inputs from UNSD, shows the proportion of population using improved sanita- Figure 7.4: Proportion of Urban Population Living in Slums, 1990-2014 highest level of Carbon dioxide emissions, followed by Viet Nam, India, Pakistan and Bhutan. India has Table 7.6: Cross-country Comparison of Access to Safe Drinking Water, Basic Sanitation and The Government of Bangladesh (GOB) also established the Bangladesh Climate Change Resilience Excessive extraction of underground water for agriculture and other purposes has led to falling water tion facility in Bangladesh during the 1990-2014 period. Though the urban-rural divide has the highest level of consumption of all Ozone Depleting Substances in ODP tonnes, followed by Viet Living in the Slums, various years Fund (BCCRF) to support the implementation of the BCCSAP in 2010 with several Development table and arsenic contamination threatening water safety and security. Emission of C02, though low at narrowed, we are far yet from reaching the national target of 100 per cent of the population 100 Nam, Pakistan Bangladesh and Afghanistan. Pakistan has the highest proportion of total water resources Partners (DPs). The total amount pledged under BCCRF as of the end of 2014 was approximately present, is likely to increase in the future with growth and consequent increase in (nonrenewable) energy 87.3 84.7 having access to improved sanitation facility. Concerted efforts are needed to increase the improved 77.85 used, followed by India, Afghanistan, Sri Lanka and Maldives. Bhutan has the highest percentage of US$187 million. consumption.The Government is aware of the challenges and has adopted strategies such as National sanitation facilities in both urban and rural areas. 80 70.8 terrestrial areas protected with respect to total territorial area, followed by Nepal, Cambodia, Pakistan Sustainable Development Strategy to promote sustainable development. However, the implementation 66.2 61.6 Through this funding arrangement, which awaits more pledges from international donors, Bangladesh 55.1 and Bangladesh. of the strategies has remained a challenge yet. In addition, reduced flow of water in trans-boundary 60 effectively fosters participating ministries and stakeholder to implement the climate change strategy. Table 7.4: Percentage of Population Using an Improved Sanitation Facility, 1990-2014 rivers has led, among other effects, to desertification in north west Bangladesh and salinity intrusion in Table 7.5: Cross-country Comparison of Global Environmental Sustainability, various years south west part of the country. 40 7.7 Accessing green climate fund 20 The Green climate Fund (GCF) was established in COP-16 in 2010 under the auspices of United Sustainable improvement of the lives of the slum dwellers poses a big challenge because of dearth of secondary cities to relieve the pressure on large cities, limited capacity of the municipalities to fully 0 Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). The fund will be made available to implement the decentralization process and absence of comprehensive urban development policy. 1990 1995 2000 2005 2007 2009 2014 member countries to mitigate and adapt to the effects of climate change. The governing board of the GCF has decided to use its funds equally for adaptation and mitigation purposes. For this purpose, the Source: http://www.mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ GCF aims to muster $200 billion by 2020. The effects of climate change – especially high temperature, sea-level rise, cyclones and storm surges, salinity intrusion, and heavy monsoon downpour threaten environmental sustainability of Bangladesh. Note: The actual proportion of people living in slums is measured by a proxy, represented by the urban The Economic Relations Division (ERD) of the Ministry of Finance has been selected as the National The Government has adopted climate change adaptation and mitigation strategy within the broad goal population living in households with at least one of the four characteristics: (i) lack of access to Designated Authority (NDA) of Bangladesh to the GCF. The NDA has initiated the process of getting of accelerated growth. However, implementation of the strategy as well as mobilization of resources improved water supply; (ii) lack of access to improved sanitation; (iii) overcrowding (3 or more persons Bangladeshi institutions accredited as National Implementing Entity (NIE) to GCF. The GCF board, with support from development partners poses significant challenge. per room); and (iv) dwellings made of non-durable material. based on stringent eligibility criteria, will provide the accreditation to the NIEs, but before applying for accreditation, certification of the NDA will be required. Direct access to the fund will not be possible 7.9 Environmental sustainability in the 2030 Development Agenda 7.3 Global experience in implementing MDG 7 without accreditation to GCF. After having consultation with all relevant stakeholders, 14 national entities have been identified Environmental protection is a core pillar of the 2030 development agenda. Efforts to ensure global The salient features of the achievements according to the Millennium Development Goals Report 2015 that have the high potential to gain accreditation. The NDA requested the 14 national entities to environmental sustainability have shown mixed results throughout the last 15 years. Much work of the United Nations are: do self-assessment to identify their strengths, gaps and the ways to mitigate those gaps to meet remains for the post-2015 period, particularly given the acute environmental challenges the world is facing, such as climate change, food and water insecurity, and natural disasters. One theme emerging According to the 2011 Population Census, 41.9 million people (28per cent of the total population) lived  Global emissions of carbon dioxide have increased by over 50 per cent since 1990. the GCF’s criteria. 10 from the debate on the successor agenda to the MDGs is the importance of true integration of environment in urban areas including Statistical Metropolitan Areas (SMA). The vast majority of this population  7.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 7 Ozone-depleting substances have been virtually eliminated since 1990, and the ozone layer is A few important steps are needed to gain accreditation. The first and most important step is institutional into development plans. Environmental sustainability as a core pillar of the post-2015 agenda and lived in one megacity, 316 City Corporations and Paurashava and 189 Upazila Headquarters. The urban expected to recover by the middle of this century. capacity improvement in the area of environmental and social safeguard policy and practices. In this becomes a prerequisite for the lasting socioeconomic development and poverty eradication. Healthy, population is increasing at the rate of 3.5 per cent and is expected to reach 60 million in 2051. The Government of Bangladesh launched its first Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan (BCCSAP)  Terrestrial and marine protected areas in many regions have increased substantially since 1990. in 2008 and revised it in 2009. It builds on the National Adaptation Programme of Action (NAPA), regard, there is a need to improve our Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) practices at both project well-managed and diverse ecosystems and resources can play a strong role in mitigating future environ- A Census of Slum Areas and Floating Population conducted by BBS in 2014 identified 13,938 slums In Latin America and the Caribbean, coverage of the terrestrial protected areas rose from 8.8 per published in 2005.The BCCSAP seeks to build a medium to long term program for enhancing resilience and programme level. The second step is to enhance the fiduciary standards and project management mental challenges and improving livelihoods everywhere. Therefore, it is crucial to ensure that the covering all city corporations, municipalities, Upazila headquarters and all other urban areas. The cent to 23.4 per cent between 1990 and 2014. to climate shocks and facilitating low-carbon, sustainable growth. To implement 44 programs specified capacities. The third step is to have well designed and credible bankable projects or programmes to be development agenda for the future reflects the links between socioeconomic and environmental sustain- under the six thematic areas of BCCSAP 2009, Climate Change Trust Fund (CCTF) was created in the forwarded to GCF for funding. ability and protects and reinforces the environmental pillar. number was 2,991 slums for the year 1997. A total of 592,998 slum households of an average size of  In 2015, 91 per cent of the global population is using an improved drinking water source, 3.75 persons were counted in 2014. For 1997, these numbers were 334,431 slum households and 4.17 compared to 76 per cent in 1990. This figure is lower than the Bangladesh average. fiscal year of 2009-10. Subsequently, Climate Change Trust Act, 2010 was enacted. persons. This indicates an increase of 77 per cent in the number of slum households since 1997. In 2014, Table 7.5 shows that Bangladesh is placed above only Pakistan, Afghanistan and Maldives in case of The Government’s proposal to the UN on Post-2015 Development Agenda calls for more attention  Of the 2.6 billion people who have gained access to improved drinking water since 1990, 1.9 The GOB has also prepared National Sustainable Development Strategy (2010-2021) with a view to 7.8 Key Challenges a total of 2.2 million people were living in the slums. This indicates a population increase of 214 per proportion of land covered by forest, indicating greater attention is required in the area of afforestation. achieving its stated vision and addressing long-term sustainability issue of productive resources. towards environmental issues. While Bangladesh shares the view that the mobilization of internal billion gained access to piped drinking water on premises. Over half of the global population (58 Bangladesh has achieved the status of a lower middle income country and plans to become a high cent between the two census years. It can be calculated that 6.36 per cent of total urban population However, Bangladesh has been doing very well in keeping CO2 emissions low as evident from CO2 To attain good governance in environmental sustainability, Government of Bangladesh took several resources plays an important role in addressing the emerging challenges and strongly believes that per cent) now enjoys this higher level of service. middle income country. It has been able to accelerate its growth and has planned to enjoy accelerated lived in the slum areas in 2014 in Bangladesh. emission per capita in the above table. Only Nepal is ahead of Bangladesh in South Asia. In case of ODS initiatives to ensure appropriate environment management system, enforcement for pollution control building a solid partnership through galvanizing support from the developed countries holds the key to  Since 1990, worldwide, 2.1 billion people have gained access to improved sanitation. The growth in the future. Accelerated growth resulting from agricultural development, industrialization, consumption, Bangladesh has been performing better than India, Pakistan and Viet Nam. The above and enhance, preserve, and conservation of natural resources. the successful implementation of the 2030 global Development Agenda. Figure 7.4 shows the proportion of urban population living in slums based on UNSD data. The figure proportion of people practicing open defecation has fallen almost by half since 1990. table also indicates that greater focus on water resource management and protecting terrestrial and urbanization and infrastructure development coupled with a large population makes claims on land shows a decline in the proportion of urban population living in the slums from 87.3 per cent in 1990 to Through programmes such as coastal afforestation and social forestation, it was possible to make some and other natural resources leading to degraded land, wetland and forest areas and other common  Globally, 147 countries have met the drinking water target, 95 countries have met the sanitation marine areas is required. 55.1 per cent in 2014 (See the note below). Despite the decline, the proportion of 55.1 per cent is still a GOAL 6 target and 77 countries have met both. dents in the challenging area of increasing forest coverage in the face of high population density. A lot pool resources. big number. Moreover, the population density in the slums exceeds the average population density of Table 7.6 shows that Bangladesh is only ahead of Afghanistan and Cambodia in case of access to needs to be done in this area and also in the area of protecting terrestrial and marine land. Bangladesh. Such high density in the face of steady rural to urban migration is likely to put pressure on  The proportion of urban population living in slums in the developing regions fell from approxi- improved drinking water in the region. In case of access to improved sanitation, the situation is much Clearing of forest land for cultivation and other purposes resulted in loss of forest coverage and land the basic services in urban areas that are already overstretched, inadequate and cannot cope up with mately 39.4 per cent in 2000 to 29.7 per cent in 2014. better for Bangladesh; Bangladesh has been doing better than Afghanistan, India, Nepal, Bhutan and degradation. Afforestation and reforestation programmes are being implemented to increase forest incremental provisions. Cambodia. The table indicates that Bangladesh needs to carefully fight the challenge in providing safe 7.6 Partnership with the Non-Government Actors coverage area. But their success is undermined by pilferage and illegal chopping. Degradation of wetlands has led to serious reduction in fish habitat, population and diversity and declining open water water in the face of arsenic crisis, keep a close eye on the sanitation facilities in the face of high population Over the past years, the GOB, with the support of development partners, has invested over $10 billion 7.4 Status of MDG 7 in South Asia and Two other Comparator Countries fisheries. Reversing this downward trend through maintaining sanctuaries combined with banned density, and work in a planned way towards further reducing the number of slum dwellers. to make the country less vulnerable to natural disasters. The challenge Bangladesh now faces is to scale seasons for fishing faces challenges from lack of alternative livelihood supports to fishermen during Table 7.5 shows that Bhutan has the highest proportion of land area covered by forest (a largely up these investments to create a suitable environment for the economic and social development of the mountainous country), followed by Cambodia, Viet Nam, Sri Lanka and Nepal. Maldives has the country and to secure the well-being of our people. banned seasons. Most large fauna are threatened with extinction or are already extinct on a national level.

90 Millennium Development Goals incremental provisions. the basicservicesinurban areasthatarealreadyoverstretched,inadequate andcannotcopeupwith Bangladesh. Suchhighdensityinthefaceofsteady ruraltourbanmigrationislikelyputpressureon big number.Moreover,thepopulationdensityin slumsexceedstheaveragepopulationdensityof 55.1 percentin2014(Seethenotebelow).Despite thedecline,proportionof55.1percentisstilla shows adeclineintheproportionofurbanpopulation livingintheslumsfrom87.3percent1990to Figure 7.4showstheproportionofurbanpopulation livinginslumsbasedonUNSDdata.Thefigure lived intheslumareas2014Bangladesh. cent betweenthetwocensusyears.Itcanbecalculatedthat6.36peroftotalurban population a totalof2.2millionpeoplewerelivingintheslums. Thisindicatesapopulationincreaseof214per persons. Thisindicatesanincreaseof77percentinthenumberslumhouseholdssince1997.In2014, 3.75 personswerecountedin2014.For1997,thesenumbers334,431slumhouseholdsand4.17 number was2,991slumsfortheyear1997.Atotalof592,998slumhouseholdsanaveragesize covering allcitycorporations,municipalities,Upazilaheadquartersandotherurbanareas.The A CensusofSlumAreasandFloatingPopulationconductedbyBBSin2014identified13,938slums population isincreasingattherateof3.5percentandexpectedtoreach60millionin2051. lived inonemegacity,316CityCorporationsandPaurashava189UpazilaHeadquarters.Theurban in urbanareasincludingStatisticalMetropolitanAreas(SMA). According tothe2011PopulationCensus,41.9millionpeople(28percentoftotalpopulation)lived Table 7.4:PercentageofPopulationUsinganImprovedSanitationFacility,1990-2014 sanitation facilitiesinbothurbanandruralareas. having accessto improved sanitation facility. Concerted efforts are neededtoincreasethe improved narrowed, wearefaryetfromreachingthenationaltargetof100percentpopulation tion facilityinBangladeshduringthe1990-2014period.Thoughurban-ruraldividehas Table 7.4,basedontheinputsfromUNSD,showsproportionofpopulationusingimprovedsanita- 10 Thevastmajorityofthispopulation mountainous country),followedbyCambodia, VietNam,Sri LankaandNepal.Maldives hasthe Table 7.5showsthatBhutan hasthehighestproportionoflandareacovered byforest(alargely 7.4 Statusof MDG7inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparator Countries of theUnitedNationsare: The salientfeaturesoftheachievementsaccordingtoMillenniumDevelopmentGoalsReport2015 7.3 Globalexperienceinimplementing MDG7 per room);and(iv)dwellingsmadeofnon-durablematerial. improved water supply; (ii) lack of access to improved sanitation; (iii) overcrowding (3 or more persons population living in households with at least one of the four characteristics: (i) lack of access to Note: Theactualproportionofpeoplelivinginslumsismeasuredbyaproxy,representedtheurban Figure 7.4:ProportionofUrbanPopulationLivinginSlums,1990-2014         Globally,147countrieshavemetthedrinkingwatertarget, 95countrieshavemetthesanitation Since1990,worldwide,2.1billionpeoplehavegainedaccesstoimprovedsanitation. The Ofthe2.6billionpeoplewhohavegainedaccesstoimproveddrinking watersince1990,1.9 In2015,91percentoftheglobalpopulationisusinganimproveddrinkingwatersource, Terrestrialandmarine protectedareasinmanyregionshaveincreasedsubstantiallysince1990. The proportionofurbanpopulationlivinginslums inthedevelopingregionsfellfromapproxi- target and77countrieshavemetboth. proportion ofpeoplepracticingopendefecationhas fallenalmostbyhalfsince1990. per cent)nowenjoysthishigherlevelofservice. billion gainedaccesstopipeddrinkingwateronpremises. Overhalfoftheglobalpopulation(58 compared to76percentin1990.ThisfigureislowerthantheBangladeshaverage. cent to23.4perbetween1990and2014. In LatinAmericaandtheCaribbean,coverageofterrestrialprotectedareasrosefrom8.8per Ozone-depleting substanceshavebeenvirtuallyeliminatedsince1990,andtheozonelayeris Global emissionsofcarbondioxidehaveincreasedbyover50percentsince1990. mately 39.4percentin2000to29.72014. expected torecoverbythemiddleofthiscentury. Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ density, andworkinaplanned waytowardsfurtherreducingthenumberof slum dwellers. water inthefaceofarsenic crisis,keepacloseeyeonthesanitationfacilitiesin thefaceofhighpopulation Cambodia. ThetableindicatesthatBangladesh needstocarefullyfightthechallengein providingsafe better for Bangladesh; Bangladesh has been doing better than Afghanistan, India, Nepal, Bhutan and improved drinkingwaterintheregion.Incaseofaccesstosanitation,situation ismuch Table 7.6 shows thatBangladeshis only ahead of Afghanistanand Cambodia incaseof access to marine areasisrequired. table alsoindicatesthatgreaterfocusonwaterresource managementandprotectingterrestrial consumption, Bangladeshhasbeenperformingbetter thanIndia,PakistanandVietNam.Theabove emission percapitaintheabovetable.OnlyNepalisaheadofBangladeshSouthAsia.In caseofODS However, Bangladeshhasbeendoingverywellin keepingCO2emissionslowasevidentfrom proportion oflandcoveredbyforest,indicatinggreater attentionisrequiredintheareaofafforestation. Table 7.5showsthatBangladeshisplacedaboveonlyPakistan,AfghanistanandMaldivesincaseof Table 7.5:Cross-countryComparisonofGlobalEnvironmentalSustainability,variousyears and Bangladesh. terrestrial areas protected with respect tototalterritorial area, followed by Nepal,Cambodia, Pakistan used, followedbyIndia,Afghanistan,SriLankaandMaldives.Bhutanhasthehighestpercentageof Nam, PakistanBangladeshandAfghanistan.hasthehighestproportionoftotalwaterresources the highestlevelofconsumptionallOzoneDepletingSubstancesinODPtonnes,followedbyViet highest level of Carbon dioxide emissions, followed by Viet Nam, India, Pakistan and Bhutan. India has C Vie B S M Ne P I B Af C n r a a h a o d a i k g m p u n u ld ia L t is h a ta n g b Na a a l iv ta tr la o n n n y n d e k d is m

s ia a e ta s

h n I P n c p r la d o o e ( p f v ic r n 2 o 1 5 4 6 2 2 c o e 3 2 2 d a 2 0 e r 1 7 4 9 8 5 r r . . .

e t 3 1 n e tio 3 1 2 ...... a o s 1 2 5 1 8 4 d 0 ta r t, r e

) n b g

a 7

y e

o .

1 f

m e C I e m n tr a is d r p ic ( b C s ic e 1 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 (

o io r 2 to DI ...... a

n 6 3 3 3 4 9 7 7 1 9 0 c n t n

9 7 0 2 2 2 6 2 5 2 a 1 o d s AC s 8 3 7 5 0 6 9 7 9 7 p 1

r io

( 0 7 3 8 9 4 2 9 6 8 ita o )

C 7 x f ) . O

id

2 C 2 a e O ) ,

2 C I S o n u a n De ODP d b l s ( ic u s 9 2 2 6 1 1 Oz p ta 2 m 3 9 0 0 5 5 a 0 4 7 3 le 4 . . . . 6 2 n t 1 p 2 5 3 7 . . . 7 to o o 9 7 4 . . tin c 3 tio 1 9 r n e ) n

s e g 7 s n

- in

.

3 o

f

r I e P n s 3 1 2 7 p r to 2 0 4 9 o 3 d o 3 5 4 4 e . . . . u ta 1 ( p ic r 9 5 5 3 . . . . Ye 9 7 5 4 c r ( o ( ( ( ( General Economics Division (GED) l c a 2 ( ( ( ( e 2 2 2 2 r - 2 2 2 2 e wa t 0 n tio 0 0 0 0 a o s 0 0 0 0 0 ta 1 0 0 r 0

r 1 1 0 1 ) u 0 te n 0 5 5 5 g

0 0 5 0 s ) 7

) ) ) ) e r o e ) ) ) ) .

5 d f

,

p te T r I m o n e r p te r r d a e ito r ( r c 4 ic r e 2 2 2 in 3 3 0 0 2 2 8 c te 7 s 0 2 a r 0 e ...... tr . e ia 1 4 0 4 5 6 6 d . . t

1 n 6 9

3 ia o 3 1 7 6 4 4 0

4 a ta l to 1 3 0 r r l ) a g

e

a 7 r t a e e o n . s 6 a ta d

,

l 91

GOAL 7 country andto securethewell-beingof ourpeople. up theseinvestmentstocreate asuitableenvironmentfortheeconomicand socialdevelopmentofthe to makethecountrylessvulnerable tonaturaldisasters.ThechallengeBangladesh nowfacesistoscale Over thepastyears,GOB, withthesupportofdevelopmentpartners, hasinvestedover$10billion 7.6 Partnership with theNon-GovernmentActors needs tobedoneinthisareaandalsotheof protectingterrestrialandmarineland. dents inthechallengingareaofincreasingforestcoverage inthefaceofhighpopulationdensity.Alot Through programmessuchascoastalafforestation and socialforestation,itwaspossibletomakesome and enhance,preserve,conservationofnatural resources. initiatives toensureappropriateenvironmentmanagement system,enforcementforpollutioncontrol To attaingoodgovernanceinenvironmentalsustainability, GovernmentofBangladeshtookseveral achieving itsstatedvisionandaddressinglong-term sustainabilityissueofproductiveresources. The GOBhasalsopreparedNationalSustainable Development Strategy(2010-2021)withaviewto fiscal yearof2009-10.Subsequently,ClimateChangeTrustAct,2010wasenacted. under thesixthematicareasofBCCSAP2009,ClimateChangeTrustFund(CCTF)wascreatedin to climateshocksandfacilitatinglow-carbon,sustainablegrowth.Toimplement44programsspecified published in2005.TheBCCSAPseekstobuildamediumlongtermprogramforenhancingresilience in 2008andrevisedit2009.ItbuildsontheNationalAdaptationProgrammeofAction(NAPA), The GovernmentofBangladeshlauncheditsfirstClimateChangeStrategyandActionPlan(BCCSAP) 7.5 Government’sSpecificEfforts toAchieveMDG7 Living intheSlums,variousyears Table 7.6:Cross-countryComparisonofAccesstoSafeDrinkingWater,BasicSanitationand Partners (DPs).ThetotalamountpledgedunderBCCRFasoftheend2014wasapproximately Fund (BCCRF)tosupporttheimplementationofBCCSAPin2010withseveralDevelopment The GovernmentofBangladesh(GOB)alsoestablishedtheBangladeshClimateChangeResilience banned seasons. Mostlargefaunaarethreatened withextinctionorarealready extinctonanational level. seasons forfishingfaces challenges fromlackofalternativelivelihoodsupports tofishermenduring fisheries. Reversingthis downwardtrendthroughmaintainingsanctuaries combinedwithbanned wetlands hasledtoserious reductioninfishhabitat,populationanddiversity anddecliningopenwater coverage area.Buttheir successisunderminedbypilferageandillegal chopping. Degradationof degradation. Afforestationandreforestationprogrammes arebeingimplementedtoincreaseforest Clearing of forestland for cultivation and other purposes resulted in loss of forest coverage and land pool resources. and othernaturalresourcesleadingtodegraded land, wetlandandforestareasothercommon urbanization andinfrastructuredevelopmentcoupled withalargepopulationmakesclaimsonland growth inthefuture.Acceleratedresulting fromagriculturaldevelopment,industrialization, middle incomecountry.Ithasbeenabletoaccelerate itsgrowthandhasplannedtoenjoyaccelerated Bangladesh hasachievedthestatusofalowermiddle incomecountryandplanstobecomeahigh 7.8 Key Challenges forwarded toGCFforfunding. capacities. Thethirdstepistohavewelldesignedandcrediblebankableprojectsorprogrammesbe and programmelevel.Thesecondstepistoenhancethefiduciarystandardsprojectmanagement regard, thereisaneedtoimproveourEnvironmentImpactAssessment(EIA)practicesatbothproject capacity improvement in the area of environmentalandsocial safeguard policy and practices. In this meet to A fewimportantstepsareneededtogainaccreditation.Thefirstandmoststepisinstitutional gaps those mitigate to ways the and gaps the GCF’scriteria. strengths, their identify to self-assessment do that havethehighpotentialtogainaccreditation.TheNDArequested14nationalentities to After havingconsultationwithallrelevantstakeholders,14nationalentitieshavebeenidentified without accreditationtoGCF. accreditation, certificationoftheNDAwillberequired.Directaccesstofundnotpossible based onstringenteligibilitycriteria,willprovidetheaccreditationtoNIEs,butbeforeapplyingfor Bangladeshi institutionsaccreditedasNationalImplementingEntity(NIE)toGCF.TheGCFboard, Designated Authority(NDA)ofBangladeshtotheGCF.TheNDAhasinitiatedprocessgetting The EconomicRelationsDivision(ERD)oftheMinistryFinancehasbeenselectedasNational GCF aimstomuster$200billionby2020. GCF hasdecidedtouseitsfundsequallyforadaptationandmitigationpurposes.Forthispurpose,the member countriestomitigateandadapttheeffectsofclimatechange.Thegoverningboard Nations FrameworkConventiononClimateChange(UNFCCC).Thefundwillbemadeavailableto The GreenclimateFund(GCF)wasestablishedinCOP-162010undertheauspicesofUnited 7.7 Accessinggreenclimatefund effectively fostersparticipatingministriesandstakeholdertoimplementtheclimatechangestrategy. Through thisfundingarrangement,whichawaitsmorepledgesfrominternationaldonors,Bangladesh US$187 million. from thedebateonsuccessoragendatoMDGsisimportanceoftrueintegrationenvironment facing, suchasclimatechange,foodandwaterinsecurity,naturaldisasters.Onethemeemerging remains forthepost-2015period,particularly given theacuteenvironmentalchallengesworldis environmental sustainabilityhaveshownmixedresultsthroughoutthelast15years.Muchwork Environmental protectionisacorepillarofthe2030developmentagenda.Effortstoensureglobal 7.9 Environmentalsustainability inthe2030DevelopmentAgenda with supportfromdevelopmentpartnersposessignificantchallenge. of acceleratedgrowth.However,implementationthestrategyaswellmobilizationresources The Governmenthasadoptedclimatechangeadaptationandmitigationstrategywithinthebroadgoal salinity intrusion,andheavymonsoondownpourthreatenenvironmentalsustainabilityofBangladesh. The effectsofclimatechange–especiallyhightemperature,sea-levelrise,cyclonesandstormsurges, implement thedecentralizationprocessandabsenceofcomprehensiveurbandevelopmentpolicy. secondary citiestorelievethepressureonlargecities,limitedcapacityofmunicipalitiesfully Sustainable improvementofthelivesslumdwellersposesabigchallengebecausedearth south westpartofthecountry. rivers hasled,amongothereffects,todesertificationinnorthwestBangladeshandsalinityintrusion of thestrategieshasremainedachallengeyet.Inaddition,reducedflowwaterintrans-boundary Sustainable DevelopmentStrategytopromotesustainabledevelopment.However,theimplementation consumption.The GovernmentisawareofthechallengesandhasadoptedstrategiessuchasNational present, islikelytoincreaseinthefuturewithgrowthandconsequent(nonrenewable)energy table andarseniccontaminationthreateningwatersafetysecurity.EmissionofC02,thoughlowat Excessive extractionofundergroundwaterforagricultureandotherpurposeshasledtofalling the successfulimplementationof2030globalDevelopment Agenda. building a solid partnership through galvanizing support fromthedeveloped countries holds the key to resources playsanimportantroleinaddressingthe emergingchallengesandstronglybelievesthat towards environmentalissues.WhileBangladesh sharestheviewthatmobilizationofinternal The Government’sproposaltotheUNonPost-2015DevelopmentAgendacallsformoreattention ability andprotectsreinforcestheenvironmentalpillar. development agenda for the future reflects the links between socioeconomic and environmental sustain- mental challengesandimproving livelihoods everywhere. Therefore, it is crucial to ensure that the well-managed anddiverseecosystemsresourcescanplayastrongroleinmitigatingfutureenviron - becomes aprerequisiteforthelastingsocioeconomicdevelopmentandpovertyeradication.Healthy, into developmentplans.Environmentalsustainabilityasacorepillarofthepost-2015agendaand

into development plans. Environmental sustainability as a core pillar of the post-2015 agenda and sustainability as a core pillar of the post-2015 agenda and into development plans. Environmental socioeconomic development and poverty eradication. Healthy, becomes a prerequisite for the lasting - and resources can play a strong role in mitigating future environ well-managed and diverse ecosystems that the to ensure crucial it is Therefore, everywhere. livelihoods mental challenges and improving sustain- environmental and socioeconomic between links the reflects future the for agenda development the environmental pillar. ability and protects and reinforces Agenda calls for more attention The Government’s proposal to the UN on Post-2015 Development that the mobilization of internal towards environmental issues. While Bangladesh shares the view and strongly believes that resources plays an important role in addressing the emerging challenges to the key countries holds support from the developed through galvanizing solid partnership a building the successful implementation of the 2030 global Development Agenda. 7.9 Environmental sustainability in the 2030 Development Agenda Environmental 7.9 pillar of the 2030 development agenda. Efforts to ensure global Environmental protection is a core shown mixed results throughout the last 15 years. Much work environmental sustainability have the acute environmental challenges the world is given particularly remains for the post-2015 period, and water insecurity, and natural disasters. One theme emerging facing, such as climate change, food to the MDGs is the importance of true integration of environment from the debate on the successor agenda Excessive extraction of underground water for agriculture and other purposes has led to falling water has led to falling and other purposes for agriculture water extraction of underground Excessive low at of C02, though security. Emission water safety and threatening arsenic contamination table and energy in (nonrenewable) increase growth and consequent in the future with likely to increase present, is National strategies such as has adopted the challenges and is aware of Government consumption.The implementation development. However, the Strategy to promote sustainable Sustainable Development in trans-boundary addition, reduced flow of water has remained a challenge yet. In of the strategies intrusion in in north west Bangladesh and salinity other effects, to desertification rivers has led, among the country. south west part of of dearth of dwellers poses a big challenge because of the lives of the slum Sustainable improvement to fully limited capacity of the municipalities to relieve the pressure on large cities, secondary cities policy. of comprehensive urban development process and absence implement the decentralization high temperature, sea-level rise, cyclones and storm surges, The effects of climate change – especially downpour threaten environmental sustainability of Bangladesh. salinity intrusion, and heavy monsoon change adaptation and mitigation strategy within the broad goal The Government has adopted climate implementation of the strategy as well as mobilization of resources of accelerated growth. However, poses significant challenge. with support from development partners 7.8 Key Challenges Key 7.8 and plans to become a high Bangladesh has achieved the status of a lower middle income country has planned to enjoy accelerated middle income country. It has been able to accelerate its growth and development, industrialization, growth in the future. Accelerated growth resulting from agricultural population makes claims on land urbanization and infrastructure development coupled with a large forest areas and other common and other natural resources leading to degraded land, wetland and pool resources. and land coverage of forest loss resulted in purposes other and for cultivation land of forest Clearing implemented to increase forest degradation. Afforestation and reforestation programmes are being illegal chopping. Degradation of coverage area. But their success is undermined by pilferage and diversity and declining open water wetlands has led to serious reduction in fish habitat, population and combined with banned fisheries. Reversing this downward trend through maintaining sanctuaries supports to fishermen during seasons for fishing faces challenges from lack of alternative livelihood banned seasons. Most large fauna are threatened with extinction or are already extinct on a national level. hange Resilience Change Resilience desh Climate established the Bangla (GOB) also of Bangladesh The Government with several Development in 2010 of the BCCSAP the implementation to support Fund (BCCRF) 2014 was approximately as of the end of under BCCRF amount pledged (DPs). The total Partners million. US$187 Bangladesh pledges from international donors, arrangement, which awaits more Through this funding strategy. to implement the climate change participating ministries and stakeholder effectively fosters fund Accessing green climate 7.7 ces of United in COP-16 in 2010 under the auspi Fund (GCF) was established The Green climate made available to (UNFCCC). The fund will be Convention on Climate Change Nations Framework board of the of climate change. The governing to mitigate and adapt to the effects member countries this purpose, the and mitigation purposes. For to use its funds equally for adaptation GCF has decided 2020. GCF aims to muster $200 billion by (ERD) of the Ministry of Finance has been selected as the National The Economic Relations Division to the GCF. The NDA has initiated the process of getting Designated Authority (NDA) of Bangladesh as National Implementing Entity (NIE) to GCF. The GCF board, Bangladeshi institutions accredited will provide the accreditation to the NIEs, but before applying for based on stringent eligibility criteria, NDA will be required. Direct access to the fund will not be possible accreditation, certification of the without accreditation to GCF. relevant stakeholders, 14 national entities have been identified After having consultation with all to accreditation. The NDA requested the 14 national entities that have the high potential to gain do self-assessment to identify their strengths, the GCF’s criteria. gaps and the ways to mitigate those gaps to gain accreditation. The first and most important step is institutional A few important steps are needed to meet this In practices. and safeguard policy and social of environmental area the in improvement capacity our Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) practices at both project regard, there is a need to improve step is to enhance the fiduciary standards and project management and programme level. The second well designed and credible bankable projects or programmes to be capacities. The third step is to have forwarded to GCF for funding.

, s n a a

0 b n r 1 . e u

tio 7 g )

f r ta la 4 o 7 5 3 2 1 1

- ...... o 1 4 n u . . - e t . . 2 5 4 7 5 5 e 0 2 - p g a 6 4 5 2 5 5 c 2 o r ( ta p ic e

n d p e m n c I r lu e S p

n n tio tio la u ita l p 9 n . o ta a 7 p s

to

)

r e , d 5 o h s e 2 0 4 6 8 5 8 2 1 0 1 t t

v 3 4 6 4 9 9 7 4 0 5 6 a f o 2 o r ic (

ilitie p d n c n a I im f tio

r g o p in s o r u P

n

g tio n i l la k u ta p in 8 to r . o

, d 7 p

s

) r d e e 5 e c o 0 h 1 6 5 4 1 2 9 6 8 7 r t t v 0

0 5 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 8 u a o f 1 r 2 o o ic ( s

p

d n r n im te I

tio g r o wa in p s o u r P n h s ta e a ia s

m is d k e d n y n n n o la tr ta iv l a a Na b g ta n a Millennium Development Goals h is t L ia ld u n u p m g k i a d a h a o r a n Vie C S B Ne M I P Af B C 7.6 Partnership with the Non-Government Actors Partnership 7.6 Over the past years, the GOB, with the support of development partners, has invested over $10 billion Bangladesh now faces is to scale to make the country less vulnerable to natural disasters. The challenge and social development of the up these investments to create a suitable environment for the economic country and to secure the well-being of our people. Through programmes such as coastal afforestation and social forestation, it was possible to make some Through programmes such as coastal afforestation and social forestation, of high population density. A lot dents in the challenging area of increasing forest coverage in the face and marine land. needs to be done in this area and also in the area of protecting terrestrial achieving its stated vision and addressing long-term sustainability issue of productive resources. issue of productive resources. achieving its stated vision and addressing long-term sustainability of Bangladesh took several To attain good governance in environmental sustainability, Government enforcement for pollution control initiatives to ensure appropriate environment management system, and enhance, preserve, and conservation of natural resources. The GOB has also prepared National Sustainable Development Strategy (2010-2021) with a view to The GOB has also prepared National Sustainable Development Strategy 7.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 7 Government’s 7.5 its first Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan (BCCSAP) The Government of Bangladesh launched builds on the National Adaptation Programme of Action (NAPA), in 2008 and revised it in 2009. It to build a medium to long term program for enhancing resilience published in 2005.The BCCSAP seeks sustainable growth. To implement 44 programs specified to climate shocks and facilitating low-carbon, 2009, Climate Change Trust Fund (CCTF) was created in the under the six thematic areas of BCCSAP was enacted. fiscal year of 2009-10. Subsequently, Climate Change Trust Act, 2010 Table 7.6: Cross-country Comparison of Access to Safe Drinking Water, Basic Sanitation and Basic Sanitation Drinking Water, of Access to Safe Comparison Cross-country Table 7.6: years the Slums, various Living in Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg 92

GOAL 7

proportion of land covered by forest, indicating greater attention is required in the area of afforestation. proportion of land covered by forest, indicating greater attention is required low as evident from CO2 However, Bangladesh has been doing very well in keeping CO2 emissions emission per capita in the above table. Only Nepal is ahead of Bangladesh in South Asia. In case of ODS and Viet Nam. The above consumption, Bangladesh has been performing better than India, Pakistan and protecting terrestrial and table also indicates that greater focus on water resource management marine areas is required. access to Cambodia in case of of Afghanistan and only ahead that Bangladesh is shows Table 7.6 improved drinking water in the region. In case of access to improved sanitation, the situation is much and Bhutan Nepal, India, Afghanistan, than better doing been has Bangladesh Bangladesh; for better in providing safe Cambodia. The table indicates that Bangladesh needs to carefully fight the challenge in the face of high population water in the face of arsenic crisis, keep a close eye on the sanitation facilities Table 7.5 shows that Bangladesh is placed above only Pakistan, Afghanistan and Maldives in case of Table 7.5 shows that Bangladesh is placed above only Pakistan, Afghanistan highest level of Carbon dioxide emissions, followed by Viet Nam, India, Pakistan and Bhutan. India has India Bhutan. and Pakistan India, Nam, Viet by followed dioxide emissions, Carbon of level highest by Viet tonnes, followed in ODP Depleting Substances of all Ozone level of consumption the highest resources of total water highest proportion Pakistan has the and Afghanistan. Bangladesh Nam, Pakistan of the highest percentage Bhutan has Lanka and Maldives. Afghanistan, Sri by India, used, followed Pakistan by Nepal, Cambodia, followed area, total territorial respect to with protected areas terrestrial and Bangladesh. various years Environmental Sustainability, Comparison of Global Table 7.5: Cross-country density, and work in a planned way towards further reducing the number of slum dwellers. density, and work in a planned way towards further reducing the number expected to recover by the middle of this century. expected to recover by the middle mately 39.4 per cent in 2000 to 29.7 per cent in 2014. Global emissions of carbon dioxide have increased by over 50 per cent since 1990. Global emissions of carbon dioxide been virtually eliminated since 1990, and the ozone layer is Ozone-depleting substances have coverage of the terrestrial protected areas rose from 8.8 per In Latin America and the Caribbean, and 2014. cent to 23.4 per cent between 1990 average. compared to 76 per cent in 1990. This figure is lower than the Bangladesh of the global population (58 billion gained access to piped drinking water on premises. Over half per cent) now enjoys this higher level of service. half since 1990. proportion of people practicing open defecation has fallen almost by target and 77 countries have met both. regions fell from approxi- The proportion of urban population living in slums in the developing since 1990. and marine protected areas in many regions have increased substantially Terrestrial source, In 2015, 91 per cent of the global population is using an improved drinking water since 1990, 1.9 Of the 2.6 billion people who have gained access to improved drinking water worldwide, 2.1 billion people have gained access to improved sanitation. The Since 1990, have met the sanitation Globally, 147 countries have met the drinking water target, 95 countries         Figure 7.4: Proportion of Urban Population Living in Slums, 1990-2014 Living in Slums, Urban Population Proportion of Figure 7.4: living in slums is measured by a proxy, represented by the urban Note: The actual proportion of people to access of lack (i) characteristics: four the of one least at with households in living population persons more or (3 overcrowding (iii) sanitation; improved to access of lack (ii) supply; water improved of non-durable material. per room); and (iv) dwellings made 7.3 Global experience in implementing MDG 7 Global 7.3 according to the Millennium Development Goals Report 2015 The salient features of the achievements of the United Nations are: other Comparator Countries Status of MDG 7 in South Asia and Two 7.4 area covered by forest (a largely Table 7.5 shows that Bhutan has the highest proportion of land and Nepal. Maldives has the mountainous country), followed by Cambodia, Viet Nam, Sri Lanka The vast majority of this population The vast majority of this population 10 tion of population using improved sanita- using improved tion of population shows the propor from UNSD, based on the inputs Table 7.4, divide has the urban-rural Though 1990-2014 period. during the in Bangladesh tion facility cent of the population target of 100 per the national from reaching we are far yet narrowed, improved the are needed to increase efforts Concerted facility. sanitation improved to having access in both urban and rural areas. sanitation facilities Sanitation Facility, 1990-2014 of Population Using an Improved Table 7.4: Percentage of the total population) lived Census, 41.9 million people (28per cent According to the 2011 Population Metropolitan Areas (SMA). in urban areas including Statistical lived in one megacity, 316 City Corporations and Paurashava and 189 Upazila Headquarters. The urban and Paurashava and 189 Upazila Headquarters. The urban lived in one megacity, 316 City Corporations of 3.5 per cent and is expected to reach 60 million in 2051. population is increasing at the rate Population conducted by BBS in 2014 identified 13,938 slums A Census of Slum Areas and Floating Upazila headquarters and all other urban areas. The covering all city corporations, municipalities, 1997. A total of 592,998 slum households of an average size of number was 2,991 slums for the year 334,431 slum households and 4.17 3.75 persons were counted in 2014. For 1997, these numbers were households since 1997. In 2014, persons. This indicates an increase of 77 per cent in the number of slum a total of 2.2 million people were living in the slums. This indicates a population increase of 214 per cent between the two census years. It can be calculated that 6.36 per cent of total urban population lived in the slum areas in 2014 in Bangladesh. based on UNSD data. The figure Figure 7.4 shows the proportion of urban population living in slums from 87.3 per cent in 1990 to shows a decline in the proportion of urban population living in the slums proportion of 55.1 per cent is still a 55.1 per cent in 2014 (See the note below). Despite the decline, the the average population density of big number. Moreover, the population density in the slums exceeds is likely to put pressure on Bangladesh. Such high density in the face of steady rural to urban migration and cannot cope up with the basic services in urban areas that are already overstretched, inadequate incremental provisions. incremental provisions. the basicservicesinurban areasthatarealreadyoverstretched,inadequate andcannotcopeupwith Bangladesh. Suchhighdensityinthefaceofsteady ruraltourbanmigrationislikelyputpressureon big number.Moreover,thepopulationdensityin slumsexceedstheaveragepopulationdensityof 55.1 percentin2014(Seethenotebelow).Despite thedecline,proportionof55.1percentisstilla shows adeclineintheproportionofurbanpopulation livingintheslumsfrom87.3percent1990to Figure 7.4showstheproportionofurbanpopulation livinginslumsbasedonUNSDdata.Thefigure lived intheslumareas2014Bangladesh. cent betweenthetwocensusyears.Itcanbecalculatedthat6.36peroftotalurban population a totalof2.2millionpeoplewerelivingintheslums. Thisindicatesapopulationincreaseof214per persons. Thisindicatesanincreaseof77percentinthenumberslumhouseholdssince1997.In2014, 3.75 personswerecountedin2014.For1997,thesenumbers334,431slumhouseholdsand4.17 number was2,991slumsfortheyear1997.Atotalof592,998slumhouseholdsanaveragesize covering allcitycorporations,municipalities,Upazilaheadquartersandotherurbanareas.The A CensusofSlumAreasandFloatingPopulationconductedbyBBSin2014identified13,938slums population isincreasingattherateof3.5percentandexpectedtoreach60millionin2051. lived inonemegacity,316CityCorporationsandPaurashava189UpazilaHeadquarters.Theurban in urbanareasincludingStatisticalMetropolitanAreas(SMA). According tothe2011PopulationCensus,41.9millionpeople(28percentoftotalpopulation)lived Table 7.4:PercentageofPopulationUsinganImprovedSanitationFacility,1990-2014 sanitation facilitiesinbothurbanandruralareas. having accessto improved sanitation facility. Concerted efforts are neededtoincreasethe improved narrowed, wearefaryetfromreachingthenationaltargetof100percentpopulation tion facilityinBangladeshduringthe1990-2014period.Thoughurban-ruraldividehas Table 7.4,basedontheinputsfromUNSD,showsproportionofpopulationusingimprovedsanita- 10 Thevastmajorityofthispopulation per room);and(iv)dwellingsmadeofnon-durablematerial. improved water supply; (ii) lack of access to improved sanitation; (iii) overcrowding (3 or more persons population living in households with at least one of the four characteristics: (i) lack of access to Note: Theactualproportionofpeoplelivinginslumsismeasuredbyaproxy,representedtheurban Figure 7.4:ProportionofUrbanPopulationLivinginSlums,1990-2014 mountainous country),followedbyCambodia, VietNam,Sri LankaandNepal.Maldives hasthe Table 7.5showsthatBhutan hasthehighestproportionoflandareacovered byforest(alargely 7.4 Statusof MDG7inSouthAsiaandTwo otherComparator Countries of theUnitedNationsare: The salientfeaturesoftheachievementsaccordingtoMillenniumDevelopmentGoalsReport2015 7.3 Globalexperienceinimplementing MDG7         Globally,147countrieshavemetthedrinkingwater target,95countrieshavemetthesanitation Since1990,worldwide,2.1billionpeoplehavegainedaccesstoimproved sanitation.The Ofthe2.6billionpeoplewhohavegainedaccesstoimproveddrinking watersince1990,1.9 In2015,91percentoftheglobalpopulationisusinganimproveddrinkingwatersource, Terrestrialand marine protectedareasinmanyregionshaveincreasedsubstantiallysince1990. The proportionofurbanpopulationlivinginslums inthedevelopingregionsfellfromapproxi- target and77countrieshavemetboth. proportion ofpeoplepracticingopendefecationhas fallenalmostbyhalfsince1990. per cent)nowenjoysthishigherlevelofservice. billion gainedaccesstopipeddrinkingwateronpremises. Overhalfoftheglobalpopulation(58 compared to76percentin1990.ThisfigureislowerthantheBangladeshaverage. cent to23.4perbetween1990and2014. In LatinAmericaandtheCaribbean,coverageofterrestrialprotectedareasrosefrom8.8per Ozone-depleting substanceshavebeenvirtuallyeliminatedsince1990,andtheozonelayeris Global emissionsofcarbondioxidehaveincreasedbyover50percentsince1990. mately 39.4percentin2000to29.72014. expected torecoverbythemiddleofthiscentury. density, andworkinaplanned waytowardsfurtherreducingthenumberof slum dwellers. Table 7.5showsthatBangladeshisplacedaboveonlyPakistan,AfghanistanandMaldivesincaseof Table 7.5:Cross-countryComparisonofGlobalEnvironmentalSustainability,variousyears and Bangladesh. terrestrial areas protected with respect tototalterritorial area, followed by Nepal,Cambodia, Pakistan used, followedbyIndia,Afghanistan,SriLankaandMaldives.Bhutanhasthehighestpercentageof Nam, PakistanBangladeshandAfghanistan.hasthehighestproportionoftotalwaterresources the highestlevelofconsumptionallOzoneDepletingSubstancesinODPtonnes,followedbyViet highest level of Carbon dioxide emissions, followed by Viet Nam, India, Pakistan and Bhutan. India has water inthefaceofarsenic crisis,keepacloseeyeonthesanitationfacilitiesin thefaceofhighpopulation Cambodia. ThetableindicatesthatBangladesh needstocarefullyfightthechallengein providingsafe better for Bangladesh; Bangladesh has been doing better than Afghanistan, India, Nepal, Bhutan and improved drinkingwaterintheregion.Incaseofaccesstosanitation,situation ismuch Table 7.6 shows thatBangladeshis only ahead of Afghanistanand Cambodia incaseof access to marine areasisrequired. table alsoindicatesthatgreaterfocusonwaterresource managementandprotectingterrestrial consumption, Bangladeshhasbeenperformingbetter thanIndia,PakistanandVietNam.Theabove emission percapitaintheabovetable.OnlyNepalisaheadofBangladeshSouthAsia.In caseofODS However, Bangladeshhasbeendoingverywellin keepingCO2emissionslowasevidentfrom proportion oflandcoveredbyforest,indicatinggreater attentionisrequiredintheareaofafforestation.

Living intheSlums,variousyears Table 7.6:Cross-countryComparisonofAccesstoSafeDrinkingWater,BasicSanitationand country andto securethewell-beingof ourpeople. up theseinvestmentstocreate asuitableenvironmentfortheeconomicand socialdevelopmentofthe to makethecountrylessvulnerable tonaturaldisasters.ThechallengeBangladesh nowfacesistoscale Over thepastyears,GOB, withthesupportofdevelopmentpartners, hasinvestedover$10billion 7.6 Partnership with theNon-GovernmentActors needs tobedoneinthisareaandalsotheof protectingterrestrialandmarineland. dents inthechallengingareaofincreasingforestcoverage inthefaceofhighpopulationdensity.Alot Through programmessuchascoastalafforestation and socialforestation,itwaspossibletomakesome and enhance,preserve,conservationofnatural resources. initiatives toensureappropriateenvironmentmanagement system,enforcementforpollutioncontrol To attaingoodgovernanceinenvironmentalsustainability, GovernmentofBangladeshtookseveral achieving itsstatedvisionandaddressinglong-term sustainabilityissueofproductiveresources. The GOBhasalsopreparedNationalSustainable Development Strategy(2010-2021)withaviewto fiscal yearof2009-10.Subsequently,ClimateChangeTrustAct,2010wasenacted. under thesixthematicareasofBCCSAP2009,ClimateChangeTrustFund(CCTF)wascreatedin to climateshocksandfacilitatinglow-carbon,sustainablegrowth.Toimplement44programsspecified published in2005.TheBCCSAPseekstobuildamediumlongtermprogramforenhancingresilience in 2008andrevisedit2009.ItbuildsontheNationalAdaptationProgrammeofAction(NAPA), The GovernmentofBangladeshlauncheditsfirstClimateChangeStrategyandActionPlan(BCCSAP) 7.5 Government’sSpecificEfforts toAchieveMDG7 banned seasons. Mostlargefaunaarethreatened withextinctionorarealready extinctonanational level. seasons forfishingfaces challenges fromlackofalternativelivelihoodsupports tofishermenduring fisheries. Reversingthis downwardtrendthroughmaintainingsanctuaries combinedwithbanned wetlands hasledtoserious reductioninfishhabitat,populationanddiversity anddecliningopenwater coverage area.Buttheir successisunderminedbypilferageandillegal chopping. Degradationof degradation. Afforestationandreforestationprogrammes arebeingimplementedtoincreaseforest Clearing of forestland for cultivation and other purposes resulted in loss of forest coverage and land pool resources. and othernaturalresourcesleadingtodegraded land, wetlandandforestareasothercommon urbanization andinfrastructuredevelopmentcoupled withalargepopulationmakesclaimsonland growth inthefuture.Acceleratedresulting fromagriculturaldevelopment,industrialization, middle incomecountry.Ithasbeenabletoaccelerate itsgrowthandhasplannedtoenjoyaccelerated Bangladesh hasachievedthestatusofalowermiddle incomecountryandplanstobecomeahigh 7.8 Key Challenges forwarded toGCFforfunding. capacities. Thethirdstepistohavewelldesignedandcrediblebankableprojectsorprogrammesbe and programmelevel.Thesecondstepistoenhancethefiduciarystandardsprojectmanagement regard, thereisaneedtoimproveourEnvironmentImpactAssessment(EIA)practicesatbothproject capacity improvement in the area of environmentalandsocial safeguard policy and practices. In this meet to A fewimportantstepsareneededtogainaccreditation.Thefirstandmoststepisinstitutional gaps those mitigate to ways the and gaps the GCF’scriteria. strengths, their identify to self-assessment do that havethehighpotentialtogainaccreditation.TheNDArequested14nationalentities to After havingconsultationwithallrelevantstakeholders,14nationalentitieshavebeenidentified without accreditationtoGCF. accreditation, certificationoftheNDAwillberequired.Directaccesstofundnotpossible based onstringenteligibilitycriteria,willprovidetheaccreditationtoNIEs,butbeforeapplyingfor Bangladeshi institutionsaccreditedasNationalImplementingEntity(NIE)toGCF.TheGCFboard, Designated Authority(NDA)ofBangladeshtotheGCF.TheNDAhasinitiatedprocessgetting The EconomicRelationsDivision(ERD)oftheMinistryFinancehasbeenselectedasNational GCF aimstomuster$200billionby2020. GCF hasdecidedtouseitsfundsequallyforadaptationandmitigationpurposes.Forthispurpose,the member countriestomitigateandadapttheeffectsofclimatechange.Thegoverningboard Nations FrameworkConventiononClimateChange(UNFCCC).Thefundwillbemadeavailableto The GreenclimateFund(GCF)wasestablishedinCOP-162010undertheauspicesofUnited 7.7 Accessinggreenclimatefund effectively fostersparticipatingministriesandstakeholdertoimplementtheclimatechangestrategy. Through thisfundingarrangement,whichawaitsmorepledgesfrominternationaldonors,Bangladesh US$187 million. Partners (DPs).ThetotalamountpledgedunderBCCRFasoftheend2014wasapproximately Fund (BCCRF)tosupporttheimplementationofBCCSAPin2010withseveralDevelopment The GovernmentofBangladesh(GOB)alsoestablishedtheBangladeshClimateChangeResilience General Economics Division (GED) 93

GOAL 7 from thedebateonsuccessoragendatoMDGsisimportanceoftrueintegrationenvironment facing, suchasclimatechange,foodandwaterinsecurity,naturaldisasters.Onethemeemerging remains forthepost-2015period,particularly given theacuteenvironmentalchallengesworldis environmental sustainabilityhaveshownmixedresultsthroughoutthelast15years.Muchwork Environmental protectionisacorepillarofthe2030developmentagenda.Effortstoensureglobal 7.9 Environmentalsustainability inthe2030DevelopmentAgenda with supportfromdevelopmentpartnersposessignificantchallenge. of acceleratedgrowth.However,implementationthestrategyaswellmobilizationresources The Governmenthasadoptedclimatechangeadaptationandmitigationstrategywithinthebroadgoal salinity intrusion,andheavymonsoondownpourthreatenenvironmentalsustainabilityofBangladesh. The effectsofclimatechange–especiallyhightemperature,sea-levelrise,cyclonesandstormsurges, implement thedecentralizationprocessandabsenceofcomprehensiveurbandevelopmentpolicy. secondary citiestorelievethepressureonlargecities,limitedcapacityofmunicipalitiesfully Sustainable improvementofthelivesslumdwellersposesabigchallengebecausedearth south westpartofthecountry. rivers hasled,amongothereffects,todesertificationinnorthwestBangladeshandsalinityintrusion of thestrategieshasremainedachallengeyet.Inaddition,reducedflowwaterintrans-boundary Sustainable DevelopmentStrategytopromotesustainabledevelopment.However,theimplementation consumption.The GovernmentisawareofthechallengesandhasadoptedstrategiessuchasNational present, islikelytoincreaseinthefuturewithgrowthandconsequent(nonrenewable)energy table andarseniccontaminationthreateningwatersafetysecurity.EmissionofC02,thoughlowat Excessive extractionofundergroundwaterforagricultureandotherpurposeshasledtofalling the successfulimplementationof2030globalDevelopment Agenda. building a solid partnership through galvanizing support fromthedeveloped countries holds the key to resources playsanimportantroleinaddressingthe emergingchallengesandstronglybelievesthat towards environmentalissues.WhileBangladesh sharestheviewthatmobilizationofinternal The Government’sproposaltotheUNonPost-2015DevelopmentAgendacallsformoreattention ability andprotectsreinforcestheenvironmentalpillar. development agenda for the future reflects the links between socioeconomic and environmental sustain- mental challengesandimproving livelihoods everywhere. Therefore, it is crucial to ensure that the well-managed anddiverseecosystemsresourcescanplayastrongroleinmitigatingfutureenviron - becomes aprerequisiteforthelastingsocioeconomicdevelopmentandpovertyeradication.Healthy, into developmentplans.Environmentalsustainabilityasacorepillarofthepost-2015agendaand

Millennium Development Goals The Government’s proposal to the UN on Post-2015 Development Agenda calls for more attention The Government’s proposal to the UN on Post-2015 Development that the mobilization of internal towards environmental issues. While Bangladesh shares the view and strongly believes that resources plays an important role in addressing the emerging challenges to the key countries holds support from the developed through galvanizing solid partnership a building the successful implementation of the 2030 global Development Agenda. into development plans. Environmental sustainability as a core pillar of the post-2015 agenda and sustainability as a core pillar of the post-2015 agenda and into development plans. Environmental socioeconomic development and poverty eradication. Healthy, becomes a prerequisite for the lasting - and resources can play a strong role in mitigating future environ well-managed and diverse ecosystems that the to ensure crucial it is Therefore, everywhere. livelihoods mental challenges and improving sustain- environmental and socioeconomic between links the reflects future the for agenda development the environmental pillar. ability and protects and reinforces from the debate on the successor agenda to the MDGs is the importance of true integration of environment from the debate on the successor agenda Environmental protection is a core pillar of the 2030 development agenda. Efforts to ensure global pillar of the 2030 development agenda. Efforts to ensure global Environmental protection is a core shown mixed results throughout the last 15 years. Much work environmental sustainability have the acute environmental challenges the world is given particularly remains for the post-2015 period, and water insecurity, and natural disasters. One theme emerging facing, such as climate change, food 7.9 Environmental sustainability in the 2030 Development Agenda Environmental 7.9 The effects of climate change – especially high temperature, sea-level rise, cyclones and storm surges, high temperature, sea-level rise, cyclones and storm surges, The effects of climate change – especially downpour threaten environmental sustainability of Bangladesh. salinity intrusion, and heavy monsoon change adaptation and mitigation strategy within the broad goal The Government has adopted climate implementation of the strategy as well as mobilization of resources of accelerated growth. However, poses significant challenge. with support from development partners Sustainable improvement of the lives of the slum dwellers poses a big challenge because of dearth of dwellers poses a big challenge because of the lives of the slum Sustainable improvement to fully limited capacity of the municipalities to relieve the pressure on large cities, secondary cities policy. of comprehensive urban development process and absence implement the decentralization Excessive extraction of underground water for agriculture and other purposes has led to falling water has led to falling and other purposes for agriculture water extraction of underground Excessive low at of C02, though security. Emission water safety and threatening arsenic contamination table and energy in (nonrenewable) increase growth and consequent in the future with likely to increase present, is National strategies such as has adopted the challenges and is aware of Government consumption.The implementation development. However, the Strategy to promote sustainable Sustainable Development in trans-boundary addition, reduced flow of water has remained a challenge yet. In of the strategies intrusion in in north west Bangladesh and salinity other effects, to desertification rivers has led, among the country. south west part of 94

GOAL 7 7.8 Key Challenges Key 7.8 and plans to become a high Bangladesh has achieved the status of a lower middle income country has planned to enjoy accelerated middle income country. It has been able to accelerate its growth and development, industrialization, growth in the future. Accelerated growth resulting from agricultural population makes claims on land urbanization and infrastructure development coupled with a large forest areas and other common and other natural resources leading to degraded land, wetland and pool resources. and land coverage of forest loss resulted in purposes other and for cultivation land of forest Clearing implemented to increase forest degradation. Afforestation and reforestation programmes are being illegal chopping. Degradation of coverage area. But their success is undermined by pilferage and diversity and declining open water wetlands has led to serious reduction in fish habitat, population and combined with banned fisheries. Reversing this downward trend through maintaining sanctuaries supports to fishermen during seasons for fishing faces challenges from lack of alternative livelihood banned seasons. Most large fauna are threatened with extinction or are already extinct on a national level. US$187 million. US$187 Bangladesh pledges from international donors, arrangement, which awaits more Through this funding strategy. to implement the climate change participating ministries and stakeholder effectively fosters fund Accessing green climate 7.7 ces of United in COP-16 in 2010 under the auspi Fund (GCF) was established The Green climate made available to (UNFCCC). The fund will be Convention on Climate Change Nations Framework board of the of climate change. The governing to mitigate and adapt to the effects member countries this purpose, the and mitigation purposes. For to use its funds equally for adaptation GCF has decided 2020. GCF aims to muster $200 billion by (ERD) of the Ministry of Finance has been selected as the National The Economic Relations Division to the GCF. The NDA has initiated the process of getting Designated Authority (NDA) of Bangladesh as National Implementing Entity (NIE) to GCF. The GCF board, Bangladeshi institutions accredited will provide the accreditation to the NIEs, but before applying for based on stringent eligibility criteria, NDA will be required. Direct access to the fund will not be possible accreditation, certification of the without accreditation to GCF. relevant stakeholders, 14 national entities have been identified After having consultation with all to accreditation. The NDA requested the 14 national entities that have the high potential to gain do self-assessment to identify their strengths, the GCF’s criteria. gaps and the ways to mitigate those gaps to gain accreditation. The first and most important step is institutional A few important steps are needed to meet this In practices. and safeguard policy and social of environmental area the in improvement capacity our Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) practices at both project regard, there is a need to improve step is to enhance the fiduciary standards and project management and programme level. The second well designed and credible bankable projects or programmes to be capacities. The third step is to have forwarded to GCF for funding. hange Resilience Change Resilience desh Climate established the Bangla (GOB) also of Bangladesh The Government with several Development in 2010 of the BCCSAP the implementation to support Fund (BCCRF) 2014 was approximately as of the end of under BCCRF amount pledged (DPs). The total Partners 7.5 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 7 Government’s 7.5 its first Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan (BCCSAP) The Government of Bangladesh launched builds on the National Adaptation Programme of Action (NAPA), in 2008 and revised it in 2009. It to build a medium to long term program for enhancing resilience published in 2005.The BCCSAP seeks sustainable growth. To implement 44 programs specified to climate shocks and facilitating low-carbon, 2009, Climate Change Trust Fund (CCTF) was created in the under the six thematic areas of BCCSAP was enacted. fiscal year of 2009-10. Subsequently, Climate Change Trust Act, 2010 (2010-2021) with a view to The GOB has also prepared National Sustainable Development Strategy issue of productive resources. achieving its stated vision and addressing long-term sustainability of Bangladesh took several To attain good governance in environmental sustainability, Government enforcement for pollution control initiatives to ensure appropriate environment management system, and enhance, preserve, and conservation of natural resources. it was possible to make some Through programmes such as coastal afforestation and social forestation, of high population density. A lot dents in the challenging area of increasing forest coverage in the face and marine land. needs to be done in this area and also in the area of protecting terrestrial with the Non-Government Actors Partnership 7.6 Over the past years, the GOB, with the support of development partners, has invested over $10 billion Bangladesh now faces is to scale to make the country less vulnerable to natural disasters. The challenge and social development of the up these investments to create a suitable environment for the economic country and to secure the well-being of our people. Table 7.6: Cross-country Comparison of Access to Safe Drinking Water, Basic Sanitation and Basic Sanitation Drinking Water, of Access to Safe Comparison Cross-country Table 7.6: years the Slums, various Living in

proportion of land covered by forest, indicating greater attention is required in the area of afforestation. proportion of land covered by forest, indicating greater attention is required low as evident from CO2 However, Bangladesh has been doing very well in keeping CO2 emissions emission per capita in the above table. Only Nepal is ahead of Bangladesh in South Asia. In case of ODS and Viet Nam. The above consumption, Bangladesh has been performing better than India, Pakistan and protecting terrestrial and table also indicates that greater focus on water resource management marine areas is required. access to Cambodia in case of of Afghanistan and only ahead that Bangladesh is shows Table 7.6 improved drinking water in the region. In case of access to improved sanitation, the situation is much and Bhutan Nepal, India, Afghanistan, than better doing been has Bangladesh Bangladesh; for better in providing safe Cambodia. The table indicates that Bangladesh needs to carefully fight the challenge in the face of high population water in the face of arsenic crisis, keep a close eye on the sanitation facilities highest level of Carbon dioxide emissions, followed by Viet Nam, India, Pakistan and Bhutan. India has India Bhutan. and Pakistan India, Nam, Viet by followed dioxide emissions, Carbon of level highest by Viet tonnes, followed in ODP Depleting Substances of all Ozone level of consumption the highest resources of total water highest proportion Pakistan has the and Afghanistan. Bangladesh Nam, Pakistan of the highest percentage Bhutan has Lanka and Maldives. Afghanistan, Sri by India, used, followed Pakistan by Nepal, Cambodia, followed area, total territorial respect to with protected areas terrestrial and Bangladesh. various years Environmental Sustainability, Comparison of Global Table 7.5: Cross-country and Maldives in case of Table 7.5 shows that Bangladesh is placed above only Pakistan, Afghanistan density, and work in a planned way towards further reducing the number of slum dwellers. density, and work in a planned way towards further reducing the number expected to recover by the middle of this century. expected to recover by the middle mately 39.4 per cent in 2000 to 29.7 per cent in 2014. Global emissions of carbon dioxide have increased by over 50 per cent since 1990. Global emissions of carbon dioxide been virtually eliminated since 1990, and the ozone layer is Ozone-depleting substances have coverage of the terrestrial protected areas rose from 8.8 per In Latin America and the Caribbean, and 2014. cent to 23.4 per cent between 1990 average. compared to 76 per cent in 1990. This figure is lower than the Bangladesh of the global population (58 billion gained access to piped drinking water on premises. Over half per cent) now enjoys this higher level of service. half since 1990. proportion of people practicing open defecation has fallen almost by target and 77 countries have met both. regions fell from approxi- The proportion of urban population living in slums in the developing since 1990. and marine protected areas in many regions have increased substantially Terrestrial source, In 2015, 91 per cent of the global population is using an improved drinking water since 1990, 1.9 Of the 2.6 billion people who have gained access to improved drinking water worldwide, 2.1 billion people have gained access to improved sanitation. The Since 1990, have met the sanitation Globally, 147 countries have met the drinking water target, 95 countries         7.3 Global experience in implementing MDG 7 Global 7.3 according to the Millennium Development Goals Report 2015 The salient features of the achievements of the United Nations are: other Comparator Countries Status of MDG 7 in South Asia and Two 7.4 area covered by forest (a largely Table 7.5 shows that Bhutan has the highest proportion of land and Nepal. Maldives has the mountainous country), followed by Cambodia, Viet Nam, Sri Lanka Figure 7.4: Proportion of Urban Population Living in Slums, 1990-2014 Living in Slums, Urban Population Proportion of Figure 7.4: living in slums is measured by a proxy, represented by the urban Note: The actual proportion of people to access of lack (i) characteristics: four the of one least at with households in living population persons more or (3 overcrowding (iii) sanitation; improved to access of lack (ii) supply; water improved of non-durable material. per room); and (iv) dwellings made The vast majority of this population The vast majority of this population 10 tion of population using improved sanita- using improved tion of population shows the propor from UNSD, based on the inputs Table 7.4, divide has the urban-rural Though 1990-2014 period. during the in Bangladesh tion facility cent of the population target of 100 per the national from reaching we are far yet narrowed, improved the are needed to increase efforts Concerted facility. sanitation improved to having access in both urban and rural areas. sanitation facilities Sanitation Facility, 1990-2014 of Population Using an Improved Table 7.4: Percentage of the total population) lived Census, 41.9 million people (28per cent According to the 2011 Population Metropolitan Areas (SMA). in urban areas including Statistical lived in one megacity, 316 City Corporations and Paurashava and 189 Upazila Headquarters. The urban and Paurashava and 189 Upazila Headquarters. The urban lived in one megacity, 316 City Corporations of 3.5 per cent and is expected to reach 60 million in 2051. population is increasing at the rate Population conducted by BBS in 2014 identified 13,938 slums A Census of Slum Areas and Floating Upazila headquarters and all other urban areas. The covering all city corporations, municipalities, 1997. A total of 592,998 slum households of an average size of number was 2,991 slums for the year 334,431 slum households and 4.17 3.75 persons were counted in 2014. For 1997, these numbers were households since 1997. In 2014, persons. This indicates an increase of 77 per cent in the number of slum a total of 2.2 million people were living in the slums. This indicates a population increase of 214 per cent between the two census years. It can be calculated that 6.36 per cent of total urban population lived in the slum areas in 2014 in Bangladesh. based on UNSD data. The figure Figure 7.4 shows the proportion of urban population living in slums from 87.3 per cent in 1990 to shows a decline in the proportion of urban population living in the slums proportion of 55.1 per cent is still a 55.1 per cent in 2014 (See the note below). Despite the decline, the the average population density of big number. Moreover, the population density in the slums exceeds is likely to put pressure on Bangladesh. Such high density in the face of steady rural to urban migration and cannot cope up with the basic services in urban areas that are already overstretched, inadequate incremental provisions. CHAPTER 8

Goal 8: Develop a Global Partnership for Development

8.1 Introduction In this globalized world, countries assist other countries to foster global partnership of shared prosper- ity. The interaction among countries at both private and government level is considered as a key element for development. The development assistance that generally flows from developed to developing coun- tries is often coupled with transfer of technology and knowledge. The grant, credit, technology and knowledge of the developed countries play a critical role in the development of the recipient countries. Greater concessional market access by the developed countries also helps developing countries to produce beyond their local demand, resulting in higher growth and employment opportunities. The MDG 8 addresses such role of global partnership in achieving development goals of the developing countries. Between 1990-91 and 2014-15, the disbursement of ODA as a proportion of Bangladesh’s GDP has fallen from 5.59 per cent to 1.56 per cent. Between the same periods, per capita ODA disbursement fluctuated between US$ 15.60 and US$ 19.27. Nine out of 34 member-states of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) extended US$ 748.02million ODA to Bangladesh in 2013-14. This amount was about 24 per cent of the total ODA received by Bangladesh during that period. Of the total ODA outlay, about 51 per cent was allocated for MDG sectors like education, health, social welfare, labour, public administration and social infrastructure together with agriculture and rural development.

General Economics Division (GED) 95 MDG 8: Targets with indicators (at a glance)

Targets and indicators Base year Status in Current status Target by 1990/1991 2000 (source) 2015

Target 8.A: Develop further an open, rule-based, predictable, non-discriminatory trading and financial system Target 8.B: Address the special needs of the least developed countries (LDCs) Target 8.C: Address the special needs of landlocked developing countries (LLDCs) and small island developing states (SIDS) Target 8.D: Deal comprehensively with the debt problems of developing countries through national and international measures in order to make debt sustainable in the long term Official development assistance (ODA) 3,352 8.1a: Net ODA received by Bangladesh (million US$ ) 1,732 1,588 3,043 (ERD,2015) (ERD, 2015) 8.1b: Net ODA received by Bangladesh, as percentage of - - 0.002 (ERD,2014) 0.003 OECD/DAC donors’ GNI, % 8.2: Proportion of total bilateral sector-allocable ODA to basic - 42 (2005) 51 (ERD,2015) 55 social services, % 8.3: Proportion of bilateral ODA of OECD/DAC donors that is - 82 (2005) 100 (ERD,2013) 100 untied (received by Bangladesh), % 8.4: ODA received in landlocked developing countries as a Not relevant to Bangladesh proportion of their gross national incomes 8.5: ODA received in small island developing States as a Not relevant to Bangladesh proportion of their gross national incomes Market Access 8.6: Proportion of total developed country imports (by value 57.2 57.5 78.59 (UNSD, - and excluding arms) from Bangladesh , admitted free of duty (1996) 2014)

8.7: Average tariffs imposed by developed countries on - 12 (2005) 0-9 (BTC,2011) - agricultural products, textiles and clothing from Bangladesh, % 8.8: Agricultural support estimate for OECD countries as a Not relevant to Bangladesh percentage of their gross domestic product 8.9: Proportion of ODA provided to help build trade capacity Data is not available Debt sustainability

8.10: Total number of countries that have reached their HIPC Not relevant to Bangladesh decision points and number that have reached their HIPC completion points (cumulative) 8.11: Debt relief committed under HIPC and MDRI Initiatives Not relevant to Bangladesh 8.12: Debt service as a percentage of exports of goods and 20.87 8.96 5.1 (ERD,2015) 6 services, % Target 8.E: In cooperation with pharmaceutical companies, provide access to affordable essential drugs in developing countries 8.13: Proportion of population with access to affordable - 80 80 (2005) - essential drugs on a sustainable basis, % (2005) Target 8.F In cooperation with the private sector, make available the benefits of new technologies, especially information and communications 8.14: Telephone lines per 100 population 0.2 0.38 0.67 (BTRC, - March 2015) 8.15: Cellular subscribers per 100 population - 0.22 79.76 (BTRC, - June 2015) 8.16: Internet users per 100 population 0.0 0.07 30.39 (BTRC, - GOAL 8 June 2015)

96 Millennium Development Goals Table 8.1:TrendsinODADisbursement(inmillion US$),1990-91to2014-15 percentage ofGDPshowsaslightlydecliningtrend withloansconstitutingabiggershareoftheODA. over thelasteightyearsnotwithstandingwithyearly fluctuations.However,theshareofODAasa per centto81cent.Inabsoluteterms,thenetODA receivedbyBangladeshhasshownrisingtrend grants declinedfrom48percentto19oftotal ODAwhereasshareofloansincreasedfrom52 on anaverageeachyearbetween1990-91and2014-15.Table8.1Figureshowthatshareof Table 8.1showsthatBangladeshreceivedUS$632millionasgrantsand1,156loans, yearly averageODAofUS$13.31percapita. period, percapitaODAdisbursementfluctuatedrangingfromUS$19.79to7.60.Thisimplies a (GDP baseyear2005-06).Thisimpliesayearlyaveragereceiptof2.28percent.Duringthesame proportion ofBangladesh’sGDP has declinedfrom5.59percentin 1990-91 to1.56per cent in 2014-15 If welookattheproportions,despiteriseinabsoluteamountofODA,disbursedODAas a annual averageofnetODAreceivedbyBangladeshwasUS$2,218million. million ODA on an average every year.However, between the fiscal years 2005-06 and 2014-15, the (2014-15), the amount isUS$3,043 million. Thistranslatesinto Bangladesh receivingUS$ 1,788 2013-14 itroseuptoUS$3,084million,thehighestamounteverrecordedinasingleyear.Currently According toERDthenetODAreceivedbyBangladeshwasUS$1,732millionin1990-91and Official developmentassistance(ODA) 8.2 Progressofachievementsindifferenttargetsandindicators donors’ GrossNationalIncome(GNI) Indicator 8.1:NetODA,totalandtotheleastdevelopedcountries,aspercentageofOECD/DAC Indicator 8.1a:NetODAreceivedbyBangladesh(millionUS$) and internationalmeasuresinordertomakedebtsustainablethelongterm Target 8.D:Dealcomprehensivelywiththedebtproblemsofdevelopingcountriesthroughnational developing States(SIDS) Target 8.C:Addressthespecialneedsoflandlockeddevelopingcountries(LLDCs)andsmallisland ODA forcountriescommittedtopovertyreduction heavily indebted poor countries(HIPC) and cancellationof official bilateral debt; and more generous quota free access for the least developed countries' exports; enhanced programme of debtrelief for Target 8.B:Addressthespecialneedsofleastdevelopedcountries(LDCs).Includes:tariffand nationally andinternationally cial system.Includesacommitmenttogoodgovernance,developmentandpovertyreduction–both Target 1 1 1 1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 2 1 0 - - - - 9 9 9 9 Ye 4 3 2 1 1 8.A: Developfurtheranopen,rule-based,predictable,non-discriminatorytradingandfinan- a r Gr to 7 8 8 8 a ta 1 1 1 n 3 l 0 8 7 ts 1 2 ODA)

( ( ( (

4 ( 4 4 5 % 8 6 9 1 ) ) ) )

o f

L to o 8 8 7 9 ta a 4 5 9 0 n l 9 7 4 1 s 3 ODA)

( ( ( ( ( 5 5 4 5 % 4 1 9 2

) ) ) ) o f

4

1 1 1 1 ODA = T , , , ,

o 5 6 6 7 2 ta 5 7 1 3

+ 9 5 1 2 l

3 T 5 o

ta = o

l ( f 4 ODA

GDP /GDP 4 5 5 5 . . . . 6 2 1 5

a 1 3 4 9 ( ) s %

* s General Economics Division (GED) ) 1 h 0 a 0 r e

d is 6 P b

e = u r

r 4 c s /p a 1 1 1 1 e p m 3 4 4 5 o ita . . . . p e 2 5 2 6 u n 5 0 2 0

ODA la t ( tio US n $ ) 97

GOAL 8 ) $ n US tio ( t la ODA

0 2 0 3 7 7 2 9 9 4 7 3 1 4 2 3 7 3 2 n u 0 8 2 5 3 0 8 0 2 7 8 6 5 9 0 0 1 3 5 9 e p ...... 6 ...... ita . o 0 1 1 4 5 1 4 8 9 1 2 4 1 2 0 2 2 0 0 m p 7 13.21 e 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 19.27 a /p

s c 4 r 2014-15

r u = e

b

P 6 is 2013-14

d 2012-13

e r 2011-12 0 a 0

h 1 ) s 2010-11 *

% s )

6 (

4 8 5 5 3 8 9 7 8 3 9 0 8 0 7 1 9 8 4 4 a

5 2009-10 1 1 0 2 9 3 5 8 7 6 5 8 5 1 0 5 9 9 5 6 ......

2.79 1

2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 /GDP 2008-09 GDP

ODA 4

f ( l

o 2007-08 ta =

o

5 T 2006-07

Loans 2005-06 3

l 8 2004-05 8 8 0 1 8 7 6 1 4 5 3 7 3 9 3 1 1 6 8 9 2 +

8 8 6 3 6 2 7 2 1 8 8 3 4 4 3 4 8 5 3 8 6 4 ta 2

7 4 5 6 0 2 7 1 8 0 5 0 8 0 7 4 4 2 5 5 3 4 o

, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , T 2003-04 = ODA 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4

2002-03 2001-02 f ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) o

) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

5 4 8 4 8 1 8 2 4 8 8 4 1 7 2000-01 4 3 7 9 3 0 0 6 6 8 6 6 6 7 5 7 7 6 6 7 8 % Grants ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 6 5 6 6 4 5 5 6 5 ( ( ( (

( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (

ODA) 3 6 4 7 0 3 9 2 8 5 5 s 1999-00 0 3 2 5 2 5 3 9 6 5 8 7 l 5 4 6 4 0 8 3 3 8 7 n 9 0 7 9 6 6 6 4 6 4 4 6 1 2 0 0 4 5 0 5 0 0 a 1 4 4

ta , , , , , , , , , ,

6 8 8 9 8 7 7 7 8 o 1 2 2 1998-99

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 to

L 1997-98

f 1996-97 o

) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

5 3 6 2 6 2 6 9 2 8 6 2 9 6 7 3 2 1 7 0 0 4 % 1995-96 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 2 4 2 2 2 1 4 3 3 3 5 4 5 4 4 (

( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( (

ODA) 2

ts 2 1994-95 8 4 1 0 8 8 9 5 8 6 1 1 6 4 9 0 0 7 6 3 9 l n 3 3 4 0 9 5 5 3 4 8 2 8 7 2 0 7 1 9 7 3 0 6

ta a

6 3 2 5 5 6 6 6 7 5 7 6 5 7 5 4 5 8 6 7 5 6

to 1993-94

Gr 1992-93

e 1991-92 g

a r 1990-91 0 r e a 500 v 1 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 a 4 5 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9

Ye 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 ------ly Millennium Development Goals r 3 4 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 a 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 9 9 9 9 9 Ye 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Figure 8.1: Loans and Grants Received by Bangladesh (million US$), 1990-91 to 2014-15 Figure 8.1: Loans and Grants Received by Bangladesh (million Source: Flow of External Resources into Bangladesh 2014-2015, ERD; National Accounts, BBS Source: Flow of External Resources into 98 Source: Flow of External Resources into Bangladesh 2014-2015, ERD

GOAL 8 million) andSouthKorea (US$55.73million). provider ofODAamountingtoUS$366.46million, followedbytheUnitedKingdom(US$79.30 149 millionlowerthanthatinthepreviousyear(Table 8.3).Inabsoluteterms,Japanwasthehighest In 2014-15,elevenOECDcountriesprovidedUS$601 millionODAtoBangladesh,whichisaboutUS$ percentage to.003ofdonorcountryGNI. the UnitedKingdom,SwedenandSouthKorea. The targetforBangladeshistoraisethenetODA received fromtheOECDcountriesaspercentageof theirGNI,Denmarkcomesfirst,followedbyJapan, of percentageitsGNI,overallODAisonly 0.19percent.IfweconsiderBangladesh’sODA to thedevelopingcountries.ThoughJapanprovides thelargestamountofODAtoBangladesh,interms Kingdom, arecomplyingwiththeircommitmentto providemorethan0.7percentoftheirGNIasODA From theabovetableitisevidentthatonlythreecountries,namelySweden,DenmarkandUnited Table 8.2:NetODAReceivedbyBangladeshfromOECDCountries(inmillionUS$),2013-14 in Table8.2. particular year.NetODAreceivedbyBangladeshfromninecountriesofOECD/DACin2014isgiven in 2013-14.Theamountwasabout24.25percentofthetotalODAreceivedbyBangladeshthat Nine countries out of 34 member states of the OECD provided US$748.02 million ODA to Bangladesh Column 4:OECD(2015),NetODA(indicator).doi:10.1787/33346549-en(Accessedon21July2015) Column 3:WorldDevelopmentIndicatorsdatabase,Bank(1stJuly2015); Source: Column2:FlowofExternalResourcesintoBangladesh2013-2014,ERD; Indicator 8.1b:NetODAreceivedbyBangladesh,aspercentageofOECD/DACdonor’sGNI T US S UK S Ne J Ge De C a o we o a p u n ta th r n A a m th a m d n l e d C e a

r a a Ko n n la o r

y k u n 1

r n d e tr s a

y

OE B ( US a ODA n C g 7 1 4 D $ 3 3 6 1 2 la 4 1 5 0 6

5 5 2 6 3 m c 8 6 0 . . d 2 . . . . 4 9 . o

. . . 5 3 6 2 9 e ilo f 0 0 7 6 6 u 4 4 7 8 7 s r 2 2 8 o h n m

tr g n ie

o ) t s

c o GNI ( u US 1 3 n 1 2 5 3 1 7 4 tr 3 5 8 , , , , , , , 3 7 3 8 8 $

4 9 6 ie 6 5 o 6 5 3 5 3

5 6 2 0 5 m f s 3 5 3 8 3 7 , , ,

3 7

7 9 8 OE , , , , , in ilo , , 8 9 2 6 0 8 0 8 2 5 7 3 0 0 6

8 4 9 8 3

8 2 0 0 3 C 2 0 3 n 0 D ) 1 4 GNI ODA c o

o u 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 f n ...... a 4 1 1 7 1 4 2 8 6 .

tr s 1 OE 3 9 1 9 1 4 5 4

ie % s C

o D f

General Economics Division (GED) B a n o ODA g f

la OE d 0 e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C . 0 s r 0 ...... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . h e D 0 0 c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 0 1 a e 2 4 8 0 0 2 4 0 c s 0 8 iv o 6 2 4 9 8 1 0 8

0 1 % u 0 1 4 1 8 6 2 1 e 3 n d

o tr

f b ie

y GNI s

99

GOAL 8 l a t 15 9 9 9 9 0.16 0.93 1.53 o - 5 7 9 3 9 3 7 t 4 6 9 6 13.28 55.73 29.53 10.15 13.84 30.08 79.30

8 6 8 . 5 9 1 3 ...... 600.99 366.46 7 5 2 1 7 3 5 4 2 3 9 1 1 1 1 of 2014 % 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 t 4 4 6 0 0 0 3 9 7 2 6 ...... n 14 6 3 4 0 4 1 5 1 0 3 8 e - 1.72 9.74 6.96 0.46 3 2 1 7 4 5 0 4 0 0 0 16.28 35.54 62.67 23.97 35.34 7 0 4 2 7 1 2 0 0 5 6 m , , , , , , , , , , , e 74 116.02 450.78 6 3 1 2 1 1 1 6 5 4 3 s on) 2013 i l l bur i s di 3 9 0 0 0 l $ m 8 a 13 S - 3.5 4.60 ot U 37.84 41.42 11.26 68.71 T ( 624. 108.95 348.58 2012 3 0 0 0 0 12 - 4.69 71.44 60.14 45.45 33.77 43.0 5 136.77 247.59 2011 0 0 0 0 11 60 06 71 - 4. 6.23 3. 1.35 g 7 4 31.14 3 11. in 420.90 12 102.81 s 2010 u e Ho s r

r a o & s lf

t e n c ly 8 0 0 0 e p s W 10 s tio

S p - e ir 4.80 1.67 u c a ily r f 63.03 61.3 20.07 49.29 31.82 0.005 S titu

u s 35 121.27 r m o n Af a

I s te 2009

s F e a

n u & R & W t

io l

tio , n a n a r g e lig s e tr e e tio in m is c in n p R la r

n in u u M a lo

& p la e o e e y

m r r nd s r o P v t & s n nds a e o

r k P l l a s

r ie Ad ltu o r l ny R n a ,

tio De a

y r e a u p tr r

r da a ount ic l s z h K l s n Ga de Millennium Development Goals c lth t s lic ic m a ke he a n te u C i e A r nm t r r a na u y b we a a pa d e S e e K a u ot ur r d w w out h u o a n T S T S N U C D S G J U Oil, I W Ag R He P T E P P Indicator 8.2: Proportion of total bilateral, sector-allocable ODA of OECD/DAC donors to basic Indicator 8.2: Proportion of total health care, nutrition, safe water and sanitation) social services (basic education, primary Table 8.4: Disbursement of ODA in Major Sectors, 1990-91 to 2014-15 Table 8.4: Disbursement of ODA - of ODA received by Bangladesh between 1990-91 and 2014 Table 8.4 shows the sectoral distribution got the highest share followed by power, transport, education and 15. Public administration sector total disbursement in MDG sectors like education, health, social health sectors. During this period, public administration, trends. These MDG sectors, along with welfare and labour have shown rising and industries, received nearly 51 per cent of total ODA outlay. agriculture, rural development to 55 of total ODA outlay. The target is to raise this percentage Table 8.3: ODA Received by Bangladesh from the OECD Countries (in million US$), 2009-10 to million US$), 2009-10 Countries (in from the OECD by Bangladesh ODA Received Table 8.3: 2014-15 Source: Flow of External Resources into Bangladesh 2014-2015, ERD Source: Flow of External Resources into 100

GOAL 8 Source: FlowofExternalResources2014-2015,ERD Duty, 1996-2014 Figure 8.2:ProportionofTotalDevelopedCountry ImportsfromBangladesh,AdmittedFreeof 70.91 in2005asshownFigure8.2. ted freeofdutywas78.59percentin2014,registering anincreasefrom57.27percentin1996and According tothedataofUNSD,proportiontotal developedcountryimportsfromBangladesh,admit- Market access This indicatorisnotrelevanttoBangladesh. This indicatorisnotrelevanttoBangladesh. 94 percentin2007. from bilateralOECD/DACdonorsarefullyuntiedatpresentwhichwas82percentin2005and per centofaidtoBangladesh,providedbyOECD-DACdonorsin2008,wasuntied.AllODAreceived One jointevaluationbyfourDevelopmentPartners(WB,ADB,DFIDandJapan)showsthatabout94 Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ Bangladesh, admittedfreeofduty Indicator 8.6:Proportionoftotaldevelopedcountryimports(byvalueandexcludingarms)from incomes Indicator 8.5:ODAreceivedinsmallislanddevelopingStatesasaproportionoftheirgrossnational national incomes Indicator 8.4:ODAreceivedinlandlockeddevelopingcountriesasaproportionoftheirgross Indicator 8.3:ProportionofbilateralofficialdevelopmentassistanceOECD/DACdonorsthatisuntied T S S L M S P C o r a c por o ot a iv b c i m s e ia a o a s n m l u t

te l M s c r u W &

e & n e

d e & ic

C lf M ia a T a tio ul a r n e e t n , c p ur

W hnol o we e excluding arms)fromBangladesh, o country imports(byvalueand Proportion oftotaldeveloped m r ogy R e admitted freeofduty n ’ s

Af e s S f a e e ir a c r s t c

o & h r s

Yo 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 0.00 u th

De 57.27 1996 v e lo p 57.51 m 2000 e n t 70.91 2005 72.09 2010 ( T 75.33 2011 U ot S a $m l di 75.42 2012 s i bur General Economics Division (GED) l l 38,50. i on) s e 77.49 m 2013 4 4 9 e 2 1 2 3 n 0.6 0.8 4 8 2 3 9 t . . . . .

1 8 3 7 4 78.59 2014 % 10. of 0. 0. 0 0 1 1 2 . . . . . 0 0 0 1 4

t 1 6 9 0 4 o t a l 101

GOAL 8

2 6 2 4 5 3 5 3 1 4 9 2 . . . 4 7 6 1 1 8 1 0 5 . . . 1 0 5 6 5 5 1 0 1 , , 3 , 4 0 , , 2 - 1 2 6 9 1 5 5 - 2 4 9 1

5 7 1 9 3 1 4 0 9 7 0 5 . . . 4 7 0 2 2 6 2 1 8 1 0 . . . 5 4 6 7 7 0 2 , , 2 3 8 , , 1 2 1 9 7 1 3 5 2 2 1 1

0 0 8 5 6 7 6 4 2 3 0 7 . . . 9 8 8 4 8 0 5 7 6 . . 1 1 . 8 2 6 1 0 5 5 0 , , 0 7 , - 1 2 - 4 9 3 2 9 1 1 1 6

7 0 4 2 7 0 8 8 1 8 0 0 . . . 3 1 6 0 3 7 7 1 6 . 1 2 . 9 . 2 7 0 3 4 5 9 , 0 , 0 , - 2 - 8 6 3 3 8 1 1 5

2 1 0 7 5 5 8 9 0 1 0 8 . . . 4 6 3 5 7 9 1 3 9 . . 1 2 . 0 7 0 5 9 9 4 5 , , 2 4 , 1 , 1 - 0 6 1 4 7 5 - 3 1 3

0 9 9 8 8 9 7 0 1 9 1 7 . . . 7 0 4 7 7 1 9 8 3 . . 1 6 . 0 5 6 5 4 9 7 , , 8 , 5 4 2 , 1 - 1 0 8 0 3 2 - 1 3 3

)

) e % c ( t

n DS b

T la d e ( a

De n

ic e

B a r g )

t t/GDP ic p s in

) n n v % d t ) ) ) ) r ( d u u o n

e n o o e % % % % S r c c ( ( ( ( ta

r

Go t XGS

u ( ts b f

Ac Ac c s o t t t/XGS t e t Ou De s n n a r

e /XGS /GDP e l l e ic Millennium Development Goals t/XGS t/GDP o r r r v r r b b p ta ta r te u u DS DS x o o e n De De C T T I E GDP T T C S Indicator 8.12: Debt service as a percentage of exports of goods and services Indicator 8.12: Debt service as a percentage Indicator 8.11: Debt relief committed under HIPC and MDRI Initiatives Indicator 8.11: Debt relief committed Indicator 8.10: Total number of countries that have reached their HIPC decision points and number Indicator 8.10: Total number of countries points (cumulative) that have reached their HIPC completion Indicator 8.9: Proportion of ODA provided to help build trade capacity of ODA provided to help Indicator 8.9: Proportion Indicator 8.8: Agricultural support estimate for OECD countries as a percentage of their gross domes- of their gross as a percentage for OECD countries support estimate Indicator 8.8: Agricultural tic product Indicator 8.7: Average tariffs imposed by developed countries on agricultural products and textiles and products agricultural on countries developed by tariffs imposed Average 8.7: Indicator countries from developing and clothing Table 8.5: Bangladesh’s External Debt Position (million US$), 1990-2015 According to the World Bank classification, Bangladesh is categorised as a “less indebted” country. For Bangladesh is categorised as a “less indebted” country. For According to the World Bank classification, - payment in 2013-14 was US$ 3,004.60 million (including inter Bangladesh, Total Debt Service (TDS) of US$ 2,741.2 million). In the same year, export of goods and est of US$ 263.4 million and principal (merchandise export: US$ 30,186.62 million, services invisible services was US$ 46,945 million a remittance: US$ 14,115 million). This leads total debt service as receipts: US$ 2,643.38 million and services to6.40 per cent, a decline from 20.9 per cent in 1990 as can proportion of exports of goods and be seen from Table 8.5 and Figure 8.3. In 2014-15, according to ERD, the debt servicing is 5.1 per cent of export of goods and services. This indicator is not relevant to Bangladesh. This indicator is not relevant to Bangladesh. This indicator is not relevant to Bangladesh. This indicator is not relevant to Bangladesh. Debt sustainability No quantitative information on this indicator is available. on this indicator is available. No quantitative information Information on this indicator is not available. Information on this Average tariff imposed by developed countries on agricultural products and textiles and clothing from textiles and clothing products and on agricultural developed countries tariff imposed by Average Tariff Commis- In 2011, according to Bangladesh reported to be 12 per cent in 2005. Bangladesh was a reduction in tariffs. from zero to 9 per cent indicating sion (BTC), it varied 102 Source: Flow of External Resources into Bangladesh 2014-2015, ERD; National Accounts, BBS for GDP (Base year 2005-06 for 2000 to 2015, others 1995-96) Source: Flow of External Resources into Bangladesh 2014-2015, ERD; National Accounts, BBS for GDP (Base

GOAL 8 Source: BTRC;PacificEconomicSurvey,2008;ITUestimates Source: FlowofExternalResources2014-2015,ERD in 2005.This increaseoccurredinboth ruralandurbanareas.Intheareas therehasbeenincrease 2010 (BBS2011)mobile phoneuseincreasedto63.74percentin2010from ameagre11.29percent population: from0in1990 to75.81in201479.762015(SeeFigure8.5). AccordingtotheHIES According toBTRC,there hasbeenatremendousgrowthinthenumberfor cellular subscriberper100 Figure 8.4:FixedTelephoneLinesper100Population,1990-2015 on theother. of the fixed telephone companies on the one hand and phenomenal growth of the cellular phone companies significant declineinthedemandforfixedtelephonelinesduetooftennon-compliantcustomerservice 100 peoplewas0.67in2015and0.201990.After2008,asFigure8.4belowshows,therehasbeen a According totheBangladesh Telecommunication RegulatoryCommission(BTRC),telephonelinesper are availableafterwards. population withaccesstoaffordableessentialdrugswas80percent.Noupdateddataontheindicator According totheMillenniumDevelopmentGoalsBangladeshProgressReport2005,proportionof Figure 8.3:DebtServiceasaPercentageofExportsGoodsandServices,1990-2015 especially informationandcommunications Target 8.F:Incooperationwiththeprivatesector,makeavailablebenefitsofnewtechnologies, Indicator 8.13:Proportionofpopulationwithaccesstoaffordableessentialdrugsonasustainablebasis drugs indevelopingcountries Target 8.E:Incooperationwithpharmaceuticalcompanies,provideaccesstoaffordableessential Indicator 8.15:Cellularsubscribers per100population Indicator 8.14:Telephonelinesper100population 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10 15 20 25 0 5 0 1 1990

1990 1991

1992

1993

1995 1994

1995

1996

2000 1997

1998

1999

2005 2000

2001

2002 2008 2003

2004

2005 2011 2006

2007

2008 2012 2009 General Economics Division (GED) 2010

2011 2014 2012

2013

2015 2014

2015 103

GOAL 8 30 2015 2015 79.76 24 2014 2014 20 75.81 2012 10 2011 2012 64.56 3. 2010 2011 56.48 3. 2009 2010 46.17 3. 2008 2009 35.66 1. 2007 2008 30.68 0. 2006 2007 23.88 0. 2005 0. 2006 13.44 2004 0. 2003 6.40 2005 0. 2002 0.39 2001 0. 2001 0.22 2000 0. 2000 0.02 1997 0. 1999 0.00 80.00 60.00 40.00 20.00 100.00 5.00 0.00 35.00 30.00 25.00 20.00 15.00 10.00 population Celluler Subscribers per 100 Internet users per 100 between 2000 and 2014, reaching $135.2 billion. terms real in cent per 66 by increased countries developed from assistance Official development Millennium Development Goals  Indicator 8.16: Internet users per 100 population Indicator 8.16: Internet users per 100 8.3 Global experience in implementing MDG 8 8.3 the salient According to the Millennium Development Goals Report 2015 of the United Nations, features of the achievements are listed below:

Figure 8.6: Internet Users per 100 Population, 1999-2015 Figure 8.6: Internet Users per 100 According to BTRC, the internet users per 100 population shot up to 24.37 in 2014 from a meagre 3.4 users per 100 population shot up to 24.37 in 2014 from a meagre 3.4 According to BTRC, the internet figure (up to June 2015) shows that 30.39 per 100 people are using in 2008 (See Figure 8.6). The latest is not as prevalent as the use of fixed lines and cellular phones. the internet. However, use of the internet region in terms of using internets where the developing region’s Bangladesh is behind the developing world average is 43 percent. average use is 33 per cent and the Source: BTRC and ITU Figure 8.5: Cellular Subscribers per 100 Population, 1997-2015 Subscribers per 100 Population, Figure 8.5: Cellular In the urban areas, the numbers changed to 82.74 per cent of the households in 2010 from 26.73 from 2010 in households the of cent per 82.74 to changed numbers the areas, urban the In 2005. and this market structure to competitive services leads of cellular phone in 2005. Privatisation per cent coverage. and expanding cost drastically reducing service has helped in mobile phone use to 56.7 per cent of the households in the rural areas in 2010 from 6.05 per cent in 2010 from 6.05 per rural areas in households in the per cent of the phone use to 56.7 in mobile Source: BTRC and ITU 104

GOAL 8 Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ free entryas international tradehasbeen theengineforrapideconomic growthandjobcreation. entry todevelopedcountries. However,thereisstillroomforimprovementespecially inthecaseofduty 8.6. Comparingwithother countries,Bangladeshisdoingbetterintermsofdebt servicinganddutyfree From theabovetableitcan beseenthatBangladeshisplacedfifthinindicator 8.12andsixthinindicator Table 8.6:Cross-countryComparisonofGlobalPartnership,variousyears Afghanistan isfollowedbyBhutan,Maldives,NepalandIndia. countries inthetablewith99.7percentofitsimportsenteringdevelopeddutyfree. and services,followedbySriLanka,Bhutan,NepalBangladesh.Afghanistantopsthelistof Table 8.6showsthatPakistanhasthehighestpercentageofdebtservicefromitstotalexportsgoods 8.4 StatusofMDG8inSouthAsia andTwo otherComparatorCountries C Vie B S M Ne P I B Af C n r a a h a o d a i k g m p u n u        ld ia L t is h a ta n g Internetpenetrationhasgrownfromjustover6percentoftheworld’spopulationin2000to43 Thenumberofmobile-cellularsubscriptionshasgrownfrom738millionin2000toover7 Theproportionofexternaldebtservicetoexportrevenueindevelopingcountriesfellfrom12 In2014,79percentofimportsfromdevelopingtodevelopedcountrieswereadmitteddutyfree, In2014,Denmark,Luxembourg,Norway,Sweden andtheUnitedKingdomcontinuedto b Na a a l iv ta tr la o n n n y applications. per centin2015.Asaresult,3.2billionpeoplearelinkedtoglobalnetworkofcontentand 82 percentinthedevelopedregions. Only onethirdofthepopulationindevelopingregionsuseInternet,comparedto billion in2015,almostatenfoldincreasethelast15years, As of2015,95percenttheworld’spopulationiscoveredbyamobile-cellularsignal. per centin2000to32013. up from65percentin2000. national income. exceed theUnitedNationsofficialdevelopmentassistancetargetof0.7percenttheirgross n d e k d is m

s ia a e ta s

h n De b I n t d S ( ic e in r XGS 1 1 2 a v 5 1 1 1 8 3 2

0 1 0 2 t ic ...... o . . . 1 1 9 2 6 1 5 0 7 9 3 e r

1

3 a 8 ) s . 1

% 2

o f

De v e lo p e d

c o u n tr a 7 5 6 9 3 2 9 8 7 9 d y 5 6 7 9 6 2 9 7 5 6 m

im ...... I 9 2 4 3 8 7 2 9 7 4 ite n p ( d o in d ic r

ts

d a 2

u t 0 General Economics Division (GED) f o ty r 1 r o 2

m f 8 ) r .

e 6 d e

e ,

v % e l

o p in g

c o u n tr ie s ,

105

GOAL 8

0 0 1

6 r 1 e . n ) p 8

4

0 0 0 7 1 0 4 tio s 1 r 0 9 0 r 0 8 8 3 3 0 4 0 o ...... 0 3 6 la e t . . . 2 s 7 3 5 4 8 8 5 u

a 9 6 9 u 6 1 2 3 4 1 1 p in ic t o ( e d p n n r I te n I

r e p

s n 5 r e 1 . ) tio

ib 8 4

1 3 6 1 r la 8 3 7 2 8 9 1 r c 1 8 1 1 u 0 8 3 0 9 4 4 . . . . s o ...... p t 2 5 8 3 7 b

4 3 2 5 4 2 o a 5 4 0 4 u 7 7 8 7 7 8 P 1 1 1 1 in S ic

(

0 r d 0 n la I 1 llu e C

r e p

s e n 4 in 1 . ) L tio

8

4

e la 1 9 1 r 9 4 3 5 1 1 3 8 n u 6 4 0 o . . 8 3 6 1 0 6 1 9 o p t ...... 2 4 2 h

o a 2 0 2 3 6 0 2 2 1 1 p P in ic

( le 0 d e 0 n T I 1

d e ix F n h

s ta e a ia s

m is d k e d n y n n n o la tr ta iv l a a Na b g ta n a Millennium Development Goals h is t L ia ld u n u p m g k i a d a h a o r a n Vie C S B Ne M B I P Af C Bangladesh has demonstrated significant success in boosting private investment and fostering public- Bangladesh has demonstrated significant success in boosting private telecommunications sector, private private partnership in efficient delivery of utility services. In the are Private operators licensing. under government phone services mobile companies dominate the of speedy internet facili- encouraged to extend fibre optic lines across the country for the development ties nationwide. 8.5. Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve MDG 8 Government’s Specific Efforts to Achieve 8.5. In order to facilitate dialogue and coordination the GOB and the Development Partners (DPs) have the apex tier of which is called jointly established a multi-tier structure for GOB-DP communication, representations from the GOB and Bangladesh Development Forum (BDF). There are ministerial level is an important agenda for high level participation from the donor headquarters. Aid-effectiveness 2015. and 2010 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002, in held were meetings six far So meetings. BDF in discussion GOB the by implementation for agenda action adopted and progress the reviewed BDF meetings The Consultative Group (LCG) and and the DPs. The other important tier for aid coordination is the Local its working groups. There are 18 Development LCG working Forum groups (BDF) in meeting Bangladesh. Frequency needs assessment. experiences with rapidly transforming development dynamics and need of enhancement Bangladesh for closer understanding and exchange In the above table, Bangladesh ranks ninth in indicator 8.14, seventh in indicator 8.15 and eighth in ninth in indicator 8.14, seventh in indicator 8.15 and eighth In the above table, Bangladesh ranks countries, it can be said that Bangladesh is lagging behind in indicator 8.16. Comparing with other in and communication technology available to its people especially making the benefits of information with the vision of digital Bangladesh. Greater attention has to be case of the internet. This contradicts expansion and internet access to all. given on both cellular phone services Table 8.7 data shows that Pakistan tops the list for fixed telephone lines per 100 population, followed 100 population, lines per list for fixed telephone Pakistan tops the data shows that Table 8.7 followed in Cambodia, are the highest Cellular subscribers and Nepal. Viet Nam, Bhutan by Sri Lanka, by Viet Pakistan, followed are the highest in Internet users Lanka and Nepal. Viet Nam, Sri by Pakistan, India. Sri Lanka and Nam, Bhutan, Source: mdgs.un.org/unsd/mdg/ Table 8.7: Cross-country Comparison of Information Technology, 2014 Comparison of Information Table 8.7: Cross-country 106

GOAL 8 be harnessedtodeliversustainabledevelopmentforall. transformation andfacilitation.OnlythenwillthetransformativepowerofICTsICTrevolution Similarly, it will be essential to address the widening digitaldivide. We must have leap-frogging in ICT fication andshareinvalue-added. integration ofdevelopingcountriesintothemultilateraltradesystem,asmeasuredbytheirdiversi- non-tariff barriers,particularly as tradein services expands. Also, itwillbecrucialto strengthen the The changingtradelandscapewillalsodemandinnovativewaystoimprovemarketaccessandaddress role infinancingthepost-2015developmentagenda. private borrowingandinvestments.Suchmarket-friendlyfinancialinstrumentsmayplayanimportant other financialflows,bothbyblendingitwithnon-concessionalpublicfinanceandleveraging public resourcesdomestically.ItisimportanttopaygreaterattentionthepotentialofODAattract ODA remainscriticallyimportantforcountrieswithlimitedcapacitysuchasBangladeshinraising houses mustalsobeencouraged. trade forsustainabledevelopment.Forresearchanddevelopmentprivateentrepreneurscorporate by adequatefundingandrenewedeffortstospurinnovation,useofscience,technologyexpanding given itswidecoverageofdevelopmentareas.ThebreadthandambitionSDGsneedtobematched Greater fundingandinnovationarecrucialtotheimplementationofpost-2015developmentagenda, 8.6 Globalpartnershipinthe2030developmentagenda General Economics Division (GED) 107

GOAL 8 ANNEXURE 1

Stocktaking of Bangladesh’s Progress in Achieving the Millennium Development Goals 2015 (A Compendium Table of Goals and Targets)

Goals, Targets and Indicators (revised) Base year Current Status (Source) Target Remarks 1990/1991 by 2015 Goal 1: Eradicate Extreme Poverty & Hunger: Goal will partially be met Target 1.A: Halve between 1990 and 2015, the proportion of people below poverty line 1.1: Proportion of population below $1 (PPP) per 70.2 43.3 35.1 Need day, % (1992) (WB11, 2010) Attention 1.1a: Proportion of population below national upper 56.7 31.5 (HIES 2010) 29.0 Target met poverty line (2,122 kcal), % (1992) 24.8 (Estimate for 2015, GED) 1.2: Poverty Gap Ratio, % 17.0 6.5 8.0 Target met (1992) (HIES 2010) 1.3: Share of poorest quintile in national 8.76 8.85 - No End consumption, % (2005) (HIES 2010) Target (NET) 1.3a: Share of poorest quintile in national income, % 6.52 5.22 - NET (1992) (HIES 2010) Target 1.B: Achieve full and productive employment and decent work for all, including women and young people. 1.4: Growth rate of GDP per person employed, % 0.90 3.55 - NET (1991) (WB 2012) 1.5: Employment to population ratio (15+), % 48.5 57.1 (LFS 2013) for all Need Attention 1.6: Proportion of employed people living below $1 70.4 41.7 - NET (PPP) per day (1991) (ILO 2010) 1.7: Proportion of own-account and contributing 69.4 85.0 - Lacks update family workers in total employment (1996) (ILO 2005) data Target 1.C: Halve between 1990 and 2015, the proportion of people who suffer from hunger. 1.8: Prevalence of underweight children under-five 66.0 32.6 33.0 Target met years of age (6-59 months), % (BDHS 2014) 1.9: Proportion of population below minimum level 48.0 40 24.0 Lacks of dietary energy consumption (2122 kcal), % (HIES 2005) updated data 1.9a: Proportion of population below minimum level 28.0 19.5 (HIES 2005) 14.0 Lacks of dietary energy consumption (1805 kcal), % 16.4 (UNSD 2015) updated data Goal 2: Achieve Universal Primary Education: Goal will partially be met

11 Actually WB data are prepa red based on $1.25 (PPP)

108 Millennium Development Goals Base year Target Goals, Targets and Indicators (revised) Current Status (Source) Remarks 1990/1991 by 2015

Target 2.A: Ensure that, by 2015, children everywhere, boys and girls alike, will be able to complete a full course of primary schooling 2.1: Net enrolment ratio in primary education, % 60.5 97.94 (APSC, 2015, DPE) 100 On track 2.2: Proportion of pupils starting grade 1 who reach 43.0 81.3 (APSC, 2015, DPE) 100 Need grade 5, % Attention 2.3: Literacy rate of 15-24 year-olds, women and Total 75.4 Need - 100 men, % Women: 76.6 men: 74.0 Attention (Census 2011) 2.3a: Adult literacy rate of 15+ years old population, 37.2 64.6 100 Need % (Proxy indicator) (SVRS, 2015) Attention Goal 3: Promote Gender Equality and Empower Women: Goal will probably be met

Target 3.A : Eliminate gender disparity in primary and secondary education preferably by 2005, and in all levels of education no later than 2015 3.1a: Ratio of girls to boys in Primary education 0.83 1.04 (APSC, 2015, DPE) 1.0 Target met (Gender Parity Index = Girls/ Boys) 3.1b: Ratio of girls to boys in secondary education 0.52 1.14 1.0 Target met (Gender Parity Index = Girls/ Boys) (BANBEIS 2015) 3.1c: Ratio of girls to boys in tertiary education 0.37 0.65 (BANBEIS 1.0 Need (Gender Parity Index = Girls/ Boys) 2015) Attention 3.2: Share of women in wage employment in the 19.1 31.6 50 Need non-agricultural sector, % (LFS 2013) Attention 3.3: Proportion of seats held by women in national 12.7 20.29 33 Need parliament, % (BPS 2014) Attention

Goal 4: Reduce Child Mortality: Goal will be met

Target 4.A: Reduce by two-third, between 1990 and 2015, the under-five mortality rate.

4.1: Under-five Mortality Rate (per 1000 live births) 146 36 (BDHS 2015) 48 Target met

4.2: Infant Mortality Rate (per 1000 live births) 92 29 (SVRS 2015) 31 Target met

4.3: Proportion of 1 year-old children immunized 54 79.9 100 Need against measles, % (BDHS 2014) Attention

Goal 5: Improve Maternal Health: Goal will be met

Target 5.A: Reduce by three quarters, between 1990 and 2015, the Maternal Mortality Ratio.

5.1: Maternal Mortality Ratio, (per 100,000 live 574 170 143 Need births) (MMEIG 2013) Attention 5.2: Proportion of births attended by skilled health 5.0 42.1 50 Need personnel, % (BDHS 2014) Attention Target 5.B: Achieve by 2015, universal access to reproductive health.

General Economics Division (GED) 109 Base year Target Goals, Targets and Indicators (revised) Current Status (Source) Remarks 1990/1991 by 2015 5.3: Contraceptive Prevalence Rate, % 39.7 62.4 72 Need (BDHS 2014) Attention 5.4: Adolescent birth rate, (per 1000 women) 79 (SVRS) 83 (MICS 2012-13) - -

5.5a: Antenatal care coverage (at least one visit), % 27.5 78.6 100 Need (1993-94) (BDHS 2014) Attention 5.5b: Antenatal care coverage (at least four visits), % 5.5 31.2 50 Need (1993-94) (BDHS 2014) Attention 5.6: Unmet need for family planning, % 21.6 12.0 7.6 Need (1993-94) (BDHS 2014) Attention

Goal 6: Combat HIV/AIDS, malaria and other diseases

Target 6.A: Have halted by 2015 and begun to reverse the spread of HIV/AIDS

6.1: HIV prevalence among population, % 0.005 <0.1 (UNAIDS 2013) Halting On track

6.2: Condom use rate at last high risk sex, % 6.3 43.33 (NASP 2013) - NET 6.3: Proportion of population aged 15-24 years with - 17.70 - Low comprehensive correct knowledge of HIV/AIDS, % (NASP, 2013) 6.4: Ratio of school attendance of orphans to school - 0.88 (MICS 2012-13) - NET attendance of non-orphans aged 10-14 years Target 6.B: Achieve, by 2010, universal access to treatment for HIV/AIDS for all those who need it

6.5: Proportion of population with advanced HIV - 45 100 Need infection with access to antiretroviral drugs, % (UNGASS 2012) Attention

Target 6.C: Have halted by 2015 and begun to reverse the incidence of malaria and other major diseases

6.6a: Prevalence of Malaria per 100,000 population 441.5 433.91(MIS NMCP 2014) 310.8 Need (2005) Attention 6.6b: Deaths of Malaria per 100,000 population 1.4 0.34 (MIS NMCP 2014) 0.6 Target met (2008) 6.7: Proportion of Children under-5 sleeping under 81 92.2 (MIS, NMCP 2014) 90 Target met insecticide treated bed nets (13 high risk malaria (2008) districts), % 6.8: Proportion of children under 5 with fever who 60 99.92 90 Target met are treated with appropriate anti-malarial drugs, % (2008) (MIS NMCP 2014) 6.9a: Prevalence of TB per 100,000 population 504 402 250 Need (1990) (GTBR WHO 2014) Attention 6.9b: Deaths of TB per 100,000 population 80 51 30 Need (1990) (GTBR WHO 2014) Attention 6.10a: Detection rate of TB under DOTS, % 59 53 (GTBR WHO 2014) 120 Need (2001) Attention 6.10b: Cure rate of TB under DOTS, % 73 92 Sustain Target met (1994) (GTBR WHO 2014) >90

110 Millennium Development Goals Base year Target Goals, Targets and Indicators (revised) Current Status (Source) Remarks 1990/1991 by 2015

Goal 7: Ensure Environmental Sustainability

Target 7.A: Integrate the principles of sustainable development into country policies and programs and reverse the loss of environmental resources Target 7.B: Reduce biodiversity loss, achieving, by 2010, a significant reduction in the rate of loss

7.1: Proportion of land area covered by forest, % 9.0 13.40 20.0 Need (tree coverage) (DoF2014) (Tree Attention (Tree density>30%) density >70%)

7.2: CO2 emissions, total, per capita and per $1 GDP Data is not available (PPP) nd 7.2a: CO2 emissions, metric tons per capita 0.14 0.23 (2 National - NET Communication, 2012) 7.3: Consumption of ozone-depleting substances in 202.1 64.88 65.39 Target met Ozone Depleting Potential (ODP) tonnes (DoE, 2013) 7.4: Proportion of fish stocks within safe biological 54 inland & 16 marine - NET limits 7.5: Proportion of total water resources used 2.9% - NET (UNSD 2010) 7.6: Proportion of terrestrial and marine areas 0.91 Terrestrial: 1.81% 5.0 Need protected, % Marine: 1.34% Attention BFD,2013 7.7: Proportion of species threatened with extinction - a. 23% of resident - NET vertebrates (IUCN 2003) b. 5.81% of vascular plants (BNH 2013)

Target 7.C: Halve, by 2015, the proportion of people without sustainable access to safe drinking water and basic sanitation

7.8: Proportion of population using an improved 68 100 On track 97.9(MICS 2012-2013) drinking water sources 7.9: Proportion of population using an improved 34 100 Need 55.9 (MICS 2012-2013) sanitation facility Attention Target 7.D: Halve, by 2020, to have achieved a significant improvement in the lives of at least 100 million slum dwellers. 7.10: Proportion of urban population living in slums 7.8 - NET 5.25 (CSAFP, BBS, 2014 (BBS 2001)

Goal 8: Develop a Global Partnership for Development

Target 8.A: Developed further an open, rule-based, predictable, non-discriminatory trading and financial system Target 8.B: Address the special needs of the least developed countries Target 8.C: Address the special needs of landlocked developing countries and small developing states Target 8.D: Deal comprehensively with the debt problems of developing countries through national and international measures in order to make debt sustainable in the long term

General Economics Division (GED) 111 Base year Target Goals, Targets and Indicators (revised) Current Status (Source) Remarks 1990/1991 by 2015 8.1a: Net ODA received by Bangladesh (million 1,732 3,043 3352 Need US$) (ERD 2015) Attention 8.1b: Net ODA received by Bangladesh, as - 0.0022 0.003 Need percentage of OECD/DAC donors’ GNI, % (ERD 2014) attention 8.2: Proportion of total bilateral sector-allocable 42 51 55 - ODA to basic social services, % (2005) (ERD 2015) 8.3: Proportion of bilateral ODA of OECD/DAC 82 100 100 Target met donors that is untied (received by Bangladesh) , % (2005) (ERD 2013) 8.6: Proportion of total developed country imports 57.2 78.59 - NET (by value and excluding arms) from Bangladesh , (1996) (2014) admitted free of duty 8.7: Average tariffs imposed by developed countries 12 0-9 (2011) - Need on agricultural products, textiles and clothing from (2005) (BTC) attention Bangladesh, % 8.12: Debt service as a percentage of exports of goods 20.87 6.4 6.0 On track and services, % (ERD 2014) Target 8.E: In cooperation with pharmaceutical companies, provide access to affordable essential drugs in developing countries 8.13: Proportion of population with access to 80 80 - Lacks update affordable essential drugs on a sustainable basis, % (2005) (2005) data Target 8.F In cooperation with the private sector; make available the benefits of new technologies, especially information and communications. 8.14: Telephone lines per 100 population 0.2 0.67 - Low users (March-2015, BTRC) 8.15: Cellular subscribers per 100 population - 79.76 - Impressive (June 2015,BTRC ) Progress 8.16: Internet users per 100 population 0.0 30.39 - Need (June 2015, BTRC) attention

112 Millennium Development Goals

MDGs gone by- leaving a rich legacy of development

Eradicate extreme Achieve universal Promote gender Reduce child poverty and hunger primary education equality and mortality empower women

Improve maternal Combat HIV/Aids, Ensure Global partnership health malaria and other environmental for development diseases sustainability

General Economics Division (GED) (Making Growth work for the Poor ) Bangladesh Planning Commission Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh